Avaya Using Technician Interface Scripts Users Manual V13.00,

2015-06-01

: Avaya Avaya-Using-Technician-Interface-Scripts-Users-Manual-734820 avaya-using-technician-interface-scripts-users-manual-734820 avaya pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 892 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Part No. 303560-A Rev 00
October 1998
BayRS Version 13.00
Using Technician
Interface Scripts
ii 303560-A Rev 00
4401 Great America Parkway 8 Federal Street
Santa Clara, CA 95054 Billerica, MA 01821
Copyright © 1998 Bay Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved. Printed in the USA. October 1998.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. The statements, configurations, technical data,
and recommendations in this document are believed to be accurate and reliable, but are presented without express or
implied warranty. Users must take full responsibility for their applications of any products specified in this document.
The information in this document is proprietary to Bay Networks, Inc.
The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement and may only be used in accordance
with the terms of that license. A summary of the Software License is included in this document.
Trademarks
ACE, AFN, AN, BCN, BLN, BN, BNX, CN, FRE, LN, Optivity, PPX, Quick2Config, and Bay Networks are
registered trademarks and Advanced Remote Node, ANH, ARN, ASN, BayRS, BaySecure, BayStack, BayStream,
BCC, BCNX, BLNX, EZ Install, EZ Internetwork, EZ LAN, FN, IPAutoLearn, PathMan, RouterMan, SN, SPEX,
Switch Node, System 5000, and the Bay Networks logo are trademarks of Bay Networks, Inc.
Microsoft, MS, MS-DOS, Win32, Windows, and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
All other trademarks and registered trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Restricted Rights Legend
Use, duplication, or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions as set forth in subparagraph
(c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause at DFARS 252.227-7013.
Notwithstanding any other license agreement that may pertain to, or accompany the delivery of, this computer
software, the rights of the United States Government regarding its use, reproduction, and disclosure are as set forth in
the Commercial Computer Software-Restricted Rights clause at FAR 52.227-19.
Statement of Conditions
In the interest of improving internal design, operational function, and/or reliability, Bay Networks, Inc. reserves the
right to make changes to the products described in this document without notice.
Bay Networks, Inc. does not assume any liability that may occur due to the use or application of the product(s) or
circuit layout(s) described herein.
Portions of the code in this software product may be Copyright © 1988, Regents of the University of California. All
rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms of such portions are permitted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this paragraph are duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, advertising
materials, and other materials related to such distribution and use acknowledge that such portions of the software were
developed by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the University may not be used to endorse or
promote products derived from such portions of the software without specific prior written permission.
SUCH PORTIONS OF THE SOFTWARE ARE PROVIDED “AS IS” AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
In addition, the program and information contained herein are licensed only pursuant to a license agreement that
contains restrictions on use and disclosure (that may incorporate by reference certain limitations and notices imposed
by third parties).
303560-A Rev 00 iii
Bay Networks, Inc. Software License Agreement
NOTICE: Please carefully read this license agreement before copying or using the accompanying software or
installing the hardware unit with pre-enabled software (each of which is referred to as “Software” in this Agreement).
BY COPYING OR USING THE SOFTWARE, YOU ACCEPT ALL OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF
THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT. THE TERMS EXPRESSED IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE THE ONLY TERMS
UNDER WHICH BAY NETWORKS WILL PERMIT YOU TO USE THE SOFTWARE. If you do not accept these
terms and conditions, return the product, unused and in the original shipping container, within 30 days of purchase to
obtain a credit for the full purchase price.
1. License Grant. Bay Networks, Inc. (“Bay Networks”) grants the end user of the Software (“Licensee”) a personal,
nonexclusive, nontransferable license: a) to use the Software either on a single computer or, if applicable, on a single
authorized device identified by host ID, for which it was originally acquired; b) to copy the Software solely for backup
purposes in support of authorized use of the Software; and c) to use and copy the associated user manual solely in
support of authorized use of the Software by Licensee. This license applies to the Software only and does not extend
to Bay Networks Agent software or other Bay Networks software products. Bay Networks Agent software or other
Bay Networks software products are licensed for use under the terms of the applicable Bay Networks, Inc. Software
License Agreement that accompanies such software and upon payment by the end user of the applicable license fees
for such software.
2. Restrictions on use; reservation of rights. The Software and user manuals are protected under copyright laws.
Bay Networks and/or its licensors retain all title and ownership in both the Software and user manuals, including any
revisions made by Bay Networks or its licensors. The copyright notice must be reproduced and included with any
copy of any portion of the Software or user manuals. Licensee may not modify, translate, decompile, disassemble, use
for any competitive analysis, reverse engineer, distribute, or create derivative works from the Software or user manuals
or any copy, in whole or in part. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Licensee may not copy or transfer
the Software or user manuals, in whole or in part. The Software and user manuals embody Bay Networks’ and its
licensors’ confidential and proprietary intellectual property. Licensee shall not sublicense, assign, or otherwise
disclose to any third party the Software, or any information about the operation, design, performance, or
implementation of the Software and user manuals that is confidential to Bay Networks and its licensors; however,
Licensee may grant permission to its consultants, subcontractors, and agents to use the Software at Licensee’s facility,
provided they have agreed to use the Software only in accordance with the terms of this license.
3. Limited warranty. Bay Networks warrants each item of Software, as delivered by Bay Networks and properly
installed and operated on Bay Networks hardware or other equipment it is originally licensed for, to function
substantially as described in its accompanying user manual during its warranty period, which begins on the date
Software is first shipped to Licensee. If any item of Software fails to so function during its warranty period, as the sole
remedy Bay Networks will at its discretion provide a suitable fix, patch, or workaround for the problem that may be
included in a future Software release. Bay Networks further warrants to Licensee that the media on which the
Software is provided will be free from defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for a period of 90 days
from the date Software is first shipped to Licensee. Bay Networks will replace defective media at no charge if it is
returned to Bay Networks during the warranty period along with proof of the date of shipment. This warranty does not
apply if the media has been damaged as a result of accident, misuse, or abuse. The Licensee assumes all responsibility
for selection of the Software to achieve Licensee’s intended results and for the installation, use, and results obtained
from the Software. Bay Networks does not warrant a) that the functions contained in the software will meet the
Licensee’s requirements, b) that the Software will operate in the hardware or software combinations that the Licensee
may select, c) that the operation of the Software will be uninterrupted or error free, or d) that all defects in the
operation of the Software will be corrected. Bay Networks is not obligated to remedy any Software defect that cannot
be reproduced with the latest Software release. These warranties do not apply to the Software if it has been (i) altered,
except by Bay Networks or in accordance with its instructions; (ii) used in conjunction with another vendor’s product,
resulting in the defect; or (iii) damaged by improper environment, abuse, misuse, accident, or negligence. THE
FOREGOING WARRANTIES AND LIMITATIONS ARE EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL
OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Licensee is responsible for the security of
iv 303560-A Rev 00
its own data and information and for maintaining adequate procedures apart from the Software to reconstruct lost or
altered files, data, or programs.
4. Limitation of liability. IN NO EVENT WILL BAY NETWORKS OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
COST OF SUBSTITUTE PROCUREMENT; SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES; OR ANY DAMAGES RESULTING FROM INACCURATE OR LOST DATA OR LOSS OF USE OR
PROFITS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE, EVEN
IF BAY NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE LIABILITY OF BAY NETWORKS RELATING TO THE SOFTWARE OR THIS AGREEMENT
EXCEED THE PRICE PAID TO BAY NETWORKS FOR THE SOFTWARE LICENSE.
5. Government Licensees. This provision applies to all Software and documentation acquired directly or indirectly
by or on behalf of the United States Government. The Software and documentation are commercial products, licensed
on the open market at market prices, and were developed entirely at private expense and without the use of any U.S.
Government funds. The license to the U.S. Government is granted only with restricted rights, and use, duplication, or
disclosure by the U.S. Government is subject to the restrictions set forth in subparagraph (c)(1) of the Commercial
Computer Software––Restricted Rights clause of FAR 52.227-19 and the limitations set out in this license for civilian
agencies, and subparagraph (c)(1)(ii) of the Rights in Technical Data and Computer Software clause of DFARS
252.227-7013, for agencies of the Department of Defense or their successors, whichever is applicable.
6. Use of Software in the European Community. This provision applies to all Software acquired for use within the
European Community. If Licensee uses the Software within a country in the European Community, the Software
Directive enacted by the Council of European Communities Directive dated 14 May, 1991, will apply to the
examination of the Software to facilitate interoperability. Licensee agrees to notify Bay Networks of any such
intended examination of the Software and may procure support and assistance from Bay Networks.
7. Term and termination. This license is effective until terminated; however, all of the restrictions with respect to
Bay Networks’ copyright in the Software and user manuals will cease being effective at the date of expiration of the
Bay Networks copyright; those restrictions relating to use and disclosure of Bay Networks’ confidential information
shall continue in effect. Licensee may terminate this license at any time. The license will automatically terminate if
Licensee fails to comply with any of the terms and conditions of the license. Upon termination for any reason,
Licensee will immediately destroy or return to Bay Networks the Software, user manuals, and all copies. Bay
Networks is not liable to Licensee for damages in any form solely by reason of the termination of this license.
8. Export and Re-export. Licensee agrees not to export, directly or indirectly, the Software or related technical data
or information without first obtaining any required export licenses or other governmental approvals. Without limiting
the foregoing, Licensee, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries and affiliates, agrees that it will not, without first
obtaining all export licenses and approvals required by the U.S. Government: (i) export, re-export, transfer, or divert
any such Software or technical data, or any direct product thereof, to any country to which such exports or re-exports
are restricted or embargoed under United States export control laws and regulations, or to any national or resident of
such restricted or embargoed countries; or (ii) provide the Software or related technical data or information to any
military end user or for any military end use, including the design, development, or production of any chemical,
nuclear, or biological weapons.
9. General. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent
jurisdiction, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. This Agreement
will be governed by the laws of the state of California.
Should you have any questions concerning this Agreement, contact Bay Networks, Inc., 4401 Great America Parkway,
P.O. Box 58185, Santa Clara, California 95054-8185.
LICENSEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT LICENSEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT, UNDERSTANDS IT, AND
AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS AND CONDITIONS. LICENSEE FURTHER AGREES THAT THIS
AGREEMENT IS THE ENTIRE AND EXCLUSIVE AGREEMENT BETWEEN BAY NETWORKS AND
LICENSEE, WHICH SUPERSEDES ALL PRIOR ORAL AND WRITTEN AGREEMENTS AND
COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES PERTAINING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS
AGREEMENT. NO DIFFERENT OR ADDITIONAL TERMS WILL BE ENFORCEABLE AGAINST BAY
NETWORKS UNLESS BAY NETWORKS GIVES ITS EXPRESS WRITTEN CONSENT, INCLUDING AN
EXPRESS WAIVER OF THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT.
303560-A Rev 00 v
Contents
Preface
Before You Begin .............................................................................................................xiii
Text Conventions .............................................................................................................xiv
Acronyms .........................................................................................................................xvi
Bay Networks Technical Publications ..............................................................................xix
How to Get Help .............................................................................................................. xx
Chapter 1
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
What Are Technician Interface Scripts? ..........................................................................1-2
Script Types ..............................................................................................................1-2
Script Command Categories ....................................................................................1-3
Installing .bat and .mnu Files ..........................................................................................1-5
Setting Up Scripts ...........................................................................................................1-6
Using Script Commands .................................................................................................1-8
Using the show Command .......................................................................................1-8
Using the enable and disable Commands .............................................................1-15
Using the Menu Utility ...................................................................................................1-17
Displaying Menus ...................................................................................................1-17
Configuring Menus .................................................................................................1-20
Adding a Command .........................................................................................1-21
Deleting a Command .......................................................................................1-21
Clearing All Commands ...................................................................................1-21
Editing a Command .........................................................................................1-22
Editing a Menu Title .........................................................................................1-22
Loading a New Menu .......................................................................................1-22
Toggling Menu Titles and Commands .............................................................1-23
Saving Changes Made to Menus .....................................................................1-27
vi 303560-A Rev 00
Chapter 2
Using the show Command
show ahb ........................................................................................................................2-2
show appn ......................................................................................................................2-6
show at .........................................................................................................................2-50
show atm ......................................................................................................................2-66
show atmarp .................................................................................................................2-76
show atmdxi ..................................................................................................................2-84
show atmsig ..................................................................................................................2-94
show atm line ................................................................................................................2-99
show aurp ...................................................................................................................2-111
show autoneg .............................................................................................................2-120
show bgp ....................................................................................................................2-127
show bisync ................................................................................................................2-136
show bootp .................................................................................................................2-146
show bot .....................................................................................................................2-151
show bridge ................................................................................................................2-158
show circuits ...............................................................................................................2-164
show console ..............................................................................................................2-175
show csmacd ..............................................................................................................2-182
show dcm ...................................................................................................................2-195
show decnet ...............................................................................................................2-200
show dls ......................................................................................................................2-214
show ds1e1 ................................................................................................................2-226
show dsx3 ...................................................................................................................2-251
show dvmrp ................................................................................................................2-266
show e1 ......................................................................................................................2-275
show egp ....................................................................................................................2-281
show fddi ....................................................................................................................2-284
show fr ........................................................................................................................2-300
show ftp ......................................................................................................................2-318
show fwall ...................................................................................................................2-319
show hardware ...........................................................................................................2-321
show hifn ....................................................................................................................2-328
show hssi ....................................................................................................................2-331
303560-A Rev 00 vii
show igmp ..................................................................................................................2-339
show ip .......................................................................................................................2-343
show ip6 .....................................................................................................................2-370
show ipx ......................................................................................................................2-377
show iredund ..............................................................................................................2-411
show isdn ....................................................................................................................2-413
show isdn bri ...............................................................................................................2-424
show l2tp ....................................................................................................................2-432
show lane ...................................................................................................................2-435
show lapb ...................................................................................................................2-445
show lnm ....................................................................................................................2-451
show mospf ................................................................................................................2-462
show mpoa .................................................................................................................2-466
show nbip ...................................................................................................................2-469
show nhrp ...................................................................................................................2-471
show nml ....................................................................................................................2-478
show ntp .....................................................................................................................2-482
show osi ......................................................................................................................2-486
show ospf ...................................................................................................................2-495
show packet ................................................................................................................2-504
show ping ...................................................................................................................2-513
show ppp ....................................................................................................................2-517
show process ..............................................................................................................2-547
show protopri ..............................................................................................................2-552
show radius .................................................................................................................2-555
show rarp ....................................................................................................................2-562
show rip6 ....................................................................................................................2-565
show rptr .....................................................................................................................2-567
show rredund ..............................................................................................................2-576
show rsc .....................................................................................................................2-584
show rsvp ...................................................................................................................2-588
show sdlc ....................................................................................................................2-590
show smds ..................................................................................................................2-594
show snmp .................................................................................................................2-599
show span ..................................................................................................................2-607
viii 303560-A Rev 00
show sr .......................................................................................................................2-615
show srspan ...............................................................................................................2-628
show sta .....................................................................................................................2-635
show stac ....................................................................................................................2-638
show state ..................................................................................................................2-640
show sws ....................................................................................................................2-643
show sync ...................................................................................................................2-662
show system ...............................................................................................................2-680
show t1 .......................................................................................................................2-685
show tcp .....................................................................................................................2-693
show telnet .................................................................................................................2-696
show tftp .....................................................................................................................2-698
show token ..................................................................................................................2-699
show vines ..................................................................................................................2-711
show wcp ....................................................................................................................2-723
show wep ....................................................................................................................2-731
show x25 ...................................................................................................................2-737
show xb ......................................................................................................................2-748
show xns .....................................................................................................................2-758
Chapter 3
Using enable/disable Commands
enable/disable appn ........................................................................................................3-2
enable/disable at .............................................................................................................3-5
enable/disable atm ..........................................................................................................3-6
enable/disable atmdxi .....................................................................................................3-8
enable/disable aurp ........................................................................................................3-9
enable/disable autoneg .................................................................................................3-10
enable/disable bootp .....................................................................................................3-11
enable/disable bridge ....................................................................................................3-12
enable/disable circuits ..................................................................................................3-13
enable/disable csmacd .................................................................................................3-14
enable/disable dcm .......................................................................................................3-15
enable/disable decnet ...................................................................................................3-17
enable/disable dls .........................................................................................................3-18
enable/disable ds1e1 ....................................................................................................3-19
303560-A Rev 00 ix
enable/disable dvmrp ...................................................................................................3-20
enable/disable e1 ..........................................................................................................3-21
enable/disable fddi ........................................................................................................3-22
enable/disable fr ...........................................................................................................3-23
enable/disable ftp ..........................................................................................................3-24
enable/disable hssi .......................................................................................................3-25
enable/disable igmp ......................................................................................................3-26
enable/disable ip ...........................................................................................................3-27
enable/disable ipx .........................................................................................................3-28
enable/disable iredund ..................................................................................................3-29
enable/disable isdn .......................................................................................................3-30
enable/disable isdn bri ..................................................................................................3-32
enable/disable lapb .......................................................................................................3-33
enable/disable lnm ........................................................................................................3-34
enable/disable nbip .......................................................................................................3-35
enable/disable nml ........................................................................................................3-36
enable/disable osi .........................................................................................................3-37
enable/disable ospf .......................................................................................................3-38
enable/disable packet ...................................................................................................3-39
enable/disable ppp ........................................................................................................3-40
enable/disable rarp .......................................................................................................3-41
enable/disable rptr ........................................................................................................3-42
enable/disable rredund .................................................................................................3-43
enable/disable sdlc .......................................................................................................3-44
disable/enable snmp .....................................................................................................3-45
enable/disable span ......................................................................................................3-46
enable/disable sr ...........................................................................................................3-47
enable/disable srspan ...................................................................................................3-48
enable/disable sta .........................................................................................................3-49
enable/disable sws .......................................................................................................3-50
enable/disable sync ......................................................................................................3-51
enable/disable t1 ...........................................................................................................3-52
enable/disable tcp .........................................................................................................3-53
enable/disable telnet .....................................................................................................3-54
enable/disable tftp .........................................................................................................3-55
x303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable token .....................................................................................................3-56
enable/disable vines .....................................................................................................3-57
enable/disable wcp .......................................................................................................3-58
enable/disable x25 ........................................................................................................3-59
enable/disable xb ..........................................................................................................3-60
enable/disable xns ........................................................................................................3-61
Index
303560-A Rev 00 xi
Tables
Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information ..............................................................1-9
Table 1-2. Enabling and Disabling Services .........................................................1-15
303560-A Rev 00 xiii
Preface
This guide describes how to use Technician Interface scripts to display statistical
and configuration information about Bay Networks® routers and BayStream™
platforms.
Before You Begin
Before using this guide to run Technician Interface commands on a router or
BayStream platform, you must:
• Install the router or BayStream platform.
• Use one of the following methods to establish a connection to the router or
BayStream platform:
-- Connect the serial port of an ASCII terminal device (for example, a DEC
VT100) directly to the console port of the router or BayStream platform.
-- Connect the serial port of a workstation or PC directly to the console port
of the router or BayStream platform. (Run ASCII terminal emulation
software on the workstation or PC.)
-- Dial in to the console port of the router or BayStream platform from a
workstation or PC running ASCII terminal emulation software. (This
alternative requires one modem locally attached to your workstation or
PC, and another modem locally attached to the console port of the router
or BayStream platform you want to access.)
-- Establish a Telnet (in-band) connection to the router or BayStream
platform.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
xiv 303560-A Rev 00
Text Conventions
This guide uses the following text conventions:
Note: Before you can access the Technician Interface using Telnet, the router
or BayStream platform must have at least one assigned IP address. Although
there is no limit to the number of Telnet connections that you can make to the
Technician Interface, we recommend that you establish no more than one
Telnet session per router or BayStream platform.
angle brackets (< >) Indicate that you choose the text to enter based on the
description inside the brackets. Do not type the
brackets when entering the command.
Example: If the command syntax is:
ping
<ip_address>
, you enter:
ping 192.32.10.12
bold text Indicates text that you need to enter and command
names and options.
Example: Enter show ip {alerts | routes}
Example: Use the dinfo command.
braces ({}) Indicate required elements in syntax descriptions
where there is more than one option. You must choose
only one of the options. Do not type the braces when
entering the command.
Example: If the command syntax is:
show ip {alerts | routes}, you must enter either:
show ip alerts or show ip routes.
brackets ([ ]) Indicate optional elements in syntax descriptions. Do
not type the brackets when entering the command.
Example: If the command syntax is:
show ip interfaces [-alerts], you can enter either:
show ip interfaces or show ip interfaces -alerts.
Preface
303560-A Rev 00 xv
ellipsis points (. . . ) Indicate that you repeat the last element of the
command as needed.
Example: If the command syntax is:
ethernet/2/1 [<
parameter> <value>
] . . ., you enter
ethernet/2/1 and as many parameter-value pairs as
needed.
italic text Indicates file and directory names, new terms, book
titles, and variables in command syntax descriptions.
Where a variable is two or more words, the words are
connected by an underscore.
Example: If the command syntax is:
show at <
valid_route>
valid_route
is one variable and you substitute one value
for it.
screen text Indicates system output, for example, prompts and
system messages.
Example: Set Bay Networks Trap Monitor Filters
separator ( > ) Shows menu paths.
Example: Protocols > IP identifies the IP option on the
Protocols menu.
vertical line ( | ) Separates choices for command keywords and
arguments. Enter only one of the choices. Do not type
the vertical line when entering the command.
Example: If the command syntax is:
show ip {alerts | routes}, you enter either:
show ip alerts or show ip routes, but not both.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
xvi 303560-A Rev 00
Acronyms
ACE Advanced Communications Engine
AFN Access Feeder Node
ALN Access Link Node
AN Access Node
ANH Access Node Hub
APING APPN Ping
APPN Advanced Peer-to-Peer Routing
ARP Address Resolution Protocol
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
ASN Access Stack Node
ASN.1 Abstract Syntax Notation
AT AppleTalk Protocol
ATM Asynchronous Transfer Mode
AURP Appletalk Update-based Routing Protocol
BCN Backbone Concentrator Node
BGP Border Gateway Protocol
BLN Backbone Link Node
BLN-2 Backbone Link Node (2 power supplies)
BOOTP Bootstrap Protocol
CLNP Connectionless Network Protocol
CN Concentrator Node
CPU Central Processing Unit
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
CSMA/CD Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection
DCM Data Collection Module
DLCMI Data Link Control Management Interface
DLSw Data Link Switch
Preface
303560-A Rev 00 xvii
DOS Disk Operating System
DRAM Dynamic RAM
DSAP Destination Service Access Point
DVMRP Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol
EOF End of File
EGP Exterior Gateway Protocol
FAT File Allocation Table
FDDI Fiber Distributed Data Interface
FIFO First In First Out
FRSW Frame Relay Switch
FTP File Transfer Protocol
FN Feeder Node
FR Frame Relay
FRE Fast Routing Engine
GAME Gate Access Management Entity
GMT Greenwich Mean Time
HDLC High-level Data Link Control
HSSI High Speed Serial Interface
ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol
IGMP Internet Group Membership Protocol
IN Integrated Node
IP Internet Protocol
IP6 Internet Protocol version 6
IPX Internet Packet Exchange
ISDN Integrated Services Digital Network
LAN Local Area Network
LAPB Link Access Procedure Balanced
LED Light Emitting Diode
LLC Logical Link Control
Using Technician Interface Scripts
xviii 303560-A Rev 00
LMI Local Management Interface
LN Link Node
LNM LAN Network Manager
LSP Link State Packet
MAC Media Access Control
MCT1 Multichannel T1
MIB Management Information Base
MOSY Managed Object Syntax
NML Native Mode LAN
NSAP Network Service Access Point
NVFS Non-Volatile File System
OSI Open Systems Interconnection
OSPF Open Shortest Path First
PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International
Association
PPP Point-to-Point Protocol
PPX Parallel Packet Express
PROM Programmable Read-Only Memory
QENET Quad Ethernet
RAM Random Access Memory
RARP Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
RIP Routing Information Protocol
RIP6 Routing Information Protocol version 6
RIF Routing Information Field
RFC Request for Comment
SAP Service Access Point
SDLC Synchronous Data Link Control
SIMM Single In-line Memory Module
SMDS Switched Multimegabit Data Services
Preface
303560-A Rev 00 xix
Bay Networks Technical Publications
You can now print Bay Networks technical manuals and release notes free,
directly from the Internet. Go to support.baynetworks.com/library/tpubs/. Find the
Bay Networks product for which you need documentation. Then locate the
specific category and model or version for your hardware or software product.
Using Adobe Acrobat Reader, you can open the manuals and release notes, search
for the sections you need, and print them on most standard printers. You can
download Acrobat Reader free from the Adobe Systems Web site,
www.adobe.com.
SNAP SubNetwork Access Protocol
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
SR Source Routing
SRM-L System Resources Link Module
STA Statistics, Thresholds, and Alarms
SYSCON System Controller board
SWS Switched Services
TCP Transport Control Protocol
TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol
TIP Terminal Interface Program
TP Transaction Program
VC Virtual Circuit
VINES Virtual Networking System
WAN Wide Area Network
XB Translation Bridge
XNS Xerox Networking Systems
Using Technician Interface Scripts
xx 303560-A Rev 00
You can purchase Bay Networks documentation sets, CDs, and selected technical
publications through the Bay Networks Collateral Catalog. The catalog is located
on the World Wide Web at support.baynetworks.com/catalog.html and is divided
into sections arranged alphabetically:
• The “CD ROMs” section lists available CDs.
• The “Guides/Books” section lists books on technical topics.
• The “Technical Manuals” section lists available printed documentation sets.
Make a note of the part numbers and prices of the items that you want to order.
Use the “Marketing Collateral Catalog description” link to place an order and to
print the order form.
How to Get Help
For product assistance, support contracts, or information about educational
services, go to the following URL:
http://www.baynetworks.com/corporate/contacts/
Or telephone the Bay Networks Technical Solutions Center at:
800-2LANWAN
303560-A Rev 00 1-1
Chapter 1
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
This chapter provides an overview of the Technician Interface scripts and explains
how to run them. It also describes how to:
• Load scripts.
• Set up scripts.
• Use script commands.
• Use the menu utility.
This guide assumes that you have a working knowledge of the Bay Networks
Technician Interface. For complete information about this router management
tool, see Using Technician Interface Software. For information on how to write
your own Technician Interface scripts, see Writing Technician Interface Scripts.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-2 303560-A Rev 00
What Are Technician Interface Scripts?
The Technician Interface show/monitor and enable/disable scripts are programs
that enable you to view and use information stored in the Bay Networks
Management Information Base (MIB). You use scripts to display statistical and
configuration information about various router services, and to enable or disable
those services.
Script Types
Most Technician Interface scripts run from a <protocol_name>.bat (batch) file.
The system loads a specific .bat file into active memory when you enter a scripts
command such as show appn directory statistics. The system software supports
one .bat file for each router protocol or service. Each .bat file contains the routines
for all script subcommand options for a protocol or service. The routine called by
each subcommand generates and prints (to the router console) statistics that reveal
a particular view of that protocol or service.
As an alternative to entering show/enable/disable commands at the Technician
Interface prompt, you can also access protocol-specific menus from the scripts
main menu. You enter (choose by number) a protocol/service submenu from the
scripts main menu. From a submenu, you can access all scripts options for a
protocol or service without entering commands. All scripts menus exist as *.mnu
files you install during initial configuration of each router. To save file space,
install only the .bat and .mnu files that pertain to the protocols or services you
want to support on each router.
Other Technician Interface scripts are programs embedded within the router
software image. The router software currently includes embedded scripts for the
following services:
• CSMACD • SNMP
• FR • SYNC
• FTP • TCP
• IP • TELNET
• MOSPF • TFTP
•RIP
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-3
These scripts run more efficiently than their batch file counterparts. You enter at
the Technician Interface prompt the command for any script, regardless of type
(batch or embedded) in the same way, as follows:
{show|enable|disable} {
<protocol_name>
} {
<subcommand_option>
}
Script Command Categories
The system software supports scripts in the following command categories:
Each show command supports a subset of commands that display statistical and
configuration information about a particular service or driver running on the
router.
show Displays configuration, state, and statistical information
about a router service. This command helps you isolate
problems such as circuits that are not working, packets that
are not being forwarded, and so on. It uses the show.bat file.
monitor Displays the same information as the show command but
refreshes the display periodically so you can observe trends
and changes. Since you can use monitor in place of show,
this manual does not describe syntax for the monitor
command. This command uses the monitor.bat file.
enable/disable Enables or disables system features, protocols, drivers, or
individual circuits. These commands use the enable.bat and
disable.bat files.
menu Provides a menu interface to the scripts. Also provides a
menu-building feature that enables you to create custom
menus. This command uses menu.bat and various .mnu files.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-4 303560-A Rev 00
Some show commands present a broad or collective view of router status and
resources. For example,
To establish the search path used to find the script files, use the run setpath
command. It defines the aliases that integrate scripts into the Technician Interface
command set. The section “Setting Up Scripts” explains the run setpath
command, which uses the setpath.bat script.
show circuits Displays information about all drivers running on the
router. You can use this command to display information
about all circuits without needing to know the driver that
runs on each circuit.
show drivers Displays information about the configuration of all link
modules in the router.
show hardware Displays backplane, configuration file, image, memory,
PROM, and slot information about the router’s hardware.
show protocols Displays information about the protocols configured on
every slot in the router.
show state Displays information about the current state of services
running on the router.
show system Displays information about router memory, buffers, drivers,
and configured protocols.
Note: You can abbreviate command names, using the first three characters of
the command name, as long as the abbreviation uniquely identifies the
command.
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-5
Installing .bat and .mnu Files
You can use the Bay Networks implementation of File Transfer Protocol (FTP) to
install .bat version scripts and .mnu script menu files on a memory card in the
router. FTP enables you to install more than one script at a time.
Before installing any scripts on a router:
• Log in to the router. (Refer to Chapter 1 of Using Technician Interface
Software if you need more information on login procedures.)
• Enable the FTP service on the router.
•Run the dir command to verify that you have sufficient contiguous freespace
on the NVFS volume reserved for scripts and their associated menu files.
(Refer to Chapter 4 of Using Technician Interface Software if you need more
information on how to run the dir command.)
•Run the compact command on the NVFS volume reserved for scripts and
their associated menu files. (Refer to Chapter 8 of Using Technician Interface
Software if you need more information on how to run the compact
command.)
To install all the .bat scripts and .mnu menu files located in a directory on a UNIX
workstation, change to that directory using the cd command. Then enter the
following commands at the UNIX command line prompt:
$: ftp
<router IP address>
Name: Manager
Password:
<Technician_Interface_password>
ftp> cd
<router volume>
:
ftp> bin
ftp> prompt
ftp> mput *.bat
ftp> mput *.mnu
The prompt command disables the prompt that asks whether you want to transfer
each file.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-6 303560-A Rev 00
This procedure installs all of the .bat and .mnu files on a file system volume in the
router. To conserve space on a router’s local file system, load only scripts for the
protocols and drivers you need to run on that router.
If you want to use the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) to install .bat and
.mnu files one at a time, refer to Chapters 4 and 5 of Using Technician Interface
Software.
Setting Up Scripts
Once you log in to a Technician Interface session on a router, you can enter any
embedded script commands at the command line prompt without any additional
preparations. However, before you run any .bat version scripts, designate a default
file system volume, as shown in the following example:
dir 2:
Next, define the search path and alias definitions for your .bat and .mnu version
script files by using the run setpath command. The search path is a list of volume
IDs you want the system to search for any script file. There are two ways to
specify a search path, as shown in the following examples.
Example 1 -- Entering the volume IDs on the command line
run setpath "2:;3:;4:"
Note: You must have Manager access to write to an NVFS volume using the
Bay Networks implementation of FTP.
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-7
Example 2 -- Letting the
setpath
command prompt you for input
run setpath
NVFS File System:
VOL STATE TOTAL SIZE FREE SPACE CONTIG FREE SPACE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3: FORMATTED 2097152 1218683 1017067
2: FORMATTED 2097152 431128 431128
Please enter the volume ID that contains the script files.
More than one volume may be entered; each separated by a
semi-colon.
Format: <vol>:[;<vol>: ...]
Example: 2:;3:;4:
Enter volume(s)[2:]: 3:
You can also use the Manager or User autoscript features to automatically run the
setpath.bat script (the run setpath command). Specify a file system search path,
Manager or User script file, and logout mechanism using following
wfSerialPortEntry (router serial port) attributes:
• Login Script Search Path
• Manager’s Login Script
• User’s Login Script
• Force User Logout
You can set up separate Manager and User autoscript files for login. The User
autoscript contains a switch that enables you to lock the user into the script. With
the switch enabled, the autoscript automatically logs out a user that tries to break
out of the script. For more information on the autoscript feature, see Chapter 2 of
Using Technician Interface Software.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-8 303560-A Rev 00
Using Script Commands
This section provides an overview of the show/monitor and enable/disable
commands.
Using the show Command
After you set up scripts with the run setpath command, you can use the show
<subcommand> <option> command to obtain a snapshot view of various data
stored in the router. For continuously updated (polled) views of system statistical
and configuration data, use the monitor command in place of the show command.
For all protocols, you can view circuit alerts, the base record, disabled or enabled
circuits, and statistics.
Table 1-1 lists the show/monitor subcommands for a specific service or
software entity. Alternatively, obtain an active list of show/monitor
subcommands directly from the router by entering at the Technician Interface
prompt
show
<entity_name>
?
or:
show
<entity_name>
help
For example, to list the AppleTalk subcommands, enter show at or show at ?.
For a detailed description of all show commands and samples of the information
they generate, refer to Chapter 2.
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-9
Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information
To Display Information about This Service Use This Command
Command Type
(runs from a batch
or embedded file)
batch embedded
Asynchronous Transfer Mode Half-Bridge (AHB) service
(base, circuits, hosts, routes, statistics) show ahb
<option>
✔
Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking service
(adjacencies, class of service, directories, DLC, DLUR,
endpoints, ISR, memory, mode, ports, topology, tunnels,
VRN)
show appn
<option>
✔
AppleTalk service (AARP, circuits, configuration, routes,
statistics, zones, zone filters) show at
<option>
✔
Asynchronous Transfer Mode service (interfaces, lines,
PVCs, statistics) show atm
<option>
✔
ATM Address Resolution Protocol service (ATMARP
client/server mode identification, ATM addresses,
interface statistics)
show atmarp
<option>
✔
Asynchronous Transfer Mode DXI service (lines, PVCs,
statistics) show atmdxi
<option>
✔
ATM line signaling service (ATM ILMI and SAAL
statistics) show atmsig
<option>
✔
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) Adaption Layer
Controller (ALC) link module service (circuits, phy,
transmit and receive errors, transmit and receive
statistics)
show atm line
<option>
✔
AppleTalk Update-based Routing Protocol service
(connection, statistics, zone filters) show aurp
<option>
✔
Automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base-T Ethernet
interfaces (alerts, circuits enabled/disabled) show autoneg
<option>
✔
Border Gateway Protocol service (errors, peers, routes,
timers, statistics, summary, weights, version) show bgp
<option>
✔
Binary Synchronous service (errors, sample periods,
circuit statistics) show bisync
<option>
✔
Bootstrap Protocol service (clients, relay agents,
statistics) show bootp
<option>
✔
(continued)
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-10 303560-A Rev 00
Binary Synchronous Communication (BSC) over TCP
service (circuit, port, peer, and control unit connection
statistics)
show bot
<option>
✔
Bridge service (circuits, forwarding tables, statistics) show bridge
<option>
✔
Circuits for all drivers (configuration; hardware filters;
receive, transmit, and system errors; statistics) show circuits
<option>
✔
Console (configuration, statistics) show console
<option>
✔
CSMA/CD service (hardware filters; receive, transmit
and system errors; statistics; sample data) show csmacd
<option>
✔
N11 Data Collection Module (DCM) information for the
8-Port Access Node Hub (ANH) show dcm
<option>
✔
DECnet service (adjacency, circuits, designated router,
routes, statistics, traffic filters) show decnet
<option>
✔
Data Link Switching service (circuits, configuration,
connections, MAC, NETBIOS, peer, SAPs, slot numbers) show dls
<option>
✔
DS1/E1 lines (clock, E1 framer and E1 port, FDL;
receive, transmit, and system errors; sample data;
statistics; T1 framer and T1 port; timeslots)
show ds1e1
<option>
✔
DS3/E3 lines (circuit stats for ATM interfaces) show dsx3
<option>
✔
Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol service
(circuits, neighbors, routes, statistics, tunnels) show dvmrp
<option>
✔
E1 lines (frame and line errors) show e1
<option>
✔
Exterior Gateway Protocol service (neighbors, statistics) show egp
<option>
✔
Fiber Distributed Data Interface service (hardware filters;
MAC, port, and SMT parameters; receive, transmit, and
system errors; sample data; statistics)
show fddi
<option>
✔
Frame Relay service (LAPF, lines, passthrough, PVCs,
signalling, statistics, SVCs, virtual connections) show fr
<option>
✔
File Transfer Protocol service (login, error, and transfer
rate statistics) show ftp
<option>
✔
(continued)
Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information
(continued)
To Display Information about This Service Use This Command
Command Type
(runs from a batch
or embedded file)
batch embedded
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-11
BaySecure Firewall-1 service (interface, summary) show fwall
<option>
✔
Hi/fn LZS compression (errors, statistics) show hifn
<option>
✔
Hardware options (backplane, configuration and router
software image files, memory, PROMs, slots) show hardware
<option>
✔
High Speed Serial Interface service (receive, transmit,
and system errors; sample data; statistics) show hssi
<option>
✔
Internet Gateway Management Protocol service (circuits,
groups, statistics) show igmp
<option>
✔
Internet Protocol service (ARP table, circuits, forwarding
table, route filters, RIP interfaces, routes, traffic filters) show ip
<option>
✔
Internet Protocol Version 6 service (adjacent hosts,
statistics, interface, circuits) show ip6
<option>
✔
Internet Packet Exchange service (adjacent hosts,
circuits, ping, RIP, routes, service filters, server filters,
services, statistics, traffic filters)
show ipx
<option>
✔
Circuit and state information for all interface redundancy
ports (enabled and disabled circuits configured with
interface redundancy)
show iredund
<option>
✔
Integrated Services Digital Network service
(B Channel, BRI, calls, inphone, messages, switch) show isdn
<option>
✔
Integrated Services Digital Network BRI service (receive,
transmit, and system errors; sample data; statistics) show isdn bri
<option>
✔
Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP) (configuration,
sessions, statistics, tunnels, users) show l2tp
<option>
✔
LAN Emulation (ATM) service (clients, servers, config,
learp, mac addresses, statistics) show lane
<option>
✔
Link Access Procedure-Balanced service (lines,
statistics) show lapb
<option>
✔
LAN Network Manager server agent information (for all
servers, or for servers on specific circuits) show lnm
<option>
✔
OSPF multicast extensions (MOSPF) (base, interfaces,
neighbors, forwarding database) show mospf
<option>
✔
(continued)
Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information
(continued)
To Display Information about This Service Use This Command
Command Type
(runs from a batch
or embedded file)
batch embedded
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-12 303560-A Rev 00
Multiple Protocol Over ATM (MPOA) (cache, clients,
servers, version) show mpoa
<option>
✔
NetBIOS over IP service (interfaces, names) show nbip
<option>
✔
Next Hop Routing Protocol (NHRP) (cache, circuits,
clients, servers, statistics) show nhrp
<option>
✔
Native Mode LAN service (circuits, security lists, bridge
statistics) show nml
<option>
✔
Open Systems Interconnection service (adjacency,
circuits, routes, and TARP packets, loop detection buffer
entries, and data cache)
show osi
<option>
✔
Open Shortest Path First Protocol service (area, AS
base, external routes, interfaces, LSDB, neighbors,
statistics)
show ospf
<option>
✔
Packet Capture service (captured packets, configuration,
line numbers, loaded slots, status) show packet
<option>
✔
Ping MIB service (configuration, history, source and
trace routes) show ping
<option>
✔
Point-to-Point Protocol service (AppleTalk, bad packets,
Bridge, CCP, CHAP, circuits, DECnet, IP, IPX, line, LQR,
OSI, PAP, protocol, VINES, XNS)
show ppp
<option>
✔
Process statistics (buffers, cpu cycles, and memory
resources allocated to router processes) show process
<option>
✔
DLSw protocol prioritization queues (cc_stats, filters,
qstats) show protopri
<option>
✔
RADIUS (alerts, server, configuration, statistics) show radius
<option>
✔
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol service (circuits) show rarp
<option>
✔
RIP Version 6 service (configuration, statistics) show rip6
<option>
✔
Repeater service (last address, sample data, port status,
statistics) show rptr
<option>
✔
Router redundancy (circuits, groups, resources, remote
routers in a redundancy group, member IDs) show rredund
<option>
✔
(continued)
Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information
(continued)
To Display Information about This Service Use This Command
Command Type
(runs from a batch
or embedded file)
batch embedded
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-13
Resources (bandwidth) reserved for lines configured with
the ST2 protocol show rsc
<option>
✔
Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) multicasting and
multimedia service (base, interfaces) show rsvp
<option>
✔
Synchronous Data Link Control service (circuits,
statistics) show sdlc
<option>
✔
Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service service
(addresses, circuits, statistics) show smds
<option>
✔
Simple Network Management Protocol service
(communities, events, traps) show snmp
<option>
✔
Spanning Tree service (configuration, circuits) show span
<option>
✔
Source Routing service (bridges, circuits, configuration,
IP information, statistics, traffic filters) show sr
<option>
✔
Source Route Spanning Tree service (configuration,
statistics) show srspan
<option>
✔
Statistical Thresholds and Alarms service (configuration,
statistics) show sta
<option>
✔
STAC (circuit and statistical information about Hi/fn LZS
data compression service) show stac
<option>
✔
State (overview of all protocols or one circuit) show state
<option>
✔
Switch service (back-up dialing, on-demand-dialing) show sws
<option>
✔
Synchronous Interface service (receive, transmit, and
system errors; FT1/T1 DSU/CSU configuration and
statistics; sample data; statistics)
show sync
<option>
✔
System (buffers, drivers, memory, protocols, system
information, tasks) show system
<option>
✔
T1 lines (frame and line errors) show t1
<option>
✔
Transport Control Protocol service (configuration,
connections, statistics) show tcp
<option>
✔
TELNET service (configuration, sessions, statistics) show telnet
<option>
✔
(continued)
Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information
(continued)
To Display Information about This Service Use This Command
Command Type
(runs from a batch
or embedded file)
batch embedded
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-14 303560-A Rev 00
Trivial File Transfer Protocol service (status) show tftp
<option>
✔
Token Ring lines (receive, transmit, and system errors;
sample data; statistics) show token
<option>
✔
VINES service (circuits, configuration, neighbors, routes,
statistics, traffic filters) show vines
<option>
✔
Bay Networks Compression Protocol service (circuits,
devices, lines, statistics, virtual circuits) show wcp
<option>
✔
Bay Networks WAN Encryption Protocol service
(circuits, lines, virtual circuits, statistics) show wep
<option>
✔
X.25 service (configuration, connections, lines, services,
statistics, virtual circuits) show x25
<option>
✔
Translation Bridge service (configuration, RIFs, SAPs,
Source Routing interfaces and statistics, stations,
Transparent Bridge interfaces and statistics)
show xb
<option>
✔
Xerox Networking Systems Protocol service (adjacent
hosts, configuration, RIP, routes, statistics, traffic filters,
virtual circuits)
show xns
<option>
✔
Table 1-1. Displaying Service Information
(continued)
To Display Information about This Service Use This Command
Command Type
(runs from a batch
or embedded file)
batch embedded
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-15
Using the enable and disable Commands
After you set up scripts with the run setpath command, you can enable or disable
specific protocols or services with the enable and disable script commands.
Table 1-2 lists the protocols or services you can enable or disable in this way. For
a detailed description of enable/disable command options, refer to Chapter 3.
Table 1-2. Enabling and Disabling Services
To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command
Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking Protocol (directory, DLC, LS,
port, tunnel, VRN) enable/disable appn
<option>
AppleTalk (base, circuit) enable/disable at
<option>
Asynchronous Transfer Mode (line) enable/disable atm
<option>
Asynchronous Transfer Mode DXI (line) enable/disable atmdxi
<option>
AppleTalk Update-based Routing Protocol (connection) enable/disable aurp
<option>
Automatic line speed negotiation on 100Base-T Ethernet interfaces enable/disable autoneg
<option>
Bootstrap protocol enable/disable bootp
<option>
Bridge (base, circuit) enable/disable bridge
<option>
Circuits for all drivers enable/disable circuits
<option>
CSMA/CD (circuit, connector) enable/disable csmacd
<option>
Data Collection Module (DCM) for BayStack routers enable/disable dcm
<option>
DECnet (base, circuit) enable/disable decnet
<option>
Data Link (base, circuit) enable/disable dls
<option>
DS1E1 lines enable/disable ds1e1
<option>
Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (base, circuit) enable/disable dvmrp
<option>
E1 line (circuit, connector) enable/disable e1
<option>
FDDI (circuit, connector) enable/disable fddi
<option>
Frame Relay (line) enable/disable fr
<option>
File Transfer Protocol (base) enable/disable ftp
<option>
HSSI (circuit, connector) enable/disable hssi
<option>
Internet Gateway Management Protocol (base, circuit) enable/disable igmp
<option>
Internet Protocol (base, circuit, RIP) enable/disable ip
<option>
Internet Packet Exchange Protocol (base, circuit) enable/disable ipx
<option>
(continued)
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-16 303560-A Rev 00
Interface redundancy ports enable/disable iredund
<option>
Integrated Services Digital Network (B Channel, Bri, Filter) enable/disable isdn
<option>
Integrated Services Digital Network BRI (circuit, connector) enable/disable isdn bri
<option>
Link Access Procedure-Balanced (line.llindex) enable/disable lapb
<option>
LAN Network Manager (base, circuit) enable/disable lnm
<option>
NetBIOS over IP (base, interface) enable/disable nbip
<option>
Native Mode LAN (circuit, security list) enable/disable nml
<option>
Open Systems Interconnect (base) enable/disable osi
<option>
OSPF (area, base, interface) enable/disable ospf
<option>
Packet Capture (capture, line) enable/disable packet
<option>
Point-to-Point Protocol (line) enable/disable ppp
<option>
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol (base) enable/disable rarp
<option>
Repeater (port, reset, test) enable/disable rptr
<option>
Router redundancy enable/disable rredund
<option>
Synchronous Data Link Control (base, circuit) enable/disable sdlc
<option>
Simple Network Management Protocol (communities, events, traps) disable/enable snmp
<option>
Spanning Tree (base, circuit) enable/disable span
<option>
Source Routing (base, circuit) enable/disable sr
<option>
Source Route Spanning Tree (base, circuit) enable/disable srspan
<option>
Statistical Thresholds and Alarm (base, object) enable/disable sta
<option>
Switched Service enable/disable sws
<option>
Synchronous line (circuit, connector) enable/disable sync
<option>
T1 line (circuit, connector) enable/disable t1
<option>
Transport Control Protocol (base) enable/disable tcp
<option>
TELNET (base) enable/disable telnet
<option>
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (base) enable/disable tftp
<option>
Token Ring line (circuit, connector) enable/disable token
<option>
VINES (base, circuit) enable/disable vines
<option>
Bay Networks Compression Protocol (circuit, line) enable/disable wcp
<option>
(continued)
Table 1-2. Enabling and Disabling Services
(continued)
To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-17
Using the Menu Utility
You can run scripts from Technician Interface menus as an alternative to entering
commands at the Technician Interface prompt. You can also create or customize
scripts menus. Use scripts menus to access the full set of Technician Interface
scripts, including those embedded within the router software.
Displaying Menus
After you configure the run setpath command, you can display the scripts main
menu by entering the menu command at the Technician Interface prompt. The
main menu contains a numbered list of system protocols and services, as shown in
the following example.
X.25 (base, line, service) enable/disable x25
<option>
Translation Bridge (base, circuit) enable/disable xb
<option>
Xerox Networking Systems Protocol (base, circuit) enable/disable xns
<option>
Main Menu
1. APPN 24. Frame Relay Switch 47. SDLC
2. AT 25. FTP 48. SMDS
3. ATM 26. Hardware 49. SNMP
. . .
. . .
. . .
22. FDDI 45. Router Redundancy 68. X25
23. Frame Relay 46. Reservable Resources
Table 1-2. Enabling and Disabling Services
(continued)
To Enable or Disable This Service Use This Command
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-18 303560-A Rev 00
To display a scripts submenu for a particular protocol, enter its sequence number
from the main menu. For example, to display the IP scripts submenu, enter 28 at
the prompt under the main menu.
Enter menu number or TI command: 28
The IP menu appears:
Enter menu number or TI command:
All of the choices shown in the second-level menu display information.
IP Menu
1. Adjacent Hosts 13. IP Cache Hits Stats
2. Alerts 14. IP Datagram Stats
3. ARP Table 15. IP Fragmentation Stats
4.Base Information 16. IP RIP Filters
5. Circuits 17. IP Stats
6. Disable Circuits 18. IP .bat version
7. Enabled Circuits 19. RIP
8. ICMP Client Stats 20. Routing Table
9. ICMP In Stats 21. Security In Stats
10. ICMP Miscellaneous Stats 22. Security In Stats
11. ICMP Out Stats 23. Static Routes Table
12. ICMP Server Stats 24. Traffic Filters
D. Disable MORE. M. Menu control on. Q. Quit or Return
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-19
Next, enter the number that corresponds to the table you want to display. For
example, to display IP statistics, enter 17. This action runs the script that displays
the IP Statistics table shown in the following example.
Enter menu number or TI command: 17
IP Statistics
-------------
In Out In Out
Circuit IP Address Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards
------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
E33 6.6.6.6 0 15642 0 0 0
E34 75.1.1.2 14976 15642 0 0 0
E31 192.168.130.165 46218 18459 0 0 0
3 Entries
Press Enter to continue.
When you press Enter, the menu utility returns to the submenu. In this example,
pressing Enter displays the IP menu again. Then you can perform any of the
following actions:
• Enter another option
• Return to the main menu
•Enter
q for Quit
• Press RETURN
You can also display a submenu by entering the name of the protocol on the
command line as an option to the menu command. For example, to display the IP
submenu directly, enter the following command at the Technician Interface
prompt:
$ menu ip
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-20 303560-A Rev 00
Configuring Menus
You can change any menu that the menu utility displays. You can keep your
changes for the current session only, or you can save them permanently. Using the
menu control feature, you can
• Change the contents of a menu (add, delete, and edit commands; edit the
menu title; show commands instead of command titles).
• Load a new menu into the menu structure.
• Enter a Technician Interface command while using the menu utility.
To use the menu control feature, enter m at the Enter menu number or TI
command: prompt. The menu utility displays a list of options below the main
menu, as shown in the following example:
Enter menu number or TI command:
To turn menu control off, just enter m again at the prompt. You can add and delete
commands, edit a command, change a menu’s title, and switch the display
between menu titles and commands.
Main Menu
1. APPN 24. Frame Relay Switch 47. SDLC
2. AT 25. FTP 48. SMDS
3. ATM 26. Hardware 49. SNMP
. . .
. . .
. . .
22. FDDI 45. Router Redundancy 68. X25
23. Frame Relay 46. Reservable Resources
A. Add a command H. Change menu title Q. Quit
C. Clear all commands L. Load new menu S. Save menu commands
D. Delete command M. Menu control off T. Toggle cmd. display
E. Edit command
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-21
Adding a Command
With menu control on, add a command by entering a at the Enter menu number
or TI command: prompt. Then enter the command number, name, and title, as
shown in the example:
Enter menu number or TI command: a
Command: 69
Enter new command: date
Enter new title: Date and Time
Setting command 69 to date
Setting title 69 to Date and Time
The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new option (69. Date
and Time).
Deleting a Command
With menu control on, delete a command by entering d at the Enter menu number
or TI command: prompt. Then enter the number of the command to be deleted, as
shown in the example:
Enter menu number or TI command: d
Enter command number (r to Return): 69
The main menu automatically refreshes and displays a new list of options, without
command number 69.
Clearing All Commands
With menu control on, clear all commands by entering c at the Enter menu
number or TI command: prompt. The menu utility responds by showing only the
menu title and control options, as follows:
Enter menu number or TI command:
Main Menu
A. Add a command H. Change menu title Q. Quit
C. Clear all commands L. Load new menu S. Save menu commands
D. Delete command M. Menu control off T. Toggle cmd display
E. Edit Command
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-22 303560-A Rev 00
Editing a Command
With menu control on, edit a command by entering e at the Enter menu number
or TI command: prompt. Then enter the command number, name, and title, as
shown in the following example:
Enter menu number or TI command: e
Enter Command number (r to Return): 2
2 menu at.mnu
AT
Type <return> to leave unchanged.
Enter new command: show at base
Enter new title: AT Base
Setting command 2 to show at base
Setting title AT to AT Base
The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new title for the
show at base command.
Editing a Menu Title
With menu control on, edit the title for an entire menu by entering h at the Enter
menu number or TI command: prompt. The following example changes the name
of the main menu to Protocol Statistics:
Enter menu number or TI command: h
Enter new menu title: Protocol Statistics
The main menu automatically refreshes and displays the new menu title:
Loading a New Menu
With menu control on, load a new menu by entering l at the Enter menu number
or TI command: prompt. Then enter the name of the new menu:
Enter menu number or TI command: l
Please enter menu setup file.
Type <Enter> to use default menu
[vol:filename]> newmain.mnu
If you do not enter a volume number or letter, the system saves the file (in this
case, newmain.mnu) to the default volume.
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-23
Toggling Menu Titles and Commands
With menu control on, toggle between displaying menu titles and displaying
commands by entering t at the Enter menu number or TI command: prompt, as
shown in the example:
Enter menu number or TI command: t
At the main menu, the screen displays the menu commands (you do not need to
enter .mnu when executing a menu command):
Enter menu number or TI command:
With menu control on at the submenu level, entering t at the prompt invokes the
list of Technician Interface commands equivalent to the subcommand menu
entries.
The following example sequence of three screens shows what happens when you
enable menu control from a submenu, then toggle the submenu to display
Technician Interface commands instead of menu titles.
Main Menu
1. menu appn.mnu 24. menu frsw.mnu 47. menu sdlc.mnu
2. menu at.mnu 25. menu ftp.mnu 48. menu smds.mnu
3. menu atm.mnu 26. menu hardware.mnu 49. menu snmp.mnu
. . .
. . .
. . .
21. menu egp.mnu 44. menu rptr.mnu 67. menu xns.mnu
22. menu fddi.mnu 45. menu rredund.mnu 68. menu x25.mnu
23. menu fr.mnu 46. menu rsc.mnu
A. Add a command H. Change menu title Q. Quit
C. Clear all commands L. Load new menu S. Save menu commands
D. Delete command M. Menu control off T. Toggle title display
E. Edit command
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-24 303560-A Rev 00
PPP subcommand menu with menu control OFF/disabled:
Enter menu number or TI command: m
PPP Menu
1. Alerts 16. Line Conf
2. AppleTalk Conf. 17. Line Parameters
3. AppleTalk Neg. 18. LQR Conf.
4. Bad Packets 19. LQR Stats
5. Bridge Conf. 20. OSI
6. Bridge Neg. 21. PAP Local
7. Circuits 22. PAP Remote
8. DECnet 23. CHAP Local
9. Disabled Circuits 24. CHAP Remote
10. Enabled Circuits 25. PPP .bat version
11. IP 26. Vines
12. IPX Config. 27. XNS
13. IPX Neg. 28. Multilink Circuits
14. IPX Name Local 29. Multilink Information
15. IPX Name Remote 30. WCP
D. Disable MORE M. Menu control on. Q. Quit or Return
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-25
PPP subcommand menu with menu control ON/enabled:
Enter menu number or TI command: t
PPP Menu
1. Alerts 16. Line Conf
2. AppleTalk Conf. 17. Line Parameters
3. AppleTalk Neg. 18. LQR Conf.
4. Bad Packets 19. LQR Stats
5. Bridge Conf. 20. OSI
6. Bridge Neg. 21. PAP Local
7. Circuits 22. PAP Remote
8. DECnet 23. CHAP Local
9. Disabled Circuits 24. CHAP Remote
10. Enabled Circuits 25. PPP .bat version
11. IP 26. Vines
12. IPX Config. 27. XNS
13. IPX Neg. 28. Multilink Circuits
14. IPX Name Local 29. Multilink Information
15. IPX Name Remote 30. WCP
A. Add a command H. Change menu title Q. Quit
C. Clear all commands L. Load new menu S. Save menu commands
D. Delete command M. Menu control off T. Toggle cmd display
E. Edit command
Using Technician Interface Scripts
1-26 303560-A Rev 00
PPP subcommand menu toggled to display only show commands:
Enter menu number or TI command:
PPP Menu
1. show ppp alerts 16. show ppp line configuration
2. show ppp appletalk configured 17. show ppp line parameters
3. show ppp appletalk negotiated 18. show ppp lqr configured
4. show ppp bad packets 19. show ppp lqr stats
5. show ppp bridge configured 20. show ppp osi
6. show ppp bridge negotiated 21. show ppp pap local
7. show ppp circuit 22. show ppp pap remote
8. show ppp decnet 23. show ppp chap local
9. show ppp disabled 24. show ppp chap remote
10. show ppp enabled 25. show ppp version
11. show ppp ip 26. show ppp vines
12. show ppp ipx configured 27. show ppp xns
13. show ppp ipx negotiated 28. show ppp multilink circuits
14. show ppp ipx name local 29. show ppp multilink information
15. show ppp ipx name remote 30. show ppp wcp
A. Add a command H. Change menu title Q. Quit
C. Clear all commands L. Load new menu S. Save menu commands
D. Delete Command M. Menu control off T. Toggle title
E. Edit command
Introducing Technician Interface Scripts
303560-A Rev 00 1-27
Saving Changes Made to Menus
With menu control on, save your changes for future sessions by entering s at the
Enter menu number or TI command: prompt, add a filename, then press the
Return key. Refer to the following example:
Enter menu number or TI command: s
Enter file name [main.mnu]: testing.mnu
Saving commands to testing.mnu.
The Technician Interface saves the file to the default volume. The current menu
session now uses the file you specified. If you do not specify a filename at the
Enter file name [main.mnu]: prompt, the Technician Interface overwrites the
main.mnu file stored on the router’s file system once you press the Return key. If
you mistakenly type s, type q and press the Return key to quit.
Chapter 2 provides a complete reference for all show (and monitor) scripts in the
system. Refer to it for more information, sample displays, and references to other
manuals that describe each protocol in detail.
303560-A Rev 00 2-1
Chapter 2
Using the show Command
Use the show command to display routing, configuration, interface, and statistical data
from the Management Information Base (MIB). The type and amount of data displayed
depends on the specific protocol or network service you want to view.
In the command syntax, items in square brackets ([ ]) indicate optional information. Items
in curly braces ({ }) indicate choices that complete a command, and you must enter one of
the choices offered. Text in angle brackets (< >) indicates the type of information to enter
as an optional part of the command syntax; for example <
circuit name
>. Use lowercase for
all commands; they are case sensitive.
In command syntax, <
pattern
> means that you can use wildcard searching with the * and ?
characters. Use * to find a string of any characters and any length. Use ? to designate any
character in a specific position of the search string. For example, to locate all networks
whose addresses begin with 29, enter the search string 29*. This pattern will locate the
addresses 2901456 and 2967. Or if you have a set of names that begin and end with the
same characters but have different characters in the middle, such as xxx1.yy, xxx2.yy and
so on, you can enter the search pattern xxx?.yy to locate them.
Note: For online Help -- After loading the scripts you need on a given router, you
can display a list of available script subcommands by entering show
<option>
without additional options or with a question mark as an option. For example, after
you load at.bat and associated baseline script files on a router, entering show at or
show at ? at the Technician Interface prompt invokes the list of all show at
subcommand options.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-2 303560-A Rev 00
show ahb
The show ahb
<option>
commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about the ATM Half-Bridge (AHB) protocol. For detailed information about
the Bay Networks implementation of AHB, see Configuring ATM Half-Bridge Services.
The show ahb command supports the following subcommand options:
base
Displays the base record information for the AHB protocol. The base record controls the
AHB for the entire system.
base
circuits
hosts [<slot> | <cctnum> | <vpi> | <vci> | <addr>]
routes
stats
Protocol Name of protocol, in this case AHB.
Forwarding Mode Indicates the state of AHB packet forwarding (enabled or
disabled).
Inbound Filtering Indicates that inbound packet filtering is enabled on the AHB
router.
Learn Method Method by which AHB automatically learns new bridge entries on
the AHB router. You can configure AHB in one of the following
learning methods:
• Secure
• Unsecure
•Both
•None
Debug Level Indicates the level of debug messaging you want the AHB router to
display in its log file.
303560-A Rev 00 2-3
circuits
Displays circuit and state information for all AHB circuits.
hosts [
<slot>
|
<cctnum>
|
<vpi>
|
<vci>
|
<addr
>]
Displays the host record information for AHB.
The table provides the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit on which you configured AHB.
Num Number of the circuit on which you configured AHB.
Status Current state of the AHB protocol: Not Present (enabled but not
yet started), or Up.
Proxy Arp Indicates whether proxy ARP is enabled or disabled on the AHB
router. If enabled, the AHB router responds to ARP requests sent
from ATM-attached hosts with its own hardware address as the
target MAC address. If disabled, the AHB router ignores ARP
requests sent from ATM-attached hosts.
Def Subnet Mask IP subnet mask for host entries learned unsecurely.
<slot> Shows only hosts on the specified slot.
<cctnum> Shows only hosts on the specified circuit.
<vpi> Shows only hosts on the specified VPI.
<vci> Shows only hosts on the specified VCI.
<addr> Shows only hosts with the specified IP address.
Slt Indicates the slot on which the AHB router learned the CPE host
address.
Host Addr IP address of the CPE host that sends packets to the AHB router.
Subnet Subnet mask of the CPE host.
Cct Circuit number on which AHB is configured on the router.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-4 303560-A Rev 00
routes
Displays information from the AHB routing table.
The fields displayed have the following meanings:
VPI Indicates the virtual path of the PVC configured on the ATM
inteface. The VPI is part of the cell header, which can contain a
maximum of 8 VPI bits.
VCI Identifies the virtual channel of the PVC configured on the ATM
interface. The VCI is part of the cell header, which can contain a
maximum of 16 VCI bits.
F1 Indicates “Flags” field:
0x2= host learned dynamically
0x10=disabling forwarding to/from host
0x20= host learned in unsecure mode
TxPkts Number of packets the router transmits to the CPE host at the
remote site.
RxPkts Number of packets the router receives from the CPE host at the
remote site.
Destination Destination IP address for this route. 0.0.0.0 indicates a default
route.
Mask Subnet mask to be combined with the destination address and then
compared with the value in Destination. If the value of Destination
is 0.0.0.0 (a default route), then the value of Mask is also 0.0.0.0.
Proto Routing method through which the router learned this route: Other,
Local, Netmgmt, ICMP, EGP, GGP, Hello, RIP, IS-IS, OSPF, or
BGP.
Age Number of seconds since this route was last updated or verified to
be correct. The meaning of “too old” depends on the routing
protocol specified under Proto.
Cost Number of hops to reach the destination.
NextHop Addr/AS IP address of the next hop and next Autonomous System of this
route. If the next hop is an unnumbered interface, the command
displays 0.0.0.n, where n is the number of the circuit on which the
interface has been configured.
303560-A Rev 00 2-5
stats
Displays all AHB statistics for each circuit.
The fields displayed have the following meanings:
Tot Nets The total number of networks in the AHB configuration.
Tot Hosts The total number of hosts configured on the network.
State The current state of the AHB protocol: Disabled (manually
disabled), Down, Init (Initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet
started), or Up.
Incoming Pkts The total number of packets that the AHB router receives from the
IP routed network.
Outgoing Pkts The total number of outgoing packets that the AHB router transmits
to the IP routed network.
CCT The total number of circuits configured for AHB.
TxPkts The total number of packets transmitted by the AHB router.
TxDrop The total number of packets dropped by the AHB router.
RxPkts The total number of packets that the AHB router receives from CPE
hosts.
RxDrop The total number of packets that the router drops because they are
not contained in the bridge table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-6 303560-A Rev 00
show appn
The show appn
<option>
commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about the Advanced Peer-to-Peer Networking (APPN) service. For detailed
information about the Bay Networks implementation of APPN, refer to Configuring
APPN Services.
The show appn command supports the following subcommand options:
adjacencies [<node name>]ls definition [<LS name>]
base ls hpr
cos node [<COS name>]ls status [<LS name>]
cos priority [<COS name>]memory
cos tg [<COS name>]mode [<mode name>]
directory entry [<LU name>]port definition [<port name>]
directory statistics port hpr
dlc [<DLC name>]port status [<port name>]
dlur lu [<LU name>]rtp connection
dlur pu [<LU name>]rtp route
dlus [<DLUS name>]rtp statistics
endpoint address [<PLU name>] switch <rtp connection name>
endpoint route [<PLU name>]topology node [<CP name>]
endpoint statistics [<PLU name>]topology statistics
isr address [<FQCP name>]topology tg definition [<owner name>]
303560-A Rev 00 2-7
adjacencies [
<node name>
]
Displays the following information for all APPN nodes or for a specific APPN node:
isr parameters topology tg status [<owner name>]
isr route [<FQCP name>]tunnel [<circuit>]
isr statistics [<FQCP name>]version
ls anr vrn [<VRN name>]
Node Administratively assigned name for a specific node in the format
<network_ID>.<CP_name>.
CP-CP Status Status of the Control Point to Control Point session between this
node and an adjacent node. Inactive indicates that no CP-CP
sessions exist between the network node and adjacent node. Active
indicates that CP-CP sessions are active.
Out-of-Seq TDUs Number of out-of-sequence Topology Database Updates. In a
quiesced state, this value is zero. In normal operation, the value
varies depending on the network environment.
Last FRSN Sent Last Flow Reduction Sequence Number sent in a topology update
to an adjacent network node.
Last FRSN Received Last Flow Reduction Sequence Number received in a topology
update from an adjacent network node.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-8 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show appn adjacencies
APPN Adjacent Nodes
-------------------
CP-CP Out-of-Seq Last FRSN Last FRSN
Node Status TDUs Sent Received
----------------- -------- ----------- ---------- ---------
USWFLT01.AFN ACTIVE 0 3561 207
USWFLT01.SNEEZY INACTIVE 0 3554 853
USWFLT01.WF3174A ACTIVE 0 3561 687
3 Entries.
base
Displays base record information for APPN. The table displays the following information:
Capabilities:
Negotiated LS Support Indicates that the APPN node supports negotiable link stations.
Segment Reassembly Indicates that the APPN node supports segment reassembly.
BIND Reassembly Indicates that the APPN node supports BIND reassembly.
Parallel TG Support Indicates that the APPN node supports the ability to establish multiple
transmission groups.
Dynamic LS Support Indicates that the APPN node supports the ability to accept
connections (that have not been predefined) from adjacent nodes.
Adaptive BIND Pacing Indicates whether the APPN node supports the ability to control the
flow of BINDs.
Receive Registered Chars Indicates whether the APPN node supports resource registration.
Border Node Support Indicates whether the APPN node supports border nodes.
Central Directory Support Indicates whether the APPN node is a central directory server.
Route Tree Caching Indicates that the APPN node supports route tree caching.
Incremental Tree Updates Indicates that the APPN node supports incremental updates to the
route-selection tree cache.
Mode-to-COS Mapping Indicates that the APPN node supports mapping of mode name and
COS and transmission priority.
303560-A Rev 00 2-9
Capacity:
Multi-Domain Support Indicates whether the APPN node supports multi-domain traffic
flows.
Endpoint RSCV Storage Indicates whether the APPN node supports Route Selection Control
Vectors (RSCVs) storage during ISR sessions.
Alert Queue Size Maximum number of alerts that are held while waiting for the
establishment of a link to a reporting point.
COS Cache Size Size of the COS database weight cache.
Directory Cache Size Maximum number of entries that can be stored in the directory
database at the network node.
Max Directory Entries Maximum number of cached directory entries that can be stored in the
local directory database at any one time.
Route Tree Cache Size Size of the topology and routing services tree database.
Route Tree Use Limit Maximum number of Route Selection Trees (RSTs) cached.
Max Nodes in Topology Maximum number of times an RST will be used before Route Selection
Services (RSS) calculates a new route tree for that route.
Max TGs in Topology Maximum number of transmission groups in the local topology
database.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-10 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show appn base
APPN Base Information
---------------------
Node Name: USWFLT01.DURHAM
State: Active
Capabilities:
Negotiated LS Support: Yes
Segment Reassembly: Yes
BIND Reassembly: Yes
Parallel TG Support: Yes
Dynamic LS Support: Yes
Adaptive BIND Pacing: Yes
Receive Registered Chars: Yes
Border Node Support: No
Central Directory Support: No
Route Tree Caching: Yes
Incremental Tree Updates: Yes
Mode-to-COS Mapping: Yes
Multi-Domain Support: Yes
Endpoint RSCV Storage: Yes
Capacity:
Alert Queue Size: 10
COS Cache Size: 8
Directory Cache Size: 100
Max Directory Entries: Unlimited
Route Tree Cache Size: 8
Route Tree Use Limit: 8
Max Nodes in Topology: Unlimited
Max TGs in Topology: Unlimited
303560-A Rev 00 2-11
cos node [
<COS name>
]
Displays resistance and congestion information for all COS types or for a specific COS
type.
COS COS Name: #BATCH, #INTER, #INTERSC, #BATCHSC,
CPSVCMG or SNASVCMG. #BATCH refers to jobs which are
batch-like in nature (i.e., where there is a lot of data is involved and
response time is not very important). #INTER refers to interactive
jobs (i.e., where there is not much data involved and response time
is very important). #INTERSC and #BATCHSC are secure versions
of #INTER and #BATCH. CPSVCMG and SNASVCMG are used
for APPN control data.
Weight Size of the COS database weight cache assigned to a particular
node given its resistance and congestion characteristics.
Resist Min Minimum route addition resistance allowed. Route addition
resistance indicates the relative desirability of using this node for
intermediate session traffic. The value, which can be an integer
from 0 to 255, is used in route computation. The lower the value,
the more desirable the node is for intermediate routing.
Resist Max Maximum route addition resistance allowed.
Congest Min Minimum congestion allowed.
Congest Max Maximum congestion allowed.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-12 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show appn cos node
APPN COS Nodes
--------------
Resist Resist Congest Congest
COS Weight Min Max Min Max
-------- ------ ------ ------ ------- -------
#BATCH 5 0 31 0 0
#BATCH 10 0 63 0 0
#BATCH 20 0 95 0 0
#BATCH 40 0 127 0 0
#BATCH 60 0 159 0 0
#BATCH 80 0 191 0 0
#BATCH 120 0 223 0 1
#BATCH 160 0 255 0 1
#INTER 5 0 31 0 0
#INTER 10 0 63 0 0
#INTER 20 0 95 0 0
#INTER 40 0 127 0 0
#INTER 60 0 159 0 0
#INTER 80 0 191 0 0
#INTER 120 0 223 0 1
#INTER 160 0 255 0 1
CPSVCMG 5 0 31 0 0
17 Entries.
303560-A Rev 00 2-13
cos priority [
<COS name>
]
Displays the transmission priority for all COS types or for a specific COS type. For more
information about COS types, see the cos node command. The priority can be Low,
Medium, High, or Network.
Sample Display - show appn cos priority
APPN COS Priorities
-------------------
COS Priority
-------- --------
#BATCH Low
#INTER High
CPSVCMG Network
#BATCHSC Low
#CONNECT Medium
#INTERSC High
SNASVCMG Network
7 Entries.
cos tg [
<COS name>
]
Displays Transmission Group (TG) information for all COS types or for a specific COS
type.
Eff-Cap Min Minimum effective capacity. Effective capacity is the bit-transmission
rate of the transmission group. It is derived from the link bandwidth and
maximum load factor with the range of 0 through 255.
Eff-Cap Max Maximum effective capacity.
Connect Min Minimum cost per connection time. This value represents the relative
cost per unit of time to use the transmission group. Range is from 0,
which means no cost, to 255, which indicates maximum cost.
Connect Max Maximum cost per connection time.
Byte Cst Min Minimum cost of transmitting a byte over this connection. Range is
from 0 (lowest cost) to 255.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-14 303560-A Rev 00
For more information about COS types and weight, see the cos node command.
Byte Cst Max Maximum cost of transmitting a byte over this connection. Range is
from 0 (lowest cost) to 255.
Security Min Minimum security, with security represented as an integer with a range
of 1 through 255: 1 (nonsecure), 32 (public switched), 64
(underground), 128 (conduit), 160 (encrypted), 192 (guarded
radiation), 255 (maximum).
Security Max Maximum security, with security represented as an integer with a range
of 1 through 255: 1 (nonsecure), 32 (public switched), 64
(underground), 128 (conduit), 160 (encrypted), 192 (guarded
radiation), 255 (maximum).
Delay Min Minimum amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length of
the logical link, with a range of from 0 to 255: 76 (negligible), 113
(terrestrial), 145 (packet), 153 (long), 255 (maximum).
Delay Max Maximum amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length
of the logical link, with a range of from 0 to 255: 76 (negligible), 113
(terrestrial), 145 (packet), 153 (long), 255 (maximum).
User-1 Min First minimum user-defined transmission group characteristic for this
transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.
User-1 Max First maximum user-defined transmission group characteristic for this
transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.
User-2 Min Second minimum user-defined transmission group characteristic for
this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.
User-2 Max Second maximum user-defined transmission group characteristic for
this transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.
User-3 Min Third minimum user-defined transmission group characteristic for this
transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.
User-3 Max Third maximum user-defined transmission group characteristic for this
transmission group with a range of from 0 to 255.
303560-A Rev 00 2-15
Sample Display - show appn cos tg
APPN COS TGs
------------
Eff-Cap Connect ByteCst Securty Delay User-1 User-2 User-3
COS
------ Wgt
------ Min
----- Max
----- Min
----- Max
----- Min
----- Max
----- Min
----- Max
----- Min
----- Max
----- Min
----- Max
----- Min
----- Max
----- Min
----- Max
-----
#BATCH 3068255000012550255025502550255
#BATCH 6056255000012550255025502550255
#BATCH 90 56 255 0 128 0 128 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255
#BATCH 12048255000012550255025502550255
#BATCH 150 48255 0128 0128 1255 0255 0255 0255 0255
#BATCH 180 48255 0196 0196 1255 0255 0255 0255 0255
#BATCH 210 40255 0196 0196 1255 0255 0255 0255 0255
#BATCH 240 0 255 0 255 0 255 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255
#INTER 3011825500001255076025502550255
#INTER 6068255000012550113025502550255
#INTER 90 68 255 0 128 0 128 1 255 0 113 0 255 0 255 0 255
#INTER 12056255000012550113025502550255
#INTER 150 56255 0128 0128 1255 0145 0255 0255 0255
#INTER 18048255000012550145025502550255
#INTER 210 48255 0196 0196 1255 0255 0255 0255 0255
#INTER 240 0 255 0 255 0 255 1 255 0 255 0 255 0 255 0 255
CPSVCMG3011825500001255076025502550255
17 Entries.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-16 303560-A Rev 00
directory entry [
<LU name>
]
Displays directory information for all Logical Units (LUs) or for a specific LU.
Sample Display - show appn directory entry
APPN Directory Entries
----------------------
LU Logical Unit name.
NN Server Network Node server name.
LU Owner Logical Unit owner name.
Location Location of the Logical Unit: Local, Domain, or XDomain (cross-domain).
Type Directory type: Home, Cache, or Registered. Home means that the LU is in
the domain of the local network node and that the LU information has been
configured at the local node. Cache means that the LU has previously been
located by a broadcast search and that the location information has been
saved. Register means that the LU is at an end node that is in the domain of
the local network node. Registered entries are registered by the served end
node.
Wildcard Type of wildcard: Explicit, Partial, or Full. Explicit means the full LU name
has been specified. Partial means the entry is a partial wildcard. Full means
the entry is a full wildcard, and all searches for unknown LUs will be
directed to this node.
LU
-----------------
NN Server
----------------
LU Owner
----------------
Location
--------
Type
-------
Wildcard
--------
USWFLT01.TESTEN USWFLT01.RALEIGH USWFLT01.TESTEN Domain Registr Explicit
USWFLT01.RALEIGH USWFLT01.RALEIGH USWFLT01.RALEIGH Local Home Explicit
USWFLT01.TESTENLU USWFLT01.RALEIGH USWFLT01.TESTEN Domain Registr Explicit
3 Entries.
303560-A Rev 00 2-17
directory statistics
Displays information concerning the performance of the directory services function.
Sample Display - show appn stats directory
APPN Directory Statistics
-----------------------
Maximum Cached Entries: 100
Current Cached Entries: 0
Current Home Entries: 2
Current Registered Entries: 3
Directed Locates Received: 0
Broadcast Locates Received: 0
Directed Locates Sent: 0
Broadcast Locates Sent: 0
Directed Locates Not Found: 0
Broadcast Locates Not Found: 0
Outstanding Locates: 0
Maximum Cached Entries Maximum number of cache entries allowed.
Current Cached Entries Current number of cache entries.
Current Home Entries Current number of home entries.
Current Registered Entries Current number of registered entries.
Directed Locates Received Number of directed locates received.
Broadcast Locates Received Number of broadcast locates received.
Directed Locates Sent Number of directed locates sent.
Broadcast Locates Sent Number of broadcast locates sent.
Directed Locates Not Found Number of directed locates returned with a “not found.”
Broadcast Locates Not Found Number of broadcast locates returned with a “not found.”
Outstanding Locates Current number of outstanding locates, both directed and
broadcast. This value varies. A value of zero indicates that no
locates are unanswered.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-18 303560-A Rev 00
dlc [
<DLC name>
]
Displays information for all Data Link Controls (DLCs) or for a specific DLC.
Sample Display - show appn dlc
APPN DLCs
---------
DLC Negotiated
DLC Circuit Name State CCT Type LS Support
-------- ------------ ---------------- ---- ------- ----------
DLC00001 S51 Active 1 SDLC Yes
DLC00002 S52 Active 2 SDLC Yes
DLC00003 S53 Active 3 SDLC Yes
DLC00004 S54 Active 4 SDLC Yes
DLC00006 E23.llc2 Active 6 LLC-TB Yes
DLC00008 E24.llc2 Active 8 LLC-TB Yes
DLC00010 O31.llc2 Active 10 LLC-SRB Yes
7 Entries.
DLC Eight-character name given to this DLC.
Circuit Name Name of the circuit used by this DLC.
State Current state of this DLC: Inactive, Pending Active, Active, or
Pending Inactive.
CCT Circuit number.
DLC Type Type of DLC: SDLC, LLC SRB, LLC TB, or DLS.
Negotiated LS Support Indicates whether Link Station roles can be negotiated on this
DLC.
303560-A Rev 00 2-19
dlur lu [
<LU name>
]
Displays the status of all the DLUR LUs or a specific DLUR LU.
Sample Display - show appn dlur lu
APPN DLUR LUs
-------------
NAU
LU PU DLUS Address PLU
-------- -------- ----------------- ------- -----------------
L0000C22 PU188004 USWFLT01.S156CDRM 2
L0000C23 PU188004 USWFLT01.S156CDRM 3
2 Entries.
dlur pu [
<LU name>
]
Displays the status of all the DLUR PUs or a specific DLUR PU.
LU Logical Unit name.
PU Physical Unit name with up to 8 characters.
DLUS Fully qualified Dependent LU Server name containing 3 to 17
characters.
NAU Address Network Addressable Unit address.
PLU Primary LU name.
PU Physical Unit name with up to 8 characters.
Active DLUS Displays the fully qualified name of the active DLUS. The name
can contain from 3 to 17 characters.
Primary DLUS Displays the fully qualified primary Dependent Logical Unit
Server name. The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters.
Backup DLUS Displays the fully qualified backup Dependent Logical Unit Server
name. The name can contain from 3 to 17 characters.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-20 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show appn dlur pu
APPN DLUR PUs
-------------
PU Active DLUS Primary DLUS Backup DLUS
-------- ----------------- ----------------- -----------------
PU188004 USWFLT01.S156CDRM USWFLT01.S156CDRM USWFLT01.S157CDRM
1 Entry.
dlus [
<DLUS name>
]
Displays the status of all the DLUSs or a specific DLUS.
Sample Display - show appn dlus
APPN DLUS Nodes
---------------
Active SSCP-PU SSCP-PU SSCP-LU SSCP-LU
DLUS Pipe State PUs MU Sent MU Rcvd MU Sent MU Rcvd
----------------- ---------------- ------ ------- ------- ------- -------
USWFLT01.S156CDRM Active 1 0 0 5 4
1 Entry.
DLUS Displays the fully qualified name of the active DLUS. The name
can contain from 3 to 17 characters.
Pipe State State of the CP-SVR pipe between the DLUR and DLUS:
Active, Inactive, PendingActive, PendingInact.
Active PUs Number of active PUs to the DLUS.
SSCP-PU MU Rcvd Number of Message Units Received on the SSCP-PU session.
SSCP-PU MU Sent Number of Message Units Sent on the SSCP-PU session.
SSCP-LU MU Rcvd Number of Message Units Received on the SSCP-LU session.
SSCP-LU MU Sent Number of Message Units Sent on the SSCP-LU session.
303560-A Rev 00 2-21
endpoint address [
<PLU name>
]
Displays address information for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU.
Sample Display - show appn endpoint address
APPN Endpoint Session Addressing Info
-------------------------------------
Partner LU Name of the Partner Logical Unit being used by this session.
PCID Procedure Correlation Identifier of this session.
Priority Transmission priority being used by this session: Low, Medium,
High, or Network level priority.
COS Class-of-Service being used by this session.
LS Adjacent Link Station used by this session.
SIDH Session Identifier High value used by this session.
SIDL Session Identifier Low value used by this session.
ODAI OAF-DAF Assignor Indicator value used by this session.
Partner LU
-----------------
PCID
-----------------
Priority
--------
COS
---------
LS
---------
SIDH
----
SIDL
----
ODAI
----
USWFLT01.WF3174A dbf36f442150b151 Network CPSVCMG @I000004 2 0 1
USWFLT01.WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9 Network CPSVCMG @I000004 2 0 0
USWFLT01.AFN ccebbc6be89f3909 Network CPSVCMG @I000003 2 0 0
USWFLT01.AFN fbbf52e94a9b96c8 Network CPSVCMG @I000003 2 0 1
USWFLT01.TESTEN fbbf52e94a9b96c7 Network CPSVCMG @I000002 2 0 0
USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4474cd92 Network CPSVCMG @I000002 2 1 1
6 Entries.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-22 303560-A Rev 00
endpoint route [
<PLU name>
]
Displays routing information for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU. The
Route column indicates the route used by the endpoint sessions. CP sessions (between
adjacent nodes) do not show routes. For more information about column definitions, see
the endpoint address command.
Sample Display - show appn endpoint route
APPN Endpoint Session Routing Info
----------------------------------
Note: Routing information is only available if the endpoint session RSCV storage
option is enabled.
Partner LU
-------------------
PCID
-------------------
Route
---------------------------------------
USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cc USWFLT01.RALEIGH->TG:1->
USWFLT01.AFN>TG:21->USWFLT01.WFAS400
USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cb USWFLT01.RALEIGH->TG:1->USWFLT01.AFN->
TG:21->USWFLT01.WFAS400
USWFLT01.WF3174A dbf36f442150b151
USWFLT01.WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9
USWFLT01.AFN ccebbc6be89f3909
USWFLT01.AFN fbbf52e94a9b96c8
USWFLT01.TESTEN fbbf52e94a9b96c7
USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4474cd92
8 Entries.
303560-A Rev 00 2-23
endpoint statistics [
<PLU name>
]
Displays statistics for all endpoint sessions or for sessions to a specific LU.
Sample Display - show appn stats endpoint
APPN Endpoint Session Statistics
--------------------------------
BTU Pacing
Partner LU PCID Dir Size Max Cur Frames Bytes
----------------- ---------------- --- ----- --- --- ------ ------
USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cc Rx 2048 3 3 1 40
Tx 2048 1 1 1 62
USWFLT01.WFAS400 fbbf52e94a9b96cb Rx 2048 3 3 1 28
Tx 2048 1 1 1 76
USWFLT01.WF3174A dbf36f442150b151 Rx 2048 11 7 11 4K
Tx 2048 1 1 1 15
USWFLT01.WF3174A fbbf52e94a9b96c9 Rx 2048 1 1 1 15
Tx 2048 4 3 14 351K
USWFLT01.AFN ccebbc6be89f3909 Rx 2048 11 7 11 4K
Tx 2048 1 1 1 15
USWFLT01.AFN fbbf52e94a9b96c8 Rx 2048 1 1 1 15
Tx 2048 13 13 19 136K
USWFLT01.TESTEN fbbf52e94a9b96c7 Rx 1929 1 1 1 15
Tx 1929 1 1 194 23K
USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4474cd92 Rx 1929 1 1 195 53K
Tx 1929 1 1 1 15
8 Entries.
Dir Indicates the direction: Rx (receive) or Tx (transmit).
BTU Size Maximum send Basic Transmission Unit size on each hop of this
session.
Pacing Max Maximum send pacing on each hop of this session.
Pacing Cur Current send pacing on each hop of this session.
Frames Number of normal-flow frames sent on each hop of this session.
Bytes Number of bytes sent on each hop of this session.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-24 303560-A Rev 00
isr address [
<FQCP name>
]
Displays address information for all Intermediate Session Routing (ISR) sessions or for
sessions from a particular node.
Sample Display - show appn isr address
APPN ISR Session Addressing Info
--------------------------------
FQ CP Name PCID Priority COS Hop LS SIDH SIDL ODAI
----------------- ---------------- ------- -------- --- -------- ---- ---- ----
USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 Network SNASVCMG Pri @I000002 2 2 1
Sec @I000003 2 1 1
1 Entry.
FQ CP Name Fully Qualified Control Point name of the node assigning the PCID
for this session.
PCID Procedure Correlation Identifier of this session.
Priority Transmission priority used by this session: Low, Medium, High, or
Network.
COS Class-of-Service being used by this session.
Hop Indicates whether the local LU was the BIND sender (Primary) or
the BIND receiver (Secondary).
LS Adjacent Link Station used by this session.
SIDH Session Identifier High value used by this session.
SIDL Session Identifier Low value used by this session.
ODAI OAF-DAF Assignor Indicator value used by this session.
303560-A Rev 00 2-25
isr parameters
Displays parameter information about the Intermediate Session Routing (ISR) function.
Sample Display - show appn isr parameters
APPN ISR Parameters
-------------------
ISR State: Enabled
Maximum RU Size: 1024
Receive Pacing Window: 7
Maximum ISR Sessions: 1000
Congestion Upper Threshold: 900
Congestion Lower Threshold: 800
ISR RSCV Storage: Yes
ISR State Indicates whether ISR is enabled. The default is enabled.
Maximum RU Size Maximum Request Unit size for intermediate sessions.
Receive Pacing Window Maximum number of messages that the network node can receive
in one pacing window during an ISR session.
Maximum ISR Sessions Maximum number of ISR sessions that the local network node will
process concurrently.
Congestion Upper Threshold Maximum number of ISR sessions that can take place before new
sessions are directed away from the network node.
Congestion Lower Threshold Number of active ISR sessions that the local network node must
drop to before it is no longer considered congested.
ISR RSCV Storage Indicates whether Route Selection Control Vectors are stored
during ISR sessions (see isr route command).
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-26 303560-A Rev 00
isr route [
<FQCP name>
]
Displays routing information for all ISR sessions or for ISR sessions from a specific node.
For more information about column definitions, see the isr address command.
Sample Display - show appn isr route
APPN ISR Session Routing Info
-----------------------------
FQ CP Name PCID Route
----------------- ---------------- -----
USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 USWFLT01.TESTEN-
>
TG:21-
>
USWFLT01.RALEIGH-
>
TG:1-
>
USWFLT01.AFN-
>
TG:21-
>
USWFLT01.WFAS400
1 Entry.
isr statistics [
<FQCP name>
]
Displays session statistics for all ISR sessions or for ISR sessions from a specific node.
For more information about column definitions, see the endpoint statistics and isr
address commands.
Sample Display - show appn stats isr
APPN ISR Session Statistics
---------------------------
BTU Pacing
FQ CP Name PCID Hop Size Max Cur Frames Bytes
----------------- ---------------- ---- ----- --- --- ------ ------
USWFLT01.TESTEN eebbbebc4774cd92 P-Rx 1929 1 1 388 29K
P-Tx 1929 3 3 388 10K
S-Rx 2048 5 3 388 10K
S-Tx 2048 5 3 388 29K
1 Entry.
Note: ISR RSCV storage must be enabled in order to display the route.
303560-A Rev 00 2-27
ls anr
Displays automatic network routing labels for a single link station or multiple link
stations.
Sample Display - show appn ls anr
APPN Link Station ANR Info
---------------------------
ANR
LS CP Name State Label
-------- ----------------- ----------- -----
RALEIGH USBNET01.RALEIGH Active 91
VEGAS USBNET01.VEGAS Active 90
2 Entries.
LS Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can
be from one to eight characters.
CP Name Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The
name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is
<network_ID>.<CP_name>.
State The current state of the link station, active or inactive.
ANR Label The Automatic Network Routing label assigned during RTP route
setup.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-28 303560-A Rev 00
ls definition [
<LS name>
]
Displays Link Station (LS) information for all defined link stations or for a specific link
station.
Sample Display - show appn ls definition
APPN Link Station Definition
----------------------------
TG CP-CP Max
LS CP Name Port Num Sessn BTU Link Address
-------- ----------------- -------- --- ----- ----- ---------------
DURHAM USWFLT01.DURHAM PORT22 0 Yes 1417 00004500e476:04
WFAS400 USWFLT01.WFAS400 PORT22 0 Yes 1476 40000104877a:04
2 Entries.
LS Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can
be from one to eight characters.
CP Name Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The
name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is
<network_ID>.<CP_name>.
Port Administratively assigned name for the port. The name can be from
one to eight characters.
TG Num Number associated with the transmission group for this link
station.
CP-CP Sessn Indicates whether CP-CP sessions are supported by this link
station.
Max BTU Numeric value between 256 and 4105 inclusive, indicating the
maximum number of bytes in a Basic Transmission Unit (BTU)
that can be sent on this transmission group. This is an
administratively assigned value.
Link Address Link address using MAC address and SAP, or SDLC address.
303560-A Rev 00 2-29
ls hpr
Displays High Performance Routing capabilities for a single link station or multiple link
stations.
Sample Display - show appn ls hpr
APPN Link Station HPR info
------------------------------
HPR Link Level
LS CP Name Enabled Error Recovery
-------- ----------------- ------- --------------
RALEIGH USWFLT01.RALEIGH Yes No
VEGAS USWFLT01.VEGAS Yes Yes
2 Entries.
LS Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can
be from one to eight characters.
CP Name Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The
name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is
<network_ID>.<CP_name>.
HPR Enabled Specifies whether HPR support has been enabled for this link
station.
Link Level Error Recovery Specifies whether link level error recovery support has been
selected for this link station.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-30 303560-A Rev 00
ls status [
<LS name>
]
Displays the status of all link stations or a specific link station.
Sample Display - show appn ls status
APPN Link Station Status
------------------------
LS Administratively assigned name for the link station. The name can
be from one to eight characters. Names that begin with an “@”
symbol indicate dynamic link stations.
CP Name Fully qualified name of the adjacent node for this link station. The
name can be from three to 17 characters. Format is
<network_ID>.<CP_name>.
State State of this link station: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,
PendingInactive.
TG Num Number of the transmission group for this link station.
Cur Sessn Number of active sessions on this link.
Frames Rcvd Number of message frames received.
Bytes Rcvd Number of message bytes received.
Frames Sent Number of message frames sent.
Bytes Sent Number of message bytes sent.
LS
---------
CP Name
------------------
State
----------
TG
Num
----
Cur
Sessn
-----
Frames
Rcvd
-----
Bytes
Rcvd
-----
Frames
Sent
-----
Bytes
Sent
----
PLUTO USWFLT01.PLUTO Active 21 4 56 10K 57 9K
ANAHEIM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM Pend Active 3 0 0 0 0 0
WF3174A USWFLT01.WF3174A Active 21 2 51 10K 41 5K
ANAHEIM2 USWFLT01.ANAHEIM Active 2 6 81 4K 68 3K
4 Entries.
303560-A Rev 00 2-31
memory
Displays information about CP memory usage.
Sample Display - show appn memory
APPN Memory Utilization
-----------------------
Available Memory: 0
Memory in Use: 147915
Warning Threshold: 0
Critical Threshold: 0
Available Memory Total memory available to the APPN service (0 means unlimited).
Memory in Use Memory in use by the APPN service.
Warning Threshold Warning memory threshold (0 means no threshold).
Critical Threshold Critical memory threshold (0 means no threshold).
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-32 303560-A Rev 00
mode [
<mode name>
]
Displays mode-to-COS mappings for all modes or for a specific mode. For information on
the columns, see the cos node and cos priority commands.
Sample Display - show appn mode
APPN Mode to COS Mappings
-------------------------
Mode COS
-------- --------
#BATCH #BATCH
#INTER #INTER
CPSVCMG CPSVCMG
#BATCHSC #BATCHSC
#INTERSC #INTERSC
SNASVCMG SNASVCMG
6 Entries.
port definition [
<port name>
]
Displays port definition information for all ports or for a specific port.
Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can
be from one to eight characters.
Number Port number associated with the port name.
DLC Indicates the name of the DLC supporting this port.
Receive BTU Size Maximum Basic Transmission Unit (BTU) size that a link station
on this port can receive.
Send BTU Size Maximum BTU size that a link station on this port can send.
Max Window Maximum number of I-frames that can be received by the
Exchange Identification (XID) sender before an acknowledgement
is received.
Port Type Identifies the type of line used by this port: Leased, Switched, or
Shared Access Transport Facility (SATF).
Link Address Link address using MAC address and SAP.
303560-A Rev 00 2-33
Sample Display - show appn port definition
APPN Port Definitions
---------------------
port hpr
Displays High Performance Routing capabilities for a single port or multiple ports.
Port
----------
Number
--------
DLC
------
Receive
BTU Size
---------
Send
BTU Size
--------
Max
Window
-----
Port
Type
----
Link Address
---------------
PORT0001 0 DLC00001 2048 2048 7 Leased :01
PORT0002 0 DLC00002 2048 2048 7 Leased :03
PORT0003 0 DLC00003 2048 2048 7 Leased :05
PORT0004 0 DLC00004 2048 2048 7 Leased :07
PORT0008 0 DLC00008 2057 2057 7 SATF 000045222224:04
PORT0010 0 DLC00010 2057 2057 7 SATF 000045C0E4B6:04
6 Entries.
Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can
be from one to eight characters.
Implicit HPR Enabled Specifies whether HPR support has been enabled for dynamic link
stations on this port.
Implicit Link Level Error
Recovery Specifies whether link level error recovery support has been
selected for dynamic link stations on this port.
Implicit Link Deactivation
Time Specifies the link deactivation time (in seconds) for dynamic link
stations on this port.
HPR SAP Defines the chosen SAP for HPR traffic on this port.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-34 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show appn port hpr
APPN Port Defined HPR info
-----------------------------
Implicit Implicit Implicit
HPR Link Level Link Deact HPR
Port Enabled Error Recovery Time sap
-------- -------- -------------- ---------- ----
PORT0003 Yes No 120 C8
PORT0005 No No 5 none
2 Entries.
port status [
<port name>
]
Displays port status information regarding the Exchange Identification (XID) and link role
for all ports or for a specific port.
Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can
be from one to eight characters.
Number Port number associated with the port name.
State State of this port: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,
PendingInactive.
Link Role Initial role for the link stations activated through this port: Primary,
Secondary, Negotiable, or ABM (Asynchronous Balance Mode).
Good XIDs Number of successful XID sequences that have occurred on all
defined link stations on this port since the last time this port was
started.
Bad XIDs Number of unsuccessful XID sequences that have occurred on all
defined link stations on this port since the last time this port was
started.
303560-A Rev 00 2-35
Sample Display - show appn port status
APPN Port Status
----------------
Port Number State Link Role Good XIDs Bad XIDs
-------- ------ ---------------- ---------- --------- --------
PORT0001 0 Active Negotiable 1 0
PORT0002 0 Active Negotiable 0 0
PORT0003 0 Active Primary 1 0
PORT0004 0 Active Primary 1 0
4 Entries.
rtp connection
Displays information about all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection.
RTP Conn Name Name of the RTP connection.
Destination CP Name Fully qualified name of the destination network node. The name
can be from three to 17 characters. Format is
<network_ID>.<CP_name>.
1st Hop Ls Name Name of the link station which supports the RTP connection.
COS Class of service for the RTP connection.
Local TCID Local Transport Connection Identifier of the RTP connection.
Remote TCID Remote Transport Connection Identifier of the RTP connection.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-36 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show appn rtp connection
APPN RTP Connections
--------------------
rtp route
Displays the RTP route selection control vector for all RTP connections or a specific RTP
connection.
RTP
Conn
Name
-------
Destination
CP Name
------------
1st Hop
Ls
Name
------
COS
------
Local
TCID
---------------
Remote
TCID
---------------
@R000001 USWFLT01.DURHAM RALEIGH SNASVCMG 0000000001000000 0000000005000000
@R000002 USWFLT01.DURHAM RALEIGH #CONNECT 0000000002000000 0000000006000000
@R000003 USWFLT01.DURHAM RALEIGH #INTER 0000000003000000 0000000007000000
@R000004 USWFLT01.DURHAM RALEIGH #BATCH 0000000004000000 0000000008000000
@R000005 USWFLT01.VEGAS BOSTON SNASVCMG 0000000005000000 0000000009000000
@R000006 USWFLT01.VEGAS BOSTON #CONNECT 0000000006000000 000000000A000000
6 Entries.
RTP Conn Name Name of the RTP connection.
Route Route selection control vector (RSCV) of the RTP connection.
303560-A Rev 00 2-37
Sample Display - show appn rtp route
APPN RTP Connection Routing Info
----------------------------------
RTP
Conn
Name Route
-------- -----
@R000001 USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH
@R000002 USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH
@R000003 USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH
@R000004 USWFLT01.VEGAS->TG:21->USWFLT01.RALEIGH
4 Entries.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-38 303560-A Rev 00
rtp statistics
Displays statistics for all RTP connections or a specific RTP connection.
Sample Display - show appn rtp statistics
APPN RTP Connection Statistics
------------------------------
RTP Connection Name Name of the RTP connection.
Cur Session Number of currently active sessions on this RTP connection.
Dir Direction (Rx/Tx) of the specified statistic.
Bytes Number of bytes received/transmitted on the RTP connection.
Pkts Number of packets received/transmitted on the RTP connection.
SessCtl Frames Number of session control frames sent on the RTP connection.
Rate Current receive/transmit rate (in Kbits/sec) of the RTP connection.
Discarded Bytes Total number of bytes sent by the remote node that were discarded
as duplicates.
Discarded Pkts Total number of packets sent by the remote node that were
discarded as duplicates.
Resent Bytes Total number of bytes resent by the local node that were lost in
transit.
Resent Pkts Total number of packets resent by the local node that were lost in
transit.
RTP
Conn
Name
Cur
Sessn Dir Bytes Pkts
SessCtl
Frames Rate
Discarded
Bytes Pkts
Resent
Bytes Pkts
@R000001 1 Rx
Tx
196
285
7
7
1
1
1K
1K
0
-
0
-
-
0
-
0
@R000002 1 Rx
Tx
344
354
14
15
1
1
1K
1K
0
-
0
-
-
0
-
0
@R000003 1 Rx
Tx
352
420
218
215
1
1
1K
1K
0
-
0
-
-
0
-
0
@R000004 1 Rx
Tx
352
420
195
199
1
1
1K
1K
0
-
0
-
-
0
-
0
4 Entries.
303560-A Rev 00 2-39
switch
<rtp connection name>
Requests the APPN node to perform a path switch with a currently active RTP connection.
If a better path is not found, the connection remains unchanged. The
<rtp_connection_name> is the name of the RTP connection that displays with the show
appn rtp connection command.
Sample Display - show appn switch
path switching RTP connection @R000001
topology node [
<CP name>
]
Displays node information on the topology database for all control points or for a specific
control point.
Node Administratively assigned name for a specific node in the format
<network_ID>.<CP_name>
.
Type Type of APPN node: NN (network node) or VRN (virtual node).
FRSN Flow Reduction Sequence Numbers are associated with Topology
Database Updates (TDUs) and are unique only within each APPN network
node. A TDU can be associated with multiple APPN resources. This FRSN
indicates the last time this resource was updated at this node.
RSN Resource Sequence Number that is assigned and controlled by the network
node that owns this resource. This is always an even 32-bit number unless
an error has occurred.
RAR Route Addition Resistance indicates the relative desirability of using this
node for intermediate session traffic. The value, which can be any integer
from 0 to 255, is used in route computation. The lower the value, the more
desirable the node is for intermediate routing.
Congested Indicates whether this node is congested. This is set or reset by a node
based upon one or both of the following congestion measures: cycle
utilization of the hardware and total buffer utilization. When this
congestion exists this node is not included in route selection by other
nodes.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-40 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show appn topology node
APPN Topology Nodes
-------------------
Depleted Indicates whether Intermediate Session Routing resources are depleted.
This node is not included in intermediate route selection by other nodes
when resources are depleted.
Quiescing Indicates whether the node is quiescing. This node is not included in route
selection by other nodes when the node is quiescing.
GW Indicates whether the node provide gateway functions.
CDS Indicates whether the node provides Central Directory Support.
Node
-----------------
Type
----
FRSN
----
RSN
---
RAR
---
Congested
---------
Depleted
--------
Quiescing
---------
GW
--
CDS
---
USWFLT01.AN NN 3547 2 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.AFN NN 3547 4 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.ASN NN 3547 2 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.BCN NN 3547 2 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.BUD NN 3547 2 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.CN1 VRN 0 0 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.PCX NN 3547 2 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.PLUTO NN 3547 6 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.VEGAS NN 3548 2 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.DURHAM NN 3548 2 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.SNEEZY NN 3548 2 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM NN 3548 2 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.MERCURY NN 3549 14 0 No No No No No
USWFLT01.RALEIGH NN 3549 2 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.WF3174A NN 3551 64 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.WFAS400 NN 3550 88 128 No No No No No
USWFLT01.BROOKLYN NN 3550 2 128 No No No No No
17 Entries.
303560-A Rev 00 2-41
topology statistics
Displays APPN topology statistics.
Node Record Statistics:
Max Nodes Maximum number of nodes allowed in the APPN topology
database. This administratively assigned value must be equal to or
greater than the maximum total number of end nodes and network
nodes. If the number of nodes exceeds this value, APPN will issue
an alert and the node can no longer participate as a network node.
Current Nodes Current number of nodes in this node's topology database. If this
value exceeds the maximum number of nodes allowed, an APPN
alert is issued.
Received TDUs Number of TDUs received from all adjacent network nodes since
last initialization.
Sent TDUs Number of TDUs built by this node to be sent to all adjacent
network nodes since last initialization.
Received Low RSNs Number of topology node updates received by this node with a
RSN less than the current RSN. Both even and odd RSNs are
included in this count.
Received Equal RSNs Number of topology node updates received by this node with a
RSN equal to the current RSN. Both even and odd RSNs are
included in this count.
Received High RSNs Number of topology node updates received by this node with an
RSN greater than the current RSN.
Received Bad RSNs Number of topology node updates received by this node with an
odd RSN greater than the current RSN.
State Updates Number of topology node records built as a result of internally
detected node state changes that affect APPN topology and routing.
Errors Number of topology node record inconsistencies detected by this
node.
Timer Updates Number of topology node records built for this node's resource due
to timer updates.
Records Purged Number of topology node records purged from this node's topology
database.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-42 303560-A Rev 00
TG Record Statistics:
Received Low RSNs Number of topology transmission group updates received by this
node with an RSN less than the current RSN. Both even and odd
RSNs are included in this count.
Received Equal RSNs Number of topology transmission group updates received by this
node with an RSN equal to the current RSN. Both even and odd
RSNs are included in this count.
Received High RSNs Number of topology transmission group updates received by this
node with an RSN greater than the current RSN.
Received Bad RSNs Number of topology transmission group updates received by this
node with an odd RSN greater than the current RSN.
State Updates Number of topology transmission group records built as a result of
internally detected node state changes that affect APPN topology
and routing.
Errors Number of topology transmission group records inconsistencies
detected by this node.
Timer Updates Number of topology transmission group records built for this
node's resource due to timer updates.
Records Purged Number of topology transmission group records purged from this
node's topology database.
Routes Calculated Number of routes calculated for all class of services since the last
initialization.
303560-A Rev 00 2-43
Sample Display - show appn topology statistics
APPN Topology Statistics
-----------------------
Node Record Statistics
----------------------
Max Nodes: 0
Current Nodes: 38
Received TDUs: 45
Sent TDUs: 50
Received Low RSNs: 3
Received Equal RSNs: 39
Received High RSNs: 19
Received Bad RSNs: 10
State Updates: 0
Errors: 0
Timer Updates: 0
Records Purged: 0
TG record Statistics
--------------------
Received Low RSNs: 18
Received Equal RSNs: 210
Received High RSNs: 125
Received Bad RSNs: 43
State Updates: 5
Errors: 1
Timer Updates: 0
Records Purged: 0
Routes Calculated: 0
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-44 303560-A Rev 00
topology tg definition [
<owner name>
]
Displays transmission group information for all transmission group owners or for a
specific transmission group owner.
TG Owner Fully qualified name for the originating node for this transmission group. The
format is
<network_ID>
.
<CP_name>
.
TG Destination Fully qualified network name for the destination node for this transmission
group.
TG Num Number associated with this transmission group. Range is 0 to 255.
Eff Cap Indicates the effective capacity of this transmission group. It is derived from the
link bandwidth and maximum load factor with the range of 0 through 255. This
is an administratively assigned value for this transmission group.
Conn Cost Cost per connection time. This value represents the relative cost per unit of time
to use the transmission group. Range is from 0, which means no cost, to 255,
which indicates maximum cost. This is an administratively assigned value
associated with this transmission group.
Byte Cost Relative cost of transmitting a byte over this link. Range is from 0 (lowest cost)
to 255. This is an administratively assigned value associated with this
transmission group.
Security Security is represented as an integer with a range of 1 to 255. This is an
administratively assigned value associated with this transmission group. The
most common values are 1 (nonsecure), 32 (public-switched), 64
(underground), 128 (conduit), 160 (encrypted), 192 (guarded radiation), and
255 (maximum).
Delay Relative amount of time that it takes for a signal to travel the length of the
logical link, with a range of 0 through 255. This is an administratively assigned
value associated with this transmission group. The most common values are 76
(negligible), 113 (terrestrial), 145 (packet), 153 (long), and 255 (maximum).
User 1 First user-defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission group,
with a range of 0 to 255. This is an administratively assigned value associated
with this transmission group.
User 2 Second user-defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission
group, with a range of 0 to 255. This is an administratively assigned value
associated with this transmission group.
User 3 Third user-defined transmission group characteristic for this transmission
group, with a range of 0 to 255. This is an administratively assigned value
associated with this transmission group.
303560-A Rev 00 2-45
Sample Display - show appn tg definition
APPN Topology TG Definition
---------------------------
TG Owner
----------------
TG Destination
---------------
TG
Num
---
Err
Cap
---
Conn
Cost
----
Byte
Cost
----
Secu
rity
----
De-
lay
---
User
1
---
User
2
---
User
3
---
USWFLT01.PLUTO USWFLT01.DURHAM 21 48001113128128128
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.PLUTO 21 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 1 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 2 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 3 00010000
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 4 00010000
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.WF3174A 21 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 1 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 2 133 128 128 1 0 128 128 128
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 3 00010000
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.WFAS400 21 00010000
USWFLT01.WF3174A USWFLT01.DURHAM 21 68 0 0 32 113 0 0 0
12 Entries.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-46 303560-A Rev 00
topology tg status [
<owner name>
]
Displays transmission group topology information for all transmission group owners or
for a specific transmission group owner.
TG Owner Fully qualified name for the originating node for this transmission
group. The format is
<network_ID>.<CP_name>.
TG Destination Fully qualified network name for the destination node for this
transmission group.
TG Num Number associated with this transmission group. Range is 0 to 255.
FRSN Flow Reduction Sequence Numbers are associated with Topology
Database Updates (TDUs) and are unique only within each APPN
network node. This FRSN indicates the last time this resource was
updated at this node.
RSN Current owning node's Resource Sequence Number for this
resource.
Up? Indicates whether the transmission group is operational.
Quiescing Indicates whether the transmission group is quiescing.
CP-CP Sessn Indicates whether CP-CP sessions are supported on this
transmission group.
303560-A Rev 00 2-47
Sample Display - show appn tg status
APPN Topology TG Status
-----------------------
TG Quie- CP-CP
TG Owner TG Destination Num FRSN RSN Up? scing Sessn
----------------- ----------------- --- -------- -------- --- ----- -----
USWFLT01.PLUTO USWFLT01.DURHAM 21 2512 522 Yes No Yes
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.PLUTO 21 2538 272 Yes No Yes
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 1 2551 264 No No Yes
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 2 2546 170 Yes No Yes
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 3 2504 142 No No Yes
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.ANAHEIM 4 2504 22 No No Yes
USWFLT01.DURHAM USWFLT01.WF3174A 21 2538 166 Yes No Yes
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 1 2553 86 No No Yes
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 2 2532 82 Yes No Yes
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.DURHAM 3 2532 60 No No Yes
USWFLT01.ANAHEIM USWFLT01.WFAS400 21 2532 38 No No Yes
USWFLT01.WF3174A USWFLT01.DURHAM 21 2537 168 Yes No Yes
12 Entries.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-48 303560-A Rev 00
tunnel [
<circuit>
]
Displays APPN tunnel information for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
Sample Display - show appn tunnel
APPN Tunnels
------------
Frames Frames Frames
CCT Partner Node State Rcvd Sent Dropped
---- ----------------- ------------ ------ ------ -------
100 USWFLT01.ANAHEIM Active 26 7 0
1 Entry.
CCT Circuit number of the circuit running over this APPN tunnel.
Partner Node Partner LU for this APPN tunnel.
State Current state of the tunnel: Up, Down, Init (initializing), or Not
Present.
Frames Rcvd Number of frames received over this APPN tunnel.
Frames Sent Number of frames transmitted over this APPN tunnel.
Frames Dropped Number of frames dropped by this APPN tunnel due to congestion.
303560-A Rev 00 2-49
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the appn.bat script.
Sample Display - show appn version
APPN.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
vrn [
<VRN name>
]
Displays state information for all Virtual Routing Nodes (VRNs) or for a specific VRN.
Sample Display - show appn vrn
APPN Virtual Routing Nodes
--------------------------
VRN State Port Port State
----------------- ---------------- -------- ----------------
USWFLT01.CN1 Pending Active PORT31 Inactive
VRN Fully qualified network name that is locally defined at each
network node in the format
<network_ID>.<CP_name>
.
State Current state of this VRN: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,
Pending Inactive.
Port Administratively assigned name for this APPN port. The name can
be from one to eight characters.
Port State Current state of this port: Inactive, Pending Active, Active,
Pending Inactive.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-50 303560-A Rev 00
show at
The show at
<option>
commands display information about the AppleTalk protocol and
services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of AppleTalk
services, refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services.
The show at command supports the following subcommand options:
aarp [<net>.<node> | find <net>] filters zone [circuit <circuit name>]
alerts routes | nets [find <netlow>-<nethigh>]
[zones]
base stats [aarp | ddp | rtmp | zipquery | zipgni |
zipes | nbp | echo] [<circuit name>]
circuit [<circuit name>] total [routes | nets | zones | aarp]
configuration [circuit <circuit name>] version
disabled zones | zip [find <pattern>]
enabled
303560-A Rev 00 2-51
aarp [
<net>.<node>
| find
<net>
]
Displays all entries in the AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol (AARP) table, only the
AARP entry for a specific node, or all entries that have a network address that matches a
specified pattern.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show at aarp
AppleTalk AARP Table
--------------------
Address Physical Address Circuit
--------- ----------------------- --------
60020.19 00-00-A2-01-51-AD S32
60060.193 00-2B S31
60100.213 00-00-A2-00-F9-B0 E24
60120.2
<
null-PPP
>
S34
60130.179 00-00-89-01-A3-8A E23
60130.226 00-80-D3-A0-0A-62 E23
6 total entries.
<net>
.
<node>
Displays the AARP entry for the specified network node in the
format
<network_ID>
.
<node_ID>
.
find
<network_pattern>
Displays the AARP entries that have a network address that
matches the given pattern.
Address AppleTalk network address of the node.
Physical Address Hardware address of the node (for example, the Ethernet address).
Circuit Name of the circuit on which the address resolution is in effect.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-52 303560-A Rev 00
alerts
Displays all AppleTalk circuits that are enabled but not up. Mode is always Enabled but
the state will be down. Use this display to identify the interfaces that are not working. The
table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show at alerts
AppleTalk Circuit Alerts: Enabled but state is down
-----------------------------------------------------
Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on.
Mode Mode will be Enabled, in this case.
Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the
network numbers. These numbers are in the range of 1 through
65,279.
Address Network address of the port, which is Dynamic, meaning that the
seed router assigns it, or a manually configured network address
and identifier.
Zone List List containing all the zones configured for the network range.
Circuit
--------
Mode
--------
Network
----------
Address
---------------
Zone List
----------------------
S31 Enabled 60060-60060 Dynamic ’WAN’
1 entries found.
1 total entries.
303560-A Rev 00 2-53
base
Displays the base record information for AppleTalk. The base record controls AppleTalk
for the entire system. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show at base
AppleTalk Base Information
--------------------------
Protocol State Nets Zones Zone Names
---------------- ----------- ----- ----- ----------
AppleTalk Up 26 24 17
Protocol Name of the protocol, which is AppleTalk.
State State of the protocol: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres
(enabled but not yet started), or Up.
Nets Number of networks in this protocol’s routing table.
Zones Number of zone/network associations in the routing table.
Zone Names Number of unique zone names in the routing table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-54 303560-A Rev 00
circuit [
<circuit name>
]
Displays circuit and state information for all AppleTalk ports or for a specific port. The
table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show at circuit
AppleTalk Circuit Information
-------------------------------
Circuit State Network Address Zone List
-------- ----------- ----------- --------- -----------------------------
E23 Up 60130-60130 60130.34 'External'
E24 Up 60100-60100 60100.34 'Mac/Apple'
S31 Down
S32 Up 60020-60020 60020.138 'WAN'
S34 Up 60120-60120 60120.1 'PPP'
5 total entries.
Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on.
State State of the circuit: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres
(enabled but not yet started), or Up.
Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the
network numbers. These numbers are in the range of 1 through
65,279.
Address AppleTalk address of the port.
Zone List List of the zones associated with the network this interface is on.
Note: If a circuit is down, the rest of the table is blank.
303560-A Rev 00 2-55
configuration [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays configurable parameters within the AppleTalk base record. You can display this
information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show at configuration
AppleTalk Base Configuration
----------------------------
Mode NBP Registered Port
----------- -------------------
Enabled E22
Mode State of the protocol: Enabled or Disabled.
NBP Registered Port Name of the port that the Name Binding Protocol uses to advertise
the router’s name on the network.
Note: The configuration circuit command displays different fields from the
configuration command. For definitions of these fields, refer to the alerts
command.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-56 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show at configuration circuit
AppleTalk Circuit Configuration
---------------------------------
Circuit Mode Network Address Zone List
-------- ----------- ----------- --------- ------------------------------
E22 Enabled 60070-60070 Dynamic 'Internal'
E23 Enabled 60130-60130 Dynamic 'External'
E24 Enabled 60100-60100 Dynamic 'Mac/Apple'
'Internal'
S31 Enabled 60060-60060 Dynamic 'WAN'
S32 Enabled 60020-60020 Dynamic 'WAN'
S34 Enabled 60120-60120 60120.1 'PPP'
6 total entries.
disabled
Displays all disabled circuits that contain an AppleTalk port. A circuit is disabled if the
disable/enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down. For definitions of the
columns in the table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show at disabled
Disabled AppleTalk Circuits
-----------------------------
Circuit Mode Network Address Zone List
-------- ----------- ----------- --------- ------------------------------
E22 Disabled 60070-60070 Dynamic 'Internal'
1 entries found.
1 total entries.
303560-A Rev 00 2-57
enabled
Displays all enabled circuits that contain an AppleTalk port. A circuit is enabled if the
disable/enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the circuit command.
Sample Display - show at enabled
Enabled AppleTalk Circuits
-----------------------------
Circuit State Network Address Zone List
-------- ----------- ----------- --------- ------------------------------
E23 Up 60130-60130 60130.34 'External'
E24 Up 60100-60100 60100.34 'Mac/Apple'
S31 Down
S32 Up 60020-60020 60020.138 'WAN'
S34 Up 60120-60120 60120.1 'PPP'
5 entries found.
5 total entries.
filters zone [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays information about the zone filters for all circuits or a specified circuit. The table
includes the following information:
Note: If a circuit is down, the rest of the table is blank.
Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on.
AppleTalk Port Number of the port.
Port Filter Mode Zone filter type: Include, Exclude, 5.X Include, or 5.X Exclude.
Filtered Zones(s) Zones that are filtered for this port.
Total zones Number of zones that are filtered on this port.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-58 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show at filters zone
Circuit: E31
AppleTalk Port: #1
Port Filter Mode: Include
Filtered Zone(s) for this port
----------------------------------
MARKETING
SALES
Total zones for circuit E31 is 2
Circuit: E21
AppleTalk Port: #2
Port Filter Mode: Deny
Filtered Zone(s) for this port
----------------------------------
MARKETING
SALES
Total zones for circuit E21 is 2
Circuit: E32
AppleTalk Port: #3
Port Filter Mode: 5.x series Include
Filtered Zone(s) for this port
----------------------------------
MARKETING
Total zones for circuit E32 is 1
303560-A Rev 00 2-59
routes | nets [find
<netlow>
-
<nethigh>
] [zones]
Displays information from the AppleTalk routing table. The table receives routes through
the AppleTalk Routing Table Maintenance Protocol (RTMP) or from AppleTalk interfaces.
The table includes the following information:
find
<netlow>
-
<nethigh>
Displays information about network address ranges that fall within
the specified start and end values; for example, 60401-60406.
zones Displays an extended format of the routing table, which adds the
zone list for each network range.
Network Start and end numbers of the destination network range. These
numbers are in the range of 1 through 65279. A range (for example,
60020-60020 indicates the network is an extended network. A
single number indicates the network is nonextended.
Hop Number of hops to the destination network range.
Next Hop Network address of the router that is the next hop toward the
destination network range.
State State of the network: Good, Suspect, Bad 0 (going bad), or Bad 1
(completely bad).
Port Physical port that serves as the source of the route. An <AURP> in
this column means that the router learned this route through the
AppleTalk Update-based Routing Protocol.
Zone List Name of the zone associated with this network. The table includes
this column when you include the zones option on the command
line. If the zone name is more than 32 characters, the script displays
as much of the name as possible followed by ellipses.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-60 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show at routes
AppleTalk Routing Table
-----------------------
Network Hop Next Hop State Port
----------- --- --------------- ------- --------
60020-60020 1 205.1.10.1 Good
<
AURP
>
60040-60040 2 205.1.10.2 Good
<
AURP
>
60050-60050 2 205.1.10.1 Good
<
AURP
>
60400-60400 0 60400.96 Good E21
60401 1 60040.169 Good E32
60404 2 205.1.10.1 Good
<
AURP
>
60410 3 205.1.10.2 Good
<
AURP
>
7 total entries.
Sample Display - show at nets find 60401-60404
AppleTalk Routing Table
-----------------------
Network Hop Next Hop State Port
----------- --- --------------- ------- --------
60401 1 60040.169 Good E32
60404 2 205.1.10.1 Good
<
AURP
>
2 total entries.
303560-A Rev 00 2-61
Sample Display - show at routes zones
stats [aarp | ddp | rtmp | zipquery | zipgni | zipes | nbp | echo] [
<circuit name>
]
Displays general forwarding statistics for specified AppleTalk ports. You can limit the
display to a specific circuit.
Network
----------
Hop
----
Next Hop
---------
State
-------
Port
------
Zone List
---------------------------
60020-60020 1 205.1.10.1 Good
<
AURP
>
'WAN'
60080-60081 1 60090.4 Suspect F41 'Internal'
'Token'
60090-60090 0 60090.61 Good F41 'Internal'
60100-60100 1 205.1.10.1 Good
<
AURP
>
'Internal'
'Mac/Apple'
60130-60130 1 205.1.10.1 Good
<
AURP
>
'External'
60401 3 205.1.10.1 Good
<
AURP
>
'Building 3, Floor 2, Sec...'
60403 2 205.1.10.1 Good
<
AURP
>
'LT Crisp'
7 total entries.
aarp Displays AppleTalk Address Resolution Protocol (AARP)
statistical information.
ddp Displays Datagram Delivery Protocol (DDP) statistical information.
rtmp Displays Routing Table Maintenance Protocol (RTMP) statistical
information.
zipquery Displays Zone Information Protocol (ZIP) statistical information
specific to ZIP Query packets.
zipgni Displays statistical information specific to ZIP GetNetInfo request
packets.
zipes Displays ZIP statistical information specific to Client activity.
nbp Displays Name Binding Protocol (NBP) statistical information.
echo Displays ECHO protocol statistical information.
<circuit_name>
Limits the display to the specified circuit.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-62 303560-A Rev 00
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show at stats ddp
AppleTalk DDP Statistics
------------------------
Circuit Name of the circuit the AppleTalk protocol is on.
In Datagrams Number of packets the port has received.
In Local Datagrams Number of datagrams destined for this port.
Forwarded Datagrams Number of packets forwarded to the destination network.
Output Requests Number of packets that the router has sent out of this port.
Out No Routes Number of packets missing a destination.
Hop Count Errors Number of datagrams dropped because this router was not their
final destination and their hop count would exceed 15.
Circuit
-------
In
Datagrams
---------
In Local
Datagrams
----------
Forwarded
Datagrams
---------
Output
Requests
---------
Out No
Routes
--------
Hop Count
Errors
--------
E22 000000
E23 80956 4535 61174 3166 72 0
E24 29188 3819 27215 2971 7 1
S31 15240 3887 14453 3554 2 0
S32 27354 3368 26566 3033 0 0
S34 19391 3559 18508 3143 0 0
303560-A Rev 00 2-63
total [routes | nets | zones | aarp]
Displays totals for all dynamic protocol-specific information or for the specified
parameter.
Sample Display - show at total
AppleTalk Totals
----------------
Routes: 26
Zones: 28
Unique Zone Names: 18
AARP Entries: 5
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the at.bat script.
Sample Display - show at version
AT.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
routes Displays total number of routes.
nets Displays total number of networks.
zones Displays total number of zones.
aarp Displays total number of AARP entries.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-64 303560-A Rev 00
zones | zip [find
<pattern>
]
Displays information from the router’s Zone Information Protocol (ZIP) table. The table
receives its entries from manually configured zone lists for AppleTalk ports and from ZIP
packets from other nodes on the network.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show at zones
AppleTalk Zone Table
--------------------
Network Zone Name
----------- ----------------------------------
1-1 '37_Network'
2-2 'net_1'
3-3 'net_2'
50-50 'ring_2ACC'
50-50 'ring_2DEV'
50-50 'ring_2ENG'
50-50 'ring_2'
200-200 'net_200'
201-201 'net_201ACC'
201-201 'net_201DEV'
201-201 'net_201ENG'
201-201 'net_201'
203-203 'net_203ACC'
203-203 'net_203DEV'
203-203 'net_203ENG'
203-203 'net_203'
18 total entries.
find
<pattern>
Limits the display to zones that match the specified pattern. You can
use the wildcard characters * and ?.
Network Network start and end numbers that constitute the range of the
network numbers where the zone resides. These numbers are in the
range of 1 through 65,279.
Zone Name Name of each zone assigned to the entire network or the specified
group.
303560-A Rev 00 2-65
Sample Display - show at zones find net*
AppleTalk Zone Table
--------------------
Network Zone Name
----------- ----------------------------------
2-2 'net_1'
3-3 'net_2'
200-200 'net_200'
201-201 'net_201ACC'
201-201 'net_201DEV'
201-201 'net_201ENG'
201-201 'net_201'
203-203 'net_203ACC'
203-203 'net_203DEV'
203-203 'net_203ENG'
203-203 'net_203'
11 entries found.
16 total entries.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-66 303560-A Rev 00
show atm
The show atm
<option>
commands display information about the Asynchronous Transfer
Mode (ATM) Adaption Layer Controller (ALC) link module service. For detailed
information about the Bay Networks implementation of the ATM link module service,
refer to Configuring ATM Services.
The show atm command supports the following subcommand options:
Note: Refer to the “show atm line” section for more information on the atm line
command.
alerts vcs [<line>] | [<line.vpi>] | [<line.vpi.vci>]
disabled services [<line>] | [<line.circuit>]
enabled stats
interfaces [<line>] stats vcs [<line>] | [<line.VPI>] | [<line.VPI.VCI>]
line [<line option>] version
303560-A Rev 00 2-67
alerts
Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM interface. Use this command to identify lines
configured as enabled but not currently up. The table displays the following information:
Sample Display - show atm alerts
ATM Interface Line Alert Table
------------------------------
Line Circuit State
-------- -------- --------
1103101 A31 Down
Total entries: 1
disabled
Displays the ATM interfaces that are configured as disabled. For more information about
column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm disabled
ATM Interface Line Disabled Table
---------------------------------
Line Circuit State
-------- -------- --------
1103101 A31 Disabled
Total entries: 1
Line Line number of the Bay Networks router.
Circuit Circuit name on which the ATM interface runs.
State State of the ATM line: Up, Down, Init (initializing), Disabled, or
Absent.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-68 303560-A Rev 00
enabled
Displays the ATM interfaces that are configured as enabled. For more information about
column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm enabled
ATM Interface Line Enabled Table
--------------------------------
Line Circuit State
-------- -------- --------
1404101 0 Absent
1405101 A51 Up
Total entries: 2
interfaces [
<line>
]
Displays all ATM interfaces or ATM interfaces for a specified line. This table includes the
following information:
For more information about column definitions, see the alerts command.
VPCs Maximum number of Virtual Path Connections supported by the
ATM interface.
VCCs Maximum number of Virtual Channel Connections supported by
the ATM interface.
Address Type Type of ATM address configured for use by the ATM interface:
Private, NSAP E.164, Native E.164, Other, Null, or NotDefined.
Signaling Whether signaling is enabled or disabled on the ATM interface.
Sig Standard The signaling standard configured for the ATM interface: UNI3.0 or
UNI3.1
303560-A Rev 00 2-69
Sample Display - show atm interfaces
ATM Interface Table
-------------------
line [
<line option>
]
vcs [
<line>
] | [
<line.vpi>
] | [
<line.vpi.vci>
]
Displays all ATM virtual channel link (VCL) instances or a subset of VCL instances.
Line
-------
Circuit
-------
State
-----
VPCs
----
VCCs
----
Address Type
------------
Signaling
---------
Sig Standard
------------
1404101 A41 Up 0 0 NotDefined Enabled UNI3.0
Total entries: 1
Note: See the “show atm line” section.
<line>
Displays all VCs for a specified line.
<line.vpi>
Displays all VCs for a specified VPI on that line.
<line.vpi.vci>
Displays a specific VC.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-70 303560-A Rev 00
The table displays the following information:
Line.VIP.VCI Line number, Virtual Path Identifier, and Virtual Channel Identifier
associated with this Virtual Circuit (VC).
Type Type of VC: SVC or PVC.
State State of the ATM line: Up, Down, Init (initializing), Disabled, or
Absent.
Hybrid/Bridged VCs Mode of this VC (Hybrid/Bridged): Yes or No. Yes means the VC
operates as a hybrid access mode VC; No means the VC works in
group access mode only.
AAL ATM Adaptation Layer Type of this VC: AAL5.
Encaps Encapsulation type of this VC: LLC/SNAP, NULL, LANE8023,
LANE8025, NLPID, Unknown, or OTHER.
Xmt PCR Transmit Peak Cell Rate (PCR) for this VC (in cells/s).
Xmt SCR Transmit Sustainable Cell Rate (SCR) for this VC (in cells/s).
303560-A Rev 00 2-71
Sample Display — show atm vcs
ATM Interface VCL Table
-----------------------
Line.VPI.VCI
-------------
Type
-------
State
------
Hybrid/
Bridged
VCs?
-------
AAL
------
Encaps
--------
Xmt PCR
-------
Xmt SCR
--------
1404101.0.5 PVC Absent NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 4716 4716
1404101.0.16 PVC Absent NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 4716 4716
1404101.0.204 PVC Absent NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 2358 2358
1405101.0.5 CTRL Up NO AAL5 OTHER 4716 4716
1405101.0.16 CTRL Up NO AAL5 OTHER 4716 4716
1405101.0.32 SVC Up NO AAL5 NULL 353207 0
1405101.0.33 SVC Up NO AAL5 NULL 353207 0
1405101.0.34 SVC Up NO AAL5 OTHER 353207 0
1405101.0.35 SVC Up NO AAL5 NULL 353207 0
1405101.0.36 SVC Up NO AAL5 LANE8023 353207 0
1405101.0.38 SVC Up NO AAL5 LANE8023 353207 0
1405101.0.200 PVC Up NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 2358 0
1405101.0.201 PVC Up NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 150000 0
1405101.0.202 PVC Up NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 2358 0
1405101.0.203 PVC Up NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 150000 0
1405101.0.205 PVC Up NO AAL5 LLC/SNAP 150000 0
Total entries: 16
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-72 303560-A Rev 00
services [
<line>
] | [
<line.circuit>
]
Displays all ATM service record instances, or a subset of service record instances, along
with its AAL layer data encapsulation type, state, VC type, and ATM address
(a combination of network prefix and user part).
The table displays the following information:
Sample Display - show atm services
ATM Service Record Table
------------------------
Line.Circuit Encaps State Type ATM Address
------------ ------------ ------ ---- ----------------------------------------
1404101.13 LLC/SNAP Reject PVC (nil)
1405101.6 LanEmulation Up SVC 39.10.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00
.00.A2.0D.74.B7.00
1405101.8 LLC/SNAP Up PVC (nil)
1405101.9 LLC/SNAP Up PVC (nil)
1405101.10 LLC/SNAP Up PVC (nil)
1405101.11 LLC/SNAP Up PVC (nil)
1405101.12 LLC/SNAP Up PVC (nil)
1405101.19 LLC/SNAP Up SVC 39.10.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00
.00.A2.0D.74.B7.06
Total entries: 8
<line>
Displays all service record instances for a specified line.
<line.circuit>
Displays service record instance for a specified circuit on that line.
Line.Circuit Line number and circuit associated with this service record.
Encaps Encapsulation type of this VC: LanEmulation, LLC/SNAP,
NLPID, NULL.
State State of the ATM line: Up, Down, Init (initializing), Reject, or
Absent.
Type Type of virtual circuit: PVC or SVC
ATM Address The ATM address of this service record. This parameter applies
only to SVC-type service records.
303560-A Rev 00 2-73
stats
Displays statistical information about all ATM VCs. The table includes the following
information:
Line.VPI.VCI Line number, Virtual Path Identifier, and Virtual Channel Identifier
associated with this Permanent Virtual Circuit.
Cells Transmitted Number of assigned ATM layer cells transmitted at the transceiver
transmit interface (T-count).
Cells Received Number of ATM layer cells received at the transciever receive
interface that have not been discarded (R-count).
Checksum Errors Number of occurances of cyclical redundancy check-32 (CRC-32)
failures across user payload data for any given VCL.
Invalid Length Errors Number of active Cell Sequence PDU assembly processes closed
(aborted, accumulation discarded) due to detecting a length field
error in a received SAR PDU.
Pkts Transmitted Number of packets transmitted at the transceiver transmit interface.
Pkts Received Number of packets received at the transciever receive interface that
have not been discarded.
Note: This command polls for ATM FRE-2 link module statistics before it looks for
ARE link module statistics.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-74 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show atm stats
ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM FRE-2)
---------------------------------------
Line.VPI.VCI
-----------------
1105101.0.33 Cells Transmitted: 0X 00.00.00.00.EB.93.0A.A6
Cells Received : 0X 00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00
Checksum Errors: 0
Length Errors: 0
Total entries: 1
ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM Routing Engine)
------------------------------------------------
Line.VPI.VCI
-----------------
1405101.0.3 Cells Transmitted: 0
Cells Received : 0
Pkts Transmitted : 0
Pkts Received : 0
1405101.0.5 Cells Transmitted: 2324
Cells Received : 2233
Pkts Transmitted : 2223
Pkts Received : 2223
1405101.0.16 Cells Transmitted: 15
Cells Received : 16
Pkts Transmitted : 8
Pkts Received : 8
Total entries: 3
303560-A Rev 00 2-75
stats vcs [
<line>
] | [
<line.VPI>
] | [
<line.VPI.VCI>
]
Displays all ATM VC statistics or a subset of ATM VC statistics.
For more information about column definitions, see the stats command.
Sample Display - show atm stats vcs 1405101.0.5
ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM FRE-2)
---------------------------------------
Line.VPI.VCI
-----------------
ATM PVC Stats Record not found
Total entries: 0
ATM Interface VC Statistics (ATM Routing Engine)
------------------------------------------------
Line.VPI.VCI
-----------------
1405101.0.5 Cells Transmitted: 2699
Cells Received : 2598
Pkts Transmitted : 2588
Pkts Received : 2588
Total entries: 1
<line>
Displays all PVCs for a specified line.
<line.VPI>
Displays all PVCs for a specified VPI on that line.
<line.VPI.VCI>
Displays a specific PVC.
Note: This command polls for ATM FRE-2 link module statistics before it looks for
ARE link module statistics.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-76 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the atm.bat script.
Sample Display - show atm version
ATM.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show atmarp
The show atmarp
<options>
command displays ATMARP information. For details about
the Bay Networks implementation of ATM, refer to Configuring ATM Services.
The show atmarp command supports the following subcommand options:
configuration [
<IP address>
]
Displays configuration information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface.
The table displays the following information:
configuration [<IP address>]table [-r | -v | -a] [-l] [<IP address>]
interface [<IP address>]version
stats [<IP address>]
<lP_address>
Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface.
Interface IP address of the interface.
Mode Whether the router is confirmed as an ATM ARP client or server.
Server Address (if client) ATM address of the server. If the router is an ATM ARP server, the
server address does not appear.
303560-A Rev 00 2-77
Sample Display - show atmarp configuration
Interface Mode Server Address (if client)
---------------- ------ -----------------------------------------
5.5.5.7 Client 47000580FFE1000000F2151540.0000A20E9FCC00
6.6.6.7 Server
2 Atmarp Interfaces.
interface [
<IP address>
]
Displays interface information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface.
The table displays the following information:
Sample Display - show atmarp interface
Interface Address Server Conn. State
----------- ---------------------------------------- -----------------
5.5.5.7 47000580FFE1000000F2151540.0000A20CD5C100 Open,Registered
6.6.6.7 47000580FFE1000000F2151540.0000A20CD5C101 Server
2 Atmarp Interfaces.
<lP_address>
Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface.
Interface IP address of the interface.
Address ATM address this interface uses.
Server Conn. State Indicates the state of the VC connecting the client to the server, and
whether the client is currently registered with the server.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-78 303560-A Rev 00
stats [
<IP address>
]
Displays statistics information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface.
The table displays the following information:
Sample Display - show atmarp stats
Open Calls Calls Failed Failed Calls
Interface SVCs Attempted Succeeded May Retry No Retry Accepted
---------------- ------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------
5.5.5.7 1 37 2 0 35 0
6.6.6.7 2 0 0 0 0 3
2 Atmarp Interfaces.
<lP_address>
Displays ATM ARP information for a specific interface.
Interface IP address of the client.
Open SVCs Number of SVCs currently open.
Calls Attempted Number of calls attempted, both to the server and to other clients.
Calls Succeeded Number of attempted calls that succeeded.
Failed May Retry Number of attempted calls that did failed, but that the client may
retry.
Failed No Retry Number of attempted calls that failed, but that the client will not
retry.
Calls Accepted Number of calls that this interface accepted.
303560-A Rev 00 2-79
table [-r | -v | -a] [-l] [
<IP address>
]
Displays table information for all ATMARP interfaces, or a specific interface. The
information that appears in the table, or the order in which information appears, depends
on the subcommand you enter.
The default (-r) and -v ATM ARP resolution tables display the following information:
-r Displays the ATM ARP resolution table (default); this information
appears in order of IP address.
-v Displays the ATM ARP resolution table in order of VPI/VCI pair.
-a Displays the ATM address and VPI/VCI pair information in order
of ATM address.
-l Displays additional information for the table (-r, -v, or -a) you
specify. For example, specifying -l -r provides additional IP
information, specifying -l -v provides additional VC information,
and specifying -l -a provides ATM address information. If you do
not specify a table, this subcommand displays the additional
information for the default resolution table (that is, -r).
<lP_address>
Displays ATM ARP information for a specific IP address.
IP address IP address of an ARP entry in the ATMARP cache.
Life Age of the ARP entry (decrements from 900 s).
ATM address ATM address to which the IP address resolves.
Vpi.vci Virtual Path Identifier and Virtual Channel Identifier for the VCs to
the IP address. If this is not present, then no VC exists to the
destination.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-80 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show atmarp table (also show atmarp table -r)
ATMARP Table for interface 5.5.5.7
-----------------------------------
IP address Life ATM address Vpi.vci
--------------- ----- ----------------------------------------- -------
5.5.5.5 844 47000580ffe1000000f2151540.0000a20e9fcc00 0.212
ATMARP Table for interface 6.6.6.7
-----------------------------------
IP address Life ATM address Vpi.vci
--------------- ----- ----------------------------------------- -------
6.6.6.6 823 47000580ffe1000000f2151540.0000a20e9fcc01 0.211
6.6.6.8 425 47000580ffe1000000f2151540.0000a20e9fc701 0.174
Sample Display - show atmarp table -v
ATMARP Table for interface 5.5.5.5
-----------------------------------
Vpi.vci Atm address IP address Life
-------- ----------------------------------------- --------------- ----
0.32 39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a300 5.5.5.6 993
0.55 39000000000000000000000000.0000a20cd5c100 5.5.5.7 627
ATMARP Table for interface 6.6.6.6
-----------------------------------
Vpi.vci Atm address IP address Life
-------- ----------------------------------------- --------------- ----
0.34 39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a301
0.60 39000000000000000000000000.0020ea00072b00 6.6.6.9 593
2 Atmarp Interfaces.
303560-A Rev 00 2-81
The -a ATM ARP resolution table displays only ATM address to VPI/VCI resolution.
Sample Display - show atmarp table -a
ATM address Vpi.vci
----------------------------------------- --------
39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a300 0.37
39000000000000000000000000.0000a20cd5c100 0.40
The -l subcommand provides the following added information about the default (-r)
ATM ARP resolution table:
Sample Display - show atmarp table -r -l
IP Address State Encaps Lifetime Retries
--------------- --------- --------- -------- --------
5.5.5.6 Resolved Default 1187 0
5.5.5.7 Resolved Default 348 0
State The state of the interface: Needed, Resolving, Resolved, Aged,
Static.
Encaps The encapsulation type assigned to the IP interface: Default,
LLC/SNAP, SNAP IP, Null, Unknown.
Lifetime Amount of time (in seconds) left for the validity of the resolution
information for this entry.
Retries The number of attempts that were necessary to resolve this entry.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-82 303560-A Rev 00
The -l subcommand provides the following added information about the -v ATM ARP
resolution table:
Sample Display - show atmarp table -v -l
Vpi.vci Vcid Callref State Type I/O Call Encaps Mtu
-------- ------- -------- ----- ----- --- ---- --------- -----
0.37 25000 16 SVC Pt2Pt I/O Ced LLC/SNAP 9188
0.40 28000 19 SVC Pt2Pt I/O Ced LLC/SNAP 4608
Vcid An internal identifier for this VC.
Callref An internal identifire for this VC.
State The state of the VC:
• PVC I - The VC is a PVC. The ’I’ indicates that this VC has
transmitted an Inverse ATMARP Request and has not yet received
a response.
• PVC - The VC is a PVC.
• SVC I - The VC is an open SVC. The ’I’ indicates that the VC has
transmitted an Inverse ATMARP Request and has not yet received
a response.
• Openg - The VC is an SVC that is in the process of opening.
• SVC - The VC is a currently open SVC.
Type The type of this VC:
• MptRT - The VC is the root of a point-to-multipoint VC.
• MptLf - The VC is a leaf of a point-to-multipoint VC.]
• Pt2Pt - The VC is a point-to-point VC.
I/O Indicates if the interface can receive (I) or transmit (O): I/O, -/O,
or I/-.
Call Indicates if the VC originated the call (Cing), or received the call
(Ced).
Encaps The encapsulation for this VC. Refer to the default option (-r) for
the resolution table.
Mtu The MTU value (in octets) negotiated for this VC: 9188 or 4608.
303560-A Rev 00 2-83
The -l subcommand provides only the atm addresses on the interface when used in
conjunction with the -a subcommand.
Sample Display - show atmarp table -a -l
ATM Address
-----------------------------------------
39000000000000000000000000.0000a20d74a300
39000000000000000000000000.0000a20cd5c100
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the atmarp.bat script.
Sample Display - show atmarp version
ATMARP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-84 303560-A Rev 00
show atmdxi
The show atmdxi
<option>
commands display information about Asynchronous Transfer
Mode Data Exchange Interface (ATM DXI) lines and services. For detailed information
about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM DXI, refer to Configuring ATM Services.
The show atmdxi command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts stats
base stats lmi
disabled stats mpe
enabled stats pvc [<line.llindex>] |
[<line.llindex.VPI>] |
[<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>]
lines [<line.llindex>] version
pvcs [<line.llindex>] |
[<line.llindex.VPI>] |
[<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>]
303560-A Rev 00 2-85
alerts
Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM DXI line level. Use this command to identify
lines configured as enabled but not currently up. The table displays the following
information:
Sample Display - show atmdxi alerts
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Alert Table
--------------------------------------------------
Line.LLIndex Circuit State
------------ -------- -------
2.0 NONE NotPres
Total entries: 2
Line.LLIndex Identifier of the line and line level.
Circuit Name or number of the circuit that the interface runs on.
State State of the line: Down, Init (initializing), NotPres (not present), or
Up.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-86 303560-A Rev 00
base
Displays the ATM DXI base record state. The base record keeps statistics on each ATM
DXI line for the entire system. State is one of the following:
Sample Display - show atmdxi base
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Base Record
---------------------------------------------
Protocol State Lines
-------- ----------------- -----
ATM Other Anomaly 2
disabled
Displays the ATM DXI interfaces that are configured as disabled. For more information on
column definitions, see the lines command.
Sample Display - show atmdxi disabled
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Disabled Table
----------------------------------------------------------
Line.LLIndex Circuit Mode State
------------ ------- -------- -------
2.0 NONE Disabled NotPres
Healthy All configured lines are up.
Interface Anomaly One or more configured lines are down.
Other Anomaly One or more configured lines are initializing or not present.
303560-A Rev 00 2-87
enabled
Displays the ATM DXI interfaces that are configured as enabled. For more information on
column definitions, see the lines command.
Sample Display - show atmdxi enabled
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Enabled Table
----------------------------------------------------------
Line.LLIndex Circuit Mode State
------------ ------- -------- -------
2.0 NONE Enabled NotPres
lines [
<line.llindex>
]
Displays all ATM DXI interfaces or a just a specific line. The table includes the following
information:
Line.LLIndex Identifier of the line and line level.
Circuit Name or number of the circuit that the interface runs on.
Mode Mode for which the interface has been configured; enabled or
disabled.
State State of the line, as follows:
•Down - Line is disabled.
•Init - Line is initializing.
•NotPres - Line is not functioning.
•Up - Line is functioning fully.
VCs Number of virtual circuits enabled for the line.
Converg. Sublayer Convergence sublayer configuration of the line: AAL3/4, AAL5,
or None. AAL3/4 is ATM Adaption Layer 3/4. AAL5 is ATM
Adaption Layer 5.
Encaps Multiprotocol Encapsulation that the PVC uses : RFC1294,
RFC1483, or None.
Drop Number of frames dropped at the line level.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-88 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show atmdxi line
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) Line Table
--------------------------------------------
pvcs [
<line.llindex>
] | [
<line.llindex.VPI>
] | [
<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>
]
Displays all or a subset of ATM DXI Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVCs).
The displays include the following information:
Line.LLIndex
------------
Circuit
-------
Mode
--------
State
-------
VCs
----
Converg.
Sublayer Encaps
----------- ----------
Drop
----
1.0 ATM Enabled Up 2 AAL3/4 RFC1294 0
2.0 NONE Disabled NotPres 0 AAL3/4 RFC1294 0
<line.llindex>
Displays all PVCs for the specified line level.
<line.llindex.VPI>
Displays all PVCs for the specified virtual path on the specified line
level.
<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>
Displays the PVC for the specified virtual path and virtual channel.
Line.LLIndex Identifier of the PVC line and line level.
Direct Cct PVC’s Direct Circuit name or number (if there is one).
State State of the PVC, as follows:
•Down - PVC is disabled.
•Init - PVC is initializing.
•NotPres - PVC is not functioning.
•Up - PVC is functioning fully.
303560-A Rev 00 2-89
Sample Display - show atmdxi pvcs
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) PVC Table
-------------------------------------------
Line.LLIndex.VPI.VCI Direct Cct State PVC Mode Sublayer Encaps
-------------------- ---------- ------- -------- -------- -------
1.0.1.20 - Up Group AAL3/4 RFC1294
1.0.255.32000 ATMInter Up Direct AAL3/4 RFC1294
2.0.1.21 - NotPres Group AAL3/4 RFC1294
Total entries: 3
PVC Mode Mode of the PVC, as follows:
•Direct - Upper-layer protocols view this PVC as a point-to-point
connection; as an individual network interface.
•Group - Upper-layer protocols treat this PVC as one of a group of
destinations to the switched network. The upper-layer protocols
use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the
switched network to the ATM DXI network interface.
•Hybrid - Allows protocols to view this PVC as part of the group
while the bridge views the PVC in direct mode.
Sublayer Convergence Sublayer configuration of the line: AAL3/4, AAL5,
or None. AAL3/4 is ATM Adaption Layer 3/4. AAL5 is ATM
Adaption Layer 5.
Encaps Multiprotocol Encapsulation that the PVC uses: RFC 1294,
RFC 1483, or None.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-90 303560-A Rev 00
stats
Displays ATM DXI statistics. The table includes the number of frames and octets
transmitted and received and the number of frames dropped due to errors.
Sample Display - show atmdxi stats
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) PVC Statistics
------------------------------------------------
Transmitted Received
Line.LLIndex.VPI.VCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Drops
-------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----
1.0.1.20 0 0 0 0 0
1.0.255.32000 0 0 0 0 0
2.0.1.21 0 0 0 0 0
Total entries: 3
303560-A Rev 00 2-91
stats lmi
Displays statistics for all active ATM DXI Local Management Interfaces (LMIs). The
table includes following information:
Sample Display - show atmdxi stats lmi
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) LMI Statistics
------------------------------------------------
Line.LLIndex Circuit State Proxy Req. DSU Resp. DSU Traps Other
------------ ------- ------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
1.0 ATM Up 0 0 0 0
Total entries: 1
Line.LLIndex Identifier of the line and line level.
Circuit Name or number of the circuit the interface runs on.
State State of the LMI, as follows:
•Down - Line is disabled.
•Init - Line is initializing.
•NotPres - Line is not functioning.
•Up - Line is functioning fully.
Proxy Req Number of proxy requests.
DSU Resp Number of digital service unit (DSU) responses.
DSU Traps Number of DSU traps.
Other Any other information frames that the DSU has received.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-92 303560-A Rev 00
stats mpe
Displays statistics for all active ATM DXI multiprotocol encapsulated interfaces. The
information is from the circuit level rather than the line level. The table includes the
number of invalid and unsupported multiprotocol encapsulated frames received.
Sample Display - show atmdxi stats mpe
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) MPE Circuit Statistics
--------------------------------------------------------
Invalid Invalid Invalid Misdelivered Unsupported
Circuit NLPID PID OUI PDU Control Field
------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------ -------------
ATM 0 0 0 0 0
ATMInter 0 0 0 0 0
Total entries: 2
Circuit Name or number of the circuit the interface runs on.
Invalid NLPID Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported
network layer protocol identifier (NLPID).
Invalid PID Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported
protocol identifier (PID).
Invalid OUI Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or unsupported
organizational unique identifier (OUI).
Misdelivered PDU Number of packets discarded because of an inactive service access
point (SAP).
Unsupported Control Field Number of packets dropped because of an unknown or invalid
control field.
303560-A Rev 00 2-93
stats pvc [
<line.llindex>
] | [
<line.llindex.VPI>
] | [
<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>
]
Displays ATM DXI statistics. The table includes the number of frames and octets
transmitted and received and the number of frames dropped due to errors. Options let you
display more specific statistics, as follows:
Sample Display - show atmdxi stats pvc 1.0
ATM Data Exchange Interface (DXI) PVC Statistics
------------------------------------------------
Transmitted Received
Line.LLIndex.VPI.VCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Drops
-------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
1.0.1.20 0 0 0 0 0
1.0.255.32000 0 0 0 0 0
Total entries: 2
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the atmdxi.bat script.
Sample Display - show atmdxi version
ATMDXI.bat Version: 1.* Date: mm/dd/yy.
<line.llindex>
Displays statistics for all PVCs for the specified line level.
<line.llindex.VPI>
Displays statistics for all PVCs for the specified virtual path on the
specified line level.
<line.llindex.VPI.VCI>
Displays statistics for the PVC for the specified virtual path and
channel on the specified line level.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-94 303560-A Rev 00
show atmsig
The show atmsig
<options>
command displays information about the ATM Signaling
service. For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM, refer to Configuring
ATM Services.
The show atmsig command supports the following subcommand options:
ilmi [
<line>
]
Displays all instances in the ATM Interim Local Management Interface (ILMI) Entry
Table, or a specific instance.
The table displays the following information:
ilmi [<line>]sig [<line>]
saal [<line>]version
<line>
Displays ATM ILMI information for a specific line.
Line Line number of the router.
Circuit Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this ILMI
instance.
State State of the entity: Up, Down, Initializing, Not Present
Low Thre Lower threshold - when the percentage of the buffer memory drops
below this value, congestion is reached.
Up Thre Upper threshold - when the percentage of the buffer memory
exceeds this value, congestion is stopped.
VPI Virtual Path Identifier for the ILMI VC.
VCI Virtual Channel Identifier for the ILMI VC.
Get ILMI Get Request Timer value (in seconds).
Get Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILME GET request
before the link is considered down.
303560-A Rev 00 2-95
Sample Display - show atmsig ilmi
ATM ILMI Entry Table (UME/ILMI)
-------------------------------
Low Up Get Get GetNext Set
Line Circuit State Thre Thre VPI VCI Get Retry Next Retry Set Retry
------- ------- ------ ---- ---- --- ----- --- ----- ---- ------- --- ----
1405101 A51 Up 2 2 0 16 3 3 3 3 6 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total entries: 1
saal [
<line>
]
Displays all instances in the ATM Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer (SAAL) Entry Table
for the Service Specific Connection Oriented Protocol (SSCOP) service, or displays a specific
instance.
The table displays the following information:
Get Next ILMI GetNext Request Timer value (in seconds).
GetNext Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILMI GET NEXT
request before the link is considered down.
Set ILMI Set Request Timer value (in seconds).
Set Retry Maximum number of retransmissions of the ILMI SET request
before the link is considered down.
<line>
Displays ATM SAAL information for a specific line.
Line Line number of the router.
Circuit Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this instance.
State State of the SAAL entity: Up, Down, Init, Not Present.
Arbitration Determines if the SAAL initiates link connections or waits for
connections: Active or Passive.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-96 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show atmsig saal
ATM SAAL Entry Table (SSCOP)
----------------------------
Arbi- Poll Alive NoResp CnCtrl MaxCn Max Ver-
Line Circuit State tration Timer Timer Timer Timer Ctrl MaxPd Stat sion
------- ------- ------ ------- ----- ----- ------ ------ ----- ----- ---- -----
1405101 A51 Up Active 7 20 70 10 4 25 67 UNI30
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total entries: 1
Poll Timer SSCOP Poll Timer value (in tenths of a second).
Alive Timer Keep Alive Timer value (in tenths of a second).
NoResp Timer No Response Timer value (in tenths of a second).
CnCtrl Timer Connection Control Timer value (in tenths of a second).
MaxCn Ctrl Maximum Connection Control Timer value.
MaxPd SSCOP maximum Poll Data (PD) value.
Max Stat Maximum number of list elements allowed in a STAT PDU.
Version Version: UNI30 or UNI31.
303560-A Rev 00 2-97
sig [
<line>
]
Displays all instances in the ATM Signaling Entry Table, or a specific instance.
The table displays the following information:
<line>
Displays ATM Signaling information for a specific line.
Line Line number of the router.
Circuit Circuit number of the ATM driver associated with this instance.
State State of the entity: Up, Down, Initializing, Not Present
Max # of SvcApps Maximum number of service access points (SAPs) allowed for this
circuit.
Max Pt-Pt Maximum number of simultaneous point-to-point connections
allowed for this circuit.
Max Pt-Mp Maximum number of simultaneous point-to-multipoint connections
allowed for this circuit.
Max Parties In-MultiPt Maximum number of simultaneous parties in a point-to-multipoint
connection allowed for this circuit.
Min Buf Threshold Minimum percentage of the buffer memory that must be free to
enable new calls.
VPI Virtual Path Identifier for the Signaling VC.
VCI Virtual Channel Identifier for the Signaling VC.
Version Signaling Protocol Standard: Uni 3.0 (UNI_V30), Uni 3.1
(UNI_V31), or Trillium Symmetrical Uni (UNI_SYM)
# of Restart Number of RESTART messages permitted before the link is
considered down.
# of Stat Enquiries Number of STATUS ENQUIRY messages permitted before the link
is considered down.
T303 Setup Sent Timer value (in seconds).
T308 Release Sent Timer value (in seconds).
T309 SAAL Data Link Connect Timer value (in seconds).
T310 Call Proceeding Received Timer value (in seconds).
T313 Connect Sent Timer value (in seconds).
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-98 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show atmsig sig
ATM Signaling Entry Table (Q.93B)
---------------------------------
Max#of Max Max MaxParties Min Buf
Line Circuit State SvcApps Pt-Pt Pt-Mp In-MultiPt Threshold
------- ------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ---------- ---------
1405101 A51 Up 20 1000 40 1 2
# of # of Stat
VPI VCI Version Restart Enquiries T303 T308 T309 T310 T313 T316
--- ----- ------- ------- --------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----
0 5 UNI_V30 3 3 4 30 10 10 4 120
T316C T322 TDisc T398 T399
----- ---- ----- ---- ----
120 4 4 4 14
Total entries: 1
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the atmsig.bat script.
Sample Display - show atmsig version
ATMSIG.bat Version: 1.# Date: mm/dd/yy.
T316 Restart Request Sent on Interface Timer value (in seconds).
T316C Restart Request Sent on Channel Timer value (in seconds).
T322 Status Enquiry Sent Timer value (in seconds).
TDisc SAAL Data Link Disconnect Timer value (in seconds).
T398 Drop Party Sent Timer value (in seconds).
T399 Add Party Sent Timer value (in seconds).
303560-A Rev 00 2-99
show atm line
The show atm line
<option>
commands display information about the Asynchronous
Transfer Mode (ATM) Adaption Layer Controller (ALC) link module service. For detailed
information about the Bay Networks implementation of the ATM link module service,
refer to Configuring ATM Services.
The show atm line command supports the following subcommand options:
Note: The atm line set of commands is a subset of the atm command. Refer to the
“show atm” section for more information on the atm command.
alerts receive errors [circuit <circuit name>]
base [circuit <circuit name>] receive stats [circuit <circuit name>]
disabled sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit
<circuit name>]
enabled stats [circuit <circuit name>]
phy [circuit <circuit name>] transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]
phy errors [circuit <circuit name>] transmit stats [circuit <circuit name>]
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-100 303560-A Rev 00
alerts
Displays abnormal conditions in the ATM link module. The table displays the following
information:
Sample Display - show atm line alerts
ATM Modules on Alert:
---------------------
Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify
Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ----
Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.
Slot Slot number.
Conn Physical port number.
Circuit Circuit number for the driver.
Line Number Line number for the physical ATM port.
Driver State Operational state of the driver: Up, Down, Init (initializing),
Download (downloading), Config (configuring), or Not Present.
Note that this parameter does not represent the state of the physical
interface.
First MAC Address First MAC address reserved in the link module. The address is in
canonical format.
Num MAC addrs Number of MAC addresses reserved in the link module.
DP Notify TMO Data Path notify timeout period. This value specifies the number of
seconds to wait before implementing the DP notify function. A
timer is set to this value when the state of the physical interface
transitions from operational to nonoperational at the time that the
DP notify function is enabled.
MTU Size of the largest packet (in octets) which the interface can send or
receive. The default is 4500 octets.
303560-A Rev 00 2-101
base [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the ATM base record state for all ATM link module circuits or for a specified
circuit. For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm line base
ATM Modules:
------------
Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify
Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ----
4 1 A41 1104101 Up 00-00-00-00-00-00 10 3 4500
5 1 A51 1105101 Up 00-00-00-00-00-00 10 3 4500
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show atm line base circuit A51
ATM Modules:
------------
Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify
Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ----
5 1 A51 1105101 Up 00-00-00-00-00-00 10 3 4500
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-102 303560-A Rev 00
disabled
Displays the ATM link modules that are configured as disabled. For more information on
column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm line disabled
ATM Modules Disabled:
---------------------
Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify
Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ----
Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.
enabled
Displays the ATM link modules that are configured as enabled. For more information on
column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm line enabled
ATM Modules Enabled:
--------------------
Line Driver First Num MAC DP Notify
Slot Conn Circuit Number State MAC Address Addrs TMO MTU
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- ------- --------- ----
4 1 A41 1104101 Up 00-00-00-00-00-00 10 3 4500
5 1 A51 1105101 Up 00-00-00-00-00-00 10 3 4500
Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-103
phy [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays physical circuit information about all ATM link module circuits or a specified
circuit.
For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm line phy
ATM Module Physical Interface:
------------------------------
Phy Speed Framing
Slot Conn Circuit State (Mbps) Type Mode
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 A31 Up 155520000 OC-3 MM SONET
1 entry in table.
Sample Display - show atm line phy circuit A51
ATM Module Physical Interface:
------------------------------
Phy Speed Framing
Slot Conn Circuit State (Mbps) Type Mode
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
5 1 A51 Up 155520000 OC-3 SONET
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
Speed Estimate of the interface's current bandwidth in megabits per
second: 155,520,000 Mb/s, 140,000,000 Mb/s, 100,000,000 Mb/s,
44,736,000 Mb/s, 34,368,000 Mb/s.
Type Interface type: OC-3 MM (multimode), OC-3 SM (single mode),
DS-3, or E-3.
Framing Mode Transceiver mode: SDH, SONET, CBIT, M23, G751, or G832.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-104 303560-A Rev 00
phy errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays loss of signal, loss of pointer, loss of frame, and out-of-cell delineation
information for the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more information on column
definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm line phy errors
ATM Module Physical Interface Errors:
-------------------------------------
Loss of Loss of Loss of Out of Cell
Slot Conn Circuit Signal Pointer Frame Delineation
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------
4 1 A41 10 0 3 3
5 1 A51 1 0 1 1
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show atm line phy errors circuit A51
ATM Module Physical Interface Errors:
-------------------------------------
Loss of Loss of Loss of Out of Cell
Slot Conn Circuit Signal Pointer Frame Delineation
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----------
5 1 A51 1 0 1 1
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-105
receive errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays receive error information for the specified circuit or for all circuits:
For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm line receive errors
ATM Module Receive Errors:
--------------------------
Address Rcv Q Rcv Q Rcv Q
Dropped Translation Full Write Empty
Slot Conn Circuit Cells Errors Errors Errors Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------
4 1 A41 0 0 0 0 0
5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Dropped Cells Number of cells received at the transceiver receive interface that
have been discarded.
Address Translation Errors Number of address translation errors received.
Rcv Q Full Errors Number of full queue errors received.
Rcv Q Write Errors Number of write queue errors received. Write failures occur when
the SAR device tries to write to an already full queue.
Rcv Q Empty Errors Number of empty queue errors received. Empty errors occur when
the SAR device has no place to put the data it has received.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-106 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show atm line receive errors circuit A51
ATM Module Receive Errors:
--------------------------
Address Rcv Q Rcv Q Rcv Q
Dropped Translation Full Write Empty
Slot Conn Circuit Cells Errors Errors Errors Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------
5 1 A51 0 0 0 0 0
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
receive stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the total number of frames, octets, and cells received by all circuits or by the
specified circuit.
Sample Display - show atm line receive stats
ATM Module Receive Statistics:
------------------------------
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- --------------------
4 1 A41 0 0 0
5 1 A51 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show atm line receive stats circuit A51
ATM Module Receive Statistics:
------------------------------
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- --------------------
5 1 A51 0 0 0
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-107
sample [
<period in seconds>
] [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the total number of frames transmitted and received for the specified circuit over
the specified period of time, or for all circuits over 10 seconds. Also displays information
on the following:
For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm line sample
ATM Sampled Data over 10 seconds
---------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
4 1 A41 0 0 0 0
5 1 A51 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show atm line sample circuit A51
ATM Sampled Data over 10 seconds
---------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
5 1 A51 0 0 0 0
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets dropped because no host buffers were available
to hold the incoming data.
Tx Lack of Resources Number of packets dropped during transmission.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-108 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show atm line sample 5 circuit A51
ATM Sampled Data over 5 seconds
---------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
5 1 A51 0 0 0 0
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the total number of bytes and frames received and transmitted for the specified
circuit or for all circuits. In addition, displays the total number of errors. For more
information on column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm line stats
ATM Module I/O Statistics:
--------------------------
Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
4 1 A41 0 0 2190795656 42405432 16
5 1 A51 0 0 1793648210 86273694 3
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show atm line stats circuit A51
ATM Module I/O Statistics:
--------------------------
Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
5 1 A51 0 0 1793648210 86273694 3
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-109
transmit errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the total number of full errors transmitted and the total number of Segmentation
and Reassembly (SAR) errors for the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more
information on column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm line transmit errors
ATM Module Transmit Errors:
---------------------------
Xmt Q
Full SAR
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ----------
4 1 A41 0 0
5 1 A51 0 0
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show atm line transmit errors circuit A51
ATM Module Transmit Errors:
---------------------------
Xmt Q
Full SAR
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ----------
5 1 A51 0 0
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-110 303560-A Rev 00
transmit stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the total number of frames, octets, and cells transmitted by the specified circuit
or by all circuits. For more information on column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show atm line transmit stats
ATM Module Transmit Statistics:
-------------------------------
Out Q
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells Length
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- -------------------- ----------
4 1 A41 42405432 2190795656 45641568 1
5 1 A51 86273694 1793648210 37367672 1
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show atm line transmit stats circuit A51
ATM Module Transmit Statistics:
-------------------------------
Out Q
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Octets Cells Length
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- -------------------- ----------
5 1 A51 86273694 1793648210 37367672 1
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-111
show aurp
The show aurp
<option>
commands display information about the AppleTalk Update-
based Routing Protocol (AURP) and services. For detailed information on the Bay
Networks implementation of AURP services, refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services.
The show aurp command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts filters zone
base stats [traffic | peer | transport] [<IP address>]
connection [<IP address>] version
disabled
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-112 303560-A Rev 00
alerts
Displays all AURP connections that are enabled but not up. State is always Down. Use this
display to identify the connections that are not working. The table includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show aurp alerts
AURP Connection Alerts: Enabled but state is down
-------------------------------------------------
Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout
--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------
192.32.14.85 Down 3 3 30 90
1 entries found.
3 total entries.
Connection IP address of the AURP connection.
State Current state of the connection, which in this case is always Down.
Timeout Number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before retrying
the connection.
Retry Number of attempts at a connection before determining that the
peer is no longer responding.
Update Rate Rate in seconds at which the router sends routing table updates out
this connection. This value is a multiple of ten. The range is 10 to
604,800 seconds (one week). The default is 30 seconds.
LHF Timeout Last Heard From Timeout; specifies the number of seconds to wait
for a Routing Information Response (RI-Rsp), Routing Information
Update (RI-Upd), or Zone Information Response (ZI-Rsp) before
sending a tickle request. This value is a multiple of ten. The range is
10 through 31,536,000 seconds (one year). The default is 90
seconds.
303560-A Rev 00 2-113
base
Displays the base record information for AURP. The base record controls AURP for the
entire system. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show aurp base
AURP Base Information
---------------------
Configured Open Reqs Open Reqs In Packets
Protocol State IP Interface Accepted Rejected No Peer
---------------- ----------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ----------
AURP Up 192.32.14.19 1 0 0
connection [
<IP address>
]
Displays information about all AURP connections or a specific connection. State can be
Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled but not yet started), or Up. For the
remaining column definitions, see the alerts command.
Protocol Name of the protocol, which is AURP.
State State of the protocol: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres
(enabled but not yet started), or Up.
Configured IP Interface IP address on this router that AURP uses for all of its connections.
Open Reqs Accepted Number of Open Requests the router has accepted on this interface.
Open Reqs Rejected Number of Open Requests the router has rejected on this interface.
In Packets No Peer Number of packets received from UDP for which there is no valid
connection.
<IP_address> Limits the information to the connection with the specified IP
address.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-114 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show aurp connection
AURP Connections
----------------
Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout
--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------
192.32.14.85 Down 3 3 30 90
192.32.14.86 Disabled 3 3 30 90
205.1.10.1 Up 3 3 30 90
3 total entries.
Sample Display - show aurp connection 192.32.14.85
AURP Connections
----------------
Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout
--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------
192.32.14.85 Down 3 3 30 90
1 entry displayed.
disabled
Displays the AURP connections that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the
columns in the display, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show aurp disabled
Disabled AURP Connections
-------------------------
Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout
--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------
192.32.14.86 Disabled 3 3 30 90
1 entries found.
3 total entries.
303560-A Rev 00 2-115
enabled
Displays the AURP connections that a user has manually enabled. State can be Disabled,
Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled but not yet started), or Up. For the remaining
column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show aurp enabled
Enabled AURP Connections
------------------------
Connection State Timeout Retry Update Rate LHF Timeout
--------------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ----------- -----------
192.32.14.85 Down 3 3 30 90
205.1.10.1 Up 3 3 30 90
2 entries found.
3 total entries.
filters zone
Displays information about the zone filters for all AURP connections. The table includes
the following information:
Connection Connection with the specified IP address.
Connection Filter Mode Zone filter type: Include, Exclude, 5.x series Include, or 5.x series
Exclude.
Filtered Zones(s) Zones that are filtered for this connection.
Total zones Number of zones that are filtered on this connection.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-116 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show aurp filters zone
Connection: 192.32.14.2
Connection Filter Mode: Include
Filtered Zone(s) for this connection
----------------------------------
MARKETING
SALES
Total zones for connection 192.32.14.2 is 2
Connection: 192.32.14.1
Connection Filter Mode: Include
Filtered Zone(s) for this connection
----------------------------------
MARKETING
SALES
Total zones for connection 192.32.14.1 is 2
Connection: 192.32.14.3
Connection Filter Mode: 5.x series Include
Filtered Zone(s) for this connection
----------------------------------
MARKETING
Total zones for connection 192.32.14.3 is 1
303560-A Rev 00 2-117
stats [traffic | peer | transport] [
<IP address>
]
Displays statistical information about AURP connections. You can display statistics for all
connections or for a specified connection. Entered without options, the stats command
displays traffic statistics.
Sample Display - show aurp stats
AURP Traffic Statistics
-----------------------
In DDP Out DDP In AURP Out AURP
Connection Packets Packets Packets Packets
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
192.32.14.85 0 0 0 8
192.32.14.86 0 0 0 4
205.1.10.1 13276 13459 102 100
Sample Display - show aurp stats traffic
AURP Traffic Statistics
-----------------------
In DDP Out DDP In AURP Out AURP
Connection Packets Packets Packets Packets
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
192.32.14.85 0 0 0 8
192.32.14.86 0 0 0 4
205.1.10.1 13310 13497 102 100
<IP_address>
Limits the display to the specified connection.
traffic Displays incoming and outgoing data (DDP) packets and incoming
and outgoing AURP packets for all connections or for a specified
connection.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-118 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show aurp stats traffic 205.1.10.1
AURP Traffic Statistics
-----------------------
In DDP Out DDP In AURP Out AURP
Connection Packets Packets Packets Packets
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
205.1.10.1 16293 16497 155 152
The display includes the following information:
peer Displays information about AURP peer routers.
Connection IP address of the peer router.
Peer Domain ID Domain identifier for the domain this router resides in.
Rate Rate in tens of seconds that the peer router specified in its Open
Response.
Environ. Flags Environment Flags in the peer router’s Open Response.
•None - No flags active.
•HCR - Hop Count Reduction is active.
•Remap - Network number remapping is active on the peer.
•Remap, HCR - Both HCR and Remap are in effect.
SUI Flags Send Update Information flags in the peer router’s Open Request
and Routing Information Request. The possible values are:
•Add - Network added.
•Delete - Network deleted.
•Dist - Distance changed.
•Zone - Zone changed.
303560-A Rev 00 2-119
Sample Display - show aurp stats peer
AURP Connection Peer Information
--------------------------------
Peer Update Environ.
Connection Domain ID Rate Flags SUI Flags
--------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- --------------------
192.32.14.85 0.0.0.0 0
<
none
>
<
none
>
192.32.14.86 0.0.0.0 0
<
none
>
<
none
>
205.1.10.1 205.1.10.1 30
<
none
>
Zone,Dist,Delete,Add
Sample Display - show aurp stats transport
AURP Transport Statistics
-------------------------
Delayed Command Updates Updates
Connection Duplicates Retries Received Generated
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
192.32.14.85 0 7 0 0
192.32.14.86 0 3 0 0
205.1.10.1 0 4 2 1
transport Displays information about AURP transports. The table includes
counts of delayed duplicates, command retries, and updates
received and generated for each connection.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-120 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the aurp.bat script.
Sample Display - show aurp version
AURP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show autoneg
The show autoneg
<option>
commands display the status of automatic line speed
negotiation on 100Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Some Ethernet modules can run at either
10 Mb/s or 100 Mb/s using a hardware process to detect the speed to use. For more
information, refer to Configuring Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring Services.
The show autoneg command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts disabled
base [circuit <circuit name>] enabled
capabilities [circuit <circuit name>] version
303560-A Rev 00 2-121
alerts
Displays Ethernet circuits that are capable of auto-negotiation but are not currently up.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show autoneg alerts
Auto-Negotiation Interfaces on Alert:
-------------------------------------
Auto-Negotiation Remote Capability
Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling In Use
---- ---- -------- -------- -------------------- ---------- -------------
2 31 E231 Down Disabled FALSE 100Base-X
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
State Current state of the circuit: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.
Auto-Negotiation State Current state of automatic line speed negotation: Disabled,
Configuring, Complete.
Remote Signaling Current state of signalling at the remote end of the link: True or
False
Capability in Use The configured line speed. Options are:
100Base-X (100Base-TX or 100Base-FX)
100Base-X FD (Full Duplex)
100Base-X FD Cong Ctrl (Full Duplex with congestion control)
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-122 303560-A Rev 00
base [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the base record information for auto-negotiation.
Sample Display - show base
Auto-Negotiation Information:
-----------------------------
Auto-Negotiation Remote
Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling Capability In Use
---- ---- -------- -------- ------------------ --------- ----------------------
2 1 E21 Not Pres **NOT SUPPORTED**
3 1 E31 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base-X FD Cong Ctrl
4 1 E41 Disabled **NOT SUPPORTED**
5 1 E51 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base-X
4 entries in table
Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same
information. See the description with the show autoneg alerts command.
303560-A Rev 00 2-123
capabilities [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays Ethernet line capabilities. You can display this information for all circuits or for a
specific circuit. The table includes the following information.
*See the line capability codes in the sample display.
Sample Display - show autoneg capabilties
Auto-Negotiation Interface Capabilities:
----------------------------------------
Local Advertised Remote Capability
Slot Conn Circuit State Capabilities Capabilities Capabilities In Use
---- ---- -------- -------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ----------
5 1 E51 Up cd cd cd d
5 2 E52 Up cd cd d
Capability Codes:
a = 10BASE-T
b = 10BASE-T Full Duplex
c = 100BASE-X
d = 100BASE-X Full Duplex
e = 100BASE-T4
Found 2 matches out of 3 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges according to router model.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
State State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.
*Local Capabilities The line capabilities of the circuit.
*Advertised Capabilities The line capabilities the circuit is advertising on the bus.
*Remote Capabilities The advertised capabilities of the remote station.
*Capability in Use The agreed-upon line capability.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-124 303560-A Rev 00
disabled
Displays all Ethernet circuits that have auto-negotiation disabled.
Sample Display - show autoneg disabled
Auto-Negotiation Interfaces Disabled:
-------------------------------------
Auto-Negotiation Remote
Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling Capability In Use
---- ---- -------- -------- ------------------ --------- ----------------------
3 1 E31 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base-X FD Cong Ctrl
5 1 E51 Up Disabled FALSE 100Base-X
Found 2 matches out of 4 entries in table.
Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same
information. See the description with the show autoneg alerts command.
303560-A Rev 00 2-125
enabled
Displays all Ethernet circuits that have auto-negotiation enabled.
Sample Display - show autoneg enabled
Auto-Negotiation Interfaces Enabled:
------------------------------------
Auto-Negotiation Remote
Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling Capability In Use
---- ---- -------- -------- ------------------ --------- ----------------------
5 1 E51 Up Complete FALSE 100Base-X
Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table
Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same
information. See the description with the show autoneg alerts command.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-126 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the at.bat script.
Sample Display - show autoneg version
autoneg.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-127
show bgp
The show bgp
<option>
command displays state, configuration, and statistical
information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). For detailed information about the
Bay Networks implementation of BGP, refer to Configuring IP Services.
The show bgp peers and show bgp summary commands display new information about
BGP route servers and clients.
The show bgp command supports the following subcommand options:
errors summary
peers timers
routes [<address> | from <peer address> |
find <search pattern>]version
stats weights
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-128 303560-A Rev 00
errors
Displays the error message generated the last time a connection between a router and its
BGP peer failed. This message was either received from or sent to the BGP peer. The
report includes the address of the local router and the peer, as well as the last error code,
subcode, and message.
Sample Display - show bgp errors
BGP Last Errors
---------------
Local Remote Last Error
Address Address Code Subcode Error Message
--------------- --------------- ---- ------- ---------------------------
195.1.1.1 195.1.1.2 4 0 Hold Timer Expired
195.1.1.1 195.1.1.3 - - No Error
200.1.1.1 200.1.1.2 2 1 Unsupported Version Number
201.1.1.1 10.1.1.6 - - No Error
201.1.1.1 201.1.1.5 - - No Error
5 peers configured.
peers
Displays information about each BGP peer and virtual peer on the router. Virtual peers are
peers connected by means of a route server. The table includes the following information:
Local Addr Router’s local interface address and port.
Remote Addr Peer’s IP address and port.
Remote AS Autonomous System in which the peer resides.
Hold Time Cfg Configured hold time.
Hold Time Act Negotiated hold time.
Keep Alive Time Cfg Configured keepalive time.
Keep Alive Time Act Negotiated keepalive time.
Connection State State of the connection between the peers: Idle, Connect, Active,
Open Sent, Open Confrmd, or Established.
303560-A Rev 00 2-129
Sample Display - show bgp peers
BGP Peers
---------
Local Remote Remote Peer Connection BGP Total
Address/Port Address/Port AS Mode State Ver Routes
--------------------- --------------------- ------ ------- ---------- --- ------
55.55.0.48/46105 55.55.0.47/179 1 Intern Estab 4 0
55.56.0.48/179 55.56.0.51/20257 1 Client Estab 4 0
55.56.0.48/179 55.56.0.52/19096 1 Client Estab 4 0
55.56.0.48/179 55.56.0.173/26893 1 Client Estab 4 241
55.80.0.48/32799 55.80.0.53/179 1 Client Estab 4 0
55.90.0.48/52506 55.90.0.54/179 1 Client Estab 4 0
BGP Virtual Peers
-----------------
Local Remote Identifier Total Last Update
------------------- ------------------- ------------------- ------ ------------
55.55.0.48 55.55.0.47 192.32.13.173 240 0h 7m 10s
Total Routes Number of routes that the router received from this peer and is
maintaining.
Peer Mode Route server mode of the BGP peer: None (the peer is not a route
server), Client (the peer is an RS client), Internal (the peer is a route
server in the local RS cluster), external (the peer is a route server in
another RS cluster).
Identifier BGP identifier of the virtual peer.
Last update Time elapsed since the last update.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-130 303560-A Rev 00
routes [
<address>
| from
<peer address>
| find
<search pattern>
]
Displays information about routes received from BGP peers. Some information relates to
all peers; some is specific to the type of entry displayed. Following is a list of options you
can use with the routes command.
The table includes the following information for each entry:
<address>
Displays only routes to the specified Internet network prefix
(network number). For example, show bgp routes 192.32.0.0
shows all routes to 192.32.0.0.
from
<peer_address>
Displays only routes received from the specified BGP peer. The
peer address is the same as the Remote Address entry in the show
bgp peers table. For example, show bgp routes from 200.1.2.3
shows all routes received from peer 200.1.2.3.
find
<search_pattern>
Displays only routes that match the specified search pattern. For
example, the command show bgp routes find 200.*.*.* displays
routes 200.1.5.0, 200.1.6.0, and 200.1.190.0.
Destination network IP address and the length of the prefix of the destination network in
the dot notation form x.x.x.x/n, where x.x.x.x is the Internet
address and n is the prefix length; for example, 200.4.0.0/16.
Author of address IP address of the peer that provided the route.
Best/Used indication BEST means that the route is the best BGP route to the destination;
USED means that the route is in the IP routing table.
Next hop IP address of the next hop route. This is the forwarding address for
the route.
Origin of route Ultimate origin of the route as follows:
INC Origin is undetermined.
IGP Network is interior to the originating Autonomous System (AS).
EGP Network is learned from EGP.
MED indicator If available, the value in hexadecimal of the Multi Exit
Discriminator (MED) for BGP-4 or the Inter-AS Metric for BGP-3
associated with the path.
303560-A Rev 00 2-131
The show bgp routes command displays the routing information in the following format:
Aggregator If it exists, the aggregator attribute; displayed in the form
Aggregator n x.x.x.x, where n is the AS number and x.x.x.x is the
Internet address.
Atomic Whether the aggregate is atomic; if it is, the word Atomic appears.
Local preference Local preference of the route, as received from IBGP or as
calculated for EBGP routes. On IBGP connections, the value is in
the form Local Pref received x, where x is a hexadecimal value. If a
different value was calculated for policy reasons, calculated x also
appears. On EBGP links, Local Pref calculated x appears.
AS Path AS Path of the route as a sequence of AS numbers preceded and
possibly intermingled with SEQ and SET. SEQ indicates that the
following AS path segment is sequence type. SET indicates set
type.
0.0.0.0/0 from192.32.175.130 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.17.13
IGP Aggregator 104 200.104.0.104
Local Pref calculated 0x4aleff7
Destination Author Best/Used Next Hop
Local
Preference
AS Path: SEQ 104 SET 5 6 Aggregator Attribute
AS Path
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-132 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show bgp routes
BGP Routes
----------
0.0.0.0/0 from 192.32.28.104 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.104
IGP Aggregator 104 200.104.0.104
Local Pref calculated 0x4a01fe7
AS Path: SEQ 104 SET 5 6
200.5.0.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7
AS Path: SEQ 5
200.5.0.0/24 from 192.32.28.6 nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x80000000
AS Path: SEQ 6 5
200.5.23.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7
AS Path: SEQ 5
200.5.23.0/24 from 192.32.28.6 nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x80000000
AS Path: SEQ 6 5
200.5.24.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 (BEST, USED) nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x4a01ff7
AS Path: SEQ 5
200.5.24.0/24 from 192.32.28.6 nexthop 192.32.28.5
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x80000000
AS Path: SEQ 6 5
200.6.0.0/24 from 192.32.28.5 nexthop 192.32.28.6
IGP
Local Pref calculated 0x80000000
AS Path: SEQ 5 6
8 BGP Route entries. IGP: 8 EGP: 0 Incomplete: 0.
303560-A Rev 00 2-133
stats
Displays statistics for each peer router. The table displays the Internet address of the
configured local and remote BGP peers and the total number of BGP messages and
updates received and sent between them. Message totals include updates.
Sample Display - show bgp stats
BGP Peer Statistics
-------------------
Local Remote Messages Updates
Address Address Rx Tx Rx Tx
--------------- --------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
192.32.174.65 192.32.174.66 4206 4193 217 181
192.32.174.97 192.32.174.99 4174 4228 64 205
192.32.175.129 192.32.175.130 4360 4189 292 162
3 peers configured.
summary
Displays a brief summary of BGP information including the following items:
• State of BGP: Absent, Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Invalid, or Up.
• Local BGP identifier.
• Local Autonomous System number.
• Whether Intra-AS IBGP routing is enabled or disabled.
• Number of peers configured.
• Number of routes BGP has received, used and total.
• Number of different path attributes BGP has.
• State of BGP-3 and BGP-4: Configured, Not Configured, Enabled, or Disabled.
• Whether BGP is running in Route Server mode as a server or client.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-134 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show bgp summary
BGP Up ID: 192.32.174.98 AS: 2 IBGP Hack Disabled
2 peers configured.
Using 244 Routes out of a total of 245.
14 unique paths maintained.
BGP-3 Configured, Enabled. BGP-4 Configured, Enabled.
Route Server - Client.
timers
Displays the timers associated with each peer router. The table includes the following
information:
Local Address Internet address of the local peer.
Remote Address Internet address of the remote peer.
Hold Number of seconds to wait for a Keep Alive or Update packet
before terminating the connection.
Keep Alive Number of seconds between sending Keep Alive packets to
maintain an open connection.
Time Amount of time in hours/minutes/seconds that the connection
between the two peers has been up or down.
Last Update Time in hours/minutes/seconds since this peer received the last
update.
303560-A Rev 00 2-135
Sample Display - show bgp timers
BGP Peer Timers
-------------------
Local Remote Keep Time Last
Address Address Hold Alive Up/Down Update
Cfg Act Cfg Act
--------------- --------------- --------- -------- ------------ ------------
210.10.10.1 210.10.10.2 90 90 30 30 67h 56m 30s 0h 0m 20s
1 peer configured.
version
Displays the current version number and date of the bgp.bat script.
Sample Display - show bgp version
BGP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
weights
Displays the BGP AS Weights table, which includes the Autonomous System, its state and
its weight. The weight value helps determine the preferred route and aids in selecting a
route. The State of the AS Weight entry is Down, Init (initializing), Invalid, Not Present
(not yet functioning), or Up.
Sample Display - show bgp weights
BGP AS Weights
--------------
Class Class Class Class Class Class Class Class
AS State 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
----- ------- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- ----- -----
1000 Up 10 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
2000 Up 2 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
3000 Up 6 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
3 entries
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-136 303560-A Rev 00
show bisync
The show bisync
<option>
commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about Binary Synchronous (BISYNC) lines. For detailed information about
configuring BISYNC, refer to Configuring BSC Transport Services.
The show bisync command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts receive errors [circuit <circuit name>]
base [circuit <circuit name>] sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit
<circuit name>]
disabled stats [circuit <circuit name>]
enabled transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]
interrupt errors [circuit <circuit name>] version
303560-A Rev 00 2-137
alerts
Displays all BISYNC circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the
interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier
Conn Connector identifier
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
State State of the line driver, as follows:
•Disabled - User has manually disabled the driver.
•Down - Driver is not operational.
•DSR Wait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU,
is not currently up and thus is not asserting a Data Set Ready
signal.
•Init - Driver is initializing.
•Not Pres - Driver is enabled but not yet started. This state occurs
for several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting
and has not yet initialized the driver software. The slot may be
running diagnostics. Or there may be a problem with the
configuration.
•Up - Driver is functioning fully
Line Number Line number for this line.
MTU Maximum transfer unit size -- the buffer size for the BISYNC port
(also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the
BISYNC port). The value ranges from 1 to 4568 bytes.
Media Type Media type this BISYNC module uses, as follows:
•default - Normal connection
•raiseddtr- Connection to a modem that dials out when Data
Terminal Ready (DTR) gets raised.
•V25 - Connection to a V25 BIS modem.
Char Mode Code set that the BSC protocol uses: EBCDIC or ASCII
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-138 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show bisync alerts
BISYNC Modules on Alert:
----------------------
Line Media Char
Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type Mode
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- --------
1 1 S11 Init 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC
Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table.
base [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the base level information for all BISYNC circuits or a specific BISYNC circuit.
Sample Display - show bisync base
BISYNC Modules:
-------------
Line Media Char
Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type Mode
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- --------
1 1 S11 Up 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC
1 entry in table.
For column definitions, see the alerts command.
303560-A Rev 00 2-139
disabled
Displays BISYNC circuits that a user has manually disabled.
Sample Display - show bisync disabled
BISYNC Modules Disabled:
----------------------
Line Media Char
Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type Mode
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- --------
1 1 S11 Disabled 01591101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC
Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.
For column definitions, see the alerts command.
enabled
Displays BISYNC circuits that a user has manually enabled.
Sample Display - show bisync enabled
BISYNC Modules Enabled:
---------------------
Line Media Char
Slot Conn Circuit State Number MTU Type Mode
---- ---- -------- -------- -------- ---- -------- --------
1 1 S11 Up 01501101 1580 DEFAULT EBCDIC
Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.
For column definitions, see the alerts command.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-140 303560-A Rev 00
interrupt errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays interrupt errors in character reception. The BISYNC driver uses an interrupt
procedure to check for control characters in the information stream.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show bisync interrupt
BISYNC Module Interrupt Errors:
------------------------------
Slot Conn Circuit BCZero BCSix BCInvalid BCErrors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 1 S11 0 0 0 0
1 entry in table.
Slot Slot identifier
Conn Connector identifier
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
BCZero Number of error situations where no characters appear in the buffer
BCSix Number of error situations where six or more bytes of data were
received
BCInvalid Number of error situations where the fifth byte of information is
not a control character
BCErrors Total number of errors; sum of BCZero, BCSix, and BCInvalid
values
303560-A Rev 00 2-141
receive errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show bisync receive
BISYNC Module Receive Errors:
---------------------------
Bad Runt Receive Replen Overflow LackRescs
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Errors Misses Frames Chars
---- ---- -------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
1 1 S11 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 entry in table.
Slot Slot identifier
Conn Connector identifier
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Bad Frames Number of bad receive frames, caused by Frame Check Sequence
(FCS) errors or nonoctet aligned errors.
Runt Frames Number of incomplete frames received on this line.
Receive Errors Number of frame reject errors received on this line.
Replen Misses Number of times the buffer fails to clear after receiving
information.
Overflow Frames Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the
device’s FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA
cycle. No buffer resources are available.
LackRescs Chars Number of characters received and discarded due to lack of
resources, such as buffers.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-142 303560-A Rev 00
sample [
<period in seconds>
] [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays data sampled from BISYNC over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show bisync sample
BISYNC Sampled Data over 10 seconds
----------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames RescsChar RescsFrms
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 1 S11 16 4 0 0
1 entry in table.
Slot Slot identifier
Conn Connector identifier
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line.
Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line.
Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, buffers.
Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;
for example, buffers.
303560-A Rev 00 2-143
stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays BISYNC input/output statistical information for all BISYNC modules or for a
specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show bisync stats
BISYNC Module I/O Statistics:
---------------------------
Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 1 S11 18697 1163 1254 413 0
1 entry in table.
Slot Slot identifier
Conn Connector identifier
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.
Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.
Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.
Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.
Total Errors Total number of errors of all types.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-144 303560-A Rev 00
transmit errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show bisync transmit errors
BISYNC Module Transmit Errors:
----------------------------
Transmit Lack Underflow
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Rescs Frames
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 1 S11 0 0 0
1 entry in table.
Slot Slot identifier
Conn Connector identifier
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Transmit Errors Number of frame reject errors transmitted on this line.
Lack Rescs Number of characters not transmitted due to lack of resources, such
as buffers.
Underflow Frames Number of retransmission underflow errors. These occur when the
device’s FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next
DMA request.
303560-A Rev 00 2-145
version
Displays the current version and modification date for the bisync.bat script.
Sample Display - show bisync version
bisync.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-146 303560-A Rev 00
show bootp
The show bootp
<option>
command displays configuration, state, and statistical
information about Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) services and Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol (DHCP) services. For details on the Bay Networks implementation of BOOTP
and DHCP, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services.
The show bootp command supports the following subcommand options:
base
Displays information about the IP interfaces which you have configured for BOOTP or
DHCP services. The table includes the following information:
base prefserv
clients stats
prefserv version
Interface Address IP address of an interface that receives BOOTREQUEST or DHCP
packets from clients.
State State of BOOTP services on the interface: Absent, Down, Init
(initializing), Invalid, Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or
Up.
Min Seconds Minimum number of seconds the router waits before forwarding
any BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet to the server. If this value
exceeds the value in the seconds field of a BOOTREQUEST or
DHCP packet from the client, the router drops the packet.
Max Hops Maximum number of hops a BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet
can take between the client and the server. If this value is less the
value in the hops field of a BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packet from
the client, the router drops the packet.
PassThruMode Type of packets that this interface accepts: BOOTP only, DHCP
only, or both BOOTP and DHCP.
303560-A Rev 00 2-147
Sample Display - show bootp base
Bootp Base Information
----------------------
Interface Min Max
Address State Seconds Hops PassThruMode
---------------- ---------- -------- ------ ------------
192.32.14.92 Up 0 4 BOOTP/DHCP
1 entries
clients
Displays information about each BOOTP Data Link Control Interface (DLCI) client. The
table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show bootp clients
BOOTP Clients
-------------
Client Client
DLCI IP Address
---------- ---------------
20 192.32.4.1
24 192.32.5.1
2 Entries
Client DLCI DLCI for the virtual circuit that this BOOTP client uses.
Client IP Address IP address for this BOOTP client.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-148 303560-A Rev 00
prefserv
Displays information about each entry in the preferred servers table. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show bootp prefserv
Bootp Preferred Server
----------------------
Agent Address Pref Server Address State RequestMode
---------------- ------------------- -------- -----------
192.32.14.92 206.2.2.2 Enabled DHCP
ragents
Displays information about each entry in the BOOTP relay agent forwarding table. The
table includes the following information:
Agent Address IP address of an interface which receives BOOTREQUEST or
DHCP packets from clients.
Pref Server Address IP address of the server to which the router forwards
BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets it receives on the above
interface.
State State of the forwarding entry: Enabled or Disabled.
Request Mode Type of packets that the router forwards to the server: BOOTP only,
DHCP only, or both BOOTP and DHCP.
Agent Address IP interface address of an interface that accepts BOOTPREQUEST
or DHCP packets from clients.
Outbound Address IP address of the interface through which the router forwards
BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets that it receives on the above
interface.
303560-A Rev 00 2-149
Sample Display - show bootp ragents
Bootp Relay Agents
------------------
Agent Address Outbound Address State PassThruMode
---------------- ---------------- -------- ------------
192.32.14.92 206.1.1.1 Enabled BOOTP
1 entries
stats
Displays statistical information for each BOOTP relay agent. The table includes the
following information:
State State of the forwarding entry: Enabled or Disabled.
PassthruMode Type of packets that the BOOTP router forwards through this
outbound address: BOOTP only, DHCP only, or both BOOTP and
DHCP
Interface Address IP address of the interface on the router that receives
BOOTPREQUEST or DHCP packets from clients.
Dropped Packets Number of packets the router has dropped at this interface.
Requests Received Number of BOOTREQUEST or DHCP packets that this interface
has received from clients.
Replies Received Number of BOOTREPLY or DHCP packets that this interface has
received from servers.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-150 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show bootp stats
Bootp Statistics
----------------
Interface Dropped Requests Replies
Address Packets Received Received
---------------- ---------- ---------- ----------
192.32.1.2 0 10 10
1 entries
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the bootp.bat script.
Sample Display - show bootp version
BOOTP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-151
show bot
The show bot
<option>
commands display information about the Binary Synchronous
Communication (BSC) transport services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks
implementation of BSC transport services, refer to Configuring BSC Transport Services.
The show bot command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts enabled
base peers
circuit [<circuit name>] stats [<circuit name>]
CUs version
disabled
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-152 303560-A Rev 00
alerts
Displays all BTS circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this command to identify
interfaces that are not working.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show bot alerts
BOT Alerts
----------
Circuit Interface Interface Packet
slot.cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ----------
1.2 S11 Enabled Down Multi-Point Primary 796
Total entries: 0
slot.cct Number of the slot that contains the link or net module, followed by
the number of the connector.
Circuit Name Name of the circuit the port is on.
Enable Status of the protocol on the interface: enabled or disabled
State State of the protocol, as follows:
• Down - Protocol is not functioning.
•Init - Protocol is initializing.
•Up - Protocol is functioning fully.
Interface Type Type of interface, as follows:
• Point to Point indicates one TCP connection
• Multipoint indicates many TCP connections
(primary interface only)
Interface Attached To Type of BSC device this interface connects to, as follows:
• Primary indicates a host
• Secondary indicates a control unit or other BSC device
Packet Count Number of BTS packets that this interface has received.
303560-A Rev 00 2-153
base
Displays the base record information for BTS. The base record controls BTS for the entire
system.
Sample Display - show bot base
BOT Base Record Information
---------------------------
Protocol Enable State
------------- -------- -------
BOT Service Enabled Up
For column definitions, see the alerts command.
circuit [
<circuit name>
]
Displays circuit and state information for all BTS ports or for a specific port.
Sample Display - show bot circuit
BOT Circuits
------------
Circuit Interface Interface Packet
slot.cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ----------
1.2 S11 Enabled Up Multi-Point Primary 689
Total entries: 1
For column definitions, see the alerts command.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-154 303560-A Rev 00
CUs
Displays all BTS connections from this router to control units. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show bot CUs
BOT CU Table
--------------
Local Peer Control
Listen Listen Unit
cctname Enable Peer IP Port Port Address
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- --------
S11 Enabled 193.32.33.2 0 1027 0x40
Total entries: 1
cctname Name of the circuit
Enable Status of the connection to this control unit: enabled or disabled
Peer IP IP address of the BTS interface on the peer router
Local Listen Port Number of the TCP port that the router uses for BTS
Peer Listen Port Number of the TCP port that the peer router uses for BTS
Control Unit Address Address of the control unit, in hexadecimal format
303560-A Rev 00 2-155
disabled
Displays all disabled circuits that contain an BTS port. A circuit is disabled if you set the
Enable parameter to disable and the state is down.
Sample Display - show bot disabled
BOT Disabled Circuits
---------------------
Circuit Interface Interface Packet
slot.cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ----------
1.2 S11 Disabled Disabled Multi-Point Primary 742
Total entries: 1
For column definitions, see the alerts command.
enabled
Displays all enabled circuits that contain an BTS port. A circuit is enabled if you set the
Enable parameter to enable and the state is up.
Sample Display - show bot enabled
BOT Enabled Circuits
--------------------
Circuit Interface Interface Packet
slot.cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ----------
1.2 S11 Enabled Up Multi-Point Primary 742
Total entries: 1
For column definitions, see the alerts command.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-156 303560-A Rev 00
peers
Displays all BTS peer connections for this router.
Sample Display - show bot peers
BOT Peer Table
--------------
Local Peer Local Peer
Conn Listen Listen TCP TCP
cctname Enable Peer IP Origin Port Port Port Port
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S11 Enabled 193.32.33.2 Self 0 1027 17271 1027
Total entries: 1
stats [
<circuit name>
]
Displays general statistical information for all BTS connections or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
cctname Name of the circuit.
Enable
Peer IP IP address of the BTS interface on the peer router.
Conn Origin Originator of TCP connection, as follows:
• Self - this router initiates the connection
• Partner - peer router initiates the connection
Local Listen Port Number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the local
router: 0 indicates that this router originates the connection.
Peer Listen Port Number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS on the peer
router: 0 indicates that the peer router originates the connection.
303560-A Rev 00 2-157
Sample Display - show bot stats
BOT Circuit Statistics
----------------------
Circuit Interface Interface Packet
slot.cct Name Enable State Type Attached To Count
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------- ------------- ----------
1.2 S11 Enabled Up Multi-Point Primary 796
Total entries: 1
version
Displays the current version and modification date for the BOT.bat script.
Sample Display - show bot version
BOT.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Local TCP Port Number of the TCP port that the router assigns for BTS on the
router. If the peer router initiates the TCP connection, this value is
the same as the number of the TCP port that you specified for BTS
on the local router.
Remote TCP Port Number of the TCP port that the router assigns for BTS on the
router. If the local (and not the peer) router initiates the TCP
connection, this value is the same as the number of the TCP port
that you specified for BTS on the peer router.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-158 303560-A Rev 00
show bridge
The show bridge <
option>
commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about Bridging services. For more information on Bridging services, refer to
Configuring Bridging Services.
The show bridge command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the interfaces
that are not working. The table includes the following information:
alerts enabled
base forwarding tables [<MAC address> | <pattern>]
circuits [<circuit name>] stats
disabled version
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on.
Port Port number.
State State of the interface. In this case, State is Down.
Frame Length Maximum size of the INFO (non-MAC) field that this port will
receive or transmit.
802.9 Translations State of the translation bridging parameter: Enabled or Disabled.
The default is Disabled.
303560-A Rev 00 2-159
Sample Display - show bridge alerts
Bridge Circuit Table
--------------------
Frame 802.9
Circuit Port State Length Translations
-------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------
0 Entries found.
base
Displays the Bridge global parameters. The base record controls Bridging services for the
entire system. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show bridge base
Bridge Base Record Information
------------------------------
Protocol State FDB Entries FDB Size
---------------- ---------- ----------- ----------
Bridge Up 0 1024
Protocol Name of the protocol, in this case Bridge.
State Current state of the protocol: Disabled (manually disabled), Down,
Init (initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.
FDB Entries Current number of forward table entries.
FDB Size Maximum available entries in the forwarding table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-160 303560-A Rev 00
circuits [<
circuit name>
]
Displays Bridge circuit parameters for all circuits or for a specific circuit. State is Down,
Init (initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up. For the remaining
column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show bridge circuits
Bridge Circuit Table
--------------------
Frame 802.9
Circuit Port State Length Translations
-------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------
S21 1 Up 0 Disabled
0 0 Down 0 Disabled
0 0 Down 0 Disabled
0 0 Down 0 Disabled
4 Entries.
disabled
Displays circuits that a user has manually disabled. State is Down; for remaining column
definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show bridge disabled
Bridge Circuit Table
--------------------
Frame 802.9
Circuit Port State Length Translations
-------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------
0 Entries found.
303560-A Rev 00 2-161
enabled
Displays circuits that are currently enabled. State is Down, Init (initializing), Not Present
(enabled but not yet started) or Up. For the remaining column definitions, see the alerts
command.
Sample Display - show bridge enabled
Bridge Circuit Table
--------------------
Frame 802.9
Circuit Port State Length Translations
-------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------
S21 1 Up 0 Disabled
0 0 Down 0 Disabled
0 0 Down 0 Disabled
0 0 Down 0 Disabled
4 Entries found.
forwarding tables [<
MAC address>
| <
pattern>
]
Displays the bridge forwarding tables for all ports, for a specified port, or for ports that
match a specified address pattern.
This display includes the following information:
<MAC_address>
Limits the display to the specified Media Access Control address.
<pattern>
Limits the display to ports that match the specified address pattern.
You can also use the * wildcard in your pattern definition.
MAC Address Media Access Control address of the port.
Port Port number.
Circuit Name Name of the circuit the port is on.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-162 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show bridge forwarding tables
Bridge Forwarding Tables
------------------------
MAC Address Port Circuit Name
----------------- -------- --------------
No Entries.
stats
Displays bridge traffic statistics for each port. The table includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show bridge stats
Bridge Statistics
-----------------
Circuit Port Rx Frames Tx Frames Discards
-------- -------- --------- --------- --------
S21 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.
Port Number of the port.
Rx frames Nmber of frames that this interface has received from its circuit.
Tx frames Number of frames that this interface has transmitted to its circuit.
Discards Number of valid frames that this interface received but then
discarded.
303560-A Rev 00 2-163
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the bridge.bat script.
Sample Display - show bridge version
BRIDGE.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-164 303560-A Rev 00
show circuits
The show circuits
<option>
commands display specific configuration, state, and
statistical information for all drivers on the router: CSMA/CD, DS1E1, E1, FDDI, HSSI,
SYNC, T1, and/or Token Ring modules. For example, you can display the receive error
statistics for all drivers by entering only one command: show circuits receive errors.
You can also display selected information for a specific circuit without knowing the
circuit’s type. The show circuits command looks up the circuit in the MIB and invokes
the correct driver to display the information you have requested.
Refer to the sections on the specific driver commands for more sample displays and for the
definitions of display columns generated by the show circuits
<option>
commands.
The show circuits command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts receive errors [<circuit name>]
base [<circuit name>] stats [<circuit name>]
configuration [<circuit name>] system errors [<circuit name>]
disabled transmit errors [<circuit name>]
enabled version
hwfilters
303560-A Rev 00 2-165
alerts
Displays all enabled circuits whose state is not Up.
Sample Display - show circuits alerts
CSMACD Modules on Alert:
------------------------
BOFL HW
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- --------
3 2 E32 Down 00-00-A2-03-00-6F 5 1518 Disabled
Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table.
HSSI Modules on Alert:
----------------------
BOFL WAN Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------
0 0 Not Pres (nil) Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0
0 0 Not Pres (nil) 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 0
Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING Modules on Alert:
----------------------------
Ring Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------
2 1 O21 CableFlt 00-00-A2-01-4B-4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled
Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-166 303560-A Rev 00
base [<
circuit name>
]
Displays the circuit base record information for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
Sample Display - show circuits base
CSMACD Modules:
---------------
BOFL HW
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- --------
3 1 E31 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-6E 5 1518 Disabled
3 2 E32 Down 00-00-A2-03-00-6F 5 1518 Disabled
3 3 E33 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-70 5 1518 Disabled
3 4 E34 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-71 5 1518 Disabled
4 entries in table.
HSSI Modules:
-------------
BOFL WAN Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------
0 0 Not Pres (nil) Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0
0 0 Not Pres (nil) 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 0
2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING Modules:
-------------------
Ring Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------
2 1 O21 CableFlt 00-00-A2-01-4B-4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled
1 entry in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-167
configuration [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the circuits used on the router. The table includes the circuit type, circuit number,
interface type and the protocols configured to run on each circuit in the display. You can
also display this information for a specific circuit.
Sample Display - show circuits configuration
Circuit Configuration List
--------------------------
Name: E21
Number: 1
Type: Normal
IF Type: CSMACD
Protocols: 1. IP 3. TCP 5. TELNET Client
2. IP RIP 4. TELNET 6. ARP
Name: E22
Number: 2
Type: Normal
IF Type: CSMACD
Protocols: 1. IPX 2. IPX RIP/SAP
Name: O31
Number: 3
Type: Normal
IF Type: Token Ring
Protocols: 1. IP 3. IPX 5. ARP
2. IP RIP 4. IPX RIP/SAP
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-168 303560-A Rev 00
disabled
Displays all circuits that a user has manually disabled.
Sample Display - show circuits disabled
CSMACD Modules Disabled:
------------------------
BOFL HW
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- --------
Found 0 matches out of 4 entries in table.
HSSI Modules Disabled:
----------------------
BOFL WAN Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------
Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING Modules Disabled:
----------------------------
Ring Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------
Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-169
enabled
Displays all currently enabled circuits.
Sample Display - show circuits enabled
CSMACD Modules Enabled:
-----------------------
BOFL HW
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- --------
3 1 E31 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-6E 5 1518 Disabled
3 2 E32 Down 00-00-A2-03-00-6F 5 1518 Disabled
3 3 E33 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-70 5 1518 Disabled
3 4 E34 Up 00-00-A2-03-00-71 5 1518 Disabled
Found 4 matches out of 4 entries in table.
HSSI Modules Enabled:
---------------------
BOFL WAN Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------
0 0 Not Pres (nil) Off 4608 FRAME RELAY 0
0 0 Not Pres (nil) 1 4608 FRAME RELAY 0
Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING Modules Enabled:
---------------------------
Ring Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------
2 1 O21 CableFlt 00-00-A2-01-4B-4E 4568 16 Mbps Enabled
Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-170 303560-A Rev 00
hwfilters
Displays all hardware filter configurations on the router.
Sample Display - show circuits hwfilters
Hardware Filters Modules:
-------------------------
Line Maximum Current Used Dropped
Slot Conn Circuit State Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries Frames
---- ---- -------- -------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ----------
0 entries in table.
receive errors [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the receive error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
Sample Display - show circuits receive errors
CSMACD Module Receive Errors:
-----------------------------
Checksum Alignment Overflow Frames
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Errors Too Long
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 E31 7 7 0 0
3 2 E32 0 0 0 0
3 3 E33 0 0 0 0
3 4 E34 0 0 0 0
4 entries in table.
HSSI Module Receive Errors:
---------------------------
Frames
Slot Conn Circuit CRC Errors Overruns Aborts Too Long
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING Receive Errors:
--------------------------
Line Burst
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ----------
2 1 O21 0 0
1 entry in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-171
stats [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the Input/Output statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
Sample Display - show circuits stats
CSMACD Module I/O Statistics:
-----------------------------
Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Deferred Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
3 1 E31 383755961 1689896 76728438 242760 592 15
3 2 E32 0 0 0 0 0 77438
3 3 E33 0 0 72749532 208962 0 1
3 4 E34 69919188 199953 72770404 208060 20 1
4 entries in table.
HSSI Module I/O Statistics:
---------------------------
Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING I/O Statistics:
--------------------------
Receive Receive Transmit Transmit MAC Rx Total
Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Frames Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
2 1 O21 0 0 0 0 0 0
1 entry in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-172 303560-A Rev 00
system errors [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the system error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
Sample Display - show circuits system errors
CSMACD Module System Errors:
----------------------------
Memory Collision Internal Loss of
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Buffer Carrier
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 E31 0 1 0 0
3 2 E32 0 1 0 77458
3 3 E33 0 1 0 0
3 4 E34 0 1 0 0
4 entries in table.
HSSI Module System Errors:
--------------------------
Rx Ring Tx Ring Internal Host Port
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Op Errors Errors Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING System Errors:
-------------------------
Adapter DMA Bus DMA Parity Command Host Iface
Slot Conn Circuit Checks Errors Errors Timeouts Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 O21 0 0 0 0 0
1 entry in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-173
transmit errors [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the transmit error statistics for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
Sample Display - show circuits transmit errors
CSMACD Module Transmit Errors:
------------------------------
Late Excessive Frames Underflow
Slot Conn Circuit Collision Collision Too Long Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 E31 0 0 0 0
3 2 E32 0 0 0 0
3 3 E33 0 0 0 0
3 4 E34 0 0 0 0
4 entries in table.
HSSI Module Transmit Errors:
----------------------------
Slot Conn Circuit Aborts Underruns
---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
TOKEN RING Transmit Errors:
---------------------------
Lost
Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs
---- ---- -------- ----------
2 1 O21 0
1 entry in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-174 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the circuits.bat script.
Sample Display - show circuits version
CIRCUITS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-175
show console
The show console
<option>
commands display console port configuration, state, and
statistics information. For more information, refer to Using Technician Interface Software.
The show console command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays the port number, port name, and state of any serial port that is enabled but not
currently up. Use this command to detect potential problems with the serial ports
configured on your system. The listing of a serial port in the display doesn’t necessarily
mean that a problem exists with the port; it means only that a problem could exist. For
example, all the ports could be initializing, which would be normal as long as the ports go
into the Up state within a reasonable period of time.
The table also includes the number of serial port alerts and the total number of ports
configured on the system. For more information on port states, see the configuration
command.
alerts enabled
configuration [<port number>] stats [<port number>]
disabled version
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-176 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show console alerts
Console Serial Port Alert Information
-------------------------------------
Port Port Port
Number Name State
-------- -------- --------
2 MODEM1 Init
3 MODEM2 Init
4 PRINTER Init
3 serial port alerts. 4 serial ports configured.
configuration [
<port number>
]
Displays serial port configuration and Technician Interface environment information for
the serial ports configured on your system or for a specific port. Entered without an option,
this subset of commands displays the total number of ports configured on the system.
The table includes the following information:
<port_number>
Limits the display to a specified port number, currently
1 through 4.
Port Number Port number for the information being displayed. Valid ports are 1,
2, 3, and 4. Not all systems have four physical ports. A configured
port that doesn’t exist is in the Absent state.
Port State Port’s current state, as follows:
•Absent - Not physically present
•Disabled - Unavailable
•Down - Unavailable
•Init - Initializing
•Up - Available
303560-A Rev 00 2-177
Port Name Name that the system has given to the port. Users may not specify a
name. You can use the name to correlate a port number to a physical
port. The name of the port should be printed next to the physical
port connection, as follows:
•Port 1 - CONSOLE
•Port 2 - MODEM1 (VME platform only)
•Port 3 - MODEM2 (VME platform only)
•Port 4 - PRINTER (VME platform only)
The names do not specify the port’s use. All ports are serial ports
used for Technician Interface sessions only. For example, port
MODEM1 may be a modem connection or a dummy terminal
connection depending on its configuration. While port 4 is called
PRINTER, it is exactly like ports 1, 2, and 3. Port 4 doesn’t support
a printer. It has that name because that’s what is printed near the
port connector on the link module.
Slot Number Slot on which the login session for the serial port is running.
Baud Rate Current baud rate setting for the serial port.
Data Bits Number of data bits in the serial port’s configuration.
Parity Serial port’s current parity setting.
Stop Bits Number of stop bits in the serial port’s configuration.
Modem Control Configuration of modem control, as follows:
•Disabled - Port is directly connected to a device, such as a
dummy terminal or a terminal server.
•Enabled - Port is attached to a modem and modem leads are
enabled.
Screen Size Number of lines the serial port displays before displaying the more
prompt.
More Setting of the Technician Interface more feature: Enabled or
Disabled (according to the MIB record). The Technician Interface
more command affects only the current login session, doesn’t
change the MIB, and therefore doesn’t affect the setting of this
field.
Port Prompt Technician Interface prompt.
Max. Login Retries Maximum number of login retries; relevant only if modem control
is enabled. This value determines the maximum number of failed
login attempts a system allows on the serial port. If the maximum
occurs, the system hangs up on the line, causing a modem
connection to lose carrier detect.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-178 303560-A Rev 00
Login Time Out Number of minutes allowed between when the system displays the
login banner and a user enters a login ID; relevant only if modem
control is enabled. If this timeout occurs, the system hangs up on
the line.
Password Time Out Number of minutes allowed for a user to enter a password. If this
timeout period occurs, the system hangs up on the line.
Command Time Out Command line timeout value; relevant only if modem control is
enabled. If someone doesn’t enter a command in this number of
minutes, the system hangs up on the serial port.
User Abort Logout Switch to execute control (^C) to break out of the user autoscript.
When a user autoscript is in effect and this parameter is enabled,
you can break out of the script when logged in as User, not
Manager. Also, if this parameter is enabled and the script terminates
due to an error, the system automatically logs you out.
Initial Search Path List of file system volumes to be searched when you run a script
without a volume specifier or if an autoscript does not contain a
volume specifier. The environment variable PATH is set to this
string. The string format is as follows:
<vol>
:[;
<vol>
: ...]
Example: 2:;3:;4:;5:
Manager’s AutoScript Name of the script to run when the Manager account logs in to the
router. If the script name does not contain a volume specifier, the
system searches the volumes listed in “Initial Search Path.”
User’s AutoScript Name of the script to run when the User account logs in to the
router. If the script name does not contain a volume specifier, the
system searches the volumes listed in “Initial Search Path.”
303560-A Rev 00 2-179
Sample Display - show console configuration
Console Serial Port Configuration Information
---------------------------------------------
Port Number: 1
Port State: Up
Port Name: CONSOLE
Slot Number: 2
Baud rate: 9600
Data bits: 8
Parity: None
Stop Bits: 1
Modem Control: Disabled
Screen Size: 24
More: Enabled
Port prompt: "[%slot%:1]$ "
Max. Login Retries: 3
Login Time Out: 1 minutes.
Password Time Out: 1 minutes.
Command Time Out: 15 minutes.
User Abort Logout: Enabled
Initial Search Path: "1:;2:;3:;4:".
Manager's AutoScript "automgr.bat".
User's AutoScript "autouser.bat".
1 serial port configured.
disabled
Displays the port number, port name, and state for all disabled serial ports. Also displays
the number of disabled serial ports and the total number of serial ports configured.
Sample Display - show console disabled
Console Serial Port Disabled Information
----------------------------------------
Port Port Port
Number Name State
-------- -------- --------
2 MODEM1 Disabled
4 PRINTER Disabled
2 serial ports disabled. 4 serial ports configured.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-180 303560-A Rev 00
enabled
Displays the port number, port name, and state of all enabled serial ports. Also displays the
number of enabled serial ports and the total number of serial ports configured on the
system.
Sample Display - show console enabled
Console Serial Port Enabled Information
---------------------------------------
Port Port Port
Number Name State
-------- -------- --------
1 CONSOLE Up
3 MODEM2 Up
2 serial ports enabled. 4 serial ports configured.
stats [
<port number>
]
Displays login information and serial port error statistics for all serial ports configured on
your system or for a specific port.
The table includes the following information:
<port_number>
Limits the display to a specified port number, currently
1 through 4.
Port Number Port number for the information displayed.
Port Name Corresponding port name.
Port State Port’s current state : Absent, Disabled, Down, Init, or Up.
Total Logins Number of logins (failed and successful) on the serial port.
User Login Errors Number of failed login attempts the User login account has made on
the serial port.
303560-A Rev 00 2-181
Sample Display - show console stats
Console Serial Port Statistical Information
-------------------------------------------
User Manager Other
Port Port Port Total Login Login Login TTY I/O
Number Name State Logins Errors Errors Errors Errors
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
1 CONSOLE Up 1 0 0 0 0
2 MODEM1 Disabled 0 0 0 0 0
3 MODEM2 Up 0 0 0 0 0
4 PRINTER Disabled 5 0 0 5 0
4 serial ports configured.
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the console.bat script.
Sample Display - show console version
CONSOLE.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Manager Login Errors Number of failed login attempts the Manager login account has
made on the serial port.
Other Login Errors Number of failed login attempts made by login accounts other than
User and Manager on the serial port.
TTY I/O Errors Number of data errors on the serial port; the sum of all frame,
parity, overrun, and FIFO errors that the serial port DUART chip
has detected. A high number of errors over a short period of time
indicates a possible problem with the line.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-182 303560-A Rev 00
show csmacd
The show csmacd
<option>
commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detection protocol
(CSMA/CD). Ethernet uses this protocol to control access to the medium. End stations use
CSMA/CD to monitor the medium and wait until it is idle before transmitting data. For
more information, refer to Configuring Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring Services.
The show csmacd command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify interfaces that
are not working. The table includes the following information:
alerts hwfilters
autoneg [circuit <circuit name>] receive errors [circuit <circuit name>]
base [circuit <circuit name>] sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit
<circuit name>]
collisions [circuit <circuit name>] stats [circuit <circuit name>]
disabled system errors [circuit <circuit name>]
enabled transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]
Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model. For routers
other than the ASN, indicates the physical slot number.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier. For an Ethernet Link Module, the
range is 1 or 2. For a Net Module, the value is 11 to 44.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
State State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.
303560-A Rev 00 2-183
Sample Display - show csmacd alerts
CSMACD Modules on Alert:
------------------------
BOFL HW Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -------- -----
0 0 Not Pres (nil) 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps
2 31 Down 00-00-A2-0B-67-0C 5 1518 Disabled 100Mbps
Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.
The Not Present state occurs for several reasons. For example, the
Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis. The
software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver
software. The slot may be running diagnostics. Or there may be a
problem with the configuration.
MAC Address Line’s physical address. The driver assigns this address.
BOFL TMO Time in seconds between transmissions of Breath of Life messages
from this interface. A timeout occurs if five periods elapse without
a successful frame transmission. When timeout occurs, the interface
is disabled and and then enabled again automatically.
MTU Maximum transfer unit size for frames on this line.
HW Filter Status of hardware filtering: Enabled or Disabled. When enabled,
the Link Module filtering hardware prevents the copying of local
frames into system memory. Filtering hardware drops local frames
at the interface. Bridging software performance is improved
because it no longer uses resources to receive and reject local
frames.
Line Speed Circuit’s configured line speed: 10 Mb/s or 100 Mb/s.
Note: The alerts, base, disabled, and enabled tables all include the same
information.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-184 303560-A Rev 00
autoneg [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the line speed characteristics of Ethernet circuits that are configured with
automatic line negotiation. Some Ethernet modules can run at either 10 Mb/s or 100 Mb/s
using a hardware process to detect the speed to use. Use this command to identify the
status of auto-negotiation. The table includes the following information:
Slot The Ethernet module’s slot identifier. For routers other than the
ASN, indicates the Link Module’s physical slot on the router
backplane; ranges vary from 1 - 14, according to router model.
For an ASN, indicates the Net Module’s configured slot ID; ranges
from 1 - 4.
Conn Specifies this line’s connector on the Ethernet module. For a Link
Module in a router other than the ASN, the range is 1 - 4.
For an ASN, the value is a two-digit decimal number, 11 to 44. The
first digit is the Net Module number and the second digit is the
connector number.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
State State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.
Auto-Negotiation State Disabled, Configuring, Complete.
Remote Signaling True or False
Capability in Use 100Base-X (100Base-TX or 100Base-FX)
100Base-X FD (Full Duplex)
100Base-T FD Cong (with congestion control)
303560-A Rev 00 2-185
Sample Display - show csmacd autoneg
Auto-Negotiation Information:
-----------------------------
Auto-Negotiation Remote Capability
Slot Conn Circuit State State Signaling In Use
---- ---- -------- -------- -------------------- ---------- -------------
2 1 E21 Up **NOT SUPPORTED**
5 1 E51 Up Complete TRUE 100Base-X FD
5 2 E52 Up Complete TRUE 100Base-X FD
3 entries in table.
base [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays base level information about CSMACD. You can also display base information
for a specific circuit. For definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts
command.
Sample Display - show csmacd base
CSMACD Modules:
---------------
BOFL HW Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -------- -----
2 1 E21 Up 00-00-A2-00-DC-A9 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps
5 1 E51 Up 00-00-A2-0B-66-AF 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps
5 2 E52 Up 00-00-A2-0B-66-B0 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps
3 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-186 303560-A Rev 00
collisions [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays status on bus collisions. You can display collision information for a specific
circuit or all circuits. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show csmacd collisions
CSMACD Module Collision Information:
------------------------------------
Single Multiple Late Late
Collision Collision Excessive Collision Collision
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Collisions Transmit Receive
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 E21 0 0 0 0 0
5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 0
5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 0
3 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Single Collision Frames Number of frames that encountered a single collision before it was
successfully transmitted. This is normal CSMA/CD activity.
Multiple Collision Frames Number of frames that encountered 2 to 16 collisions before they
were transmitted successfully. This could indicate a network
problem, or that the network is simply heavily loaded.
Excessive Collisions Number of frames that encountered more than 16 collisions and
were therefore not transmitted. The transmission is aborted and the
packet is dropped. This could indicate a network problem or be the
result of an overloaded network.
Late Collision Transmit Number of transmits that occur after an out-of-window collision.
These collisions usually indicate wiring or other hardware
problems.
Late Collision Receive Number of transmitter out-of-window collisions while receiving the
next packet. Usually indicates wiring or other hardware problems.
303560-A Rev 00 2-187
disabled
Displays the circuits that a user has manually disabled. In this case, State is Disabled. For
definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.
Sample Display - show csmacd disabled
CSMACD Modules Disabled:
------------------------
BOFL HW Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -------- --------
1 11 E111 Disabled 00-00-A2-0D-73-37 5 1518 Disabled 100 Mbps
Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.
enabled
Displays circuits that a user has enabled. In this case, State is Down, Init, Not Present, or
Up. For definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.
Sample Display - show csmacd enabled
CSMACD Modules Enabled:
-----------------------
BOFL HW Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter Speed
---- ---- -------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- -------- -----
2 1 E21 Up 00-00-A2-00-DC-A9 5 1518 Disabled 10Mbps
5 1 E51 Up 00-00-A2-0B-66-AF 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps
5 2 E52 Up 00-00-A2-0B-66-B0 8 1518 Disabled 100Mbps
Found 3 matches out of 3 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-188 303560-A Rev 00
hwfilters
Displays status and statistical information about the hardware filters in use, if any. The
table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show csmacd hwfilters
Hardware Filters Modules:
-------------------------
Line Maximum Current Used Dropped
Slot Conn Circuit State Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries Frames
---- ---- -------- -------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ----------
2 1 E21 Down CSMACD 1024 0 0 0
1 entry in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
State Status of the filtering hardware on the line: Down, Full or Up.
Line Type CSMACD.
Maximum Tbl Siz Maximum number of table entries that a line can use, based on the
hardware filter devices present and available.
Current Tbl Siz Current capacity of the hardware filter table. The protocol
dynamically allocates hardware filter table resources as needed in
increments of 256 up to the available table size.
Used Entries Number of hardware filter table entries used.
Dropped Frames Number of frames dropped because they matched the hardware
filter.
303560-A Rev 00 2-189
receive errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show csmacd receive
CSMACD Module Receive Errors:
-----------------------------
Internal
Receive MAC
Checksum Alignment Overflow Frames Symbol Receive
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Errors Too Long Errors Errors
---- ---- -------- -------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------
2 1 E21 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Checksum Errors Number of frames received with a CRC error.
Alignment Errors Number of frames received that did not contain an integral number
of octets. Normally a frame alignment error also causes a checksum
error on the frame.
Overflow Errors Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device
FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle.
Frames Too Long Number of frames received that exceed 1518 octets.
Receive Symbol Errors Number of errors in hardware MLT3 encoding. Indicates a
problem. Only relevant on 100 Mb/s lines.
Internal MAC Receive Errors Number of frames containing less than 64 octets (runt packets).
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-190 303560-A Rev 00
sample [
<period in seconds>
] [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays data sampled over a period of 10 seconds from CSMACD. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show csmacd sample
CSMACD Sampled Data over 10 seconds
------------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 E21 401 3 0 0
5 1 E51 2 2 0 0
5 2 E52 2 2 0 0
3 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Rx Frames Number of frames received.
Tx Frames Number of frames transmitted.
Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
system resources; for example, buffers.
Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of system
resources; for example, buffers.
303560-A Rev 00 2-191
Sample Display - show csmacd sample 5 circuit E51
CSMACD Sampled Data over 5 seconds
------------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
5 1 E51 1 1 0 0
Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.
stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays transmission and receive statistical information for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.
Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.
Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.
Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.
Transmit Deferred Number of transmissions delayed for a short time because the
network was busy.
Total Errors Total number of errors of all types.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-192 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show csmacd stats
CSMACD Module I/O Statistics:
-----------------------------
Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Deferred Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
2 1 E21 208227053 404889 755536 2393 284 1
5 1 E51 30336 474 688894 1747 0 0
5 2 E52 688958 1748 30400 475 0 0
3 entries in table.
system errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Memory Errors Number of internal memory errors. If this error persists, replace the
Ethernet interface hardware.
Collision Errors Number of times the driver detects that the external transceiver has
not performed the SQE test after frame transmissions. When the
SQE test is enabled on the transceiver, the transceiver asserts
collision to the Ethernet interface after every transmission to
provide an ongoing confidence test of the collision detection
circuitry. An increase in this statistic may mean only that you need
to enable the SQE test on the transceiver.
Internal Buffer Number of internal buffer errors. If this error persists, replace the
Ethernet interface hardware.
Loss of Carrier Number of loss of carrier errors, in which the transceiver fails to
sense the carrier signal on the interface.
303560-A Rev 00 2-193
Sample Display - show csmacd system
CSMACD Module System Errors:
----------------------------
Memory Collision Internal Loss of
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Buffer Carrier
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 E21 0 1 0 0
5 1 E51 0 0 0 0
5 2 E52 0 0 0 0
3 entries in table.
transmit errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges vary according to router model.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges vary according to router
model and Ethernet module. For routers other than ASN, indicates
the physical connector number on the slot.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Late Collision Number of collisions that occur after the timeslot of the channel has
elapsed.
Excessive Collision Number of times the transmitter failed in 16 attempts to
successfully transmit a message due to repeated collisions on the
interface.
Frames Too Long Number of frames transmitted larger than 1518 octets.
Underflow Errors Number of frames in which the transmitter was unable to obtain an
entire packet from memory fast enough to keep up with the
interface.
Internal MAC Transmit Errors Number of excessive deferrals. An excessive deferral indicates that
during the previous transmission the deferral time was greater than
2.46 ms and the transmission was aborted.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-194 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show csmacd transmit
CSMACD Module Transmit Errors:
------------------------------
Internal MAC
Late Excessive Frames Underflow Transmit
Slot Conn Circuit Collision Collision Too Long Errors Errors
---- ---- -------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------------
2 1 E21 0 0 0 0 0
5 1 E51 0 0 0 0 0
5 2 E52 0 0 0 0 0
3 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-195
show dcm
The show dcm
<option>
commands display information about an installed Ethernet Data
Collection Module (DCM) option on BayStack™ routers.
The DCM contains flash memory for its own boot image and configuration file. To
communicate with software on the DCM, the BayStack router uses a special software
subsystem, DCM middleware (DCMMW). For information on configuring and managing
the DCM and DCMMW with Site Manager, refer to Configuring BayStack Remote
Access.
For information on the Bay Networks implementation of RMON services in the AN®,
ANH™, or ARN™ router, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BootP, DHCP, and RARP
Services. For detailed information on RMON topics, refer to the Remote Network
Monitoring MIB, RMON RFC 1757.
Use the show dcm
<option>
command to display information about
• A DCM board (probe) installed on a BayStack AN, ANH, or ARN Ethernet base
module
• A DCM board installed on an ARN Ethernet expansion module
• The DCM software subsystem (DCM middleware, DCMMW) on an AN, ANH, or
ARN router
The show dcm command supports the following subcommand options:
base module expansion module
middleware
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-196 303560-A Rev 00
base module
Displays configuration information about a DCM board installed on an Ethernet
base module.
Sample Display - show dcm base
Base Module DCM Information
---------------------------
DCM State: Enabled
Operational Status: Up
Module Type: Ethernet
Memory Size: 2097152
Hardware Revision: BB
Firmware Revision: B
Agent Image Version: V1.4.1
Boot Option: Down Load
Image Name: 1:in11_141.exe
Image Save Mode: Save
Config Source: Local
Config Save Mode: Save
Maximum # Hosts per Entry: 500
Configured # Hosts per Entry: 500
Create Host Control Table: Disabled
Create Matrix Control Table: Disabled
The commands show dcm base module and show dcm expansion module
display the following information:
State State of the DCM Entry table for each DCM in the DCMMW.mib.
Operational Status Current state of the DCM (up or down).
Module Type Type of DCM (Ethernet).
Memory Size Size, in bytes, of the DCM board’s memory.
Hardware Revision Revision of the DCM hardware.
Firmware Revision Revision of the DCM firmware.
Agent Image Version Version of the Agent Image running on the DCM.
303560-A Rev 00 2-197
Boot Option Whether DCM boots from the boot image in its Flash memory (LOCAL),
or downloads an image in the DCM board’s shared DRAM
(DOWNLOAD).
Image Name Name of the active DCM image.
Image Save Mode Whether DCM saves the boot image in shared memory to the DCM board
Flash memory (SAVE), or leaves it in RAM to be lost at the next boot
(NO_SAVE).
Config Source Whether DCM uses the configuration information in its Flash memory
(LOCAL), or a configuration file in the DCM board’s shared DRAM
(SHARED).
Config Save Mode Whether DCM saves configuration information currently in RAM to the
DCM board Flash memory (WRITE), or leaves it in RAM to be lost at the
next boot (NO_WRITE).
Maximum # Hosts per Entry Maximum number of host address entries in the RMON Host Control
table. This limit changes according to the amount of memory available to
DCM. If the table reaches the maximum value, DCM deletes entries based
on an LRU (least recently used) algorithm.
Configured # Hosts per Entry Current number of host address entries configured in the RMON Host
Control table.
Create Host Control Table Whether DCM sets up the RMON Default Host table at every boot
(ENABLED), or lets an RMON application set up the table (DISABLED).
Some RMON network management applications expect the DCM to set
up a host configuration. Others enable and disable their own
configurations during normal operations. Note that the DCM allows only
one host table.
Create Matrix Control Table Whether DCM sets up the RMON Matrix Control table at every boot
(ENABLED), or lets an RMON application set up the table (DISABLED).
Some RMON network management applications expect the DCM to set
up a matrix configuration. Others enable and disable their own
configurations during normal operations. Note that the DCM allows only
one matrix table.
Note: With current revisions of DCM software, the RMON Host and Matrix
tables are created by default; you cannot delete or disable these tables.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-198 303560-A Rev 00
expansion module
Displays configuration information about a DCM board installed on an Ethernet
expansion module.
Sample Display - show dcm expansion
Expansion Module DCM Information
------------------------------
DCM State: Enabled
Operational Status: Up
Module Type: Ethernet
Memory Size: 16777216
Hardware Revision: C
Firmware Revision: B
Agent Image Version: V1.4.1
Boot Option: Down Load
Image Name: 1:in11_141.exe
Image Save Mode: Save
Config Source: Local
Config Save Mode: Save
Maximum # Hosts per Entry: 500
Configured # Hosts per Entry: 500
Create Host Control Table: Disabled
Create Matrix Control Table: Disabledmiddleware
Displays configuration information about the router’s DCM software subsystem
(DCM middleware, DCMMW). The DCMMW driver runs on the router base
module; it controls the DCM and provides access to collected RMON statistics.
303560-A Rev 00 2-199
Sample Display - show dcm middleware
DCM Middleware Information
--------------------------
Application: DCMMW
State: Enabled
Number of DCMs: 1
The command show dcm middleware displays the following information:
Application Name of the middleware driver software (DCMMW)
Operational Status Current state of the application (enabled or disabled)
Number of DCMs Number of installed DCM boards in the router
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-200 303560-A Rev 00
show decnet
The show decnet
<option>
commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about DECnet Phase IV services. For detailed information on the Bay
Networks implementation of DECnet, refer to Configuring DECnet Services.
The show decnet command supports the following subcommand options:
adjacency enabled
alerts node routes [find <area.node>]
area routes [find <area>] static adjacency
base stats [hello | update | error]
circuits [<circuit name>] traffic filters [<circuit name>]
designated router version
disabled
303560-A Rev 00 2-201
adjacency
Displays attributes of the adjacency table. An adjacency is a directly connected circuit-
neighbor pair toward which the router forwards packets. The table includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show decnet adjacency
DECnet Adjacency Information
----------------------------
Adjacency Adjacency
Circuit Address State Type Class
------ -------- ----- ---------- --------
E21 3.2 UP AREA DYNAMIC
E41 2.2 UP AREA DYNAMIC
Total of 2 Adjacency(s)
Circuit Name of the circuit the adjacency is on.
Adjacency Address Destination address; a valid DECnet address.
State State of the adjacency: UP or INIT (initializing).
Adjacency Type Adjacency type as follows:
•AREA - Adjacency is a level 2 router.
•ROUTING IV - Adjacency is a level 1 router.
•NONROUTING IV - Adjacency is an end node.
Class Adjacency’s class: DYNAMIC or STATIC.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-202 303560-A Rev 00
alerts
Displays all circuits configured as enabled but not currently up. Use this command to
display information about the physical circuits. State in this case is Down.
Sample Display - show decnet alerts
DECnet Circuits
-----------------
Circuit State DECnet Address
-------- -------- --------------
E21 Down 3.1
1 Entries found.
area routes [find
<area>
]
Displays attributes of the level 2 routing table. You can use the following option to display
area routes for a specific area.
The table includes the following information:
find
<area>
where
<area>
is the number of a specific area. Use this option to
search through the routing table and display information about the
specified area number or display an empty table if the area number
does not exist.
Area Route’s area number.
Circuit Circuit that the route uses. If the node or area is directly connected
within a router, this column shows two dashes (--).
State State of the route, as follows:
•Reachable - Destination area is reachable.
•Unreachable - The destination area is unreachable, in which
case you should display the adjacency that corresponds to the
next hop.
Cost Cost of the route to the destination area.
303560-A Rev 00 2-203
Sample Display - show decnet area routes
DECnet Area (Level II Routing) Information
-----------------------------------------
Area Circuit State Cost Hops Next Node Type
------ -------- ----------- ------ -------- --------- --------
12 -- Reachable 0 0 0.0 DYNAMIC
13 S41 Reachable 10 1 13.12 DYNAMIC
2 Level II Route(s) in table.
Sample Display - show decnet area routes
DECnet Node (Level I Routing) Information
-----------------------------------------
Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Node Type
---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------- --------
12 12 -- 12.12 0 0 0.0 DYNAMIC
1 Level I Route(s) in table.
base
Displays state information in the DECnet base record. The base record controls DECnet
for the router. State is Down, Init (initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or
Up.
Hops Number of hops to the destination area.
Next Node Next address for getting to the area.
Type Adjacency’s class: DYNAMIC or STATIC.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-204 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show decnet base
DECnet Base Record Information
------------------------------
Protocol State
-------- ---------
DECNET Up
circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the attributes of all DECnet circuits or a specified DECnet circuit configured on
the router. The table includes the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit.
State State of the circuit as follows:
•Up - Interface is operating.
•Disable - User has manually disabled the interface.
•Down - Interface is malfunctioning.
•INIT - Interface is initializing.
•Not Present - Interface is not operating because another
subsystem is malfunctioning. You should check the state of the
physical circuit.
Area DECnet Phase IV Area ID for this circuit; the first six bits of a
DECnet Phase IV node address.
Node ID DECnet Phase IV Node ID for this circuit; the last ten bits of a
DECnet Phase IV node address.
Type Media type of this circuit; for example, Ethernet.
303560-A Rev 00 2-205
Sample Display - show decnet circuit
DECnet Circuit Information
----------------------------
Circuit State Area Node ID Type
--------- --------- ---- ------- --------
E21 Up 3 1 Ethernet
E41 Up 1 1 Ethernet
Sample Display - show decnet ciruit e21
DECnet Circuit Information
----------------------------
Circuit State Area Node ID Type
--------- --------- ---- ------- --------
E21 Up 3 1 Ethernet
designated router
Displays information about the designated router for each circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit this router is on.
Designated Router Address of the designated router on this circuit.
Priority Place of this router for becoming the designated router on this
circuit. The value ranges from 1 through 127. The default value is
64.
Exec Cost Relative cost of routing over the circuit. The value ranges from 1
through 63. The default value is 10.
Circuit Address DECnet address of the circuit.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-206 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show decnet designated router
DECnet Designated Router Information
------------------------------------
Designated Exec Circuit
Circuit Router Priority Cost Address
-------- ---------- -------- ------- --------
E21 3.2 64 10 3.1
E41 1.1 64 10 1.1
disabled
Displays all the circuits whose state is disabled. The table includes the name of the circuit
and its DECnet address.
Sample Display - show decnet disabled
DECnet Circuits
-----------------
Circuit State DECnet Address
-------- -------- --------------
E21 Disabled 3.1
1 Entries found.
303560-A Rev 00 2-207
enabled
Displays all the circuits whose state is enabled. State is Down, INIT (initializing), Not
Present (not yet started), or Up.
Sample Display - show decnet enabled
DECnet Circuits
-----------------
Circuit State DECnet Address
-------- -------- --------------
E21 UP 3.1
1 Entries found.
node routes [find
<area.node>
]
Displays attributes of level 1 routing tables or a specific address.
The displays include the following information:
find
<area.node>
where
<area.node>
is an optional DECnet address. Using this
option limits the display to a specified destination address.
Area DECnet Phase IV Area ID for this circuit; the first six bits of a
DECnet Phase IV node address.
Node ID DECnet Phase IV Node ID for this circuit; the last ten bits of a
DECnet Phase IV node address.
Circuit Circuit name of the node.
Address DECnet address of the node about which routing information is
contained in this level 1 routing table.
Cost Total cost of the path to the destination node.
Hops Total number of hops in the path to the destination node.
Next Node Next hop address that the route uses to get to the destination node.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-208 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show decnet node routes
DECnet Node (Level I Routing) Information
-----------------------------------------
Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Node
---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
1 1 #3 1.1 0 0 0.0
3 1 #3 3.1 0 0 0.0
3 2 E21 3.2 10 1 3.2
3 Level I Route(s) in table.
Sample Display - show decnet node routes find 3.2
DECnet Node (Level I Routing) Information
-----------------------------------------
Area Node ID Circuit Address Cost Hops Next Node
---- ------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ---------
3 2 E21 3.2 10 1 3.2
1 Entries found.
static adjacency
Displays all the static adjacencies configured. The table includes the following
information:
Circuit Circuit name where static adjacency is configured.
Area Area part of this static adjacency’s DECnet address.
Node ID Node ID part of this static adjacency’s DECnet address.
Mode Adjacency’s operating state as follows:
•Disabled - User has manually disabled the static adjacency.
•Enabled - Static adjacency is enabled.
303560-A Rev 00 2-209
Sample Display - show decnet static adjacency
DECnet Static Adjacency Information
-----------------------------------
Circuit Area Node ID Mode Adjacent Addr Destination MAC
------- ----- -------- -------- ------------- -------------------
E21 2 1 Enabled 2.1 (nil)
stats [hello | update | error]
Displays statistics tables for each circuit. The information displayed is specific to the stats
subcommand entered. The stats command displays the following items for each circuit:
Adjacent Addr DECnet Phase IV address of the adjacent node.
Destination MAC Specifies the destination MAC address of the static adjacency if the
circuit type is ATM, frame relay, or SMDS.
Packets Received Number of transit packets received.
Packets Sent Number of transit packets sent.
Packets Dropped Number of dropped packets.
Hello Router Received Number of hellos received.
Hello Router Sent Number of hellos sent.
Hello End Node Received Number of end node hellos received.
Hello End Node Sent Number of end node hellos sent.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-210 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show decnet stats
DECnet Statistics
-----------------
Hello Hello Hello Hello
Packets Packets Packets Router Router End Node End Node
Circuit Received Sent Dropped Received Sent Received Sent
------- -------- -------- ------- -------- -------- -------- --------
E21 0 0 0 431 429 0 0
E41 0 0 0 433 435 0 433
The table includes the following items for each circuit:
Sample Display - show decnet stats hello
DECnet Hello Statistics
-----------------------
Sent Received Sent Received
Circuit Router Router Endnode Endnode
------- -------- -------- ------- --------
E21 430 432 0 0
E41 436 434 434 0
stats hello Displays the number of hellos sent and received on each circuit.
Sent Router Number of router hellos sent.
Received Router Number of router hellos received.
Send Endnode Number of end node hellos sent.
Received Endnode Number of end node hellos received.
303560-A Rev 00 2-211
Sample Display - show decnet stats update
DECnet Routing Update Statistics
--------------------------------
Sent Received Sent Received
Circuit Level 1 Level 1 Level 2 Level 2
------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
E21 82 80 84 40
E41 80 78 88 40
stats update Displays the counters for update packets sent and received on each
circuit as follows:
Sent Level 1 Number of level 1 updates sent.
Received Level 1 Number of level 1 updates received.
Sent Level 2 Number of level 2 updates sent.
Received Level 2 Number of level 2 updates received.
stats errors Displays the error counters for each circuit as follows:
Aged Out Number of aged packets lost.
Node Unreachable Number of node unreachable packets lost.
Node Out of Range Number of node out-of-range packets lost.
Oversized Packets Number of oversized packets lost.
Format error Number of packet format errors.
Total Dropped Number of dropped packets.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-212 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show decnet stats error
DECnet Error Statistics
-----------------------
Aged Node Node Oversized Format Total
Circuit Out Unreachable Out of Range Packets Error Dropped
------- ----- ----------- ------------- --------- --------- ---------
E21 0 0 0 0 0 0
E41 0 0 0 0 0 0
traffic filters [
<circuit name>
]
Displays attributes of filters configured on each circuit or a specified circuit. The table
includes the following information:
Sample Display - show decnet traffic filters
DECnet Traffic Filter Information
---------------------------------
Circuit Status Matches Rule
------- ------- ------- -------
E41 Active 0 1
Circuit Name of the circuit containing the traffic filter.
Status Status of the circuit as follows:
•Active - Filtering rule is in use.
•Inactive - Filtering rule is not in use.
•Error - Application detected an error in the filtering rule.
Matches Number of packets received that match this rule.
Rule Rule identifier.
303560-A Rev 00 2-213
Sample Display - show decnet traffic filters e41
DECnet Traffic Filter Information
---------------------------------
Circuit Status Matches Rule
------- ------- ------- -------
E41 Active 0 1
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the decnet.bat script.
Sample Display - show decnet version
DECNET.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-214 303560-A Rev 00
show dls
The show dls
<option>
commands display configuration, state, and statistical information
about Data Link Switching (DLSw) services. For detailed information on the items
displayed, refer to Configuring DLSw Services.
The show dls command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts local
base mac
circuits [<circuit name>] netbios
configuration peers
connections saps
disabled slots
enabled stats
filters version
303560-A Rev 00 2-215
alerts
Displays all enabled DLSw circuits whose state is not up. The table does not show
configured DLSw circuits that have been disabled.
Sample Display - show dls alerts
DLS Circuits
------------
Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type
-------- -------- --------- ------ ----------
O11.llc2 UP 0xF 0x278 LLC SRB
base
Displays information on the DLSw base record state. The base record controls DLSw for
the entire system.
State is any of the following.
Circuit The name of the circuit on which DLSw is running.
State State of the circuit, which is Down.
Bridge ID Identification number of the Source Routing Bridge.
LAN ID Identification number of the Internal LAN.
DLC Type The type of circuit on which DLSw is running.
Disabled User has manually disabled DLSw.
Down DLSw is malfunctioning.
Init DLSw is initializing on the system.
Not Present DLSw is configured but has not started.
Up DLSw is operating on the system.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-216 303560-A Rev 00
TCP Window Maximum amount of DLSw data that local or remote TCP entities
can send before requiring an acknowledgment or receive before
acknowledging. This number is in octets.
Uncfg Peer Specifies the current accept or reject unconfigured peers setting.
Int Ring Specifies the bridge’s internal LAN ID.
Bridge Identification number of the Bridge.
Virt Ring Virtual ring identifier for the network.
Virt MTU Specifies a Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) size for frames
sent from local, LAN-attached systems to systems on remote
LANs. The smallest MTU size supported among all remote LANs
in your configuration determines the maximum value of the Virtual
Ring MTU parameter for the local router.
ProtoPriority Enabled or disabled protocol prioritization for configured DLSw
peers setting.
PPriUnCfgPeer Enabled or disabled protocol prioritization for unconfigured DLSw
peers setting.
PkgMaxSize Specifies the maximum package size (in bytes) when sending
multiple DLSw frames in a single TCP frame for transmission over
a wide area network.
MAC Age Specifies the maximum number of seconds that inactive MAC
addresses can exist in the MAC-to-DLSw Peer (mapping) cache.
NB Age Specifies the maximum number of seconds that inactive NetBIOS
names can exist in the NetBIOS-to-DLSw Peer (mapping) cache.
WanKeepAlive Specifies the time interval after which the router sends a DLSw
keepalive message to inactive, established TCP connections to
verify that the connection is still available.
PkgTimeOut Specifies the time interval (in milliseconds) to delay a package
before sending it to TCP.
303560-A Rev 00 2-217
Sample Display - show dls base
DLS Base Information
--------------------
State TCP Window Uncfg Peer Int Ring Bridge Virt Ring Virt MTU
----------- ---------- ----------- -------- ------ --------- --------
Up 8000 Accept 0x154 0xF 0x64 1532
ProtoPriority PPriUnCfgPeer PkgMaxSize
------------- ------------- ----------
Enabled Enabled 1532
Timers MAC Age NB Age WanKeepAlive PkgTimeOut
(Sec): -------- ------- ------------- -----------
300 300 60 1
circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the state of DLSw on all circuits or a specific circuit. State is either Up or Down;
these are the only possible states for DLSw on the circuit. For definitions of the remaining
columns, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show dls circuit
DLS Circuits
------------
Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type
-------- ----------- ----------- ------ ----------
O11.llc2 Down 0xF 0x278 LLC SRB
S12 Up 0xF 0x0 SDLC
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-218 303560-A Rev 00
configuration
Displays the configuration information for the DLSw base record, circuits, slots, peers,
SAPs, MACs, NetBIOS names, filters, and SDLC local devices, Refer to the appropriate
show dls command for definitions.
connections
Displays connections currently established between two stations using DLSw.
Sample Display - show dls connections
DLSw Connections
----------------
Destination MAC/ Remote IP/ Tx-IFrames/ Tx-RNRs/
Circuit Status Source MAC local IP Rx-IFrames Rx-RNRs
-------- ----------- ----------------- ------------- ----------- --------
S12 Established 40-00-00-03-17-22 154.154.154.154 0 0
40-00-00-00-00-D1 78.78.78.78 0 0
Circuit Name of the circuit for the DLSw connection.
Status Status of the connection. In this case the status is always
Connected.
Destination MAC/Source
MAC MAC destination address on the top line and the source MAC
address on the bottom line.
Remote IP/local IP Remote internet (IP) address on the top line and the local IP address
on the bottom line.
Tx/Rx - IFrames The number of IFrames sent and received on this circuit.
Tx/Rx - RNRs The number of Receiver Not Ready frames sent and received on
this circuit.
303560-A Rev 00 2-219
disabled
Displays all DLSw circuits that the user has manually disabled. In this case, State is
Disabled. For information on the remaining column definitions in the display, see the
alerts command.
Sample Display - show dls disabled
DLS Circuits
------------
Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type
-------- ----------- ----------- ------ ----------
O11.llc2 Disabled 0xF 0x278 LLC SRB
enabled
Displays all DLSw circuits currently with their current state enabled. State is Down, INIT
(initializing), Not Present (not yet started), or Up. For information on the remaining
column definitions in the display, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show dls enabled
DLS Circuits
------------
Circuit State Bridge ID LAN ID DLC Type
-------- ----------- ----------- ------ ----------
O11.llc2 Down 0xF 0x278 LLC SRB
S12 Up 0xF 0x0 SDLC
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-220 303560-A Rev 00
filters
Displays the currently configured DLSw traffic filters.
Sample Display - show dls filters
DLSw Traffic Filters
--------------------
Filter Name Status Filter Hits Rule Circuit
---------------- ------ ---------------- ---- -------
Drop_NB_storm UP 1230 1 3
Accept_10Macs UP 440 2 3
local
Displays the currently configured DLSw local devices.
Filter Name Name of the configured traffic filter.
Status Status of the connection, either up or down.
Filter Hits The number of successful criteria matches on this filter.
Rule The current filter sequence number.
Circuit The configured circuit number on which the filter is active.
Circuit Indicates the circuit name for the DLSw connection.
Address Indicates the address of this link station.
State Specifies the current state of the local device: up, down, disabled,
not present, or init.
Destination MAC
Source MAC Specifies the MAC destination address on the top line and the
source MAC address on the bottom line. The Destination MAC
identifies the Token Ring or Ethernet host the local device will
reach via SDLC services.The Source MAC specifies the source
MAC address of an emulated Token Ring endstation for this device.
DSAP Identifies the destination service access point (SAP) Token Ring or
Ethernet host the local device will reach via SDLC services.
303560-A Rev 00 2-221
Sample Display - show dls local
DLSw Local SDLC Devices
-----------------------
Destination MAC/ DSAP/
Circuit Addr State Source MAC SSAP PU Type IDBLOCK IDNUM
-------- ---- ----------- ------------------ ----- ----------- ------- -----
S12 0xD1 UP 40-00-00-03-17-22 4 Type 2.0 017 A004A
40-00-00-00-00-D1 4
mac
Displays the MAC address of a destination link station, its IP address, and the current
number of CANUREACH queries.
SSAP Identifies the source SAP of an emulated Token Ring or Ethernet
endstation for this device.
PU Type Specifies the type of the XID-sending node. This parameter is used
with the IDBLOCK, IDNUM, and XID Format parameters to
determine the station exchange identification (XID) value.
IDBLOCK Specifies the block number, which must match the host’s
IDBLOCK parameter value that identifies incoming connection
requests. This parameter is used with the PU Type, IDNUM, and
XID Format parameters to determine the station exchange
identification (XID) value.
IDNUM Specifies the ID number, which must match the host’s IDNUM
parameter value that identifies incoming connection requests. This
parameter is used with the PU Type, IDBLOCK, and XID Format
parameters to determine the station exchange identification (XID)
value.
Destination MAC The Destination MAC identifies the Token Ring or Ethernet host
the local device will reach via SDLC services.
Remote IP Address The IP address of the destination link station.
CANUREACH MAC
Queries Specifies the current number of canureach messages sent to a
remote DLSw peer.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-222 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show dls mac
DLSw MAC Entries
----------------
Destination Remote CANUREACH
MAC Address IP Address Mac Queries
------------------ ------------------ -----------------
40-00-00-03-17-22 154.154.154.154 167
netbios
Displays the names and IP addresses of remote NetBIOS peers, and the current number of
queries to each remote NetBIOS peer.
Sample Display - show dls netbios
DLSw Netbios Name Entries
-------------------------
Remote Remote NETBIOS_NQ
Station Name IP Address Queries
---------------- ---------------- ----------------
CHEERS 154.154.154.154 1
Remote Station Name The name of the NetBIOS peer.
Remote IP Address The IP address of the NetBIOS peer.
NETBIOS_NQ
Queries The current number of NetBIOS queries sent to the remote
NetBIOS peer.
303560-A Rev 00 2-223
peers
Displays the IP addresses of all configured DLSw peers and the state of each. State is
Down, Init (initializing), Not Present (not started), or Up.
Sample Display - show dls peers
DLS Peers
--------
Peer Peer
State IP Address
----------- ----------------
Up 200.200.201.100
saps
Displays all session access points (SAPs) registered with the LLC SAP services and the
credit of each. SAP Credit is the number of LLC2 frames that DLSw and the local LLC2
circuit can exchange.
Sample Display - show dls saps
DLS Saps
--------
SAP
SAP Credit
---- -------
4 10
8 10
12 10
240 10
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-224 303560-A Rev 00
slots
Displays the slot number, IP address, and memory information that corresponds on the slot
to DLSw.
Sample Display - show dls slots
DLSw Slots
----------
Slot Slot IP Address Current Memory Max Mem Allowed HiWater
---- --------------- -------------- --------------- -------
1 78.78.78.78 0 All of it 0
Slot Specifies the slot number you want to associate with the IP
interface address you reserved for that slot.
Slot IP Address Specifies an IP address associated with a specific DLSw peer (slot)
in the router. TCP uses this IP address for connections associated
with that slot.
Current Memory The current memory consumption on the router.
Max Mem Allowed The maximum memory allocated on the slot.
HiWater The maximum memory on the router.
303560-A Rev 00 2-225
stats
Displays the source and destination service access point (SSAP and DSAP) fields.
Sample Display - show dls stats
DLSw statistics
----------------
version
Displays the current version of the dls.bat script.
Sample Display - show dls version
DLS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Circuit Status
Destination MAC/
Source MAC
Remote IP/
local IP
DSAP/Tx-IFrames/
SSAP/Rx-IFrames
Tx-RNRs
Rx-RNRs
S12 Established 40-00-00-03-17-22
40-00-00-00-00-D1
154.154.154.15
78.78.78.78
0x040
0x040
0
0
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-226 303560-A Rev 00
show ds1e1
The show ds1e1
<option>
commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about the MCT1 and MCE1 drivers. For detailed information about DS1E1
parameters, refer to the section on configuring MCT1 and MCE1 circuits in Configuring
WAN Line Services.
The show ds1e1 command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit
<circuit name>]
base [circuit <circuit name>]stats [circuit <circuit name>]
clock system errors [circuit <circuit name>]
disabled t1framer [current] [total] [interval [<interval
number>] ]
e1framer [current] [total] [interval [<interval
number>] ] t1port
e1port timeslots [circuit <circuit name>]
enabled transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]
fdl [ansi1 | ansi2 | att1 | att2 ]version
receive errors [circuit <circuit name>]
303560-A Rev 00 2-227
alerts
Displays all DS1E1 logical lines that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify
the logical lines that are not working. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier.
Conn Connector identifier.
Log Line Logical line number for this line.
Line Type Type of line in use: Unframed T1, ESF, SF, E1, E1CRC, E1MF,
E1CRCMF, or Unframed E1.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
State State of the logical line as follows: Up, Down, Init (initializing), LMI
Wait, Loopback, Dying, Dead, or Not Pres (not present).
Line Number Line number for this line; assigned during configuration. This line
number uniquely identifies this interface and is not equal to any of the
line numbers assigned to logical lines configured through this port.
WAN Protocol WAN protocol enabled on this interface: ATM, FRM RLAY (frame
relay), LAPB, PASSTHRU, PPP, SMDS, WF STND (Wellfleet
Standard), or X.25. Wellfleet Standard is a proprietary protocol used
between two Bay Networks routers. Based on the CCITT HDLC
(High-level Data Link Control) protocol, Wellfleet Standard provides
LLC1 (connectionless, datagram) service.
Rate Adapt Rate adaption -- the number of bits and their positions within the
timeslot, as follows:
•64K - Uses all 8 bits in the timeslot.
•56K MSB - Uses 7 of the 8 bits in the timeslot; does not use the most
significant bit.
•56K LSB - Uses 7 of the 8 bits in the timeslot; does not use the least
significant bit.
Loc Adr This parameter is used only when the logical line HDLC service is
LLC1. It is a value in the range 1 through 7 in the address field of the
HDLC packet. 1 indicates DCE. 3 indicates DTE. All other numbers
indicate Explicit. Explicit indicates that the user has selected the
address.
Rem Adr This parameter is used only when the logical line HDLC service is
LLC1. It is a value in the range 1 through 7 in the address field of the
HDLC packet. 1 indicates DCE. 3 indicates DTE. All other numbers
indicate Explicit. Explicit indicates that the user has selected the
address.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-228 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ds1e1 alerts
DS1E1 Logical Lines on Alert:
-----------------------------
Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem
Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr
---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- ---
Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table.
base [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the base level information for all DS1E1 circuits or a specific circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. In addition to the states
listed under the alerts command, State can also be Up.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 base
DS1E1 Logical Lines:
--------------------
Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem
Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr
---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- ---
2 1 1 T1 Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K-LSB 7 7
2 1 2 T1 Chicago Up 20902101 WF STND 56K-LSB 7 7
2 2 1 T1 Seattle Up 10902102 WF STND 56K-LSB 7 7
3 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-229
Sample Display - show ds1e1 base circuit Boston
DS1E1 Logical Lines:
--------------------
Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem
Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr
---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- ---
2 1 1 T1 Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K-LSB 7 7
Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.
clock
Displays the DS1E1 clock status. The table includes the following information:
Slot Router slot identifier.
Mod Module number, indicating the location of the module.
Port Unique identifier for each port on the module.
Current clock Clock source currently in use.
Primary clock Primary source for transmit timing.
Secondary clock Secondary source for transmit timing.
External clock Indicates whether an external clock is present.
Loop1 clock Indicates whether the timing source from the first port is present.
Loop2 clock Indicates whether the timing source from the second port on multi-port
modules is present.
Loop3 clock Indicates whether the timing source from the third port on multi-port
modules is present.
Loop4 clock Indicates whether the timing source from the fourth port on multi-port
modules is present.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-230 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ds1e1 clock
DS1E1 Clock Status:
-------------------
DS1E1 ModuleEntry MIB:
----------------------
Current Primary Secondary
Slot Mod clock clock clock
---- --- ---------- ---------- ----------
5 1 Loop1 Loop1 Internal
*********************************************************
*** ClockEntry MIB pre-empts ModuleEntry MIB settings ***
*********************************************************
DS1E1 ClockEntry MIB:
---------------------
Current Primary Secondary
Slot Mod Port clock clock clock
--- --- ------ ---------- ---------- ----------
5 1 905101 Internal Internal Internal
5 1 905102 Loop4 Loop4 Internal
5 1 905103 Loop4 Loop4 Internal
5 1 905104 Loop4 Loop4 Internal
DS1E1 Clock Status:
-------------------
Loop1 Loop2 Loop3 Loop4 External
Slot Mod clock clock clock clock clock
---- --- ----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
5 1 Present Present Present Present Not Present
1 entry in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-231
disabled
Displays DS1E1 circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Disabled.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 disabled
DS1E1 Logical Lines Disabled:
-----------------------------
Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem
Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr
---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- ---
Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table.
e1framer [current] [total] [interval [
<interval number>
] ]
Displays error information about the E1 framer.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1framer current
E1 Current Framer Statistics
----------------------------
Bipolar CRC-4 Far End Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote
Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm
Slot Conn Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures
---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-232 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1framer total
E1 Total Framer Statistics
--------------------------
Num Bipolar CRC-4 Far End Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote
Vld Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm
Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures
---- ---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
3 1 96 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 2 96 65580 15656 0 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1framer interval
Bipolar CRC-4 Far End Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote
Violation Error Block Frame Signal Indicat Alarm
Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Errors Failures Failures Failures Failures
---- ---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
18 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-233
e1port
Displays E1 port information.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 e1port
E1 Port Status:
---------------
BERT Line Line
Slot Conn State MTU Mode Type Coding I-Bit
---- ---- ----------- ---- ---- --------- ------ --------
3 1 Up 1600 Off E1-CRC-MF HDB3 DISABLED
1 entry in table.
enabled
Displays DS1E1 modules that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 enabled
DS1E1 Logical Lines Enabled:
----------------------------
Log Line Line WAN Rate Loc Rem
Slot Conn Line Type Circuit State Number Protocol Adapt Adr Adr
---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- -------- --------- -------- ------- --- ---
2 1 1 T1 Boston Up 10902101 WF STND 56K-LSB 7 7
Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-234 303560-A Rev 00
fdl [ansi1 | ansi2 | att1 | att2 ]
Displays the Facility Data Link (FDL) error statistics in both ANSI-403 and AT&T-54016
modes.
The tables display the following information:
DS1E1 FDL Errors -- ANSI-403 mode (first half):
ansi1 Displays only the first half of ANSI-403 mode FDL errors.
ansi2 Displays only the second half of ANSI-403 mode FDL errors.
att1 Displays only the first half of AT&T-54016 mode FDL errors.
att2 Displays only the second half of AT&T-54016 mode FDL errors.
Slot Slot identifier.
Conn Connector identifier.
CRC Counts Number of CRC-6 errors. The FDL calculates CRC-6 on the
incoming data. Each time the calculation does not match the CRC-
6 code word in the incoming enhanced super frame (ESF) data
stream, this count increments.
BPV Counts Number of bipolar (line code) violations. The FDL counts bipolar
violations whether its synchronizer is in sync or not. If the FDL is
set to receive B8ZS code words, it does not count these code words
as bipolar violations.
OOF Counts Number of out-of-frame errors. An out-of-frame error occurs
whenever two or more framing bits out of six in the Framing
Pattern Sequence (FPS) are incorrect. This event causes the FDL to
resynchronize to the incoming data stream.
FE Counts Number of individual bit errors in the FPS.
ES Counts Number of Errored Seconds (ES). An ES is any one-second time
interval with either a frame bit error or a CRC-6 error.
303560-A Rev 00 2-235
Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl ansi1
DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (first half) - ANSI-403 mode:
-------------------------------------------------------------------
CRC BPV OOF FE ES
Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 56581 196653 3581 22504 32965
DS1E1 FDL Errors -- ANSI-403 mode (second half):
Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl ansi2
DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (second half) - ANSI-403 mode:
--------------------------------------------------------------------
SES UAS PRMES PRMSES PRME
Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 2561 2154 24 23 129
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier.
Conn Connector identifier.
SES Counts Number of Severely Errored Seconds (SES). An SES is any 1-second
time interval with an OOF error or more than 320 CRC-errors.
UAS Counts Number of Unavailable Seconds (UAS). A UAS is the number of
seconds between ten consecutive SES events (inclusive) and ten
consecutive non-SES events (exclusive). For more information, refer to
the 1989 ANSI T1.403 specification (Carrier-to-Customer installation
DS1 Metallic Interface).
PRMES Counts Number of Errored Seconds reported in the Performance Report
Messages (PRMs).
PRMSES Counts Number of Severely Errored Seconds reported in the PRMs.
PRME Counts Number of PRMs received in error. “In error” means that the calculated
CRC does not match the incoming CRC word.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-236 303560-A Rev 00
DS1E1 FDL Errors -- AT&T-54016 mode (first half):
Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl att1
DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (first half) - AT&T-54016 mode:
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Valid Total Total Total Total Total
Slot Conn Intervals ESs SESs SEFs UASs CSSs
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
2 2 1 1 0 0 368 256
Slot Slot identifier.
Conn Connector identifier.
Valid Intervals Number of previous time intervals for which valid data was collected.
The value is 96 unless the interface was brought on line within the last
24 hours. In this case, the value is the number of complete 15-minute
intervals since the interface has been on line.
Total ESs Number of Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in the
previous 24-hour interval.
Total SESs Number of Severely Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered
in the previous 24-hour interval.
Total SEFs Number of Severely Errored Framing Seconds that a DS1 interface
encountered in the previous 24-hour interval.
Total UASs Number of Unavailable Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.
Total CSSs Number of Controlled Slip Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.
303560-A Rev 00 2-237
DS1E1 FDL Errors -- AT&T-54016 mode (second half):
Sample Display - show ds1e1 fdl att2
DS1E1 Facility Data Link (FDL) Errors (second half) - AT&T-54016 mode:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Valid Total Total Total Total Total
Slot Conn Intervals PCVs LESs BESs DMs LCVs
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
2 2 1 0 0 1 0 0
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier.
Conn Connector identifier.
Valid Intervals Number of previous time intervals for which valid data was collected.
The value is 96 unless the interface was brought on line within the last
24 hours. In this case, the value is the number of complete 15-minute
intervals since the interface has been on line.
Totals PCVs Number of Path Code Violations that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.
Totals LESs Number of Line Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.
Total BESs Number of Burst Errored Seconds that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.
Totals DMs Number of Degraded Minutes that a DS1 interface encountered in the
previous 24-hour interval.
Total LCVs Number of Line Code Violations that a DS1 interface encountered in
the previous 24-hour interval.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-238 303560-A Rev 00
receive errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show ds1e1 receive
DS1E1 Logical Line Receive Errors:
----------------------------------
Slot Slot identifier.
Conn Connector identifier.
Log Line Logical line number for this line.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Null Frames Number of frames containing no data bytes received.
Short Frames Number of frames received with only one or two data bytes.
CRC Errors Number of frames received with CRC errors.
Long Frames Number of frames received that exceeded the MTU size.
Abort Frames Number of frames received with abort errors.
Slot
----
Conn
----
Log
Line
----
Circuit
------------
Null
Frames
------
Short
Frames
------
CRC
Errors
------
Long
Frames
------
Abort
Frames
------
2 1 1 Boston 0 1256000
2 1 2 Chicago 00000
2 1 1 Seattle 0 40000
3 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-239
Sample Display - show ds1e1 receive errors circuit Boston
DS1E1 Logical Line Receive Errors:
----------------------------------
Log Null Short CRC Long Abort
Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Errors Frames Frames
---- ---- ---- ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------
2 1 1 Boston 0 1256 0 0 0
Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.
sample [
<period in seconds>
] [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays data sampled from DS1E1 over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier.
Conn Connector identifier.
Log Line Logical line number for this line.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line.
Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line.
Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, CPU is overworked.
Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources; for
example, transmit queue length is too small.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-240 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ds1e1 sample
Taking first sample... Waiting 10 seconds...
Taking second sample...
DS1E1 Sampled Data over 10 seconds
-------------------------------------
Log Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 1 Boston 2 2 0 0
2 1 2 Chicago 3 3 0 0
2 2 1 Seattle 2 9 0 0
3 entries in table.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 sample 5
Taking first sample... Waiting 5 seconds...
Taking second sample...
DS1E1 Sampled Data over 5 seconds
-------------------------------------
Log Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 1 Boston 1 8 0 0
2 1 2 Chicago 2 8 0 0
2 2 1 Seattle 1 1 0 0
3 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-241
stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays DS1E1 input/output statistical information for all DS1E1 circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table contains the following information:
By examining the wfLogicalLineEntry MIB (ds1e1.mib), you can view errors by type.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 stats
DS1E1 Logical Line I/O Statistics:
----------------------------------
Log Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Conn Line Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors
---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 1 Boston 7124 274 190596 700 1257
2 1 2 Chicago 7124 274 190636 700 0
2 2 1 Seattle 153838 557 179276 644 43
3 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier.
Conn Connector number.
Log Line Logical line number for this line.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.
Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.
Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.
Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.
Total Errors Total number of errors received. A single frame may receive more
than one error.
Note: The attribute wfLogicalLineEntry.wfLogicalLineRxErrors counts the total
number of frames that contain at least one error. Since one errored frame may
contain multiple errors, the Total Errors column in show ds1e1 stats output
indicates the total number of errors, not the number of errored frames.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-242 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ds1e1 stats circuit Boston
DS1E1 Logical Line I/O Statistics:
----------------------------------
Log Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Conn Line Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors
---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 1 Boston 7150 275 190622 701 1257
Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.
system errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier.
Conn Connector identifier.
Log Line Logical line number for this line.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Unaligned Frames Number of frames containing a bit count not divisible by eight.
Internal Overflows Number of frames received with internal overflow errors.
Overflow Frames Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the device’s
FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA cycle. No
buffer resources are available.
Losses of Sync Number of instances of sync losses detected on this line. This error
statistic is equivalent to the “red alarm received” statistic on T1.
303560-A Rev 00 2-243
Sample Display - show ds1e1 system errors
DS1E1 Logical Line System Errors:
---------------------------------
Log Unaligned Internal Overflow Losses
Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Overflows Frames of Sync
---- ---- ---- ---------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
2 1 1 Boston 0 0 0 0
2 1 2 Chicago 0 0 0 0
2 2 1 Seattle 0 0 0 0
3 entries in table.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 system errors circuit Boston
DS1E1 Logical Line System Errors:
---------------------------------
Log Unaligned Internal Overflow Losses
Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Overflows Frames of Sync
---- ---- ---- ---------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
2 1 1 Boston 0 0 0 0
Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-244 303560-A Rev 00
t1framer [current] [total] [interval [
<interval number>
] ]
Displays T1 framer error information.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1framer current
T1 Current Framer Statistics
----------------------------
Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote
Violation Frame Error Frame Signal Indicat Alarm
Slot Conn Counts Counts Counts Failures Failures Failures Failures
---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1framer total
T1 Total Framer Statistics
--------------------------
Num Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote
Vld Violation Frame Error Frame Signal Indicat Alarm
Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Counts Failures Failures Failures Failures
---- ---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
2 1 96 5 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 2 96 7 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-245
Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1framer interval
T1 Interval Framer Statistics
-----------------------------
Bipolar Out of Frame Loss of Loss of Alarm Remote
Violation Frame Error Frame Signal Indicat Alarm
Slot Conn Intv Counts Counts Counts Failures Failures Failures Failures
---- ---- ---- --------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
2 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 14 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 15 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 16 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 1 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
18 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-246 303560-A Rev 00
t1port
Displays T1 port information.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 t1port
T1 Port Status:
---------------
Loopback Accept BERT Line Line FDL FDL
Slot Conn State MTU State Loopback Mode Type Coding Type Addr
---- ---- ----------- ---- ----------- -------- ---- --------- ------ ---- ----
2 1 Red Alarm 1600 No Loop Enabled Off ESF B8ZS ANSI BY
1 entry in table.
timeslots [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays timeslot assignments for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes
the following information:
Slot Slot identifier.
Conn Connector identifier.
Log Line Logical line number for this line.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Timeslots Circuit’s timeslot assignment. An X under the timeslot indicates that
the logical line is using the timeslot. T1 lines have 24 slots and E1 lines
have 31. The following examples are for T1 lines.
303560-A Rev 00 2-247
Sample Display - show ds1e1 timeslots
DS1E1 Timeslot Assignment:
--------------------------
|----------Timeslots----------|
Log 1111111111222222222233
Slot Conn Line Circuit 1234567890123456789012345678901
---- ---- ---- ---------- -------------------------------
4 1 1 Boston XXXXXXX_________________
4 1 2 ________________________
4 1 3 ________________________
4 1 4 ________________________
4 1 5 ________________________
4 1 6 ________________________
4 1 7 ________________________
4 1 8 Chicago _______XXXXXXX__________
4 1 9 ________________________
4 1 10 ________________________
4 1 11 ________________________
4 1 12 ________________________
4 1 13 ________________________
4 1 14 ________________________
4 1 15 ______________X_________
4 1 16 _______________X________
4 1 17 ________________X_______
4 1 18 _________________X______
4 1 19 __________________X_____
4 1 20 ___________________X____
4 1 21 ____________________X___
4 1 22 _____________________X__
4 1 23 ______________________X_
4 1 24 _______________________X
24 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-248 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ds1e1 timeslots circuit Boston
DS1E1 Timeslot Assignment:
--------------------------
|----------Timeslots----------|
Log 1111111111222222222233
Slot Conn Line Circuit 1234567890123456789012345678901
---- ---- ---- ---------- -------------------------------
2 1 1 Boston X__X________________X___
4 1 1 Boston XXXXXXX_________________
Found 1 match out of 24 entries in table.
transmit errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier.
Conn Connector identifier.
Log Line Logical line number for this line.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Underflow Frames Number of retransmission underflow errors. These occur when the
FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next DMA request.
Descriptor Errors Internal device error.
303560-A Rev 00 2-249
Sample Display - show ds1e1 transmit errors
DS1E1 Logical Line Transmit Errors:
-----------------------------------
Log Underflow Descriptor
Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Errors
---- ---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------
2 1 1 Boston 1 0
2 1 2 Chicago 0 0
2 2 1 Seattle 1 0
3 entries in table.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 transmit errors circuit Boston
DS1E1 Logical Line Transmit Errors:
-----------------------------------
Log Underflow Descriptor
Slot Conn Line Circuit Frames Errors
---- ---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------
2 1 1 Boston 1 0
Found 1 match out of 3 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-250 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version and modification date for the ds1e1.bat script.
Sample Display - show ds1e1 version
ds1e1.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-251
show dsx3
The show dsx3
<option>
command displays DS-3 and E-3 information for Asynchronous
Transfer Mode (ATM) interfaces. For more information about any of the column
descriptions, refer to RFC 1407, “Definitions of Managed Objects for the DS3/E3
Interface Type.”
The show dsx3 command supports the following subcommand options:
ccts
Displays information about all dsx3 circuits. The table displays the following information:
ccts history [<circuit_name>]
current [circuit_name] version
Circuit Name The name of the circuit associated with this line.
Index Line and line level identifier.
Sec into Interval The number of seconds into the current 15-minute interval.
# of Intervals The number of complete 15-minute intervals. The value is 96
unless the interface was brought on line within the last 24 hours.
In that case, the value is the number of complete 15-minute
intervals since the interface has been on line.
Line Coding The line coding on this circuit. The line coding options are
• B3ZS
•HDB3
The line coding specifies patterns of normal bits and bipolar
violations used to replace sequences of zero bits of a certain
length.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-252 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show dsx3 ccts
DSX3 entries:
------------
Sec into # of Line
Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status
------------ ------- -------- --------- ------ --------- -------
A41 1404101 704 68 HDB3 E3_other NoAlarm
A61 1405101 705 68 B3ZS DS3_M23 NoAlarm
Line Type The line type of this circuit. The line type indicates the variety of
DS-3 C-bit or E-3 applications implemented on the interface.
The type of interface affects the interpretation of the usage and
error statistics. The options are
• DS3_M23 (ANSI T1.107-1988)
• DS3_Cbit (ANSI T1.107a-1989)
•E3_framed (CCITT G.751)
• E3_plcp (ETSI T/NA[91]18)
Status The line status of the interface. The possible status variables are
•NoAlarm - no alarm present
•RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication
•TRAI - transmitting yellow remote alarm indication
•RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state
•TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state
•LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state
•LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state
•Loopback - looping the received signal
•TestCode - receiving a test pattern
•LowSignal - low signal
303560-A Rev 00 2-253
current [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the general circuit information in addition to current DS-3/E-3 information for
the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more information on column definitions, see the
ccts command.
The table displays the following information:
General Circuit Information
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Index Line and line level identifier.
Sec into Interval The number of seconds into the current 15-minute interval.
# of Intervals The number of complete 15-minute intervals.
Line Coding The line coding on this circuit. The line coding options are
• B3ZS
• HDB3
Line Type The line type of this circuit. The options are
• DS3_M23 (ANSI T1.107-1988)
• DS3_Cbit (ANSI T1.107a-1989)
•E3_framed
(CCITT G.751)
• E3_plcp (ETSI T/NA[91]18)
Status The line status of the interface. The possible status variables are
•NoAlarm - no alarm present
•RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication
•TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication
•RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state
•TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state
•LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state
•LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state
•Loopback - looping the received signal
•TestCode - receiving a test pattern
•LowSignal - low signal
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-254 303560-A Rev 00
Line Stats
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Interval The current interval.
LESs The number of line errored seconds (LESs) in the current interval.
An LES is a second in which one or more coding violations
occurred or one or more LOS defects were detected.
SEFSs The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) in the
current interval. An SEFS is a second with one or more OOF errors
or an AIS defect.
UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.
LCVs The number of line coding violations (LCVs) in the current
interval. A line coding violation is a count of both bipolar
violations (BPVs) and excessive zero (EXZ) error events.
Pbit Status
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Interval The current interval.
PESs The number of P-bit errored seconds (PESs) in the current interval.
A PES is a second with one or more P-bit coding violations,
one or more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. The PES
does not increment when counting UASs.
PSESs The number of P-bit severely errored seconds (PSESs) in the
current interval. A PSES is a second with 44 or more PCVs, one or
more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. The PSES value
does not increment when counting UASs.
UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.
PCVs The number of P-bit coding violations (PCVs) in the current
interval. For all DS3/E3 applications, a coding violation error event
is a P-bit Parity Error event. A P-bit Parity Error event occurs
when the DS-3/E-3 M-frame receives a P-bit code that is not
identical to the corresponding locally calculated code.
303560-A Rev 00 2-255
Cbit Stats
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Interval The current interval.
CESs The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) in the current interval.
An CES is a second with one or more CCVs, one or more OOF
defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count is only for the
C-bit Parity DS3 applications. The CES value does not increment
when counting UASs.
CSESs The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) in the
current interval. A CSES is a second with 44 or more CCVs, one or
more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count applies
only to C-bit Parity DS3 applications. The CSES value does not
increment when counting UASs.
UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.
CCVs The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) in the current
interval. For C-bit Parity and SYNTRAN DS3 applications, this is
the count of coding violations reported via the C-bits. For C-bit
Parity, it is a count of CP-bit parity errors occurring in the
accumulation interval.
FarEnd Cbit Stats
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Interval The current interval.
CESs The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) in the current interval.
An CES is a second with one or more CCVs, one or more OOF
defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count is only for C-bit
Parity DS3 applications. The CES value does not increment when
counting UASs.
CSESs The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) in the
current interval. A CSES is a second with 44 or more CCVs, one or
more OOF defects, or a detected incoming AIS. This count applies
only to C-bit Parity DS3 applications. The CSES value does not
increment when counting UASs.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-256 303560-A Rev 00
UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.
CCVs The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) in the current
interval. For C-bit Parity DS3 applications, this is the count of
coding violations reported via the C-bits. For C-bit Parity, it is a
count of CP-bit parity errors occurring in the accumulation
interval.
DS3 Plcp Stats
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Interval The current interval.
SEFSs The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) in the
current interval. An SEFS is a second with one or more OOF errors
or an AIS defect.
UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) in the current interval.
Status Indicates the line status of the interface. The possible status
variables are
•NoAlarm - no alarm present
•RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication
•TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication
•RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state
•TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state
•LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state
•LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state
•Loopback - looping the received signal
•TestCode - receiving a test pattern
•LowSignal - low signal
303560-A Rev 00 2-257
Sample Display - show dsx3 current
Sec into # of Line
Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status
------------- ------- -------- --------- ------ ---------- ---------
A41 1404101 747 68 HDB3 E3_other NoAlarm
Line stats:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A41 current 0 0 0 0
Pbit status:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A41 current 0 0 0 0
Cbit stats:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A41 current 0 0 0 0
FarEnd Cbit stats:
------------------
Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A41 current 0 0 0 0
Sec into # of Line
Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status
------------- ------- -------- --------- ------ ---------- ---------
A61 1405101 749 68 B3ZS DS3_M23 NoAlarm
Line stats:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A61 current 0 0 0 0
(continued)
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-258 303560-A Rev 00
Pbit status:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A61 current 0 0 0 0
Cbit stats:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A61 current 0 0 0 0
FarEnd Cbit stats:
------------------
Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A61 current 0 0 0 0
DS3 Plcp stats:
---------------
Circuit Name Interval SEFSs UASs Status
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----------
A61 total 0 0 LOF
history [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the general circuit information in addition to historical DS-3/E-3 information for
the specified circuit or for all circuits. For more information on any of the following
column definitions, see the cct and current commands.
The table displays the following information:
General Circuit Information
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Index Line and line level identifier.
Sec into Interval The number of seconds into the current interval.
# of Intervals The number of complete intervals.
Line Coding The line coding on this circuit. The line coding options are
• B3ZS
• HDB3
303560-A Rev 00 2-259
Line Type The line type of this circuit. The options are
• DS3_M23 (ANSI T1.107-1988)
• DS3_Cbit (ANSI T1.107a-1989)
•E3_framed
(CCITT G.751)
• E3_plcp (ETSI T/NA[91]18)
Status The line status of the interface. The possible status variables are
•NoAlarm - no alarm present
•RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication
•TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication
•RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state
•TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state
•LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state
•LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state
•Loopback - looping the received signal
•TestCode - receiving a test pattern
•LowSignal - low signal
Line Stats
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Interval A historical breakdown of intervals, including
• The current interval (incomplete)
• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the
current interval and the previous interval)
• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)
• All of the intervals (total)
LESs The number of line errored seconds (LESs) for each interval
category.
SEFSs The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) for each
interval category.
UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval
category.
LCVs The number of line coding violations (LCVs) for each interval
category.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-260 303560-A Rev 00
Pbit Status
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Interval A historical breakdown of intervals, including
• The current interval (incomplete)
• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the
current interval and the previous interval)
• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)
• All of the intervals (total)
PESs The number of P-bit errored seconds (PESs) for each interval
category.
PSESs The number of P-bit severely errored seconds (PSESs) for each
interval category.
UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval
category.
PCVs The number of P-bit coding violations (PCVs) for each interval
category.
Cbit Stats
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Interval A historical breakdown of intervals, including
• The current interval (incomplete)
• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the
current interval and the previous interval)
• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)
• All of the intervals (total)
CESs The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) for each interval
category.
CSESs The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) for each
interval category.
UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval
category.
CCVs The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) for each interval
category.
303560-A Rev 00 2-261
FarEnd Cbit Stats
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Interval A historical breakdown of intervals, including
• The current interval (incomplete)
• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the
current interval and the previous interval)
• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)
• All of the intervals (total)
CESs The number of C-bit errored seconds (CESs) for each interval
category.
CSESs The number of C-bit severely errored seconds (CSESs) for each
interval category.
UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval
category.
CCVs The number of C-bit coding violations (CCVs) for each interval
category.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-262 303560-A Rev 00
DS3 Plcp Stats
Circuit Name Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Interval A historical breakdown of intervals, including
• The current interval (incomplete)
• All but the last two intervals (that is, all of the intervals except the
current interval and the previous interval)
• The previous interval (that is, the last complete interval)
• All of the intervals (total)
SEFSs The number of severely errored framing seconds (SEFSs) for each
interval category.
UASs The number of unavailable seconds (UASs) for each interval
category.
Status Indicates the line status of the interface. The possible status
variables are
•NoAlarm - no alarm present
•RRAI - receiving yellow remote alarm indication
•TRAI -- transmitting yellow remote alarm indication
•RAIS - receiving Alarm Indications Signal (AIS) failure state
•TAIS - transmitting AIS failure state
•LOF - receiving Loss of Frame (LOF) failure state
•LOS - receiving Loss of Signal (LOS) failure state
•Loopback - looping the received signal
•TestCode - receiving a test pattern
•LowSignal - low signal
303560-A Rev 00 2-263
Sample Display - show dsx3 history
DSX3 entries:
-------------
Sec into # of Line
Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status
------------- ------- -------- --------- ------ ---------- ---------
A41 1404101 830 68 HDB3 E3_other NoAlarm
Line stats:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A41 current 0 0 0 0
A41 1-67 0 0 0 0
A41 68 3 3 0 13
A41 totals 3 3 0 13
Pbit status:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A41 current 0 0 0 0
A41 1-67 0 0 0 0
A41 68 3 3 0 15
A41 totals 3 3 0 15
Cbit stats:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A41 current 0 0 0 0
A41 1-67 0 0 0 0
A41 68 3 3 0 0
A41 totals 3 3 0 0
FarEnd Cbit stats:
------------------
Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A41 current 0 0 0 0
A41 1-67 0 0 0 0
A41 68 4 0 0 15
A41 totals 4 0 0 15 (continued)
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-264 303560-A Rev 00
DS3 Plcp stats:
---------------
Circuit Name Interval SEFSs UASs Status
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----------
A41 total 0 0 LOF
Sec into # of Line
Circuit Name Index Interval Intervals Coding Line Type Status
------------- ------- -------- --------- ------ ---------- ---------
A61 1405101 848 68 HDB3 E3_other NoAlarm
Line stats:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval LESs SEFSs UASs LCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A61 current 0 0 0 0
A61 1-67 0 0 0 0
A61 68 4 3 0 131088
A61 totals 4 3 0 131088
Pbit status:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval PESs PSESs UASs PCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A61 current 0 0 0 0
A61 1-67 0 0 0 0
A61 68 4 3 0 6850
A61 totals 4 3 0 6850
Cbit stats:
-----------
Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A61 current 0 0 0 0
A61 1-67 0 0 0 0
A61 68 3 3 0 0
A61 totals 3 3 0 0
FarEnd Cbit stats:
------------------
Circuit Name Interval CESs CSESs UASs CCVs
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----- --------
A61 current 0 0 0 0
A61 1-67 0 0 0 0
A61 68 2 1 0 481
A61 totals 2 1 0 481
(continued)
303560-A Rev 00 2-265
DS3 Plcp stats:
---------------
Circuit Name Interval SEFSs UASs Status
---------------- -------- ----- ----- ----------
A61 total 0 0 LOF
version
Displays the dsx3 version.
Sample Display - show dsx3 version
dsx3.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-266 303560-A Rev 00
show dvmrp
The show dvmrp <
option
> commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about the Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP). For
detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of DVMRP, refer to
Configuring IP Utilities.
The show dvmrp command supports the following subcommand options:
base
Displays the base level information for DVMRP. The table provides the following
information:
base stats circuits [<circuit name>]
circuits [<circuit name> | enabled | disabled]stats tunnels [<circuit name>]
neighbors [<circuit name>] tunnels [<circuit name> | enabled | disabled]
routes main [<IP address> | <search
pattern>] version
routes vifs [<IP address> | <search pattern>]
Protocol Name of the protocol, which in this case is DVMRP.
State: State of DVMRP on the router: Up, Down, Init (initializing), or
Not Present.
Full Update Interval Specifies, in seconds, how often route updates containing complete
routing tables are sent.
Triggered Update Interval Specifies, in seconds, how often triggered route updates, generated
in response to routing changes, are sent.
Leaf Timeout Specifies, in seconds, the virtual interface hold down timer.
303560-A Rev 00 2-267
Sample Display - show dvmrp base
DVMRP Base Information
----------------------
Protocol State
-------- -----------
DVMRP Up
Full Update Interval = 60
Triggered Update Interval = 5
Leaf Timeout = 200
Neighbor Timeout = 140
Neighbor Probe Interval = 190
Route Switch Timeout = 140
Route Expiration Timeout = 200
Garbage Timeout = 340
Estimated Routes = 25
Actual Routes = 2833
Neighbor Timeout Specifies, in seconds, how long a router neighbor is considered
“up” without the receipt of a subsequent DVMRP packet from that
neighbor.
Route Switch Timeout How long to wait, without receiving a subsequent route update
from the original best-hop neighbor, before switching to a different
neighbor.
Route Expiration Timeout Specifies, in seconds, how long a route is considered valid for
forwarding purposes without the receipt of a subsequent route
update specifying that the route is reachable.
Garbage Timeout Specifies, in seconds, how long a route exists in the routing table
without the receipt of a subsequent route update specifying that the
route is reachable.
Estimated Routes Estimated number of routes.
Actual Routes Number of entries currently in the route table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-268 303560-A Rev 00
circuits [<
circuit name>
| enabled | disabled]
Displays the DVMRP circuit information for all circuits, a specified circuit, enabled
circuits, or disabled circuits. The table contains the following information:
Sample Display - show dvmrp circuits
DVMRP Circuits
--------------
Circuit State Metric Threshold Route Enabled
-------- -------- ------ --------- -------------
E22 Up 1 1 Yes
E31 Up 1 1 Yes
E32 Up 1 1 Yes
E33 Up 1 1 Yes
E34 Up 1 1 Yes
5 Total entries.
Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.
State Current state of the virtual interface: Up, Down, Init (initializing),
Invalid, or Not Pres (not present).
Metric Cost of using this hop.
Threshold Threshold for forwarding datagrams out of this circuit. If the time
to live (TTL) is less than the threshold, the datagram is dropped.
Route Enabled Indicates whether this route is enabled. If enabled, this circuit will
be used to propagate routing information, information about the
locally attached network to this circuit will be incorporated into
routing updates, and multicast datagrams will be forwarded “in
native mode” via this circuit. If disabled, this circuit exists only to
support unicast tunnels; in this case, all other parameters are
ignored.
303560-A Rev 00 2-269
neighbors [<
circuit name>
]
Displays all DVMRP neighbor information or neighbor information for a specified circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Sample Display - show dvmrp neighbors
DVMRP Neighbors
---------------
Circuit Local Tunnel IP Neighbor IP Neigh Timer
-------- --------------- --------------- -----------
E21 Physical 192.32.28.221 135
E21 192.32.28.33 192.32.1.2 140
2 Total entries.
routes main [<
IP address>
| <
search pattern>
]
Displays the main DVMRP routing table. You can specify routes that match an IP address
or routes with a source network number matching a portion of an IP address (for example,
192.34.*). The table includes the following information:
Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.
Local Tunnel IP Local tunnel ID of the virtual interface. This value is Physical for
non-tunneled interfaces. Otherwise, it contains the IP address of the
local tunnel endpoint.
Neighbor IP IP address of the neighboring router.
Neigh Timer Current value of the neighbor timer.
Source Network Source network of multicast datagrams.
Mask Mask for the specified source network.
Next Hop Addr Next-hop multicast router to the specified source network.
Next Hop CCT Circuit name of the next-hop virtual interface. In the case of
tunneled interfaces, the remote tunnel endpoint is the value in the
Next Hop Address field.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-270 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show dvmrp routes main
DVMRP Main Routes
-----------------
State: L = Local interface
T = Timed route
G = Garbage route
Source Network Mask Next Hop Addr Next Hop CCT Age Cost State
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------- --- ---- -----
192.32.28.0 255.255.255.0 192.32.28.33 E21 0 1 L
192.32.29.0 255.255.255.0 192.32.1.2 E23 20 2 T
2 Entries found.
routes vifs [<
IP address>
| <
search pattern>
]
Displays all DVMRP Virtual Interface (VIF) routes, or just VIF routes for a specified IP
address or source network number matching a portion of an IP address (for example,
192.34.*). The table displays the following information:
Age Current value of the route timer
Cost Current route metric.
State Set of flags indicating the state of the entry:
T Timed route -- route timer is running.
L Local route -- specified network is local to this router.
G Garbage timer -- route is unreachable; garbage timer is running.
303560-A Rev 00 2-271
Sample Display - show dvmrp routes vifs
DVMRP Virtual Interface Routes
------------------------------
State: C = Child
L = Leaf
H = Hold-down
Source State Circuit Remote Tunnel Dom Router Sub Router
--------------- ------- ------- --------------- --------------- -------------
10.0.0.0 C E21 Physical None 192.32.28.22
10.0.0.0 E21 192.32.1.2 None None
13.0.32.0 C E21 Physical None 192.32.28.22
13.0.32.0 E21 192.32.1.2 None None
Source Source network for multicast datagrams.
State State of the interface for this route, as follows:
•L (Leaf) - No neighboring routers consider this local network or
tunnel to be on the shortest path to the specified source network.
•C (Child) - The router is responsible for forwarding datagrams
saved by the specified network associated with this interface. If
the leaf flag is also set, datagrams will only be forwarded when
there are any local hosts belonging to the particular multicast
group specified by the destination address.
•H - Hold-down timer is running.
Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.
Remote Tunnel Remote tunnel ID of this virtual interface. This value is Physical for
non-tunneled interfaces. Otherwise, it contains the unicast IP
address of the remote tunnel endpoint.
Dom Router Address of the dominant router for this virtual interface. The
specified router will forward packets onto the local network or
tunnel that are sourced by the specified source network.
Sub Router Address of a subordinate router for this virtual interface. This
indicates that at least one neighboring router considers this local
network or tunnel to be on the shortest path to the specified source
network.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-272 303560-A Rev 00
stats circuits [<
circuit name>
]
Displays statistics for all DVMRP circuits or a specified DVMRP circuit. The table
displays the following information:
Sample Display - show dvmrp stats circuits
DVMRP Circuit Statistics
------------------------
Circuit In Pkts Out Pkts Updates rec Updates sent In Drops Out Drops
-------- -------- -------- ------------ ------------ --------- ---------
E21 134235 1079169 6795 8022 0 0
1 Total entries.
stats tunnels [<
circuit name>
]
Displays all DVMRP tunnel statistic for all circuits or for a specified circuit. The table
displays the following information:
Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.
In Pkts Number of datagrams received on this interface.
Out Pkts Number of datagrams sent on this interface.
Updates rec Number of DVMRP route update messages received.
Updates sent Number of DVMRP route update messages sent.
In Drops Number of inbound datagrams discarded because the source route
was not found.
Out Drops Number of outbound datagrams discarded because the source route
was not found.
Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.
Remote IP Address Unicast IP address of remote tunnel endpoint of this virtual
interface.
Packets In Number of datagrams received on this interface.
303560-A Rev 00 2-273
Sample Display - show dvmrp stats tunnels
DVMRP Tunnel Statistics
-----------------------
Circuit Remote IP Packets Packets Updates Updates Drop Drop
Address In Out Rec'd Sent In Out
------- --------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
E21 192.32.1.2 1090940 37273 8875 37267 1117 0
1 Total entries.
Packets Out Number of datagrams sent on this interface.
Updates Rec'd Number of DVMRP route update messages received.
Updates Sent Number of DVMRP route update messages sent.
Drop In Number of inbound datagrams discarded because the source route
was not found, or because of an invalid inner address (that is, the
destination address of the encapsulated datagram was not a
multicast address).
Drop Out Number of outbound datagrams discarded because the source route
was not found.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-274 303560-A Rev 00
tunnels [<
circuit name>
| enabled | disabled]
Displays the DVMRP tunnel configuration information for all circuits, a specified circuit,
enabled circuits, or disabled circuits. The table displays the following information:
Sample Display - show dvmrp tunnels
DVMRP Tunnels
-------------
Circuit Local IP Remote IP State Encaps Metric Threshold
------- --------------- --------------- -------- ------ ------ ---------
E21 192.32.28.33 192.32.1.2 Up IPinIP 1 1
1 Total entries.
Circuit Circuit name of this virtual interface.
Local IP Unicast IP address of the local network endpoint of this virtual
interface.
Remote IP Unicast IP address of remote network endpoint of this virtual
interface.
State Current state of the virtual interface: Up, Down, Init (initializing),
Invalid, or Not Pres (not present).
Encaps Indicates if these tunneled datagrams will be encapsulated within
an IP datagram, or will they be loosely encapsulated using the
LSSR option (for the latter, refer to RFC 1075; this is needed for
backward compatibility).
Metric Cost of using this tunnel.
Threshold Threshold for forwarding datagrams through this tunnel. If the time
to live (TTL) is less than the threshold, the datagram is dropped.
303560-A Rev 00 2-275
version
Displays the current version and modification date for the dvmrp.bat script.
Sample Display - show dvmrp version
dvmrp.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show e1
The show e1 <
option
> commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about the E1 lines. For more information about E1, refer to Configuring and
Managing Routers with Site Manager.
The show e1 command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts frame errors [circuit <circuit name>]
base [circuit <circuit name>] line errors [circuit <circuit name>]
disabled version
enabled
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-276 303560-A Rev 00
alerts
Displays all circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the interfaces
that are not working. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
HDB3 Support Status of High Density Bipolar Coding: Enabled or Disabled.
HDB3 maintains sufficient “ones” density within the E1 data
stream without disturbing data integrity.
Clock Mode Source of the E1 transmit clock as follows:
•Internal - Clock is generated internally.
•Slave - Clock is derived from the incoming data stream.
•Manual - Jumpers on the E1 link module determine the clock
source (internal or slave.)
MiniDacs Configuration Function assigned to each of 31 E1 channels (timeslots). The table
shows these functions in a string of 31 characters, one character
per timeslot. The characters and their meaning are as follows:
•1 - Assigns the timeslot to the first HDLC controller (Circuit 1).
•2 - Assigns the timeslot to the second HDLC controller
(Circuit 2).
•D - Assigns the timeslot to data passthrough (HDLC controller
to HCLC controller).
•I - Assigns the timeslot to idle.
•V - Assigns the timeslot to voice passthrough (HDLC controller
to HCLC controller).
For example, the sample display for the base command shows
the MiniDacs Configuration as:
11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII.
This string shows that timeslots 1 - 8 and 17 - 24 are assigned to
the first HDLC controller (1) and timeslots 9 - 16 and 25 - 31 are
idle (I).
303560-A Rev 00 2-277
Sample Display - e1 alerts
E1 Modules on Alert:
--------------------
HDB3 Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- -------- -------- -------------------------------
Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.
base [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the base level information for all E1 circuits or a specific circuit. For definitions
of the columns in the table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show e1 base
E1 Modules:
-----------
HDB3 Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- -------- -------- -------------------------------
2 1 E1-21 Disabled Internal 11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII
2 2 E1-22 Disabled Slave 22222222IIIIIIII22222222IIIIIII
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show e1 base circuit e1-21
E1 Modules:
-----------
HDB3 Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- -------- -------- -------------------------------
2 1 E1-21 Disabled Internal 11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-278 303560-A Rev 00
disabled
Displays E1 circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show e1 disabled
E1 Modules Disabled:
--------------------
HDB3 Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- -------- -------- -------------------------------
Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.
enabled
Displays E1 circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns in the
table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show e1 enabled
E1 Modules Enabled:
-------------------
HDB3 Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- -------- -------- -------------------------------
2 1 E1-21 Disabled Internal 11111111IIIIIIII11111111IIIIIII
2 2 E1-22 Disabled Slave 22222222IIIIIIII22222222IIIIIII
Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-279
frame errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays E1 frame errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show e1 frame
E1 Module Frame Errors:
-----------------------
Signalling Unframed
Frame All 1's All 1's
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Received Received
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 E1-21 0 0 0
2 2 E1-22 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Frame Errors Number of frame errors on this line. This counter indicates errors in
the frame alignment signal.
Signalling All 1’s Received Number of occurrences of receive signaling all 1’s. This error
occurs when timeslot 16 has been all 1’s for two consecutive
frames. This statistic is relevant only for Channel Associated
Signalling (CAS) mode.
Unframed All 1’s Received Number of occurrences of receive unframed all 1’s. This occurs
when less than three bit positions of the last aligned and nonaligned
frames have been 0.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-280 303560-A Rev 00
line errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays several categories of line errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table
includes the following information:
Sample Display - show e1 line errors
E1 Module Line Errors:
----------------------
Remote Multiframe
BiPolar Alarms Alarms Multiframe Sync
Slot Conn Circuit Violtns Received Received Errors Losses
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 E1-21 0 0 0 1 0
2 2 E1-22 0 0 0 1 0
2 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
BiPolar Violtns Number of bipolar violations on this line. On an E1 line, ones are
transmitted as alternating negative and positive pulses, and zeros
are simply the absence of pulses. Thus a bipolar violation occurs if
there are two or more consecutive pulses of the same polarity. This
error count indicates the quality of the E1 line.
Remote Alarms Received Number of remote alarms received on this line. This error is
equivalent to a “yellow alarm” in T1. It means that we have not lost
sync but that the remote side of the connection has detected a
problem with the line.
Multiframe Alarms Received Number of multiframe alarms received on this line. This error
statistic is relevant only in CAS mode and occurs when bit 6 of
timeslot 16 in frame 0 is set for two consecutive multiframes.
Multiframe Errors Number of multiframe errors on this line. This error occurs
whenever two consecutive CAS multiframe alignment words are
received with an error.
Sync Losses Number of instances of sync losses detected on this line. This error
statistic is equivalent to the “red alarm received” statistic on T1.
303560-A Rev 00 2-281
version
Displays the current version number and modification date for the e1.bat script.
Sample Display - show e1 version
e1.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show egp
The show egp <
option
> commands display information about the Exterior Gateway
Protocol (EGP). For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of EGP,
refer to Configuring IP Services.
The show egp command supports the following subcommand options:
base
Displays the base record for EGP. The table includes the following information:
base stats
neighbors version
Protocol Name of the protocol, in this case EGP.
State State of the protocol on the router: Enabled or Disabled.
Local AS Local Autonomous System (the AS to which this router belongs).
NIC assigns this decimal number.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-282 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show egp base
EGP Base Information
--------------------
Protocol State Local AS
-------- -------- --------
EGP Enabled 1001
neighbors
Displays information about each of the neighbors configured for this router. The table
includes the following information:
Local Address Local IP interface address for this neighbor.
Neighbor Address Neighbor’s IP address.
State State of the interface: Absent (not yet started), Disabled
(manually), Down, Init (initializing), Up.
Local Acquisition Mode Whether or not the router initiates EGP connections: Active or
Passive. Active means the router is the initiator.
Local Poll Mode Type of neighbor reachability algorithm this local neighbor
executes as follows:
•Active - Router sends Hello and Poll commands to request
reachability status from its neighbor.
•Passive - Router responds to Hello and Poll commands with I-H-
U and Update messages.
•Both - Router sends and responds to Hello and Poll commands.
303560-A Rev 00 2-283
Sample Display - show egp neighbors
EGP Configured Neighbors
-------------------------
Neighbor Local Local
Local Address Address State Acquisition Mode Poll Mode
--------------- --------------- ---------- ---------------- ---------
192.32.28.1 192.32.28.65 Up Active Active
1 Entries.
stats
Displays statistical information for EGP. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show egp stats
EGP Statistics
--------------
EGP In EGP In EGP Out EGP Out Total EGP
Good Error Good Error Messages
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
24 1 24 0 49
EGP In Good Number of error-free incoming messages.
EGP In Error Number of incoming messages with errors.
EGP Out Good Number of error-free messages transmitted.
EGP Out Error Number of messages transmitted with errors.
Total EGP Messages Total number of messages sent and received (sum of first four
columns).
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-284 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the version number and modification date of the egp.bat script.
Sample Display - show egp version
EGP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show fddi
The show fddi <
option
> commands display information about Fiber Distributed Data
Interface (FDDI) line services. For detailed information about the Bay Networks
implementation of FDDI, refer to Configuring Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring Services.
The show fddi command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts receive errors [circuit <circuit name>]
base [circuit <circuit name>] sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit <circuit
name>]
disabled smt [circuit <circuit name>]
enabled stats [circuit <circuit name>]
hwfilters system errors [circuit <circuit name>]
mac [circuit <circuit name>] transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]
port version
303560-A Rev 00 2-285
alerts
Displays all FDDI modules that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the
interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
State State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), LLC
off, or Not Pres (not present).
The Not Pres state occurs for several reasons. For example, the
Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis. The
software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver
software. The slot may be running diagnostics. Or there may be a
problem with the configuration.
MAC Address Physical address of the line.
BOFL TMO Number of seconds the driver waits before notifying protocol level
software of a service loss, if service is lost for some reason. If
service is restored before this number expires, the driver does not
notify the protocol level software.
MTU Maximum transfer unit size -- the maximum frame length allowed
on the wire, excluding frame delimiters, such as preamble and the
ending delimiter. The MTU of a FDDI frame is 4495 octets.
HW Filter State of hardware filtering: Enabled or Disabled. When enabled,
the Link Module filtering hardware prevents the software from
copying local frames into system memory. Filtering hardware
drops local frames at the interface. Bridging software performance
is improved because it no longer uses resources to receive and
reject local frames.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-286 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show fddi alerts
FDDI Modules on Alert:
----------------------
BOFL HW
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ------
3 1 F31 Init 00-00-A2-03-01-79 3 4495 Enabled
Found 1 matches out of 1 entry in table.
base [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the base level information for all FDDI circuits or a specific FDDI circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.
Sample Display - show fddi base
FDDI Modules:
-------------
BOFL HW
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ------
3 1 F31 Init 00-00-A2-03-01-79 3 4495 Enabled
1 entry in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-287
disabled
Displays FDDI circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Down.
Sample Display - show fddi disabled
FDDI Modules Disabled
---------------------
BOFL HW
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ------
Found 0 matches out of 3 entries in table.
enabled
Displays FDDI circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.
Sample Display - show fddi enabled
FDDI Modules Enabled
--------------------
BOFL HW
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Filter
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ------
2 1 F21 Up 00-00-A2-02-9F-D6 3 4495 Disabled
Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-288 303560-A Rev 00
hwfilters
Displays status and statistical information about the hardware filters in use, if any. The
table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show fddi hwfilters
Hardware Filters Modules:
-------------------------
Line Maximum Current Used Dropped
Slot Conn Circuit State Type Tbl Siz Tbl Siz Entries Frames
---- ---- ------- -------- ------ ------- ------- ------- ----------
Found 0 matches out of 4 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
State State of the filtering hardware on the line: Down, Full or Up.
Line Type FDDI.
Maximum Tbl Siz Maximum number of table entries that a line can use, based on the
hardware filter devices present and available.
Current Tbl Siz Current capacity of the hardware filter table. The protocol
dynamically allocates hardware filter table resources as needed in
increments of 256 up to the available table size.
Used Entries Number of hardware filter table entries used.
Dropped Frames Number of frames dropped because they matched the hardware
filter.
303560-A Rev 00 2-289
mac [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the Media Access Control (MAC) parameters for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. This display includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Upstream
Neighbor MAC address of the upstream neighbor. The Neighbor Information protocol
within SMT determines this address. The value 00 00 F8 00 00 00 indicates that
the address is unknown. The table represents the address in canonical form.
Downstream
Neighbor MAC address of the downstream neighbor. The Neighbor Notification protocol
within SMT determines this address. The value 00 00 00 00 00 00 indicates that
the address is unknown. The table represents the address in canonical form.
TNeg (ms) Target token rotation time (TTRT) carried in claim frames that the FDDI station
transmits. This value is in milliseconds.
Ring Mgmt State State of the Ring Management (RMT) within SMT. RMT reports the status of
the MAC, including stuck beacon conditions. It initializes the trace function, and
detects duplicate address conditions that prevent the ring from operating. RMT
passes through a variety of states as follows:
•Isolated - Initial state of RMT.
•NonOp - MAC being managed is participating in ring recovery and the ring is
not operational.
•RingOp - MAC being managed is part of an operational FDDI ring.
•Detect - Ring has not been operational for a certain period of time. In this
state, RMT detects duplicate addresses, a condition that prevents ring
operation.
•NonOpDup - TMAC under control is a duplicate of another MAC on the ring.
The ring is not operational in this state.
•RingOpDup - MAC under control is a duplicate of another MAC on the ring.
The ring is operational in this state.
•Directed - RMT has instructed the MAC it is controlling to send beacon
frames notifying the ring of a stuck condition. Beacon frames indicate that the
interface doesn’t see the token and that this condition should be transient. If
this state persists, contact your customer service representative.
•Trace - RMT has initiated the trace function.
Ring Op Count Number of times the ring has entered the “Ring Operational” state from the
“Ring Not Operational” state. This count is updated when there is a change in
the state, but does not have to be exact.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-290 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show fddi mac
FDDI Modules MAC Parameters:
----------------------------
Upstream Downstream TNeg Ring Mgmt Ring Op
Slot Conn Circuit Neighbor Neighbor (ms) State Count
---- ---- ------- ----------------- ----------------- ---- --------- ----------
0 entries in table.
port
Displays FDDI port attributes. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier associated with the port.
Conn Connector identifier associated with a port.
Local Port Physical connector type of the local port, as follows:
•A - Port is a dual attachment station or concentrator that attaches
to the primary IN and the secondary OUT when attaching to the
dual FDDI ring.
•B - Port is a dual attachment station or concentrator that attaches
to the secondary IN and the primary OUT when attaching to the
dual FDDI ring.
•M - Port is in a concentrator that serves as a Master to a
connected station or concentrator.
•S - Port is in a single attachment station.
•Unknown - Type of the port is unknown.
Neighbor Port Type Physical connector type of the remote port: A, B, M, S, Unknown.
303560-A Rev 00 2-291
Physical State State of Physical Connection Management (PCM) for each port
within SMT. PCM initializes the connection of neighboring ports
and manages signaling between ports. PCM provides the necessary
signaling to initialize a connection, withhold a marginal
connection, and support maintenance features. PCM passes
through a variety of states, as follows:
•Off - Initial state of PCM.
•Break - Starting a PCM connection.
•Trace - Localizing a stuck beacon condition, which indicates that
the interface doesn’t see the token. This state should be a
transient condition. If it persists, contact your customer service
representative.
•Connect - Synchronizing the ends of the connection for the
signaling sequence.
•Next - Separating the signaling performed in the SIGNAL state.
•Signal - Communicating individual bits of information across the
connection.
•Join - Assuring that both ends of the connection enter the
ACTIVE state together when signaling has completed.
•Verify - Leading to an active connection.
•Active - Incorporating the port into the token path.
•Maint - Detecting maintenance state.
Link Error Monitor Count Number of times a link has been rejected.
Elasticity Buffer Errors Number of elasticity buffer errors for a specific Physical Layer
Protocol (PHY). The elasticity buffer tracks clock tolerances
between stations.
Link Confidence Count Number of consecutive times the link confidence test has failed
during Connection Management.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-292 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show fddi port
FDDI Modules Port Parameters:
----------------------------
Link Error Elasticity Link
Local Neighbor Physical Monitor Buffer Confidence
Slot Conn Port Port Type State Count Errors Count
---- ---- ----- --------- --------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 A Unknown Connect 0 0 0
2 1 B A Active 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
receive errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
CRC Errors Number of frames received with CRC errors.
Overrun Errors Number of frames received with internal overrun errors.
Invalid Frames Number of badly formed frames received from the FDDI ring;
frames that do not contain a valid Frame Status field of at least
three control indicator symbols (that is, E, A, C, flags).
Frames Too Long Number of frames received that exceed the MTU size.
303560-A Rev 00 2-293
Sample Display - show fddi receive
FDDI Module Receive Errors:
---------------------------
CRC Overrun Invalid Frames
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Frames Too Long
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 F21 0 0 0 0
1 entry in table.
sample [
<period in seconds>
] [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays data sampled from FDDI over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Rx Frames Number of frames received.
Tx Frames Number of frames sent.
Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, buffers.
Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;
for example, buffers.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-294 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show fddi sample
FDDI Sampled Data over 10 seconds
----------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 F21 2 3 0 0
1 entry in table.
Sample Display - show fddi sample 5 circuit F21
FDDI Sampled Data over 5 seconds
----------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 F21 4 5 0 0
Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.
smt [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays Station Management (SMT) parameters for all FDDI circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table contains the following information:
Slot Slot identifier associated with the FDDI circuit.
Conn Identifier of the connector associated with the FDDI circuit.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with the FDDI circuit.
303560-A Rev 00 2-295
Connection Policy Table that represents the requested connection possibilities for this
node. Each column identifies whether a connection should be
accepted or rejected for a specific pair of port types. The top header
row shows the port types that are local to this node. The next header
row represents the port types of the neighbor port. The table also
displays the requested connection policy (. = accept or R= reject)
for this node, for each port pair.
ECM State State of Entity Coordination Management (ECM) within SMT.
ECM controls the optional optical bypass switch and signals other
entities within SMT when the medium is available. ECM passes
through a variety of states as follows:
•By_Check - Confirms that both the primary and secondary optical
bypass switches have switched.
•Bypassed - Initial state of ECM after path test. If an optical bypass
switch is present, it is in a bypassed state.
•Deinsert - State allows time for the optical bypass switch to
deinsert.
•In - Normal state for a completed connection.
•Insert - State that allows for the switching time of the optical
bypass switch. The ECM remains in this state until the optical
bypass switch has completed switching.
•Leave - Transition to allow enough time to break any existing
connections.
•Pathtest - Node performs a test of its entities as data paths. ECM
enters this state after completing the trace function.
•Trace - State used to identify a stuck beacon condition, which
indicates that the interface doesn’t see the token. This state should
be a transient condition. If it persists, contact your customer
service representative.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-296 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show fddi smt
FDDI Modules SMT Parameters:
----------------------------
Connection Policy (R = Reject)
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Local: M M M M S S S S B B B B A A A A
Neighbor: M S B A M S B A M S B A M S B A T
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | ECM Connect Notify
Slot Conn Circuit | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | State State (secs)
---- ---- ------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -------- -------- ------
2 1 F21 R R R R R R R R . R R . . R . R In C_Wrap_B 22
1 entry in table.
Connect State State of Configuration Management (CFM) within SMT. CFM
interconnects physical connections and MAC entities to configure
the ports and MACs within a node. The states are as follows:
•Isolated - Port is not inserted into any path.
•Local A - The A port is inserted into a local path and the B port is
not.
•Local B - The B port is inserted into a local path and the A port is
not.
•Local AB - Both the A and B ports are inserted into the local path.
•Wrap A - Secondary path is wrapped to the A port.
•Wrap B - Primary path is wrapped to the B port.
•C Wrap A - Primary and secondary paths are joined internal to the
node and wrapped.
•C Wrap B - Primary and secondary paths are joined internal to the
node and wrapped to the B port.
•Wrap AB - Primary path is wrapped to the B port and the
secondary path is wrapped to the A port.
•Thru - Primary path enters the A port and emerges from the B
port. The secondary path enters the B port and emerges from the
A port.
T Notify (secs) Interval in seconds between successful iterations of the Neighbor
Notification Protocol. This protocol identifies the MAC address of
the FDDI upstream and downstream neighbors, detects duplicate
MAC addresses on the ring, and generates periodic keep alive traffic
that verifies the local MAC transmit and receive paths.
303560-A Rev 00 2-297
stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays FDDI input/output statistical information for all FDDI modules or for a specific
circuit. The table contains the following information:
Sample Display - show fddi stats
FDDI Module I/O Statistics:
---------------------------
Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 F21 76578 995 841559713 13963966 0
1 entry in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.
Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.
Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.
Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.
Total Errors Total number of errors of all types.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-298 303560-A Rev 00
system errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show fddi system errors
FDDI Module System Errors:
----------------------------
Port Internal
Parity Ring Operation Operation Host
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Errors Errors Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 F21 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 F31 0 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Parity Errors Number of parity errors. Parity errors may indicate faulty
hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your customer service
representative.
Ring Errors Number of ring errors.
Port Operation Errors Number of DMA controller port operation errors. Port operation
errors may indicate faulty hardware. If this count exceeds five, call
your customer service representative.
Internal Operation Errors Number of internal operation errors.
Host Errors Number of parity errors occurring when the host driver accesses a
register on the DMA controller. Host errors may indicate faulty
hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your customer service
representative.
303560-A Rev 00 2-299
transmit errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show fddi transmit
FDDI Module Transmit Errors:
----------------------------
Aborted Underrun
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------
2 1 F21 0 0
3 1 F31 0 0
2 entries in table.
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the fddi.bat script.
Sample Display - show fddi version
fddi.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Aborted Frames Number of transmit frames with internal abort errors on this circuit.
Underrun Errors Number of transmit frames aborted with underrun errors on this
circuit.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-300 303560-A Rev 00
show fr
The show fr <
option
> commands display configuration, state, and statistical information
about frame relay services. For details on the Bay Networks implementation of frame
relay, see Configuring Frame Relay Services.
The show fr command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts shaping [line<line> | <line.llindex> |
line.llindex.cct>]
disabled stats [pvc [<line> | <line.llindex> |
<line.llindex.DLCI>]]
enabled stats circuit [<circuit name>]
backup [<line> | <line.llindex>] stats lapf <options>
demand [<line> | <lin.llindex>] stats shaping [l<line> | <line.llindex> |
line.llindex.cct>]
congestion [line<line> | <line.llindex> |
line.llindex.cct>] stats signalling <options>
lines [<line> | <line.llindex>] svcs <options>
pt <options> vcs [<line> | <line.llindex> |
line.llindex.DLCI>]
service | circuit [<line> | <line.llindex> |
<line.llindex.cct>]
303560-A Rev 00 2-301
alerts
Displays information about interfaces that are enabled but not running. The table includes
the following information:
Line.LLIndex Instance identifier or interface specification for the frame relay
interface.
Circuit Name of the main frame relay circuit this interface is associated
with.
Mgt Type Type of Data Link Control Management Interface (DLCMI)
configured for the interface, as follows:
•Annex A - Management services as specified by CCITT Annex A.
•Annex D - Management services as specified in Annex D to ANSI
standard TI.617.
•Annex A Sw - Management services for the DCE side of the
connection (Annex A).
•Annex D Sw - Management services for the DCE side of the
connection (Annex D to TI.617).
•LMI - Management services as specified by revision 1 of the
Local Management Interface standard.
•LMI Sw - Management services for the DCE side of LMI.
•None - No management interface between the router and the
frame relay network.
Intf Type Interface type: Normal (leased service with no backup service),
Primary/Shared (the backup circuit uses the primary configuration),
Primary/Secondary (the backup circuit uses its own configuration.
Status State of the interface as follows:
•Fault - Interface is not operating.
•Init - Interface is initializing (has not yet started).
•NotPres - Interface is not yet present.
•Running - Interface is operating properly.
Faults Number of times the interface has been in fault mode.
Discard Number of outbound frames discarded because of errors.
Drop Number of inbound frames dropped because of errors.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-302 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show fr alerts
$show fr alerts
Line.LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop
---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- ------
201301.0 S131 AnnexD Primary Fault 1 0 0
1 entry(s) found
disabled
Displays the interfaces that are currently disabled. For column definitions, see the alerts
command.
Sample Display - show fr disabled
$show fr disabled
Line.LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop
---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- ------
201301.0 S131 AnnexD Primary Disabled 1 0 0
1 entry(s) found
enabled
Displays the interfaces that are currently enabled. For column definitions, see the alerts
command.
Sample Display - show fr enabled
$show fr enabled
Line.LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop
---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- ------
201302.0 S132 AnnexD Normal Running 0 0 0
1 entry(s) found
303560-A Rev 00 2-303
backup [
<line>
|
<line.llindex>
]
Displays the interfaces that currently support dial backup.
The table includes the following information:
<line> Limits the display to the specified line identifier.
<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified instance identifier.
Primary Line.LLIndex Instance identifier or interface specification for the frame relay
primary interface.
Circuit Name of the main frame relay primary circuit this interface is
associated with.
Status State of the primary interface as follows:
•Fault - Interface is not operating.
•Init - Interface is initializing (has not yet started).
•NotPres - Interface is not yet present.
•Running - Interface is operating properly.
Backup Line.LLIndex Instance identifier or interface specification for the frame relay
backup interface.
Type Interface Type for the backup circuit: Shared (the backup interface
uses the primary configuration), Secondary (the backup interface
uses it own configuration.
Circuit Name of the main frame relay primary circuit this interface is
associated with.
Status State of the backup interface as follows:
•Fault - Interface is not operating.
•Init - Interface is initializing (has not yet started).
•NotPres - Interface is not yet present.
•Running - Interface is operating properly.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-304 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - $show fr backup
Primary Backup
Line.LLIndex Circuit Status Line.LLIndex Type Circuit Status
---------------- -------- -------- ---------------- ------ -------- --------
201301.0 S131 Fault 1000201301.0 Shared S131 Running
1 entry(s) found
demand [
<line>
|
<line.llindex>
]
Displays information about all or some of the frame relay demand lines configured on the
router. For column definitions, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show fr demand
Line.LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop
---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- ------
1010000002.0 FR Dema- AnnexD Demand Init 0 0 0
nd 2
1 entry found
303560-A Rev 00 2-305
congestion [
<line>
|
<line.llindex>
|
<line.llindex.DLCI>
]
Displays information about congestion control on frame relay interfaces. You can use the
following options with the congestion command.
The table includes the following information.
<line> Limits the display to the specified line.
<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified interface.
<line.llindex.DLCI> Limits the display to the specified PVC. <line.llindex> specifies
the interface. <dlci> specifies the individual PVC.
Line.LLIndex Line or instance identifier for the interface.
Circuit Name of the main circuit this interface is associated with.
Enable Status of congestion control: Disabled, Enabled, or Inherit. Inherit
indicates that the VC should use the parameters from the DLCMI
record.
State Status of traffic; options are
• forwarding - sending traffic at up to the maximum rate allowed on
the PVC.
• congested - the PVC is not transmitting.
• throttling - the PVC is throttling back to the CIR rate.
Method Identifies the congestion method:
• Shutdown - the VC terminates when congestion occurs.
• Throttle - the VC queues traffic when congestion occurs; traffic
resumes when the congestion alleviates.
• Throttle then shutdown - first queues traffic when congestion
occurs, and then terminates the VC if throttling does not alleviate
congestion.
• Inherit -the VC uses the parameter from the DLCMI record
Timer Length of time in seconds during which the router counts
congestion notifications.
Counter Maximum number of congestion notifications that the router can
receive during the Timer period before it stops transmitting.
RX FECN Number of outbound forward explicit congestion notifications.
RX BECN Number of outbound backward explicit congestion notifications.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-306 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display – show fr congestion
1:1]$ show fr congestion
Line.LLIndex.DLCI Enable State Method Timer Counter Rx FECN Rx BECN
------------------- ------- ---------- -------- ----- ------- -------- --------
201102.0.0 Inherit Forwarding Inherit 1.0 20 0 0
201102.0.400 Inherit Forwarding Inherit 1.0 20 0 0
2 entries found
lines [
<line>
|
<line.llindex>
]
Displays information about all or some of the frame relay lines configured on the router.
The table includes the following information:
<line> Limits the display to the specified line identifier.
<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified instance identifier.
Line.LLIndex Line or instance identifier for the interface.
Circuit Name of the main circuit this interface is associated with.
Mgt Type See alerts command.
Intf Type Interface type: Normal (leased service with no backup service),
Primary/Shared (the backup circuit uses the primary configuration),
Primary/Secondary (the backup circuit uses its own configuration.
Status See alerts command. In addition to those listed, Status is Disabled
(by a user).
Faults Number of times the interface has been in fault status.
Discard Number of outbound frames discarded because of errors.
Drop Number of inbound frames dropped because of errors.
303560-A Rev 00 2-307
Sample Display - show fr lines
$show fr lines
Line.LLIndex Circuit Mgt Type Intf Type Status Faults Discard Drop
---------------- -------- --------- --------- -------- ------ -------- ------
201301.0 S131 AnnexD Primary Running 0 0 0
1000201301.0 Unknown AnnexD Backup/Sh NotPres 0 0 0
2 entry(s) found
The table includes the following information:
Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the interface plus the PVC identifier
(DLCI).
State State of the virtual circuit as follows:
•Invalid - Circuit is configured but the switch has not confirmed it.
•Active - Circuit is usable.
•Inactive - Circuit is configured but not active.
Type Way the virtual circuit was created:
•Static - User manually configured the PVC.
•Dynamic - PVC was created during operations.
Mode Operational mode of the PVC, as follows:
•Direct - Upper-layer protocols view this PVC as a point-to-point
connection; as an individual network interface.
•Group - Upper-layer protocols treat this PVC as one of a group of
destinations to the switched network. The upper-layer protocols
use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the
switched network to the frame relay network interface.
•Hybrid - Allows protocols to view this PVC as part of the group
while the bridge views the PVC in direct mode.
Congestion Status of the congestion control mechanisms: Disabled, Enabled,
or Inherit. Inherit indicates that the VC uses the parameters from
the DLCMI record.
Serv Circuit number of the PVC, unless this is a hybrid circuit. If this is
a hybrid circuit, Serv is the Circuit number of the group.
Circuit Name of the frame relay circuit for the PVC unless the circuit is
hybrid. If this is a hybrid circuit, Circuit is the name of the hybrid
circuit.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-308 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show fr pvcs
$show fr pvcs
Line.LLIndex.DLCI State Type Mode Congestion Serv Circuit
------------------- -------- -------- -------- ---------- ---- ---------------
201302.0.0 Control Dynamic Group Inherit - S132
201302.0.100 Active Dynamic Group Inherit 2 S132
201302.0.101 Active Dynamic Group Inherit 2 S132
201302.0.102 Inactive Dynamic Group Inherit 2 S132
201302.0.103 Inactive Dynamic Group Inherit 2 S132
201302.0.104 Inactive Dynamic Group Inherit 2 S132
6 entry(s) found
pt
<options>
Displays PVC pass through statistics for all PVCs or for a specified PVC.
The show fr pt command includes the following subcommand options:
•stat
•map
The table includes the following information, depending on the subcommand option:
Circuit name Identifies the circuit.
DLCI Identifies the DLCI.
Rx Frames Number of frames received.
Tx Frames Number of frames transmitted.
Discards Number of frames discarded.
Drops Number of frames dropped.
State State of the connection.
Circuit name (A) Cct (A)
DLCI (A) Identifies the first circuit in a pass through mapping.
Cct Name (B) Cct (B)
DLCI (B) Identifies the second circuit in a pass through mapping.
303560-A Rev 00 2-309
service | circuit [
<line>
|
<line.llindex>
|
<line.llindex.cct>
]
Displays information about all or selected frame relay service records or circuits.
The table includes the following information:
<line> Limits the display to the specified line.
<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified interface.
<line.llindex.cct> Limits the display to the specified line.<line.llindex> specifies the
interface. <cct> specifies the service record.
Line.LLIndex.Cct Line or instance identifier for the service record.
Circuit Name of the main circuit this interface is associated with.
Status See alerts command.
Num VCs Number of VCs in this service record.
Default Specifies whether this is the default service record.
Multiline Specifies whether the service record is multilined.
Name The circuit name. This is the same as the line or instance identifier,
except for multiline circuits.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-310 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - $show fr service
or
Sample Display - $show fr circuits
Line.LLIndex.Cct Circuit Status Num VCs Default Multiline Name
---------------- -------- -------- ------- ------- --------- -----------------
1010000002.0.2 FR Dema- Active 1 Yes No 1010000002.0.2
nd 2
1010000002.0.3 1010000- Active 1 No No 1010000002.0.3
002.0.3
2 entries found
shaping [
<line>
|
<line.llindex>
|
<line.llindex.DLCI>
]
Displays information about the shaping configuration on frame relay interfaces. You can
use the following options with the shaping command.
The table includes the following information:
<line> Limits the display to the specified line.
<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified interface.
<line.llindex.DLCI> Limits the display to the specified PVC. <line.llindex> specifies
the interface. <dlci> specifies the individual PVC.
Line.LLIndex Line or instance identifier for the service record.
DLCI Name of the virtual circuit this interface is associated with.
CIR Committed information rate.
Committed Burst The number of bits that the router can transmit over a specified
time interval (Bc).
Excess Burst The number of extra bits the router attempts to send when there is
no congestion (Be).
Config State Whether the circuit is configured to use traffic shaping.
303560-A Rev 00 2-311
Sample Display – show fr shaping
1:1]$ show fr shaping
-------Burst-------
Line.LLIndex.DLCI CIR Committed Excess Config State
------------------- --------- --------- --------- --------------
201102.0.0 0 0 0
201102.0.400 64000 16000 0 Shaping
2 entries found
stats circuit [
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistics associated with all frame relay circuits or a specified circuit. Because of
multiline, a frame relay circuit can have several frame relay interfaces associated with it.
Circuit statistics count the number of frames dropped or discarded at the circuit level. This
includes both the main-level circuit and the circuits associated with hybrid and direct
PVCs.
Sample Display - show fr stats circuit
Circuit Discards Drops
--------------- -------- --------
S132 0 0
1 entry(s) found
stats lapf
<options>
Displays LAPF statistics for all VCs or for a specified VC. These messages conform to
ITU-T Recommendation Q.921, Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS1) -
ISDN User-Network Interface, Data Link Layer Specification, March 1993.
The show fr stats lapf command includes the following subcommand options:
•errors
• receive
•traffic
•transmit
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-312 303560-A Rev 00
The table includes the following information, depending on the subcommand option:
Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the service record.
Window Number of unacknowledged frames that LAPF can send before
receiving an acknowledgment.
SABME Number of SABME (Set Asynchronous Balanced Mode Extended)
commands sent. SABME frames start multiple frame operation.
UA Unnumbered Acknowledgment messages sent. If a station that
receives a SABME or DISC command is able to execute the
command, it responds with a UA.
DISC Disconnect command; releases multiple frame operation.
DM Disconnected Mode, which indicates collision of commands and
responses, with the consequence that multiple frame operation
cannot execute.
FRMR Frame reject errors that cannot be recovered by retransmitting an
information frame.
REJ Reject messages, which request retransmission of information
frames.
RNR Receive Not Ready messages, indicating information frames
received when the receiving station was temporarily busy.
RR Receive Ready frames. These are sent if the station is ready to
receive information frames, to acknowledge previously received
information frames, and to clear a previous busy condition.
XID Exchange ID messages, which convey station identification
information.
Retransmit Timer Expiry
Status (T200) Number of times the T200 timer has expired.
Idle Time Expiry (T203) Number of times the T203 timer has expired.
Retransmit Limit Exceeded
(N200) Number of times the N200 retransmit limit has been exceeded.
Frame Size Exceeded
(N201) Number of times the N201 frame size limit has been exceeded.
Unnumbered Info Frames
Sent Count of unnumbered information frames sent.
Numbered Info Frames
Sent Count of numbered information frames sent.
303560-A Rev 00 2-313
stats shaping
[
<line>
|
<line.llindex>
|
<line.llindex.DLCI>
]
Displays information about congestion control on frame relay interfaces. You can use the
following options with the stats shaping command.
The table includes the following information about outbound frames:
Unnumbered Info Frames
Received Count of unnumbered information frames received.
Numbered Info Frames
Received Count of numbered information frames received.
<line> Limits the display to the specified line.
<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified interface.
<line.llindex.DLCI> Limits the display to the specified PVC. <line.llindex> specifies
the interface. <dlci> specifies the individual PVC.
Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the service record.
H/N/L Frames Number of high-,normal-, and low-priority shaped frames.
H/N/L Clipped Frames Number of high-,normal-, and low-priority clipped frames.
H/N/L Octets Number of high-,normal-, and low-priority shaped bytes.
H/N/L Hi Water Number of high-,normal-, and low-priority buffers held in the
queue at one time.
Dropped Frames Number of dropped frames.
Large Frames Number of large frames.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-314 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display – show fr stats shaping
[1:1]$ show fr stats shaping
H/N/L H/N/L H/N/L H/N/L
Line.LLIndex.DLCI Frames Clipped Fr Octets Hi Water Dropped Fr Large Fr
----------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- --------
201102.0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
201102.0.400 0 0 0 0 0 0
2348 0 84550 1
0 0 0 0
2 entries found
stats [pvc [
<line>
|
<line.llindex>
|
<line.llindex.DLCI>
]]
Displays statistics for all PVCs or for a specified PVC. The table includes a count of
frames and octets sent and received. Discard and Drops count frames that the router
recognized as belonging to this virtual circuit but threw away because of errors.
To show statistics for all PVCs enter the stats command with no options or with only the
pvc option. You can also use the following options:
Sample Display - show fr stats
Sent Received
Line.LLIndex.DLCI Frames Octets Frames Octets Discard Drops
----------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- --------
201302.0.0 132 1848 136 2458 0 0
201302.0.100 106 56705 109 3929 2 0
201302.0.101 59 29539 58 2105 0 0
201302.0.102 3 90 4 120 1 0
201302.0.103 0 0 0 0 0 0
201302.0.104 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 circuit(s) found
<line> Limits the display to all PVCs on the specified line.
<line.llindex> Limits the display to all PVCs on the specified interface.
<line.llindex.DLCI> Limits the display to the specified PVC.
303560-A Rev 00 2-315
stats signalling
<options>
Displays signalling statistics for all VCs or for a specified VC. These messages conform to
ITU-T Recommendation Q.931, Digital Subscriber Signalling System No. 1 (DSS1) -
ISDN User-Network Interface, Layer 3 Specification for Basic Call Control, March 1993.
The show fr stats signalling command includes the following subcommand options:
• receive
•transmit
The table includes the following information, depending on the subcommand option:
Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the service record.
Call setup Number of call setups between the calling user and the network to
initiate a call.
Call proceed Number of calls between the calling user and the network to
indicate requested call establishment has begun.
Connect Number of calls between the calling user and the network to
indicate call acceptance by the called user.
Disconnect Number of calls by the calling user to request the network to clear
an end-to-end connection, or by the network to indicate that the
connection is cleared.
Release Number of messages between the calling user and the network to
indicate that the sender has disconnected the call.
Release Complete Number of messages between the calling user and the network to
indicate that the sender has released the call reference.
Status Number of messages between the calling user and the network to
report error conditions.
Status Enquiry Number of messages between the calling user and the network to
solicit a Status message.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-316 303560-A Rev 00
svcs
<options>
Displays statistics for all SVCs or for a specified SVC.
The show fr svc command includes the following subcommand options:
•calls
• numbers
• priority
• shaping
The table includes the following information, depending on the subcommand option:
Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the service record.
Call direction States whether the call is inbound or outbound.
Circuit Identifies the circuit.
Duration in HH:MM:SS Duration of the call in hours, minutes, and seconds.
Number The outbound/inbound calling number.
Subaddress The subaddress of the calling number.
Plan The addressing plan: X.121 or E.164.
Type The type of number: International or Unknown.
Data priority current The current priority for this circuit.
Data priority lowest The lowest acceptable priority for this circuit.
Gain priority current The current gain priority for this circuit.
Gain priority lowest The lowest acceptable gain priority for this circuit.
Keep priority current The current keep priority for this circuit.
Keep priority lowest The lowest acceptable keep priority for this circuit.
Inbound CIR The CIR for inbound traffic.
Inbound Committed Burst The committed burst value for inbound traffic.
Inbound Excess Burst The excess burst value for inbound traffic.
Outbound CIR The CIR for outbound traffic.
Outbound Committed Burst The committed burst value for outbound traffic.
Outbound Excess Burst The excess burst value for outbound traffic.
303560-A Rev 00 2-317
vcs [<
line>
|
<line.llindex>
|
<line.llindex.DLCI>
]
Displays information about all or selected frame relay virtual connections. You can use the
following options with the vcs command:
The table includes the following information:
<line> Limits the display to the specified frame relay line.
<line.llindex> Limits the display to the specified frame relay interface.
<line.llindex.DLCI> Limits the display to the specified PVC. <line.llindex> specifies
the frame relay interface; <dlci> specifies the individual PVC.
Line.LLIndex.DLCI Line or instance identifier for the frame relay interface plus the
PVC identifier (DLCI).
State State of the virtual circuit as follows:
•Invalid - Circuit is configured but the switch has not confirmed it.
•Active - Circuit is usable.
•Inactive - Circuit is configured but not active.
Type Way the virtual circuit was created:
•Static - User manually configured the VC.
•Dynamic - VC was created during operations.
• SVC - A switched virtual circuit
Mode Operational mode of the VC, as follows:
•Direct - Upper-layer protocols view this VC as a point-to-point
connection that is, an individual network interface.
•Group - Upper-layer protocols treat this VC as one of a group of
destinations to the switched network. The upper-layer protocols
use a single network address to send all traffic destined for the
switched network to the frame relay network interface.
•Hybrid - Allows protocols to view this VC as part of the group
while the bridge views the VC in direct mode.
Congestion Status of the congestion control mechanisms: Disabled, Enabled,
or Inherit. Inherit indicates that the VC should use the parameters
from the DLCMI record.
Serv Circuit number of the VC, unless this is a hybrid circuit. If this is a
hybrid circuit, Serv is the circuit number of the group.
Circuit Name of the frame relay circuit for the VC unless the circuit is
hybrid. If this is a hybrid circuit, Circuit is the name of the hybrid
circuit.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-318 303560-A Rev 00
show ftp
The show ftp command displays configuration and statistical information about the Bay
Networks File Transfer Protocol (FTP) service. For more information on the Bay
Networks implementation of FTP, see Configuring IP Utilities.
Sample Display - show ftp
Ftp enabled.
Default Volume: 2
Idle Timeout: 900 minutes
Max. Sessions: 3
Max. Login Retries: 3
Transfer Type: Binary
Control Type: Low Delay
Data Type: Hi Thru Put
TCP Window Size: 60000
Logins: 0
Logins Failed: 0
Files Received: 0
Avg In Rate Kb/s: 0
In Errors: 0
Files Sent: 0
Avg Out Rate Kb/s: 0
Out Errors: 0
The fields displayed have the following meanings:
Default Volume File system volume to which transferred files are written and from
which they are retrieved. The volume number corresponds to the
slot number on which the volume resides.
Idle Timeout Timeout (in seconds) to close the FTP control connection if the
connection remains idle. The default is 900 seconds (15 minutes).
Max Sessions Maximum number of FTP sessions allowed at one time. The
default is 3 sessions.
Max Login Retries Maximum number of FTP login retries allowed after a login failure.
The default is 3 retries.
Transfer Type File transfer type: ASCII or Binary.
303560-A Rev 00 2-319
show fwall
The show fwall
<option>
commands display information about the BaySecure FireWall-1
configuration.
The show fwall command supports the following subcommand options:
Control Type Type of Service (TOS) value set for control connection in the IP
datagram that specifies to the Transport Layer how the datagram
should be handled. The options are Normal and Low Delay, with
Low Delay being the default.
Data Type Type of Service (TOS) value set for data transfer in the IP datagram
that specifies to the Transport Layer how the datagram should be
handled. The options are Normal and High Throughput, with High
Throughput being the default.
TCP Window Size Size in bytes of the windows used for FTP TCP connections. The
default is 16,000 bytes.
Logins Number of successful FTP logins.
Logins Failed Number of FTP logins that failed.
Files Received Number of files successfully received.
Average In Kb/s Average transfer rate in kilobytes per second for receiving data.
In Errors Number of errors logged during in-bound transfer.
Files Sent Number of files successfully sent.
Avg Out Kb/s Average transfer rate in kilobytes per second for sending data.
Out Errors Number of errors logged during out-bound transfer.
summary interface
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-320 303560-A Rev 00
summary
Displays the configuration of BaySecure FireWall-1.
The columns displayed have the following meanings:
interface
Displays the current state of BaySecure FireWall-1 on an interface.
The columns displayed have the following meanings:
Configured state Indicates whether the firewall is enabled or disabled on the router.
Current state Indicates whether the firewall is active or inactive.
Primary Management Station Displays the IP address of the primary management station.
Secondary Management
Station 1 Displays the IP address of the first backup management station.
Secondary Management
Station 2 Displays the IP address of the second backup management station.
Local Host IP Displays the IP address of the router where the firewall software is
installed.
Version Displays the version of firewall software.
Slot/Port Slot and port numbers, separated by a slash.
Config State State of the firewall on the slot/port pair.
Port Type Type of port.
Name Name assigned to the port.
303560-A Rev 00 2-321
show hardware
The show hardware <
option
> commands display information about a router’s hardware.
The show hardware command supports the following subcommand options:
backplane
Displays information about the state of the backplane hardware. The table includes the
backplane type, revision, and serial number. The revision and serial numbers are in
decimal format. The extended display, shown only for a BCN or BLN system, includes the
status of the power supply, fan, and temperature.
backplane proms [<slot number>]
config_file slots [<slot number>]
image version
memory [<slot number>]
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-322 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show hardware backplane
Hardware Backplane Information
------------------------------
Backplane Type: BCN
Backplane Revision: 1
Backplane Serial Number: 2181
Power Supply 1: OK
Power Supply 2: OK
Power Supply 3: OK
Power Supply 4: OK
Fan Status: OK
Temperature Status: OK
Sample Display - show hardware backplane
Hardware Backplane Information
------------------------------
Backplane Type: BLN
Backplane Revision: 2
Backplane Serial Number: 341
Sample Display - show hardware backplane
Hardware Backplane Information
------------------------------
Backplane Type: ASN
Backplane Revision: 0
Backplane Serial Number: 0
303560-A Rev 00 2-323
config_file
Displays the configuration file used to boot the router or reset a slot. The table shows the
name and volume that was the source of the configuration as well as the slot that delivered
the configuration file to the reset slot. All slots should be running the same configuration
file originating from the same volume or backup volume.
Sample Display - show hardware config_file
Boot Time Configuration File Information
----------------------------------------
Slot File Name Source Load Date and Time
---- -------------------------------- -------- -------------------------------
2 5:pvc0.cfg 3 01/30/1995 14:09:42 [GMT+12:00]
3 5:pvc0.cfg 5 01/25/1995 08:26:15 [GMT+12:00]
4 5:pvc0.cfg 3 01/25/1995 08:26:19 [GMT+12:00]
5 5:pvc0.cfg 3 01/25/1995 15:30:46 [GMT+12:00]
image
Displays the router’s software image for each slot, including the integration that is the
source of the image, the date and time of the image’s creation, and the filename that
contains the image. If the filename is too long to fit in a horizontal table, the script displays
the information in a vertical table, similar to the one shown for the config_file command.
Note: If the pathname of the configuration file is too long to fit into the tabular
format, the script displays the information in a vertical table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-324 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show hardware image
Active Image Information
------------------------
Slot File Name Source Date and Time
---- ---------------- -------------------- ------------------------------
2 5:bn.exe int/8.10/46 Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995
3 5:bn.exe int/8.10/46 Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995
4 5:bn.exe int/8.10/46 Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995
5 5:bn.exe int/8.10/46 Fri Jan 20 09:18:52 EST 1995
memory [
<slot number>
]
Displays memory configuration and capacity information about all slots or a specific slot.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show hardware memory
Hardware Memory Information (Megabytes)
---------------------------------------
Local Global Total
Slot Memory Memory Memory
---- -------- -------- --------
1 6.00 M 2.00 M 8.00 M
2 6.00 M 2.00 M 8.00 M
3 6.00 M 2.00 M 8.00 M
4 6.00 M 2.00 M 8.00 M
5 6.00 M 2.00 M 8.00 M
Slot Slot number.
Local Memory Total memory capacity in megabytes of the processor on the slot.
Global Memory Current memory configuration in megabytes of the processor on the
slot.
Total Memory Total in megabytes of local and global memory.
303560-A Rev 00 2-325
proms [
<slot number>
]
Displays PROM information for all slots or for a specific slot. The table includes the
revision and build date of the Bootstrap PROM and the Diagnostics PROM.
Sample Display - show hardware proms
Hardware PROM Information
-------------------------
Boot PROM Diag PROM
Slot Revision Boot PROM Date Revision Diag PROM Date
---- -------- --------------------- --------- ---------------------
1 Absent Absent
2 v8.10 18:47:12 Dec 30 1994 v3.10 11:20:26 Jul 15 1994
3 v8.10 18:47:12 Dec 30 1994 v3.10 11:20:26 Jul 15 1994
4 v8.10 18:47:12 Dec 30 1994 v3.10 11:20:26 Jul 15 1994
5 v8.10 10:40:55 Jan 06 1995 v3.10 11:20:26 Jul 15 1994
slots [
<slot
number>
]
Displays hardware information about all slots or a specific slot in the system. The table
includes information about the processor module and link module in the specified slot, as
well as the module type, revision, and serial number. The revision and serial numbers are
in decimal format.
For the AN, the table indicates that the AN has an 802.3 repeater (HUB) by indicating that
the link module is an ANSEDSH.
For the ASN, the table displays the number and type of the network module instead of the
link module and the network module type, revision, and serial number instead of the link
module type, revision, and serial number.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-326 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show hardware slots
Hardware Information per Slot
-----------------------------
Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link
Slot Module Revision Serial No. Module Revision Serial No.
----- ----------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- ----------
1 SRMF 1 278 SRML 17 2121
2 FRE2 234 53 DST-4/16 11 3543
3 FRE2 16 13569 QE/NF 6 958
4 FRE 16 1943 MCT1-2 2 488
5 FRE2 18 94240 QSYNC 8 8431
Sample Display - show hardware slots 2
Hardware Information per Slot
-----------------------------
Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link
Slot Module Revision Serial No. Module Revision Serial No.
----- ----------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- ----------
2 FRE2 234 53 DST-4/16 11 3543
Sample Display - show hardware slots
Hardware Information per Slot
-----------------------------
Processor Processor Processor Net Mod Net Mod
Slot Module Revision Serial No. # Net Module Revision Serial No.
----- ----------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- ----------
1 ASN 1 33 1 DENM 1 5
2 SFNM 1 3
3 DENM 1 9
4 DENM 1 8
303560-A Rev 00 2-327
Sample Display - show hardware slots
Hardware Information per Slot
-----------------------------
Processor Processor Processor Net Mod Net Mod
Slot Module Revision Serial No. # Net Module Revision Serial No.
----- ----------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- ----------
1 ASN 4 8 1 Absent N/A N/A
2 SFNM 1 13
3 Absent N/A N/A
4 SPEX 1 1002
3 ASN 4 17 1 Absent N/A N/A
2 Absent N/A N/A
3 Absent N/A N/A
4 SPEX 1 5
4 ASN 4 21 1 Absent N/A N/A
2 Absent N/A N/A
3 Absent N/A N/A
4 PPX 1 1001
Sample Display - show hardware slot
Hardware Information per Slot
-----------------------------
Processor Processor Processor Link Link Link
Slot Module Revision Serial No. Module Revision Serial No.
----- ----------- --------- ---------- ------------ -------- ----------
1 Access Node 1 4246 ANSEDSH 1 4246
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the hardware.bat script.
Sample Display - show hardware version
Hardware.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-328 303560-A Rev 00
show hifn
The show hifn
<option>
command displays information and statistics about the device
running Hi/fn LZS compression.
The show hifn command supports the following subcommand option:
hwcomp [stats | error]
303560-A Rev 00 2-329
hwcomp
The show hifn hwcomp command displays information that identifies the location of the
device running Hi/fn LZS compression, whether it is currently active, the module type, the
number of active CPC contexts, and the number of unused CPC contexts.
The display includes the following information:
hwcomp stats
The show hifn hwcomp stats command displays information that identifies the location
of the device running Hi/fn LZS compression and statistics for compressed,
decompressed, expanded, and uncompressed packets.
The display includes the following information:
Slot Slot number location of the module.
Module Modules per slot (always 1).
State Whether Hi/fn LZS compression is active or inactive.
Hardware Compression
Module Type The type of hardware compression module (contexts based on
8 KB history size).
Active 2K CPC Contexts Number of active 2 KB CPC contexts.
Unused 2K CPC Contexts Number of unused 2 KB CPC contexts.
Slot Slot number location of the module.
Module Modules per slot (always 1).
Total Compressed Packets Total number of compressed packets.
Total Decompressed Packets Total number of decompressed packets.
Total Tx Expanded Packets Total number of expanded packets transmitted.
Total Rx NonCompressed Packets Total number of uncompressed packets received.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-330 303560-A Rev 00
hwcomp error
The show hifn hwcomp error command displays information that identifies the location
of the device running Hi/fn LZS compression, statistics about compression and
decompression errors, uncompressed packets, and dropped packets.
The display includes the following information:
Slot Slot number location of the module.
Module Modules per slot (always 1).
Total Mod Compress Errors Total number of compression errors that occurred.
Total Mod Decompress Errors Total number of decompression errors that occurred.
Total Tx NonCompress Packets Total number of uncompressed packets transmitted.
Total Rx Dropped Packets Total number of received packets that were dropped.
303560-A Rev 00 2-331
show hssi
The show hssi <
option
> commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about the High-Speed Serial Interface (HSSI) lines. For detailed information
about configuring HSSI, refer to Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager.
The show hssi command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays all HSSI modules that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the
interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:
alerts sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit
<circuit name>]
base [circuit <circuit name>] stats [circuit <circuit name>]
disabled system errors [circuit <circuit name>]
enabled transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]
receive errors [circuit <circuit name>] version
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-332 303560-A Rev 00
State State of the line driver, as follows:
•BOFLwait - Driver is waiting for its own Breath-of-Life frames to
be successfully transmitted or for a BOFL frame from the Bay
Networks router at the other end of the WAN connection. This
applies only to the Wellfleet Standard protocol.
•CAwait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU, is
not currently up.
•Disabled - Module is not operational.
•Init - Module is initializing.
•LMIwait - Driver is waiting for any of four WAN protocols to
indicate that a link layer connection has been established to
another entity. This applies to the frame relay, SMDS, ATM, and
PPP protocols.
•Not Pres - Module is enabled but not yet started. This state occurs
for several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting
and has not yet initialized the driver software. The slot may be
running diagnostics. Or there may be a problem with the
configuration.
MAC Address Physical address of the line. The line driver fills this address in
from the 48-bit address stored in the serial number PROM for this
connector.
BOFL TMO Time in seconds between transmissions of Breath of Life messages
from this interface. A timeout occurs if five periods elapse without
a successful frame transmission. When timeout occurs, the
interface is disabled and then enabled again automatically.
MTU Maximum transfer unit size -- the buffer size for the HSSI port
(also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the
HSSI port). The value ranges from 3 to 4608 bytes.
WAN Protocol WAN protocol enabled on this interface, as follows:
•ATM - Asynchronous Transfer Mode
•FRAME RELAY - frame relay
•PPP - Point-to-Point
•SMDS - Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service
•WF STANDARD - Wellfleet Standard, a proprietary protocol used
between two Bay Networks routers. Based on the CCITT HDLC
(High-level Data Link Control) protocol, Wellfleet Standard
provides LLC1 (connectionless, datagram) service.
Line Number The line number for this line. Use this value to correlate driver-level
information with information displayed using scripts for PPP, frame
relay, SMDS, or ATM.
303560-A Rev 00 2-333
Sample Display - show hssi alerts
HSSI Modules on Alert:
----------------------
BOFL WAN Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------
4 1 CAwait 00-00-A2-03-60-C2 1 4495 WF STANDARD 0
Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.
base [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the base level information for all HSSI circuits or a specific circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. In addition to the states
listed under the alerts command, State can also be Up.
Sample Display - show hssi base
HSSI Modules:
-------------
BOFL WAN Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------
3 1 H31 Up 00-00-A2-03-C1-C3 1 4495 WF STANDARD 703101
1 entry in table.
disabled
Displays HSSI circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Disabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-334 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show hssi disabled
HSSI Modules Disabled:
----------------------
BOFL WAN Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------
Found 0 matches out of 1 entry in table.
enabled
Displays HSSI modules that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.
Sample Display - show hssi enabled
HSSI Modules Enabled:
---------------------
BOFL WAN Line
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address TMO MTU Protocol Number
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ---- ----------- --------
3 1 H31 Up 00-00-A2-03-C1-C3 1 4495 WF STANDARD 703101
Found 1 match out of 1 entry in table.
receive errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
CRC Errors Number of frames received with CRC errors.
303560-A Rev 00 2-335
Sample Display - show hssi receive errors
HSSI Module Receive Errors:
-----------------------------
Frames
Slot Conn Circuit CRC Errors Overruns Aborts Too Long
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 H31 0 0 0 0
1 entry in table.
sample [
<period in seconds>
] [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays data sampled from HSSI over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:
Overrun Errors Number of frames received that were aborted due to the memory
bandwidth of the FIFO buffer overrunning during DMA.
Aborts Number of frames received with abort errors.
Frames Too Long Number of frames received that exceeded the MTU size.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line.
Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line.
Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, buffers.
Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;
for example, buffers.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-336 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show hssi sample
HSSI Sampled Data over 10 seconds
----------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 H31 11 12 0 0
1 entry in table.
Sample Display - show hssi sample circuit H31
HSSI Sampled Data over 5 seconds
----------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 H31 5 6 0 0
Found 1 matches out of 1 entry in table.
stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays HSSI input/output statistical information for all HSSI circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table contains the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.
Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.
Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.
Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.
Total Errors Total number of errors of all types.
303560-A Rev 00 2-337
Sample Display - show hssi stats
HSSI Module I/O Statistics:
---------------------------
Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 H31 600808237 10617073 3692023 141294 0
1 entry in table.
system errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Rx Ring Errors Number of errors that the DMA controller has detected while
processing the receive ring.
Tx Ring Errors Number of errors that the DMA controller has detected while
processing the transmit ring.
Internal Op Errors Number of internal operation errors.
Host Errors Number of parity errors occurring while the host driver accesses a
register on the DMA controller. Host errors may indicate faulty
hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your customer service
representative.
Port Errors Number of DMA controller port-operation errors. Port errors may
indicate faulty hardware. If this count exceeds five, call your
customer service representative.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-338 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show hssi system errors
HSSI Module System Errors:
--------------------------
Rx Ring Tx Ring Internal Host Port
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors Op Errors Errors Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 H31 0 0 0 0 0
1 entry in table.
transmit errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show hssi transmit errors
HSSI Module Transmit Errors:
----------------------------
Slot Conn Circuit Aborts Underruns
---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------
4 1 H31 0 0
1 entry in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Aborts Number of transmit frames with abort errors on this circuit.
Underruns Number of transmit frames aborted with underrun errors on this
circuit.
303560-A Rev 00 2-339
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the hssi.bat script.
Sample Display - show hssi version
hssi.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show igmp
The show igmp <
option
> commands display configuration, state, and statistical
information about the Internet Gateway Management Protocol (IGMP). For detailed
information about the Bay Networks implementation of IGMP, refer to Configuring IP
Multicasting Services.
The show igmp command supports the following subcommand options:
base stats [<circuit name>]
circuits [<circuit name> | enabled | disabled]version
stats [<circuit name>]
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-340 303560-A Rev 00
base
Displays the base level information for IGMP. The table provides the following
information:
Sample Display - show igmp base
IGMP Base Information
----------------------
Protocol State
-------- -----------
IGMP Init
Estimated Number of Groups = 20
circuits [
<circuit name>
| enabled | disabled]
Displays the DVMRP circuit information for all circuits, a specified circuit, enabled
circuits, or disabled circuits. The table contains the following information:
Protocol Name of the protocol, which in this case is IGMP.
State: State of IGMP on the router: Up, Down, Init (initializing), or Not
Present.
Estimated Number of
Groups Estimated number of IGMP groups that will be used through this
router.
Circuit Circuit name of this interface.
State Current state of the IGMP interface: Up, Down, Init (initializing),
Invalid, or Not Pres (not present).
Query Rate Specifies, in seconds, how often a local group membership is
queried. If set to 0, no queries are sent out of this interface.
DR Timeout Designated Router Timeout. Specifies, in seconds, the amount of
time since the last host query message.
Membership Timeout Specifies, in seconds, the amount of time a local group membership
is valid without confirmation.
303560-A Rev 00 2-341
Sample Display - show igmp circuits
IGMP Circuits
--------------
Circuit State Query Rate DR Timeout MembershipTimeout
-------- -------- ---------- ---------- -----------------
E31 Up 120 140 260
E34 Up 120 140 260
E22 Up 120 140 260
E32 Up 120 140 260
E33 Up 120 140 260
5 Total entries.
groups [
<circuit name>
]
Displays group information for all IGMP circuits or a specified IGMP circuit. The table
displays the following information:
Sample Display - show igmp groups
IGMP Groups
-----------
Circuit Group Address Timer Value
-------- ------------- -----------
E31 238.1.1.1 100
E34 238.1.1.1 100
E22 238.1.1.1 100
E32 238.1.1.1 100
E33 238.1.1.1 100
5 Total entries.
Circuit Circuit name of this interface.
Group Address Associated group address.
Timer Value Specifies how much time, in seconds, will pass before this group
times out.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-342 303560-A Rev 00
stats [
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistics for all IGMP circuits or a specified IGMP circuit. The table displays the
following information:
Sample Display - show igmp stats
IGMP Circuit Statistics
------------------------
Circuit Designated Rtr Local IP In Pkts In Query Out Query Discards
-------- --------------- --------------- --------- --------- --------- --------
E31 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 0 0 475 0
E34 4.4.4.4 4.4.4.4 0 0 475 0
E22 200.200.200.1 200.200.200.1 0 0 475 0
E32 200.200.100.1 200.200.100.1 0 0 475 0
E33 200.200.1.1 200.200.1.1 0 0 475 0
5 Total entries.
Circuit Circuit name of this interface.
Designated Rtr Current IGMP designated router, or the IGMP router sending the IGMP host
queries if there are multiple routers on a multi-access network.
Local IP IP address currently in use on this circuit. This is the IP address used to
generate multicast traffic.
In Pkts Number of input datagrams received from the IGMP interfaces.
In Query Number of host membership query messages that have been received on this
IGMP interface.
Out Query Number of host membership query messages sent out of this IGMP interface.
Discards Number of IGMP messages received on this interface that were discarded due
to bad checksums, illegal message types, bad values in fields, etc.
303560-A Rev 00 2-343
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the igmp.bat script.
Sample Display - show igmp version
igmp.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show ip
The show ip <
option
> commands display configuration, state, and statistical information
about the Internet Protocol (IP). For detailed information about the Bay Networks
implementation of IP, refer to Configuring IP Services.
The show ip command supports the following subcommand options:
adjacent hosts static
alerts stats [circuit <circuit name>]
arp [<IP_address>]stats cache [<circuit name>]
base stats datagrams [<circuit name>]
circuits [<circuit name>] stats fragments [<circuit name>]
disabled stats icmp client [<circuit name>]
enabled stats icmp in [<circuit name>]
rfilters [export | import] [<protocol>] stats icmp misc [<circuit name>]
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-344 303560-A Rev 00
adjacent hosts
Displays a table of configured adjacent hosts. The table includes the following
information:
rip stats icmp out [<circuit name>]
rip alerts stats icmp server [<circuit name>]
rip disabled stats security in [<circuit name>]
rip enabled stats security out [<circuit name>]
routes [-A] [type {local|bgp|egp|ospf|rip}] |
[<IP address> | find <search pattern>] traffic filters
Host IP Address IP address of the host.
Interface IP Address of the IP interface through which packets reach the host.
Interface Mask Subnet mask of the IP address specified for the interface.
Mac Address MAC address of the host.
Encaps Encapsulation method used: ENET (Ethernet), SNAP, PDN, or
DDN.
Valid Validity of the configuration. If this field displays No, you should
check the adjacent host’s configuration.
303560-A Rev 00 2-345
Sample Display - show ip adjacent hosts
IP Adjacent Hosts
-----------------
Host IP Addr Interface IP Interface Mask Mac Address Encaps Valid
--------------- --------------- --------------- ----------------- ------ -----
5.0.0.2 5.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 00.00.A2.00.12.34 ENET YES
1 Entries.
alerts
Displays the circuit name and IP address of interfaces whose state does not match their
configuration; for example, an interface configured as enabled but whose state is not up.
Sample Display - show ip alerts
IP Circuits
-------------
Circuit State IP Address
-------- -------- ----------------
S34 Down 151.11.4.1
F51 Down 151.11.30.1
2 Entries found.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-346 303560-A Rev 00
arp [
<IP_address>
]
Displays the IP Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. This table shows the mapping
between the host’s IP address and its MAC address. If you optionally specify an IP
address, the command displays the associated MAC address.
The table includes the following information about each host listed:
Sample Display - show ip arp
IP ARP Table
------------
IP Address Type Physical Address
-------------- ------- -----------------
151.11.1.2 Dynamic 00-00-A2-06-B9-AA
151.11.2.2 Dynamic 00-00-A2-06-7A-FA
192.32.37.161 Dynamic 00-00-A2-01-DF-B7
192.32.37.162 Dynamic 08-00-20-1F-25-8B
4 ARP Entries
IP Address IP address of the host.
Physical address MAC address of the host.
Type How the IP address was resolved to the MAC address: Dynamic
means that ARP resolved it. Static means that it was configured
through an adjacent host entry.
303560-A Rev 00 2-347
base
Displays the state of IP, whether or not it is up and in forwarding mode or in host mode
only. The base record controls IP for the entire system. The table includes the following
information:
The base command also displays the number of networks and hosts that IP knows about
and the number of policy rules defined.
Protocol Name of the protocol; in this case IP.
State State of the protocol: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled
but not yet started), or Up.
Forwarding Mode Status of forwarding. Forwarding indicates that the IP host is an
IP gateway and is forwarding datagrams received but not
addressed to it. Not Forwarding indicates that this IP host is not a
gateway.
Zero/All Ones Subnetting Setting that determines whether zero or all-ones subnets are
allowed -- Enabled or Disabled. If Enabled, interfaces configured
with a zero subnet are allowed; if Disabled, they are not.
Default TTL Default value that IP inserts in the Time-To-Live field of the IP
header in datagrams that this router originates when the transport
layer protocol does not supply the value. The maximum value is
255; the default is 30.
RIP Diameter The value, or hop count, the Routing Information Protocol (RIP)
uses to denote infinity.
Route Cache Size The number of routing entries maintained in the forwarding table
before entries are flushed.
MIB Tables Maintained The tables maintained by IP: Route (the IP routing table), Fwd
(the forwarding table), or Both. The default is Route.
Classless Setting that determines whether a default route is allowed for
subnets in a subnetted network -- Enabled or Disabled. If
Enabled, a default route is allowed. The default is Disabled.
Route Filters Setting that determines whether route filters are supported --
Enabled or Disabled. If Enabled, route filters are supported.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-348 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ip base
IP Base Information
------------------------------------------------------------------
circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays IP circuit information, including which circuits have IP configured on them, the
IP address for each, and the state of IP on the circuit (Up or Down). IP address 0.0.0.0
indicates that an unnumbered interface is configured on the circuit. You can also display
this information for a specific circuit only.
Sample Display - show ip circuits
IP Circuits
-----------
Circuit Circuit # State IP Address
-------- ----------- -------- ----------------
E31 2 Up 0.0.0.0
E23 3 Up 128.1.1.1
E21 1 Up 192.32.29.130
3 Total entries.
Protocol: IP
State: Up
Forwarding Mode: Enabled
Zero/All Ones Subnetting: Disabled
Default TTL: 30
RIP Diameter: 15
Route Cache Size: 60
MIB Tables Maintained: Route
Classless: Disabled
Route Filters: Enabled
Route pools contain 1 [est. 0] networks/subnets and 0 [ext. 0]
hosts.
Maximum policy rules per type per protocol: 32
303560-A Rev 00 2-349
disabled
Displays the circuit name, circuit number, and IP address of interfaces that a user has
manually disabled. IP address 0.0.0.0 indicates that an unnumbered IP interface is
configured on the circuit.
Sample Display - show ip disabled
IP Circuits
-----------
Circuit Circuit # State IP Address
-------- ----------- -------- ----------------
E31 2 Disabled 0.0.0.0
E23 3 Disabled 128.1.1.1
2 Entries found.
enabled
Displays the circuit name, circuit number, state, and IP address of interfaces that a user has
manually enabled. IP address 0.0.0.0 indicates that the circuit is associated with an
unnumbered unterface. State is one of the following:
Init Interface is coming up and initializing.
Invalid Something about the interface’s configuration is not correct. Look
at the configuration.
Not Pres IP software has not been installed on the slot that hosts the physical
interface.
Up Interface is functioning properly.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-350 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ip enabled
IP Circuits
-----------
Circuit Circuit # State IP Address
-------- ----------- -------- ----------------
E31 2 Up 0.0.0.0
E23 3 Up 128.1.1.1
E21 1 Up 192.32.29.130
3 Entries found.
rfilters [export | import] [
<protocol>
]
Displays all configured route filters, or specific route filters. For example, you can display
all export filters or export filters for a specific protocol only. You can use the following
options with the rfilters command:
export Displays only export route filters.
import Displays only import route filters.
<protocol> Limits the display to the specified protocol, which is one of the
following:
•all - Displays route filters for all protocols.
•RIP - Displays only RIP route filters.
•OSPF - Displays only OSPF route filters.
•EGP - Displays only EGP route filters.
•BGP3 - Displays only BGP-3 route filters.
The table includes the following information:
Address IP network address of the network to which this filter applies. If
0.0.0.0, the filter applies to all networks.
Mask Range of addresses upon which this filter acts; depends on the
address class of the network address.
From Protocol Source of the routing information -- any, direct, static, RIP, OSPF,
EGP, or BGP-3.
303560-A Rev 00 2-351
Sample Display - show ip rfilters export BGP3
IP BGP3 Export Filters:
-----------------------
From
Address Mask Protocol Action Peer Address Peer AS
------------- ------------- -------- ---------- ---------------- -------
0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 ANY Propagate 192.32.174.66 2
192.32.174.0 255.255.255.0 ANY Propagate 192.32.175.130 1
2 BGP3 export filters in the table
Action Flow of routing information.
For export filters, Action is one of the following:
•Propagate - Advertise the route.
•Ignore - Suppress advertising of the route.
•Aggregate - Do not explicitly advertise the route; advertise the
default route (0.0.0.0) instead.
For import filters, Action specifies whether the route is transferred
to the routing tables and is one of the following:
•Accept - Send the routing information to the routing tables.
•Ignore - Drop the routing information.
Peer Address IP address of the peer router.
Peer AS Autonomous System number of the peer router.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-352 303560-A Rev 00
rip
Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured. The displays contain the following
information:
Sample Display - show ip rip
IP RIP Information
------------------
IP Interface State Supply Listen
---------------- ----- ------ ------
192.32.174.129 Up Enabled Disabled
1 Entries.
IP Interface Internet address of the interface.
State State of the interface: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (enabled
but not yet started) or Up.
Supply Whether the interface is sending out RIP updates: Enabled or
Disabled. If Enabled, the interface is supplying updates.
Listen Whether the interface is processing the RIP updates that it receives:
Enabled or Disabled. If Enabled, the interface is processing RIP
updates.
303560-A Rev 00 2-353
rip alerts
Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured but the state of RIP is down. For more
information on column definitions, see the rip command.
Sample Display - show ip rip alerts
IP RIP Interface Table Alerts
-----------------------------
IP Interface State Supply Listen
---------------- ------------- -------- --------
192.32.175.34 Down Enabled Enabled
1 Entries found
rip disabled
Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP configured but disabled. For more information on
column definitions, see the rip command.
Sample Display - show ip rip disabled
IP RIP: Table of Disabled Interfaces
------------------------------------
IP Interface State Supply Listen
---------------- ------------- -------- --------
192.32.174.129 Disabled Enabled Disabled
1 Entries found.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-354 303560-A Rev 00
rip enabled
Displays the IP interfaces that have RIP enabled on them. For more information on
column definitions, see the rip command.
Sample Display - show ip rip enabled
IP RIP: Table of Enabled Interfaces
------------------------------------
IP Interface State Supply Listen
---------------- ------------- -------- --------
192.32.174.129 Up Enabled Disabled
1 Entries found.
routes [-A] [type {local|bgp|egp|ospf|rip}] | [
<IP address>
| find
<search
pattern>
]
Displays IP routes. You can use the following options to display specific information:
Note: To display Equal Cost Multipath (ECMP) routes, you must use the ip routes
command. See Using Technician Interface Software for more information about the
ip routes command.
-A Shows entire routing table, including routes that are not used as
well as best routes.
type {local | bgp | egp |
ospf | rip} Limits the display to one specified protocol.
<IP_address> Limits the display to the routes that match the specified IP address.
find <search_pattern> Limits the display to the routes that match the specified subnet part
of the IP address.
303560-A Rev 00 2-355
The table includes the following information:
Network Destination IP address for this route. 0.0.0.0 indicates a default
route.
Mask Subnet mask to be combined with the destination address and then
compared with the value in Destination. If the value of Destination
is 0.0.0.0 (a default route), then the value of Mask is also 0.0.0.0.
Proto Routing method through which the router learned this route: Other,
Local, Netmgmt, ICMP, EGP, GGP, Hello, RIP, IS-IS, OSPF, or
BGP.
Age Number of seconds since this route was last updated or verified to
be correct. The meaning of “too old” depends on the routing
protocol specified under Proto.
Slot Number of the slot on which the network address/mask is
configured.
Cost Number of hops to reach the destination.
NextHopAddr / AS IP address of the next hop and next Autonomous System of this
route. If the next hop is an unnumbered interface, the command
displays 0.0.0.n, where n is the number of the circuit on which the
interface has been configured. In the following sample display, the
next hop field for destinations 10.0.0.0, 55.0.0.0, and 99.0.0.0
indicates that the next hop is an unnumbered interface configured
on circuit 2.
Weight Weight value assigned to the route (displayed only if you specify all
routes [-A].
* (asterisk) Indicates a route that is used by IP (applies only if you specify all
routes [-A]).
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-356 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ip routes
IP Routes
---------
Network/Mask Proto Age Slot Cost NextHop Address / AS
------------------- ------ --------- ---- --------- ----------------/-----
0.0.0.0/0 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
6.0.0.0/8 Direct 370 2 0 6.6.6.6
128.128.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
129.128.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
130.128.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
131.119.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
134.177.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
141.251.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
146.240.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
170.41.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
172.14.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
172.15.0.0/16 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
192.1.1.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
192.1.2.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
192.32.1.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
192.32.2.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
192.32.4.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
192.32.5.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
192.32.6.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
192.32.8.0/24 RIP 5 2 2 192.32.174.33
Total Networks on Slot 2 = 268
303560-A Rev 00 2-357
ip routes -A
------------
Network/Mask Proto Age Sl Cost NextHop Address / AS Weight
------------------- ------ -------- -- -------- ----------------/----- --------
*0.0.0.0/0 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
0.0.0.0/0 Direct 385 0 131071 Unreachable ffffffff
0.0.0.0/32 Host N/A 0 0 un# IP cct 0 00000000
*6.0.0.0/8 Direct 385 2 0 6.6.6.6 00000000
6.0.0.0/32 Host N/A 2 0 Broadcast 00000000
6.6.6.6/32 Host N/A 2 0 This Router 00000000
6.255.255.255/32 Host N/A 2 0 Broadcast 00000000
*128.128.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*129.128.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*130.128.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*131.119.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*134.177.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*141.251.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*146.240.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*170.41.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*172.14.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*172.15.0.0/16 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*192.1.1.0/24 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*192.1.2.0/24 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
*192.32.1.0/24 RIP 20 2 2 192.32.174.33 7b9e0002
Total Networks on Slot 2 = 268
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-358 303560-A Rev 00
static
Displays all statically configured routes on the router. The table includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show ip static
IP Static Routes
----------------
IP Destination Network Mask Cost Nexthop Valid Enabled
---------------- ---------------- -------- ---------------- ----- -------
55.0.0.1 255.0.0.0 1 Unn Cct 2 Yes Yes
99.1.1.0 255.0.0.0 1 Unn Cct 2 Yes Yes
2 Entries.
IP Destination Internet address of this static route.
Network Mask Subnetwork mask for this static route.
Cost Number of hops to reach the destination.
Nexthop IP address of the next hop on the route. If the next hop is an
unnumbered interface, the Next Hop field displays the circuit
number associated with the unnumbered interface.
Valid Value that indicates whether or not the configuration is valid.
Enabled Indicates whether this static route is enabled. The default is Yes.
303560-A Rev 00 2-359
stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays packet statistics that the router collects for all circuits or a specified circuit. The
table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ip stats
IP Statistics
-------------
In Out In Out
Circuit IP Address Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S31 192.32.174.65 2150309 211845 34771 0 0
E23 192.32.174.97 1305158 76700 30495 0 0
E21 192.32.174.129 3191531 163026 3238130 0 0
E22 192.32.175.129 51219 59655 3070948 0 0
Circuit Name of the circuit that the interface runs on.
IP Address Internet address of the interface.
In Receives Number of packets received on the interface, including errors.
Out Requests Number of packets that local clients, including ICMP, supplied to
IP for transmitting.
Forwards Number of packets forwarded through this interface; included in
the In Receives count.
In Discards Number of packets that IP received and discarded because of lack
of resources; for example, buffers.
Out Discards Number of packets given to IP to transmit but discarded because of
lack of resources; for example, insufficient buffers.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-360 303560-A Rev 00
stats cache [
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistics about the cached forwarding tables that IP uses for forwarding traffic
for all circuits or a specified circuit. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ip stats cache
IP Cache Statistics
-------------------
Cache Cache Cache
Circuit IP Address Networks Misses Removes
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- --------
S31 192.32.174.65 128 4 78
E23 192.32.174.97 238 1768 1797
stats datagrams [
<circuit name>
]
Displays error statistics about IP datagrams that IP has processed for all interfaces or for a
specific interface. The table includes the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit that the interface runs on.
IP Address Internet address of the interface.
Cache Networks Number of entries in the forwarding table.
Cache Misses Number of times the forwarding table did not contain information
about a destination and IP had to look up the route.
Cache Removes Number of entries removed from the forwarding table because they
timed out.
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.
IP Address Internet address of the interface.
Header Errors Number of IP packets received with header errors.
Address Errors Number of IP packets received with address errors.
Unknown Protocol Number of IP packets received locally that IP discarded because
the router did not implement the protocol.
303560-A Rev 00 2-361
Sample Display - show ip stats datagrams
IP Datagram Statistics
----------------------
Header Address Unknown In Out No
Circuit IP Address Errors Errors Protocol Discards Discards Routes
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 4 0 0 0
E23 192.32.174.97 0 0 39286 0 0 0
E21 192.32.174.129 0 0 0 0 0 0
E22 192.32.175.129 0 0 0 0 0 0
In Discards Number of packets that IP received but discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, insufficient buffers.
Out Discards Number of packets given to IP to transmit but discarded because of
lack of resources; for example, insufficient buffers.
No Routes Number of packets with unknown destination addresses that an
upper-layer protocol gave to IP to transmit.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-362 303560-A Rev 00
stats fragments [
<circuit name>
]
Displays all information about fragmented IP packets or information for all interfaces or
for a specific interface. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ip stats fragments
IP Fragments Statistics
------------------------
Fragmnts Sucssful Failed Fragmnt Fragmnt Total
Circuit IP Address Received Reassem Reassem Sent Failed Fragmnts
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0 0 0
E23 192.32.174.97 0 0 0 0 0 0
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.
IP Address Internet address of the interface.
Fragmnts Received Number of IP fragments received that this router had to reassemble.
Sucssful Reassem Number of datagrams that this router successfully reassembled.
Failed Reassem Number of datagrams that this router failed to reassemble; not
necessarily a count of discarded IP fragments.
Fragmnt Sent Number of IP datagrams that this router fragmented.
Fragmnt Failed Number of IP datagrams that this router discarded because it could
not fragment them properly; for example, could not set the Don’t
Fragment bit.
Total Fragmnts Number of fragments that this router sent in which this router
performed the fragmenting.
303560-A Rev 00 2-363
stats icmp client [
<circuit name>
]
Displays echo, timestamp, and address mask statistics about Internet Control Message
Protocol (ICMP) packets for all interfaces or for a specified interface. The table includes
the following information:
Sample Display - show ip stats icmp client
IP ICMP Client Statistics
-------------------------
Echo Echo Timestmp Timestmp AddrMask AddrMask
Circuit IP Address Requests Replies Requests Replies Requests Replies
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0 0 0
E22 192.32.175.129 0 2 0 0 0 0
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.
IP Address Internet address of the interface.
Echo Requests Number of ICMP Echo Request messages received.
Echo Replies Number of ICMP Echo Reply messages received.
Timestmp Requests Number of ICMP Timestamp Request messages received.
Timestmp Replies Number of ICMP Timestamp Reply messages received.
AddrMask Requests Number of ICMP Address Mask Request messages received.
AddrMask Replies Number of ICMP Address Mask Reply messages received.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-364 303560-A Rev 00
stats icmp in [
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistics about ICMP packets received for all interfaces or for a specified
interface. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ip stats icmp in
IP ICMP In Statistics
---------------------
ICMP ICMP In Destintn Rcv.Time Rcv.Parm
Circuit IP Address Received Errors Unreach. Exceeded Problem
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S31 192.32.174.65 4 0 4 0 0
E23 192.32.174.97 0 0 0 0 0
E21 192.32.174.129 0 0 0 0 0
E22 192.32.175.129 25 0 11 12 0
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.
IP Address Internet address of the interface.
ICMP Received Total number of ICMP messages received, including errors.
ICMP In Errors Number of ICMP messages received that had errors (bad ICMP
checksums).
Destintn Unreach. Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages received.
Rcv. Time Exceeded Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages received.
Rcv. Parm Problem Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages received.
303560-A Rev 00 2-365
stats icmp misc [
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistics about ICMP Source Quench and Redirect messages for all interfaces or
for a specified interface. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ip stats icmp misc
ICMP Miscellaneous Statistics
-----------------------------
SrcQunch Messages Redirect Messages
Circuit IP Address In Out In Out
-------- ---------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0
stats icmp out [
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistics about ICMP packets that the router generates for all interfaces or for a
specified interface. The table includes the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.
IP Address Internet address of the interface.
SrcQunch Messages In/Out Number of ICMP Source Quench messages received and sent.
Redirect Messages In/Out Number of ICMP Redirect messages received and sent.
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.
IP Address Internet address of the interface.
ICMP Sent Total number of ICMP messages that this router has generated.
ICMP Out Errors Number of ICMP messages that this router did not send because of
internal problems such as lack of buffers.
Destintn Unreach. Number of ICMP Destination Unreachable messages sent.
Snd. Time Exceeded Number of ICMP Time Exceeded messages sent.
Snd. Parm Problem Number of ICMP Parameter Problem messages sent.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-366 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ip stats icmp out
ICMP Out Statistics
-------------------
ICMP ICMP Out Destintn Snd.Time Snd.Parm
Circuit IP Address Sent Errors Unreach. Exceeded Problem
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0 0
E23 192.32.174.97 2 0 1 1 0
E21 192.32.174.129 5 0 5 0 0
stats icmp server [
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistics about ICMP messages that the router generates. For column definitions
in the display, see the stats icmp client command.
Sample Display - show ip stats icmp server
IP ICMP Server Statistics
-------------------------
Echo Echo Timestmp Timestmp AddrMask AddrMask
Circuit IP Address Requests Replies Requests Replies Requests Replies
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
O41 151.10.100.2 0 0 0 0 0 0
S31 151.11.1.1 0 0 0 0 0 0
S32 151.11.2.1 0 0 0 0 0 0
S33 151.11.3.1 0 1 0 0 0 0
S34 151.11.4.1 0 0 0 0 0 0
F51 151.11.30.1 0 0 0 0 0 0
E21 192.32.37.169 0 0 0 0 0 0
303560-A Rev 00 2-367
stats security in [
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistics associated with IP in security on each of the IP interfaces or on a
specified interface. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ip stats security in
IP Security In Statistics
-------------------------
Drop Rx Drop Rx Drop Rx Drop Rx In Admin
Circuit IP Address Authorty Formats Levels No IPSOS Prohibit
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0 0
E23 192.32.174.97 0 0 0 0 0
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.
IP Address Internet address of the interface.
Drop Rx Authorty Number of received packets dropped because the authority flag was
not sufficient.
Drop Rx Formats Number of received packets dropped because the security option
format was invalid.
Drop Rx Levels Number of received packets dropped because the classification
level was out of range.
Drop Rx No IPSOS Number of received packets dropped because they were without an
IP security label.
In Admin Prohibit Number of ICMP destination unreachable or communication
administratively prohibited messages received.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-368 303560-A Rev 00
stats security out [
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistics associated with IP out security on each of the IP interfaces or on a
specified interface. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ip stats security out
IP Security Out Statistics
--------------------------
Drop Tx Drop Tx Drop Tx No IpSos OutAdmin
Circuit IP Address Authorty Levels No IPSOS ROOMS Prohibit
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S31 192.32.174.65 0 0 0 0 0
E23 192.32.174.97 0 0 0 0 0
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.
IP Address Internet address of the interface.
Drop Tx Authorty Number of transmitted packets dropped because the authority flag
was not sufficient.
Drop Tx Levels Number of transmitted packets dropped because the classification
level was out of range.
Drop Tx No IPSOS Number of transmitted packets dropped because they were without
an IP security label.
No IpSos ROOMS Number of packets not transmitted because the IP header lacked the
space to insert an IP security option.
OutAdmin Prohibit Number of ICMP destination unreachable or communication
administratively prohibited messages sent.
303560-A Rev 00 2-369
traffic filters
Displays the configured IP traffic filters. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ip traffic filters
IP Traffic Filters
------------------
Rx Rule Fragment
Circuit IP Address Mode Status Matches Number Number
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
None 0.0.0.0 Enabled Inactive 0 0 0
E21 0.0.0.0 Enabled Inactive 0 0 0
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.
IP Address Internet address of the interface.
Mode State of traffic filter use -- Enabled or Disabled.
Status Status of the traffic filter, as follows:
•Active - Traffic filter rule is in effect.
•Inactive - Traffic filter rule is not in effect.
•Error - Application has detected an error in the rule definition.
Rx Matches Number of packets received that match this rule.
Rule Number Rule identifier.
Fragment Number Fragment identifier, for large rules.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-370 303560-A Rev 00
show ip6
The show ip6 <
option
> command displays information about IP version 6. For detailed
information about the Bay Networks implementation of IPv6, refer to Configuring IPv6
Services.
The show ip6 command supports the following subcommand options:
adjacent hosts interface [<interface_index>]
stats icmp [<interface_index>]circuits
stats traffic [<interface_index>]
303560-A Rev 00 2-371
base
Displays configuration and statistical information about the IPv6 base record.
Configuration information consists of the current settings for IPv6 global parameters.
IPv6 global parameters are described in Configuring IPv6 Services.
Sample Display - show ip6 base
IPv6 Base Record Configuration Information
------------------------------------------
Protocol: IPv6
State: Up
Forwarding: Enabled
Path MTU Discovery: Enabled
Discovered MTU Timeout: 10 minutes
Default Hop Limit: 64
Minimum Link MTU: 576 octets
Maximum Traffic Filters: 31 octets
Load Mask (MSB is slot 1): 0x78000000
IPv6 Base Record Statistical Information
----------------------------------------
Total IPv6 Interfaces: 8
Total Known Networks: 38
Total Known Nodes: 42
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-372 303560-A Rev 00
stats icmp [<interface_index>]
Displays the following information about ICMP messages sent and received on the
interface you specify.
Sample Display - show ip6 stats icmp
IPv6 ICMP Statistics
--------------------
Interface 2
Received Sent
---------- ----------
Total messages: 0 187
Router Advertisement: 0 185
Neighbor Solicit: 0 2
There was no other ICMP messages received or sent
Interface The index number identifying an IPv6 interface
Received ICMP messages received on this interface
Sent ICMP messages sent on this interface
303560-A Rev 00 2-373
stats traffic [<interface_index>]
Displays information about IPv6 packets sent and received on the interface you specify.
Sample Display - show ip6 stats traffic
IPv6 Traffic Statistics
-----------------------
Interface 3
Received packets: 2487
Successfully delivered to local user-protocols: 2487
Locally sources packets: 2532
Number prefixes in forwarding cache: 2
Cache misses: 2
All other counters are zero
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-374 303560-A Rev 00
interface [<interface_index>]
Displays configuration information about the IPv6 interface you specify. Configuration
information consists of the current settings for IPv6 interface parameters. IPv6 interface
parameters are described in Configuring IPv6 Services.
Sample Display - show ip6 interface
IPv6 Interface Configuration Information
----------------------------------------
Interface: 3
State: Up since 09/05/97 18:35:50
Description: PPP/SYNC to Garfield
Circuit: 7 (S51)
Neighbor Discovery: Disabled
Router Advertisements: Disabled
Configured Address Token: Autoconfigured
Actual Address Token: 00-00-00-00-00-4C-3F-6A/64
Configured MAC Address: (nil)
Actual MAC Address: (nil)
Effective Link MTU: 1590
Max Datagram Size : 4664
Cache Size: 128
ICMP Redirect: Enabled
ICMP Rate Limit: 100 messages per second
303560-A Rev 00 2-375
circuits
Displays the following information about IPv6 circuits configured on the router:
Circuit number The number of each IPv6 circuit configured on the router
Name The name of each IPv6 circuit configured on the router
Media The physical medium associated with each circuit
Slot The number of the slot on which each circuit is configured
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-376 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ip6 circuits
Circuit # Name Media Slot
--------- -------------------- ---------------- ----
1 E21 Ethernet 2
2 E24 Ethernet 2
3 F31 FDDI 3
4 S41 SYNC 4
5 E51 Ethernet 5
6 E52 Ethernet 5
7 S51 SYNC 5
8 S52 SYNC 5
9 E22 Ethernet 2
10 E23 Ethernet 2
303560-A Rev 00 2-377
show ipx
The show ipx <
option
> commands display information about Novell Internet Packet
Exchange (IPX) services on a Bay Networks router. For detailed information about the
Bay Networks implementation of IPX, refer to Configuring IPX Services.
The show ipx command supports the following subcommand options:
adjacent hosts sap alerts
alerts sap disabled
base sap enabled
base stats sap
circuits [<circuit name>] server net level filters
disabled service addresses
dor services [<name search pattern> | type <hex
search pattern> | Net <name search pattern>]
enabled static netbios routes
forward static routes
hosts ping <service name>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-378 303560-A Rev 00
adjacent hosts
Displays the configurable parameters for all statically configured adjacent hosts. The IPX
Adjacent Host Table includes the following information:
rip static services additional
rip alerts stats
routes [type {direct | nlsp | rip | static} | <IP
address> | find <search pattern> | net
<search pattern> | host <search pattern>]
stats datagrams
rip enabled traffic filters
route filters version
routes [type {direct | nlsp | rip | static} | <IP
address> | find <search pattern> | net
<search pattern> | host <search pattern>]
sap
static services
Mode Mode is Enabled or Disabled.
Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
Host ID Address Host address of the static host.
IPX Interface Network address of the next-hop interface.
Host WAN Address Host address of the next-hop interface.
303560-A Rev 00 2-379
Sample Display - show ipx adjacent hosts
IPX Adjacent Host Table Information
-----------------------------------
Circuit IPX Host ID Host
Mode Index Interface Address WAN Address
-------- ------- ------------ ---------------- --------------
Enabled 1 None 0x0000FFAAFFAA 0x0400
alerts
Displays potential problem areas for the IPX protocol. The table shows any IPX interfaces
that are enabled but whose state is not up. The table includes the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on.
State State of the interface, which in this case is Down, Init (initializing),
or Not Pres (not present).
Ckt Idx Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
Net Addr Network address of the interface.
Host Address Host identifier of the interface.
Encaps Method Encapsulation method that the interface uses: Ethernet, Novell,
LSAP, or SNAP.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-380 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ipx alerts
IPX Circuit Configuration Information (Alerts)
----------------------------------------------
Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method
-------- -------- ------- ---------- ---------------- -------------
F51 Down 1 None None Ethernet
E22 Down 2 None None Ethernet
203101.0 Down 3 None None Ethernet
S32-iwup Down 4 None None Ethernet
S33-iwpp Down 5 None None Ethernet
E24 Down 8 None None Ethernet
8 Circuits in table.
base
Displays the base record information for the IPX protocol. The base record controls IPX
for the entire system. The table includes the following information:
Protocol Name of the protocol service. In this case, it is IPX.
State State is Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet started), or Up.
Router Name Name of the router used for IPX WAN connections.
Primary NN Network number used for IPX WAN connections.
Route Method Method of routing that the protocol uses -- metric/hops based or
tick based.
Mult Host Mode Status of support for multiple hosts -- Enabled or Disabled. When
this parameter is enabled, the router’s host ID is unique for each
interface and it has a different ID for each packet; it derives its host
ID from the underlying communications device. When this
parameter is disabled, one host ID identifies the router; the host ID
remains constant for all interfaces.
Maximum Path Maximum number of equal cost paths allowed for a given
destination network.
303560-A Rev 00 2-381
There is also a base record statistical table displayed that includes total routes, services,
and hosts for the protocol.
Sample Display - show ipx base
IPX Base Record Configuration Information
-----------------------------------------
Protocol State Router Name
---------- ------ -----------
IPX Up 1
Primary NN Router Name
---------------- ----------------------------------------
None None
Route Method Mult Host Mode Maximum Path
------------ --------------- ------------
Tick Based Enabled 1
Log Filter Setting PreConfigured Net Table Size
------------------------------ ------------------------------
Filter Debug, Info, and Trace 0
Log Filter Setting Setting that determines what kind of messages appear in the log
file. The default setting filters out debug, information, and trace
messages.
PreConfigured Net Table Size Amount of space set aside for the forwarding and network tables.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-382 303560-A Rev 00
base stats
Displays base record statistics for the IPX protocol. The statistics provide information on
the total number of routes, services, and hosts.
Sample Display - show ipx base stats
IPX Base Record Statistical Information
---------------------------------------
Protocol State Total Routes Total Services Total Hosts
---------- -------- -------------- ----------------- -------------
IPX Up 1 0 3
circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays information associated with all IPX interfaces or a specific interface. The table
includes the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.
State State of the circuit: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet
started), or Up.
Ckt Idx Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
Net Address Network part of the IPX address of the interface.
Host Address Host part of the IPX address of the interface.
Encaps Method Encapsulation method the router uses: Ethernet, Novell/802.3,
LSAP, or SNAP.
303560-A Rev 00 2-383
Sample Display - show ipx circuits
IPX Circuit Configuration Information (ALL)
-------------------------------------------
circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method
-------- -------- ------- ---------- ---------------- -------------
F51 Down 1 None None Ethernet
E22 Down 2 None None Ethernet
203101.0 Down 3 None None Ethernet
S32-iwup Down 4 None None Ethernet
S33-iwpp Down 5 None None Ethernet
O42 Up 6 0x2E025290 0x0000A20320C2 LSAP
S34-smds Up 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 SNAP
E24 Down 8 None None Ethernet
8 Circuits in table.
disabled
Displays all disabled IPX circuits. A circuit is disabled if the Disable/Enable parameter is
set to Disable and the state is Down. The table contains the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.
State State of the interface; in this case, Disabled.
Ckt Idx Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
Net Address IPX network address of the interface.
Host Address Host part of the interface’s address.
Encaps Method Encapsulation method: Ethernet, Novell/802.3, LSAP, SNAP.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-384 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ipx disabled
IPX Circuit Configuration Information (Disabled)
------------------------------------------------
Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method
-------- -------- ------- ---------- ---------------- -------------
F51 Disabled 1 None None Ethernet
8 Circuits in table.
dor
Displays a list of all dial optimized routing (DOR) circuits.
Sample Display - show ipx dor
IPX Dial Opportunity Routing (DOR) Circuit Information
------------------------------------------------------
Circuit IPX RIP update SAP update Stabilize Watchdog SPX
Circuit Index Interface Interval Interval Timer Spoof Cnt Spoof Cnt
-------- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- ---------- ---------
Demand 7 6 0x2E025550 3600 3600 120 0 0
1 DOR Circuits in table.
enabled
Displays all enabled IPX circuits. A circuit is enabled if the Disable/Enable parameter is
set to Enable and the state is Up. For column definitions, see the disabled command.
303560-A Rev 00 2-385
Sample Display - show ipx enabled
IPX Circuit Configuration Information (Enabled)
-----------------------------------------------
Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method
-------- -------- ------- ---------- ---------------- -------------
E22 Down 2 None None Ethernet
203101.0 Down 3 None None Ethernet
S32-iwup Down 4 None None Ethernet
S33-iwpp Down 5 None None Ethernet
O42 Up 6 0x2E025290 0x0000A20320C2 LSAP
S34-smds Up 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 SNAP
E24 Down 8 None None Ethernet
8 Circuits in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-386 303560-A Rev 00
forward
Displays the entries in the IPX forwarding table, which includes the following
information.
Sample Display - show ipx forward
IPX Forwarding Table Information
--------------------------------
Network Ckt Idx Type Method Eql Cost Paths
---------- -------- ------ ------ --------------
0x0000DD00 1 Local Local 1
0x0000FF00 1 Local Local 1
0x0000DD00 3 Local Local 1
3 Forwarding entries total.
hosts
Displays the entries in the IPX host table, which includes the following information.
Network Address of the network to which this entry is forwarding packets.
Ckt Idx Circuit index associated with the network; a unique number that
identifies each IPX interface on a router.
Types Type of forwarding table entry -- Local, Remote or Other.
Method Source through which IPX discovered the route -- Local, NLSP,
RIP, SAP, Static, or Other.
Eql Cost Paths Number of equal-cost paths to this network.
Host Addr Address of the host.
Ckt Idx Next hop circuit index for the host -- unique number for each IPX
interface on a router.
Network Address of the network associated with the host.
303560-A Rev 00 2-387
Sample Display - show ipx hosts
IPX Host Table Information
--------------------------
Host Addr Ckt Idx Network Method Wan Address
-------------- -------- ---------- ------ ------------------
0x0000A2084694 1 0x0000FF00 Local 0x0000000000000000
0xFFFFFFFFFFFF 1 0x0000FF00 Local 0x0000000000000000
0x000000000001 3 0x0000DD00 RIP 0x0000000000000000
0x0000A20186E8 3 0x0000DD00 Local 0x0000000000000000
0x4000AABBAA11 3 0x0000DD00 RIP 0x0000000000000000
0xFFFFFFFFFFFF 3 0x0000DD00 Local 0x0000000000000000
6 Hosts total.
ping
<service name>
The ping command sends a packet to the specified server (service name) and waits for a
response. When you execute the ping command, the router searches for the server in the
server database. When it locates the server, it retrieves the network and host ID address
and then sends an IPX diagnostic packet to the specified server.
Method Source through which IPX discovered the host -- Local, NLSP,
RIP, SAP, Static, or Other.
Wan Address Host’s WAN address, if the host is associated with a WAN
interface.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-388 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ipx ping ADMIN_SERVER
IPX Ping command, by name
-------------------------
Searching for ADMIN_SERVER in server database.
Server ADMIN_SERVER found, sending ping...
pinging ADMIN_SERVER at 0x0000AAA1.0x000000000001
IPX ping: 0x0000AAA1.0x000000000001 is alive
rip
Displays the state of IPX Routing Information Protocol (RIP) interfaces and includes the
following information:
Note: To conform with the Novell specification, a Bay Networks router running IPX
responds to pings from NetWare servers but does not initiate pings to those servers.
Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
RIP Interface Network address of the RIP interface.
State Condition of the interface, which can be Down, Init (initializing),
NotPres (not present), or Up.
Mode Operating mode for this circuit, as follows:
•Listen/Supply - Interface both listens for and supplies RIP
updates.
•Listen - Interface listens to RIP Periodic and Triggered updates
from neighboring networks and conveys received routing
information to its internal routing table.
•Supply - Interface transmits all RIP Periodic and Triggered
updates to routers in neighboring networks.
In Packets Number of RIP packets received on this interface.
Out Packets Number of RIP packets sent out this interface.
Bad Packets Number of bad RIP packets received on this interface.
303560-A Rev 00 2-389
Sample Display - show ipx rip
IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (All)
--------------------------------------------------------
Circuit RIP In Out Bad
Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------
1 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn/Sply 0 1600 0
7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn/Sply 1534 384 0
8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
8 RIP Interfaces configured.
rip alerts
Displays IPX RIP interfaces whose Disable/Enable parameter conflicts with their state.
For column definitions, see the rip command.
Sample Display - show ipx rip alerts
IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (Alerts)
-----------------------------------------------------------
Circuit RIP In Out Bad
Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------
1 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
8 RIP Interfaces configured.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-390 303560-A Rev 00
rip disabled
Displays IPX RIP interfaces that are disabled. For column definitions, see the rip
command.
Sample Display - show ip rip disabled
IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (Disabled)
-------------------------------------------------------------
Circuit RIP In Out Bad
Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------
1 None Disabled Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
8 RIP Interfaces configured.
rip enabled
Displays IPX RIP interfaces that are enabled. For column definitions, see the rip
command.
Sample Display - show ipx rip enabled
IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (Enabled)
------------------------------------------------------------
Circuit RIP In Out Bad
Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------
2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn/Sply 0 1612 0
7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn/Sply 1542 386 0
8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
8 RIP Interfaces configured.
303560-A Rev 00 2-391
route filters
Displays the IPX Route Filter Information table, which contains the following
information:
Sample Display - show ipx route filters
IPX Route Filter Information
----------------------------
Network Circuit IPX Action/
Prio Target Net Mask state Index Interface Proto Mode
---- ---------- ---------- -------- ------- ---------- ------ ---------------
1 0x00000001 0x00000001 Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 Any Adv/Acpt-Out
1 Route Filters configured.
Prio Network priority of this filter compared to other filters of the same
type. The highest priority is 1.
Target Net Address of the target network to monitor.
Network Mask Network mask.
State State of the filter -- Enabled or Disabled.
Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
IPX Interface Identifier of the circuit, unique to the IPX instance.
Proto The protocol upon which to apply this filter when sending RIP
updates. This can be Any, Local, RIP, NLSP, or Static.
Action Action for the filter to take: advertise/accept (Adv/Acpt) or
suppress (Sprs). Mode means whether the action applies to
inbound or outbound filters. The modes are -In,-Out, or
-In/Out. The action and mode are combined under the
Action/Mode field in the display; for example, Sprs/-In would
mean to suppress inbound filters. The default action and mode is
Adv/Acpt-Out.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-392 303560-A Rev 00
routes [type {direct | nlsp | rip | static} |
<IP address>
| find
<search pattern>
| net
<search pattern>
| host
<search pattern>
]
Displays information from the IPX routing table. The table receives routes through IPX
RIP, from configured IPX interfaces or statically configured routes. You can use the
following options with the routes command:
The table includes the following information:
type Limits the display to the routing method that was the source of this
route. The routing method is direct, NLSP, RIP, or static.
<IP_address>
Limits the display to the network with the specified Internet address
(in hexadecimal format).
find
<search_pattern>
Limits the display to the networks that match the given destination
network address pattern (hexadecimal).
net
<search_pattern>
Limits the display to the networks that match the given next-hop
network address pattern (hexadecimal).
host
<search_pattern>
Limits the display to the next-hop hosts that match the given
network address pattern (hexadecimal).
Note: A search pattern is case sensitive, so make sure that you enter the exact
uppercase or lowercase characters for the addresses you want to retrieve.
Dest Net Identification of the route’s destination network.
Ckt Idx Circuit index -- unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
NextHop Net Network address of the next-hop host for this network.
NextHop Host Host identifier of the next-hop host for this network.
Method Routing mechanism through which the router learned this route, as
follows:
•Direct - From the local router.
•Static - Through a network management application.
•RIP or NLSP - Through the Routing Information Protocol or the
NetWare Link Services Protocol.
303560-A Rev 00 2-393
Sample Display - show ipx routes
IPX Routing Table Information
-----------------------------
Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops
---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----
0x00000002 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 23 13
0x00000003 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 25 14
0x00000022 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 17 6
0x00000042 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9
0x00000043 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 19 8
0x00000044 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9
0x00000100 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 21 10
0x00000123 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 10 20 9
0x00000192 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 22 9
0x00000730 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9
0x00000986 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 4 3
0x00002FCA 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 18 7
0x00005555 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 18 7
0x0000AAA1 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9
0x0000F2AB 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 19 8
0x0000F2B8 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 20 20 9
16 Routes in table.
Age Number of seconds since the router updated this route or determined
it to be valid. The significance of this value depends on the routing
protocol in use.
Ticks Cost of the static route in numbers of ticks.
Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-394 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ipx routes type local
IPX Routing Table Information
-----------------------------
Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops
---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----
0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 1 0
0x2E025360 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 Local 0 1 0
2 Entries found.
Sample Display - show ipx routes 0x2E025360
IPX Routing Table Information
-----------------------------
Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops
---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----
0x2E025360 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368061 Local 0 1 0
1 Entries found.
Sample Display - show ipx routes find *5555
IPX Routing Table Information
-----------------------------
Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops
---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----
0x00005555 7 0x2E025360 0xC15084368062 RIP 60 18 7
1 Entries found.
303560-A Rev 00 2-395
Sample Display - show ipx route net 0x2E0252*
IPX Routing Table Information
-----------------------------
Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops
---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----
0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 1 0
1 Entries found.
Sample Display - show ipx route host 0x000045C00443
IPX Routing Table Information
-----------------------------
Dest Net Ckt Idx NxtHop Net NextHop Host Method Age Ticks Hops
---------- ------- ---------- -------------- ------ -------- ------ ----
0x2E025290 6 0x2E025290 0x000045C00443 Local 0 1 0
1 Entries found.
sap
Displays the state of IPX Service Advertising Protocol (SAP) interfaces and includes the
following information:
Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
SAP Interface Network address of the SAP interface.
State Condition of the interface, which can be Down, Init (initializing),
NotPres (not present), or Up.
Mode Operating mode for this circuit, as follows:
•Listen/Supply - Interface both listens for and supplies SAP
updates.
•Listen - Interface listens to SAP Periodic and Triggered updates
from neighboring networks and conveys received routing
information to its internal routing table.
•Supply - Interface transmits all SAP Periodic and Triggered
updates to routers in neighboring networks.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-396 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ipx sap
IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (All)
--------------------------------------------------------
Circuit SAP In Out Bad
Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------
1 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn/Sply 0 13587 0
7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn/Sply 13313 1 0
8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
8 SAP Interfaces configured.
In Packets Number of SAP packets received on this interface.
Out Packets Number of SAP packets sent out this interface.
Bad Packets Number of bad SAP packets received on this interface.
303560-A Rev 00 2-397
sap alerts
Displays IPX SAP interfaces whose Disable/Enable parameter conflicts with their state.
For column definitions, see the sap command.
Sample Display - show ipx sap alerts
IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (Alerts)
-----------------------------------------------------------
Circuit SAP In Out Bad
Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------
1 None Disabled Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
8 SAP Interfaces configured.
sap disabled
Displays IPX SAP interfaces that are disabled. For column definitions, see the sap
command.
Sample Display - show ip sap disabled
IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (Disabled)
-------------------------------------------------------------
Circuit SAP In Out Bad
Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------
1 None Disabled Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
8 SAP Interfaces configured.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-398 303560-A Rev 00
sap enabled
Displays IPX SAP interfaces that are enabled. For column definitions, see the sap
command.
Sample Display - show ipx sap enabled
IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (Enabled)
------------------------------------------------------------
Circuit SAP In Out Bad
Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------
2 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
3 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
4 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
5 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
6 0x2E025290 Up Lstn/Sply 0 13621 0
7 0x2E025360 Up Lstn/Sply 13383 1 0
8 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
8 SAP Interfaces configured.
server name level filters
Displays all name-level service filters on the router. Name-level filters filter individual
services based on the name of the server and the type of service. The display includes the
following information:
Prio Priority of this filter compared to other filters of the same type. The
highest priority is 1.
Server Name of the server.
State State of the filter -- Enabled or Disabled.
Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
IPX Interface Network address of the server.
303560-A Rev 00 2-399
Sample Display - show ipx server name level filters
IPX Server Name Level Filter Information
----------------------------------------
Circuit IPX Action/
Prio Server State Index Interface Type Mode
------ -------------------- -------- ------- ---------- -------- --------------
1 PRINT_SERV Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 0x0004 Adv/Acpt-Out
1 Server Name Level Filters configured
server net level filters
Displays all network-level service filters on the router. Network-level filters filter
individual services based on the internal network of the server and the type of service
specified. The display includes the following information:
For more information on column definitions, see the server name level filters command.
Type Type of service to monitor; for example, printer, file server, and so
on.
Action Action for the filter to take: advertise/accept (Adv/Acpt) or suppress
(Sprs). Mode means whether the action applies to inbound or
outbound filters. The modes are -In,-Out, or -In/Out. The action
and mode are combined under the Action/Mode field in the
display; for example, Sprs/-In means to suppress inbound filters.
The default action and mode is Adv/Acpt-Out.
Target Net Address of the target network to monitor.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-400 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ipx server net level filters
IPX Server Net Level Filter Information
---------------------------------------
Circuit IPX Action/
Priority Target Net State Index Interface Type Mode
-------- ------------ -------- ------- ------------ -------- ---------------
1 0x00000001 Enabled 3 0x0000DD00 0x0001 Adv/Acpt-Out
1 Server Net Level Filters configured.
service addresses
Displays the internal network address and host address of each service.
Sample Display - show ipx service addresses
IPX Service Address Information
-------------------------------
Server Internal Net Host Address
---------------------------------------- ---------------- ----------------
FENDER 0xF006014 0x000000000001
HIWATT 0xFA72401 0x000000000001
2 Services in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-401
services [
<name search pattern>
| type
<hex search pattern>
|
Net
<name search pattern>
]
Displays the service type, age, and hop count within the router’s SAP table.
The table includes the following information:
<name_search_pattern>
Limits the display to servers with names that match the
character-based search pattern, which is case sensitive.
type
<hex_search_pattern>
Limits the display to server types that match the hexadecimal
search pattern, which is case sensitive.
net
<name_search_pattern>
Limits the display to networks that match the given next-hop
network address pattern (in character format), which is case
sensitive.
Server Name of the server.
Type Type of server allowed to pass SAP broadcasts to the locally attached network
segment; a 4-digit number in hexadecimal format.
Network The network address of the server.
Age Number of seconds since the router updated this service or determined it to be
valid.
Hops Number of hops this service is from the router.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-402 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ipx services
IPX Service Table Information
-----------------------------
Server Type Network Age Hops
----------------------------------------------- ------ ---------- ----- -----
HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9
CALERN 0x0004 0xEC101070 50 9
CD_ROM 0x0004 0x2E86F3D1 50 10
WFNYC1 0x0004 0x17171717 50 9
PAYROLL 0x0004 0x00000100 50 10
TORONTO 0x0004 0xFC111139 50 9
HRISTEST 0x0004 0x2F5F920C 50 9
HR_SERVER 0x0004 0x0000AAA1 50 9
RSMT_NW_1 0x0004 0x43582782 50 9
SYNOPTICS 0x0004 0x00000003 50 14
10 Services in table.
Sample Display - show ipx service HO*
IPX Service Table Information
-----------------------------
Server Type Network Age Hops
----------------------------------------------- ------ ---------- ----- -----
HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9
HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x0000F2B8 50 9
HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0107 0x0000F2B8 50 10
HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x023F 0x0000F2B8 60 10
4 Entries found.
303560-A Rev 00 2-403
Sample Display - show ipx service type *4
IPX Service Table Information
-----------------------------
Server Type Network Age Hops
----------------------------------------------- ------ ---------- ----- -----
HOMER 0x0004 0x00202020 50 9
CALERN 0x0004 0xEC101070 20 9
CD_ROM 0x0004 0x2E86F3D1 50 10
WFNYC1 0x0004 0x17171717 50 9
PAYROLL 0x0004 0x00000100 50 10
TORONTO 0x0004 0xFC111139 50 9
HRISTEST 0x0004 0x2F5F920C 30 9
HR_SERVER 0x0004 0x0000AAA1 50 9
RSMT_NW_1 0x0004 0x43582782 30 9
SYNOPTICS 0x0004 0x00000003 50 14
HR_SERVER2 0x0004 0x000AAA12 50 10
BOCA_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x00087364 50 9
HR_VALBONNE 0x0004 0x00000123 50 9
NW312_LOTUS 0x0004 0x00000986 50 3
ADMIN_SERVER 0x0004 0x0000F2AB 50 8
MARLOW_SALES 0x0004 0x44628F02 30 10
MCA_ST_LOUIS 0x0004 0x00000730 50 9
REGISTRATION 0x0004 0x0BADF00D 50 8
ATLANTA_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x2E5965F3 50 9
HOUSTON_NW_SVR 0x0004 0x0000F2B8 50 9
20 Entries found.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-404 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ipx service net *00010?
IPX Service Table Information
-----------------------------
Server Type Network Age Hops
----------------------------------------------- ------ ---------- ----- -----
PAYROLL 0x0004 0x00000100 30 10
PAYROLL 0x0047 0x00000100 40 11
PAYROLL 0x0107 0x00000100 40 11
0800092C489983C2NPI2C4899 0x030C 0xFC000108 50 9
08000945B1310380SYSTEM_ENGINEERS 0x030C 0xFC000105 50 9
Synoptics 810M Agent 0x0433 0xFC000108 60 9
QMS_1725_PRINT_SYSTEM_0800861004E0 0x045A 0xFC000105 60 9
APPLE_LW046fe3 0x0618 0xFC000106 60 9
8 Entries found.
static netbios routes
Displays all configured NetBIOS Static Routes. Statically configured IPX records do not
dynamically change within the configuration because information has been received
through routing protocols. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ipx static netbios routes
IPX Netbios Static Route Table Information
------------------------------------------
Name Target Net Mode
------------------------------------ ---------------- --------
DANIEL 0x0000FC00 Enabled
1 Netbios Static Routes configured
Name Name of the target server.
Target Net IPX address of this static route.
Mode State of the network: Enabled or Disabled.
303560-A Rev 00 2-405
static routes
Displays all configured Static Routes. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ipx static routes
IPX Static Route Table Information
----------------------------------
Nexthop
Static Net Mode Ckt Idx Nexthop Net Nexthop Host Ticks Hops
------------ -------- ------- ------------ ---------------- ------ -----
0x00000001 Enabled 1 None 0x000000000001 0 0
1 Static Routes configured.
static services
Displays all configured Static Services: Name, Internal Network, Host address, and Hops
only. The table includes the following information:
Static Net Address of the statically configured network.
Mode State of the network: Enabled or Disabled.
Nexthop Ckt Idx Circuit index of IPX interface, a unique number for each IPX
interface on the router.
Nexthop Net IPX address of the next-hop network.
Nexthop Host Host address of the next-hop network.
Ticks Cost of the static route in numbers of ticks.
Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops.
Server Name of the target server.
Internal Net Internal network address for this service.
Host Address Host address for this service.
Hops Cost of this route in numbers of hops.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-406 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ipx static services
IPX Static Service Table Information
------------------------------------
Internal
Server Network Host Address Hops
----------------------------------------------- ---------- -------------- -----
oneputt 0x23AAFF00 0x000000002345 1
1 Static Services configured.
static services additional
Displays an alternative format that includes next hop, type, socket, and server name
information. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ipx static services additional
IPX Static Service Table additional Information
-----------------------------------------------
Nexthop
Server Ckt Idx Nexthop Net Type Sock
---------------------------------------- ------- ------------ -------- --------
oneputt 1 None 0x0002 0x0023
1 Static Services configured.
Server Server name.
Nexthop Ckt Idx Circuit index of IPX interface, a unique number for each IPX
interface on the router.
Nexthop Net IPX address of the next-hop network.
Type Type of service. Multiple routes to a single destination can appear
in the table, but access to such multiple entries is dependent on the
table-access mechanisms defined by the network management
protocol in use.
Sock Socket for this service.
303560-A Rev 00 2-407
stats
Displays general forwarding statistics for IPX interfaces. The table includes the following
information:
Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.
Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
IPX Network Network address of the interface.
In Receive Number of input datagrams received from interfaces including
those received in error.
In Deliver Number of input datagrams successfully delivered to IPX user-
protocols.
Out Request Number of IPX datagrams that local IPX user-protocols supplied in
transmission requests; doesn’t include datagrams counted in
“Forwards.”
Forward Number of input datagrams for which this router was not the final
IPX destination. When this is the case, the router tries to find a
route for forwarding the datagram to the appropriate final
destination. If the router isn’t an IPX gateway, this counter includes
only the packets that were source-routed through the router
successfully.
In Discard Number of input IPX datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; doesn’t
include those discarded while awaiting reassembly.
Out Discard Number of output IPX datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; includes
datagrams counted under “Forwards” if they match this criterion.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-408 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ipx stats
IPX Statistical Information
---------------------------
Circuit IPX In In Out In Out
Circuit Index Network Receive Deliver Request Forward Discard Discard
-------- ------- ---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
F51 1 None 0 0 0 0 0 0
E22 2 None 0 0 0 0 0 0
203101.0 3 None 0 0 0 0 0 0
S32-iwup 4 None 0 0 0 0 0 0
S33-iwpp 5 None 0 0 0 0 0 0
O42 6 0x2E025290 0 0 16714 16714 0 0
S34-smds 7 0x2E025360 16376 16376 427 427 0 0
E24 8 None 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 Entries in table.
stats datagrams
Displays error statistics for IPX circuits. The display includes the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.
Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
IPX Network Network address of the interface.
Header Errors Number of IPX packets discarded because of errors in their
headers, including any IPX packet less than 30 bytes.
In Discards Number of input IPX datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; doesn’t
include those discarded while awaiting reassembly.
Out Discards Number of output IPX datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as insufficient buffer space; includes
datagrams counted under “Forwards” if they match this criterion.
No Routes Number of times the router could not find a route to the
destination.
303560-A Rev 00 2-409
Sample Display - show ipx stats datagrams
IPX Statistical Datagram Information
------------------------------------
Circuit IPX Header In Out No
Circuit Index Network Errors Discards Discards Routes
------- ------- ------------ -------- -------- -------- --------
F51 1 None 0 0 0 0
E22 2 None 0 0 0 0
203101.0 3 None 0 0 0 0
S32-iwup 4 None 0 0 0 0
S33-iwpp 5 None 0 0 0 0
O42 6 0x2E025290 0 0 0 0
S34-smds 7 0x2E025360 0 0 0 0
E24 8 None 0 0 0 0
8 Entries in table.
traffic filters
Displays IPX traffic filter information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table
includes the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit the filter applies to.
Circuit Index Unique number for each IPX interface on the router.
IPX Network Network address of the interface.
Mode Status of the interface: Enabled or Disabled.
Status Current status of the traffic filter, as follows:
•Inactive - Filter is not in use.
•Active - Filter is currently in use.
•Error - Application has detected an error in the rule.
Rx Matches Number of received packets that have matched this rule.
Rule Number Identifier for the rule.
Fragment Number Number of the rule fragment (or section), used for large rules.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-410 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ipx traffic filter
IPX Traffic Filter Information
------------------------------
Circuit IPX Rx Rule Fragment
Circuit Index Address Status Matches Number Number
-------- ------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- --------
F51 1 None Inactive 0 0 0
1 Traffic Filters configured.
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the ipx.bat script.
Sample Display - show ipx version
IPX.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-411
show iredund
The show iredund <
option
> commands display information about the Interface
Redundancy protocol and services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks
implementation of Interface Redundancy services, refer to Configuring Interface and
Router Redundancy.
The show iredund command supports the following subcommand options:
circuit [
<circuit>
]
Displays circuit and state information for all interface redundancy ports or for a specific
port. The table includes the following information:
circuit [<circuit>] enabled
disabled
Circuit Name of the circuit.
Slot Slot number the port is on.
Port Port number.
State State of the protocol: Enabled, Disabled, Down, Init (initializing),
Not Pres (enabled but not yet started), or Up.
Role Role of the interface: primary or backup.
Active State of the Circuit: Active, Standby, Unavailable
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-412 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - $show iredund circuit
Interface Redundancy Circuit Table
-------------------------------
Circuit Slot Port State Role Active
-------- -------- -------- ------------ ---------- ----------
E43 4 3 Enabled primary standby
E43 4 4 Enabled backup active
2 Entries found.
disabled
Displays all disabled circuits that contain an interface redundancy port. A circuit is
disabled if the disable/enable parameter is set to disable and the state is down. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the circuit command.
Sample Display - $show iredund disable
Interface Redundancy Circuit Table
-------------------------------
Circuit Slot Port State Role Active
-------- -------- -------- ------------ ---------- ----------
0 Entries found.
303560-A Rev 00 2-413
enabled
Displays all enabled circuits that contain an interface redundancy port. A circuit is enabled
if the disable/enable parameter is set to enable and the state is up. For definitions of the
columns in the table, see the circuit command.
Sample Display - $show iredund enable
Interface Redundancy Circuit Table
-------------------------------
Circuit Slot Port State Role Active
-------- -------- -------- ------------ ---------- ----------
E43 4 3 Enabled primary standby
E43 4 4 Enabled backup active
2 Entries found.
show isdn
The show isdn <
option
> commands display information about the Integrated Services
Digital Network (ISDN) service. For information about ISDN, refer to Configuring Dial
Services.
The show isdn command supports the following subcommand options:
Note: Refer to the “show isdn bri” section for more information on the isdn bri
command.
alerts local
bri messages received
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-414 303560-A Rev 00
alerts
Displays all enabled circuits that are not active. Use this display to identify the ports that
are not working.
Sample Display - show isdn alerts
ISDN Alerts
-----------
Slot 1 does not have Line Manager loaded
Slot 2 does not have ISDN loaded
Total of 2 slot(s) on alert
calls circuit messages sent
calls general pools
calls time switch
inphone version
303560-A Rev 00 2-415
bri
calls circuit
Displays the circuit information for an active ISDN call. The display includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show isdn calls circuit
ISDN Active Call and Circuit Information
----------------------------------------
Slot. Call B Called Calling
Cct Circuit Mode Conn ID Chan Party Number Party Number
--- --------------- ------- ----- ----- ----- --------------- ---------------
3 PPP Demand 3 NonMon 1.12 11 1 6630803 6630371
Total of 1 call is active.
Note: See “show isdn bri.”
Cct Circuit number of the ISDN interface.
Circuit Type of dial-up circuit.
Mode Whether this is the Monitor or Nonmonitor router (for bandwidth-
on-demand circuits only).
Slot Conn. Slot and connector where this circuit resides.
Call ID Caller’s ID.
B Chan B channel that this call resides on.
Called Party Number Phone number of the called party.
Calling Party Number Phone number of the calling party.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-416 303560-A Rev 00
calls general
Displays the active call information for all ISDN lines. The table displays the following
information:
Sample Display - show isdn calls general
ISDN Active Call Information
----------------------------
DSL B Called Called Calling Calling
Slot ID Call ID Chan Party Number Sub-Addr Party Number Sub-Addr
---- --- -------- ------ --------------- ----------- --------------- ----------
1 0 32769 1 384020 Not used None None
Total of 1 call is active.
Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface.
DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID.
Call ID Entry in the ISDN Call Information Table.
B Chan B channel that this call resides on.
Called Party Number Phone number of the called party.
Called Sub-Addr Subaddress of the called party.
Calling Party Number Phone number of the calling party.
Calling Sub-Addr Subaddress of the calling party.
303560-A Rev 00 2-417
calls time
Displays the duration of an active call. The table displays the following information:
Sample Display - show isdn calls time
DSL DurationConnect Time
Slot ID Call ID(Minutes)(Hour:Min:Sec)
---- --- -------- ---------------- ----------------
1 0 32769 0 16:46:33
Total of 1 call is active.
Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface.
DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID.
Call ID Entry in the ISDN Call Information Table.
Duration (Minutes) Duration of the call.
Connect Time (Hour:Min:Sec) Time of day that the router establishes the call.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-418 303560-A Rev 00
inphone
Displays the configuration set up for incoming phone numbers. The table displays the
following information:
Sample Display - show isdn inphone
ISDN Incoming Phone Number Configuration
----------------------------------------
Incoming Phone # Type of Plan
Index Phone Number Sub-Addr Type Phone Type
----- -------------------- ---------- ------- ------------- ---------
1 5084367001 None DIAL N/A N/A
2 5084367002 None DIAL N/A N/A
3 5084368005 None DIAL N/A N/A
4 5084368006 None DIAL N/A N/A
5 5084366005 None DIAL N/A N/A
6 5084366006 None DIAL N/A N/A
Total of 6 Incoming Phone Entries found.
Index Index number for this line instance.
Incoming Phone Number Telephone number of the remote router.
Sub-Addr Subaddress for a main telephone number.
Phone # Type Whether the phone number type is Dial or ISDN.
Type of Phone ISDN numbering type: Unknown, International, National, Specific,
Subscriber, or Abbreviated.
Plan Type ISDN numbering plan: Unknown, Telephony, X.121, Telex,
Standard, or Private.
303560-A Rev 00 2-419
local
Lists the local phone number entry for each line in the line pool. The display includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show isdn local
[2:1]$ show isdn local
ISDN Local Numbers
------------------
Line Directory SPID
Number Number Subaddress SPID Status
---------- -------------- -------------- -------------- ----------
1301302 5084361011 Not used 1011 Accepted
1301302 5084361012 Not used 1012 Accepted
Total of 2 ISDN Local Number(s) found
Line Number Line number.
Directory Number Local phone number.
Subaddress Subaddress number for the main phone number if one exists.
SPID Service profile identifier (SPID) assigned by your ISDN provider.
SPID Status Whether the SPID was accepted or rejected by the called router.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-420 303560-A Rev 00
messages received
Displays the number of messages the router received on each ISDN line. The table
displays the following information:
Sample Display - show isdn messages received
ISDN Messages Received
----------------------
Setup Connect Disconn. Clear Activ. Deactiv.
Slot DSL ID Ind. Ind. Ind. Ind. Ind. Ind.
---- ------ ----- ------- -------- ----- ------ --------
1 0 1 1 8 0 1 0
Total of 1 Message Entries found.
Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface.
DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID.
Setup Ind. Setup indication received from the network.
Connect Ind. Connect indication received from the network.
Disconn. Ind. Disconnect indication received from the network.
Clear Ind. Release indication received from the network.
Activ. Ind. Activation indication received from the ISDN driver.
Deactiv. Ind. Deactivation indication received from the ISDN driver.
303560-A Rev 00 2-421
messages sent
Displays the messages the router sent on each ISDN line. The table displays the following
information:
Sample Display - show isdn messages sent
ISDN Messages Sent
------------------
Setup Connect Disconn. Clear Activ. Deactiv.
Slot DSL ID Req. Req. Req. Req. Req. Req.
---- ------ ----- ------- -------- ----- ------ --------
1 0 9 1 1 8 0 0
Total of 1 Message Entries found.
Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface.
DSL ID Digital Subscriber Loop ID.
Setup Req. Setup request sent to the network.
Connect Req. Connect request sent to the network.
Disconn. Req. Disconnect request sent to the network.
Clear Req. Clear request sent to the network.
Activ. Req. Activate request sent to the driver.
Dactiv. Req. Deactivate request sent to the driver.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-422 303560-A Rev 00
pools
Displays the line pool configuration. The table displays the following information:
Sample Display - show isdn pools
Pool Line Pool Channel Channels
Type Number ID Count Priority In Use
--------- ---------- ---- ------- -------- --------
Demand 1301102 1 2 1 0
Backup 1301102 1 2 1 0
Total of 1 ISDN Demand pool(s) found
Total of 1 ISDN Backup pool(s) found
Total of 0 ISDN Bandwidth pool(s) found
Pool Type Type of line pool: demand, backup, or
bandwidth-on-demand.
Line Number Lines in the pool.
Pool ID Number of the pool.
Channel Count Number of B channels in the pool.
Priority The order of preference for each line pool.
Channels In Use How many B channels the router is currently using.
303560-A Rev 00 2-423
switch
Displays the ISDN switch type the router communicates with and the state of the incoming
filter. The table displays the following information:
Sample Display - show isdn switch
ISDN Switch Configuration
-------------------------
Incoming
Slot Switch Type Filter
---- --------------- ----------
1 BRI5ESS Off
Total of 1 Switch Entries found.
Slot Slot that has the ISDN interface.
Switch Type Switch type, as follows:
BRI Options
• BRI NET3 - Austria, Belgium, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy,
Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden, United Kingdom
• BRI SWISSNET3 - Switzerland
• BRI 5ESS - United States
• BRI NI1 and BRI DMS100 - United States, Canada
• BRI KDD and BRI NTT - Japan
• BRI TS013 - Australia
PRI Options
• PRI Net 5 - Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France,
Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg,
Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland,
United Kingdom
• PRI 4ESS - United States
• PRI 5ESS - United States
• PRI DMS100 - United States, Canada
• PRI KDD and PRI NTT - Japan
• PRI TS014 - Australia
Incoming Filter Security feature that can be set to On or Off. On enables call
screening.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-424 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the isdn.bat script.
Sample Display - show isdn version
ISDN.BAT Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show isdn bri
The show isdn bri <
option
> commands display information about the ISDN Basic Rate
Interface (ISDN BRI) service. For information about ISDN BRI, refer to Configuring Dial
Services.
The show isdn bri command supports the following subcommand options:
Note: The isdn bri set of commands is a subset of the isdn command. Refer to
“show isdn” preceding this section for more information on the isdn command.
alerts sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit
<circuit name>]
base stats
disabled system errors
enabled transmit errors
receive errors version
303560-A Rev 00 2-425
alerts
Displays all enabled circuits that are not active. Use this display to identify the ports that
are not working. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show isdnbri alerts
ISDN BRI Modules on Alert:
--------------------------
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
State State of the line driver: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.
DSL ID ID of this Digital Subscriber Loop interface.
Line Number Line number for this line instance.
MTU Acceptable Link Access Protocol D-channel (LAPD) Maximum
Transfer Units.
TE State Terminal Endpoint state of the S/T interface: Inactive (1), Sensing
(2), Deactivated (3), Await Signal (4), Identify Input (5),
Synchronized (6), Activated (7), Lost Framing (8).
B Channel Loopback Whether B Channel Loopback is enabled. Used for conformance
testing.
Timer 3 Maximum amount of time (in seconds) the router has to activate the
S/T interface.
Timer 4 Amount of time in milliseconds the router waits for the line to
recover from a deactivated state.
Slot
-----
Conn
----
State
-----
DSL
ID
----
Line
Number
------
MTU
---
TE State
---------
BChannel
Loopback
--------
Tmr
3
---
Tmr
4
---
1 12 Init 0 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750
1 32 Init 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-426 303560-A Rev 00
base
Displays base record information for all ISDN BRI circuits or for a specified circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.
Sample Display - show isdnbri base
ISDN BRI Modules:
-----------------
disabled
Displays the circuits that a user has manually disabled. In this case, State is Disabled. For
definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.
Sample Display - show isdnbri disabled
ISDN BRI Modules Disabled:
--------------------------
Slot
-----
Conn
----
State
-----
DSL
ID
----
Line
Number
------
MTU
---
TE State
---------
BChannel
Loopback
--------
Tmr
3
---
Tmr
4
---
1 12 Init 0 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750
1 32 Init 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750
Slot
-----
Conn
----
State
-----
DSL
ID
----
Line
Number
------
MTU
---
TE State
---------
BChannel
Loopback
--------
Tmr
3
---
Tmr
4
---
1 12 Disabled 0 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750
303560-A Rev 00 2-427
enabled
Displays the circuits that a user has enabled. In this case, State is Down, Init, Not Present,
or Up. For definitions of the columns in the table, refer to the alerts command.
Sample Display - show isdnbri enabled
ISDN BRI Modules Enabled:
--------------------------
receive errors
Displays receive error information for all circuits or for a specified circuit.
Sample Display - show isdnbri receive errors
ISDN BRI Module Receive Errors:
-------------------------------
Over Frames
Slot Conn Flows Bad CRC Aborts Too Long
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 12 0 0 0 0
1 32 0 0 0 0
Slot
-----
Conn
----
State
-----
DSL
ID
----
Line
Number
------
MTU
---
TE State
---------
BChannel
Loopback
--------
Tmr
3
---
Tmr
4
---
1 12 Init 0 1301102 400 Deactivated Disabled 10 750
1 32 Init 1 1301302 400 Activated Disabled 10 750
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Over Flows Number of data overflows (anomalies) received by the circuit.
Bad CRC Number of bad cyclic redundancy checks received.
Aborts Number of abort messages received.
Frames Too Long Number of frames received that were too long for processing.
(They exceeded the standard ISDN frame length.)
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-428 303560-A Rev 00
sample [
<period in seconds>
] [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the ISDN BRI statistics generated during a prescribed period (default 10
seconds). This command can be used for all circuits (default) or for a selected circuit.
Sample Display - show isdnbri sample
ISDN BRI Sampled Data over 10 seconds
---------------------------------------
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Tx Frames Number of frames the router transmits.
Rx Frames Number of frames the router receives.
Rx Lack of Resources Number of times there is a lack of resources for received frames.
Due to a heavy traffic load, the D channel device driver could not
find a buffer in which to receive a D channel frame.
Tx Lack of Resources Number of times there is a lack of resources for transmitted
frames. The driver received more than seven frames at once for
transmission.
Slot
-----
Conn
----
Rx
Frames
-------
Tx
Frames
-------
Rx Lack of
Resources
----------
Tx Lack of
Resources
----------
11200 0
13200 0
303560-A Rev 00 2-429
stats
Displays I/O statistics for all ISDN BRI circuits or for a specific circuit.
Sample Display - show isdnbri stats
ISDN BRI Module I/O Statistics:
-------------------------------
Dsl Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Chan Conn Id Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors
---- ---- ---- ---- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 D 2 0 4683 976 4760 975 0
1 B 1 1359818 2095 550674 3854 4
1 B 3 521828 1074 456067 1034 0
3 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Chan ISDN B or D channel used for transmission.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
DSL ID Digital subscriber loop identifier.
Receive Bytes Number of bytes the router receives over the circuit.
Receive Frames Number of frames the router receives over the circuit.
Transmit Bytes Number of bytes the router transmits over the circuit.
Transmit Frames Number of frames the router transmits.
Total Errors Number of total errors for the circuit.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-430 303560-A Rev 00
system errors
Displays statistical information about general interface errors for all circuits or for a
specific circuit.
Sample Display - show isdnbri system errors
ISDN BRI Module System Errors:
------------------------------
Timer 3 Timer 4
Slot Conn Timeouts Timeouts
---- ---- ---------- ----------
1 12 11 11
1 32 0 0
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Timer 3 Timeouts Number of Timer 3 timeouts that occurred for the circuit.
Timer 4 Timeouts Number of Timer 4 timeouts that occurred for the circuit.
303560-A Rev 00 2-431
transmit errors
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit.
Sample Display - show isdnbri transmit errors
ISDN BRI Module Transmit Errors:
--------------------------------
Underflow D Channel
Slot Conn Frames Collisions
---- ---- ---------- ----------
1 12 0 0
1 32 0 0
version
Displays the current version number and date of the isdnbri.bat script.
Sample Display - show isdnbri version
isdnbri.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Underflow Frames Number of underflow frames (anomalies) for the circuit.
D Channel Collisions Number of collisions on the D channel.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-432 303560-A Rev 00
show l2tp
The show l2tp
<option>
commands display information about the Layer 2 Tunneling
Protocol (L2TP). For information about L2TP, see Configuring L2TP Services.
The show l2tp command supports the following subcommand options:
auth_info
Displays information about tunnel authentication for a specific L2TP interface. The
display includes the following information:
auth_statistics
Displays tunnel authentication and session statistics for a specific circuit. The display
includes the following information:
auth_info stats
auth_statistics tunnels
configuration users
sessions
Slot The slot number of the L2TP interface.
Auth State The state of tunnel authentication, that is, whether tunnel
authentication is enabled or disabled for the interface.
Secret The authentication password.
Slot Number Slot number used for L2TP.
Success Number of successful tunnel authentication attempts and sessions.
Fail Number of failed tunnel authentication attempts.
Count Number of active tunnels and sessions.
303560-A Rev 00 2-433
configuration
Displays the L2TP configuration for the router. The display includes the following
information:
sessions
Displays L2TP session information. The display includes the following information:
stats
Displays the L2TP statistics for establishing an L2TP tunnel. The display includes the
following information:
IP State The LNS IP state, that is, whether or not it is active.
LNS Address The IP address of the router serving as the LNS.
LNS Host Name The router’s host name.
Tunnel Auth. Indicates whether tunnel authentication is enabled or disabled.
LNS Tun ID LNS tunnel ID for the L2TP session.
LNS Call ID LNS call ID for the L2TP session.
LAC Tun ID LAC tunnel ID for the L2TP session.
LAC Call ID LAC call ID for the L2TP session.
Calling Number Phone number of the remote user.
Called Number Phone number of the router.
Conn. Speed Speed of the connection in bits/second.
Frame Type Framing type used in the ICCN message.
Bear Type Bearer type used in the ICRQ message.
Chan. ID Physical channel ID used in the ICCN message.
Slot Slot number of the L2TP interface.
SCCRQ Valid/Invalid Number of valid and invalid SCCRQ requests.
SCCCN Valid/Invalid Number of valid and invalid SCCCN messages.
ICRQ Valid/Invalid Number of valid and invalid ICRQ messages.
ICCN Valid/Invalid Number of valid and invalid ICCN messages.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-434 303560-A Rev 00
tunnels
Displays the L2TP tunnel information. The display includes the following information:
users
Displays information about L2TP users.
This display provides the following information:
Slot Num Number of the slot for the L2TP interface.
LNS Tun. ID Router’s tunnel ID.
LNS Address Router’s IP address.
LAC Tun. ID LAC’s tunnel ID.
LAC Address LAC’s IP address.
LAC Host Name LAC’s host name.
# of Active Sessions Number of active L2TP sessions.
Dial Username Dial-in user name.
Connect Time Time the call connected.
LNS TunID Tunnel ID for the LNS.
LNS CallID Call ID for the LNS.
LAC TunID Tunnel ID for the LAC.
LAC CallID Call ID for the LAC.
Tx Packets Number of packets transmitted by the LNS for the session.
Rx Packets Number of packets received by the LNS for the session.
303560-A Rev 00 2-435
show lane
The show lane
<options>
command displays information about ATM LAN Emulation.
For details about the Bay Networks implementation of ATM, refer to Configuring ATM
Services.
The show lane command supports the following subcommand options:
clients [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client running information for all circuits, or for a specific
circuit.
The table displays the following information:
clients [<circuit_name>]les [<circuit_name>]
config [<circuit_name>]mac [<circuit_name>]
data_vcs [<circuit_name>]servers [<circuit_name>]
learp [<circuit_name>]stats [<circuit_name>]
Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.
Circuit Name Circuit name assigned by Site Manager.
LecID LEC ID that the LE Server (LES) assigns during the Join state.
State State for the LEC: INITIAL, LECSCONNECT, CONFIGURE,
JOIN, INITIAL_REG, BUSCONNECT, OPERATIONAL.
Fail Code Status code from the last failed Configure or Join response.
Cfg Src Indicates whether this LEC used the LAN Emulation Configuration
Server (LECS), and if so, what method is used to establish the
Configuration Direct VCC: VIAILMI, KNOWNADR, CFGPVC,
or NO LECS.
LAN type Data frame format this client is now using: Unspecified,
IEEE 802.3, or IEEE 802.5.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-436 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show lane clients
ATM LAN Emulation Client Running Config Info
--------------------------------------------
Cct# Circuit Name LecID State Fail Code Cfg Src
----- -------------------- ----- ----------- --------- --------
4 ATMSR_1405101.4 29 OPERATIONAL NONE KNOWNADR
LAN type Max Data Frm Size ELAN Name Proxy
----------- ----------------- ---------- -----
IEEE8023 1516 01 1
Primary addr
39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.C0.A8.8D.A0.00
Cfg Server addr
47.00.79.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.A0.3E.00.00.01.00
LE Server addr
39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.20.1A.42.C4.01
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Total entries: 1
Max Data Frm Size Maximum data frame size this client is now using: Unspecified,
1516, 4544, 9234, or 18190.
ELAN Name The name of the emulated LAN (ELAN) that this client last joined.
Proxy Indicates whether the LEC acts as a proxy when it joins an ATM
emulated LAN: 1 (True) or 2 (False).
Primary addr ATM address of the LEC.
Cfg Server addr ATM address of the LAN Emulation Configuration Server.
LE Server addr ATM address of the LES.
303560-A Rev 00 2-437
config [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays the ATM LAN Emulation Client record for each circuit, or for a specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Sample Display - show lane config
ATM LAN Emulation Client Table
------------------------------
Cct# Circuit Name LAN Name LAN Type State
----- -------------------- ---------- ----------- -----------
5 ATMSR_1405101.5 - UNSPECIFIED LECSCONNECT
LES ATM addr
12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.9A
LECS ATM addr
12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.90.12.34.56.78.9A
--------------------------------------------------------------
Total entries: 1
Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.
Circuit Name Circuit name assigned by Site Manager.
LAN Name Emulated LAN name this client will use the next time it returns to
the Initial state.
LAN Type Data frame format that this client will use the next time it returns to
the Initial state: Unspecified, IEEE 802.3, or IEEE 802.5.
State State for the LEC: INITIAL, LECSCONNECT, CONFIGURE,
JOIN, INITIAL_REG, BUSCONNECT, OPERATIONAL.
LES ATM addr Configured ATM address of the LAN Emulation Server
LECS ATM addr Configured ATM address of the LAN Emulation Configuration
Server
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-438 303560-A Rev 00
data_vcs [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays ATM LAN Emulation control and data VCC information for all circuits, or for a
specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.
Config Direct The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Configuration Direct VCC (if it exists) at
the point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Configuration
Direct VCC exists.
Control Direct The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Control Direct VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Control Direct VCC
exists.
Control Distrib The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Control Distributed VCC (if it exists) at
the point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Control
Distributed VCC exists.
Multi Send The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Multicast Send VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Multicast Send VCC
exists.
Multi Forward The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC. If the value is 0/0, no Multicast Forward
VCC exists.
Data Direct The VPI/VCI pair that identifies the Data Direct VCCs (if they exist) at the
point where they connect to this LEC. If the value is
0/0, no Data Direct VCCs exist.
303560-A Rev 00 2-439
Sample Display - show lane data_vcs
[3:1$] show lane data_vcs
LAN Emulation control VCS and data VCS
-----------------------------------------
Config Control Control Multi Multi Data
Line#.Cct Direct Direct Distrib Send Forward Direct
--------- ------ -------- -------- ----- ------- -------
1405101.3 0/514 0/515 0/516 0/517 0/518 0/610
0/623
Config Control Control Multi Multi Data
Line#.Cct Direct Direct Distrib Send Forward Direct
--------- ------ -------- -------- ----- ------- -------
1405101.4 0/521 0/522 0/523 0/524 0/525 0/644
learp [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC-to-ATM address resolution protocol (ARP)
Cache information for all circuits, or for a specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.
Circuit Name Circuit name that Site Manager assigned.
IsRemote Indicates whether the MAC address belongs to a remote client.
Entry Type Indicates how this table entry was created: LEARNED, LEARNED
CTRL, LEARNED DATA, STATIC VOL, STATIC NONVOL,
OTHER.
In the router’s case, the LEC will always learn this entry via the
Control VCC; the entry type will never be STATIC.
Status Row status: ENABLE or DISABLE. In the router’s case, the status
will always be ENABLE.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-440 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show lane learp
ATM mulation Client MAC-to-ATM ARP Cache
---------------------------------------------
Cct# Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI
----- -------------------- -------- ------------- -------- --- -----
3 ATMSR_1405101.3 TRUE LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE 0 38
MAC Address ATM Address
----------------- -----------------------------------------------------------
FF.FF.FF.FF.FF.FF 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.20.1A.42.C4.88
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cct# Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI
----- -------------------- -------- ------------- -------- --- -----
4 ATMSR_1405101.4 TRUE LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE 0 45
MAC Address ATM Address
----------------- -----------------------------------------------------------
00.00.A2.0E.9F.C0 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.17.00.00.70.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cct# Circuit Name IsRemote EntryType Status VPI VCI
----- -------------------- -------- ------------- -------- --- -----
4 ATMSR_1405101.4 TRUE LEARNED_CTRL ENABLE 0 39
MAC Address ATM Address
----------------- -----------------------------------------------------------
FF.FF.FF.FF.FF.FF 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.20.1A.42.C4.87
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total entries: 3
VPI Virtual Path Interface (VPI) that will be used for this MAC address.
VCI Virtual Channel Interface (VCI) that will be used for this MAC
address.
MAC Address Remote MAC address.
ATM Address ATM address representing the MAC address.
303560-A Rev 00 2-441
les [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays ATM LAN Emulation Server (LES) state and address information for all circuits,
or for a specific circuit.
The display includes the following information:
mac [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC address information for all circuits, or for a
specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.
Circuit Name Circuit name of the LEC.
Inst The instance (that is, circuit number and order of preference) for
each configured LES.
State The state of the LES (enable or disable).
LES Address The configured ATM address of the LES that the LAN emulation
client uses.
Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.
Circuit Name Circuit name that Site Manager assigned.
MAC address The local MAC address on this ATM interface that the LEC uses.
ATM address registered for
MAC address The ATM address configured for this service record and that this
LEC uses.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-442 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show lane mac
ATM LAN Emulation Client MAC address table
------------------------------------------
Cct# Circuit Name
----- --------------------
9 ATMSR_1405101.9
MAC address ATM address registered for MAC address
----------------- -----------------------------------------------------------
00.00.A2.0E.9F.CA 39.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.08.00.00.71.00
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total entries: 1
servers [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client Server VCC information for all circuits, or for a
specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.
Circuit Name Circuit name that Site Manager assigned.
Config Direct Line# Interface associated with the Configuration Direct VCC. If the
value is 0, no Configuration Direct VCC exists.
Config Direct VPI The Virtual Path Identifier (VPI) that identifies the Configuration
Direct VCC (if it exists) at the point where it connects to this LEC.
Config Direct VCI The Virtual Channel Identifier (VCI) that identifies the
Configuration Direct VCC (if it exists) at the point where it
connects to this LEC.
Control Direct Line# Interface associated with the Control Direct VCC. If the value is 0,
no Control Direct VCC exists.
Control Direct VPI The VPI that identifies the Control Direct VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC.
303560-A Rev 00 2-443
Sample Display - show lane servers
ATM LAN Emulation Client Server VCC Table
-----------------------------------------
Config Direct Control Direct
Cct# Circuit Name Line# VPI VCI Line# VPI VCI
----- -------------------- -------- --- ----- -------- --- -----
4 ATMSR_1405101.4 1103101 0 32 1103101 0 33
Control Distributed Multicast Send Multicast Forward
Line# VPI VCI Line# VPI VCI Line# VPI VCI
-------- --- ----- -------- --- ----- -------- --- -----
1103101 0 34 1103101 0 35 1103101 0 36
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total entries: 1
Control Direct VCI The VCI that identifies the Control Direct VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC.
Control Distributed Line# Interface associated with the Control Distributed VCC. If the value
is 0, no Control Distributed VCC exists.
Control Distributed VPI The VPI that identifies the Control Distributed VCC (if it exists) at
the point where it connects to this LEC.
Control Distributed VCI The VCI that identifies the Control Distributed VCC (if it exists) at
the point where it connects to this LEC.
Multicast Send Line# Interface associated with the Multicast Send VCC. If the value is 0,
no Multicast Send VCC exists.
Multicast Send VPI The VPI that identifies the Multicast Send VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC.
Multicast Send VCI The VCI that identifies the Multicast Send VCC (if it exists) at the
point where it connects to this LEC.
Multicast Forward Line# Interface associated with the Multicast Forward VCC. If the value
is 0, no Multicast Forward VCC exists.
Multicast Forward VPI The VPI that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC (if it exists) at
the point where it connects to this LEC.
Multicast Forward VCI The VCI that identifies the Multicast Forward VCC (if it exists) at
the point where it connects to this LEC.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-444 303560-A Rev 00
stats [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays ATM LAN Emulation Client Statistics information for all circuits, or for a
specific circuit.
The table displays the following information:
Cct# Circuit number of the LEC.
Circuit Name Circuit name assigned by Site Manager.
Req Out Number of MAC-to-ATM address resolution protocol (ARP)
requests this LEC made over the logical User-to-Network Interface
(LUNI) associated with this emulated packet interface.
Req In Number of MAC-to-ATM ARP requests this LEC received over the
LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface.
ReplyOut Number of MAC-to-ATM ARP replies this LEC sent over the
LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface.
ReplyIn Number of MAC-to-ATM ARP replies this LEC received over the
LUNI associated with this emulated packet interface.
FrameOut Total number of control packets this LEC sent over the LUNI
associated with this emulated packet interface.
FrameIn Total number of control packets this LEC received over the LUNI
associated with this emulated packet interface.
SVCFails Number of SVCs this LEC tried to open but could not.
303560-A Rev 00 2-445
Sample Display - show lane stats
ATM LAN Emulation Client Statistics
-----------------------------------
Cct# Circuit Name Req Out Req In ReplyOut ReplyIn
----- -------------------- -------- -------- -------- --------
4 ATMSR_1405101.4 126 0 0 126
FrameOut FrameIn SVCFails
-------- -------- --------
128 128 0
--------------------------------------------------------------
Total entries: 1
show lapb
The show lapb <
option
> commands display information about the Link Access
Procedure-Balanced (LAPB) layer. For information about LAPB, refer to Configuring and
Managing Routers with Site Manager.
The show lapb command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays information about LAPB lines that are configured but not currently operating.
The table includes the following information:
alerts lines [<line> | <line.llindex>]
disabled stats [<line> | <line.llindex>]
enabled version
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-446 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show lapb alerts
LAPB ALERT Table
----------------
FRMR Rejects RNR Setups Abnormal Retransmit
Line.LLIndex RX/TX Resets RX/TX RX/TX Refused Disconnects Occurrence
---------------- -------- ------ ------- ------ ------- ----------- ----------
201101.0 4 13 0 0 0 0 0
Total entries: 1
Line.LLIndex Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier.
FRMR RX/TX Number of Frame Rejects received and transmitted.
Resets Number of Link Connection Resets.
Rejects RX/TX Number of reject frames received and transmitted.
RNR RX/TX Number of Receiver Not Ready frames received and transmitted.
Setups Refused Number of unsuccessful link connections.
Abnormal Disconnects Number of abnormal link disconnections.
Retransmit Occurrence Number of retransmissions that have occurred.
303560-A Rev 00 2-447
disabled
Displays LAPB lines that are configured but disabled. The table includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show lapb disabled
LAPB Disabled Table
-------------------
Line.LLIndex Circuit Station Type Network Type
---------------- -------- ------------ ------------
Total entries: 0
Line.LLIndex Line identifier and the lower layer index identifier.
Circuit Circuit number for this LAPB subsystem, associated with the driver
or application running underneath it.
Station Type Station type for this interface: DTE, DCE, or DXE (unassigned
role). DXE indicates the instance is enabled but negotiation has not
yet occurred.
Network Type Network type: GOSIP or NET2.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-448 303560-A Rev 00
enabled
Displays LAPB lines that are configured and enabled. For definitions of column headings,
see the disabled command.
Sample Display - show lapb enabled
LAPB Enabled Table
------------------
Line.LLIndex Circuit Station Type Network Type
---------------- -------- ------------ ------------
201101.0 S11 DCE NET2
Total entries: 1
lines [
<line>
|
<line.llindex>
]
Displays information about LAPB lines for all configured lines or for a specified line.
The table includes the following information:
<line>
|
<line.llindex>
Limits the display to the specified line or line and line index.
Line.LLIndex Line identifier and the lower-layer index identifier.
Circuit Circuit number for this LAPB subsystem, associated with the driver
or application running underneath it.
Station Type Station type for this interface: DTE, DCE, or DXE (unassigned
role). DXE indicates that the instance is enabled but that
negotiation has not yet occurred.
Window Size Default transmit and receive window size for this line. This
parameter identifies the maximum number of unacknowledged
sequence frames allowed for this DXE at one time. Window size
ranges from 1 through 127; the default is 7.
303560-A Rev 00 2-449
Sample Display - show lapb line 201101
LAPB Line Information Table
---------------------------
Line.LLIndex Circuit Station Type Window Size N1 N2 T1 T3
------------ -------- ------------ ----------- ---- -- ---- ----
201101.0 S11 DCE 7 135 10 3 60
Total entries: 1
N1 Maximum N1 frame size in bytes for a frame that the DXE
transmits, excluding flags and 0 bits inserted for transparency. N1
frame size ranges from 3 to 4500 bytes; the default is 1600 bytes.
N2 N2 retry count, which is the maximum number of retries after the
T1 timer expires before determining that the line is down. N2
ranges from 1 to 64; the default is 10.
T1 T1 timer, which specifies the maximum number of seconds to wait
for an acknowledgment of a frame. T1 timer ranges from 1 through
9999 seconds; the default is 3 seconds.
T3 T3 timer, which specifies the number of seconds to wait before
considering the link disconnected. A value of 1 means to consider
the link disconnected when the frame has been exchanged. T3 timer
ranges from 1 through 9999 seconds; the default is 60 seconds.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-450 303560-A Rev 00
stats [
<line>
|
<line.llindex>
]
Displays statistics for all LAPB lines or for a specified line.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show lapb stats 201101
LAPB Line Statistics
--------------------
Sent Received
Line.LLIndex Frames Octets Frames Octets ReXmits State
------------ ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------- --------
201101.0 64552 3161980 64500 193557 0 Enabled
Total entries: 1
<line>
<line.llindex>
Limits the display to the specified line or line and line index.
Line.LLIndex Lne identifier and the lower-layer index identifier.
Frames Sent Number of frames transmitted without error.
Octets Sent Number of octets transmitted without error.
Frames Received Number of frames received without error.
Octets Received Number of octets received without error.
ReXmits Number of frames that have been retransmitted.
State State of the instance running LAPB: Enabled or Disabled.
303560-A Rev 00 2-451
version
Displays the version number and modification date of the lapb.bat script.
Sample Display - show lapb version
LAPB Version 1.1 Date: 6/3/94.
show lnm
The show lnm <
option
> commands display information about services that LNM Servers
provide. For detailed information about LNM Servers, refer to Configuring LNM Services.
The show lnm command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts disabled
base enabled
cannotlink [circuit [<circuit name>] ] links [<circuit name>]
circuit [<circuit name>] passwords [<circuit name>]
configuration [circuit [<circuit name>] ] version
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-452 303560-A Rev 00
alerts
Displays all enabled LNM Servers circuits whose state is not up. The table does not
include disabled circuits or enabled circuits that are up. It shows only circuits that are not
up for some reason. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show lnm alerts
LNM Servers Circuit Alerts
--------------------------
Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
O41 Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres
1 Entries found.
Circuit Name of the circuit the server is on.
LNM Status of LNM Servers as an entity. This is always blank for alerts.
LNM LRM State of the LAN Reporting Mechanism (LRM). If the state is Up,
the entry is blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or
Not Pres (not present).
LNM LBS State of the LAN Bridge Server (LBS). If the state is Up, the entry
is blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or Not
Pres (not present).
LNM REM State of Ring Error Monitor (REM). If the state is Up, the entry is
blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or Not Pres
(not present).
LNM RPS Sate of Ring Parameter Server (RPS). If the state is Up, the entry is
blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or Not Pres
(not present).
LNM CRS State of Configuration Report Server (CRS). If the state is Up, the
entry is blank. Otherwise, the state is Down, Init (initializing) or
Not Pres (not present).
303560-A Rev 00 2-453
base
Displays the LNM Servers base record state. The base record controls LNM Servers as a
whole for the entire system. State is one of the following:
Sample Display - show lnm base
LNM Servers Base Information
----------------------------
Protocol State
----------- --------
LNM Servers Up
cannotlink [circuit [
<circuit name>
] ]
Displays problem information for the LNM Servers base record, all LNM Servers circuits,
or a specific circuit. You can use the information to diagnose why IBM LAN Network
Manager cannot link with the Bay Networks LNM Servers. You can use the following
options with the cannotlink command. The base record table includes the following
information:
Disabled User has manually disabled LNM Servers as an entity.
Down LNM Servers is not functioning.
Init LNM Servers is initializing on the system.
Not Present LNM Servers has been configured but not started.
Up LNM Servers is currently operating on the system.
Protocol Routing protocol for the base record; this is LNM, LLC, and SR.
State State of the protocol, which is one of the following:
•Disabled - User has manually disabled the protocol.
•Down - Protocol is not functioning on the system.
•Init - Protocol is initializing on the system.
•Not Present - Protocol has been configured but not started.
•Up - Protocol is functioning on the system.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-454 303560-A Rev 00
The circuit table includes the following information:
Internal LAN ID For the IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link to LNM Servers, the
Internal LAN ID must be equal to the Source Route Internal LAN ID.
Bridge ID For the IBM LAN Network Manager to be able to link to LNM Servers, the
Bridge ID must be equal to the Source Route Bridge ID.
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
Protocol Routing protocol on that specific circuit. Examine the state of these
protocols. They must all be enabled and up for IBM LAN Network
Manager to be able to link. The state of the LNM Servers circuit is
enabled or disabled only.
State State of the protocol, which is one of the following:
•Disabled - User has manually disabled the protocol on that
circuit.
•Down - Protocol or server is not functioning. When LNM is
disabled on the circuit, the individual LNM Servers (LRM, LBS,
REM, RPS, REM, or CRS) go into a Down state.
•Enabled - LNM Servers as an entity has been enabled on the
circuit.
•Init - Protocol or server is initializing on the circuit.
•Not Present - Circuit is down; the server has not yet started.
•Up - Protocol or server is functioning on the circuit.
External Ring ID Source Route External Ring ID. If the ID differs from the Segment
number that IBM LAN Network Manager has for the Bay
Networks bridge, you may need to delete and redefine the Bay
Networks bridge in IBM LAN Network Manager.
Internal MAC Address LNM Internal MAC address, which should be the same as the one
configured in IBM LAN Network Manager. If the field contains
dashes, the address is in canonical format and you must convert it to
TR format before entering it or comparing it with the addresses
entered in IBM LAN Network Manager.
External MAC Address TR External Mac address, which should be the same as the one
configured in IBM LAN Network Manager. If the field contains
dashes, the address is in canonical format and you must convert it to
TR format before entering it or comparing it with the addresses
entered in IBM LAN Network Manager.
303560-A Rev 00 2-455
Sample Display - show lnm cannotlink
LNM Servers Cannot Link
-----------------------
Internal Bridge
Protocol State LAN ID ID
-------- -------- -------- ------
LNM Base Up B0 5
LLC Base Up
SR Base Up B0 5
Sample Display - show lnm cannotlink circuit
LNM Servers Cannot Link Circuit
-------------------------------
External Internal External
Circuit Protocol State Ring ID MAC Address MAC Address
-------- -------- -------- -------- ----------------- -----------------
O31 LNM Cct Enabled 00-00-45-00-00-09
LLC Cct Up
SR Cct Up 10
TR Cct Up 00-00-a2-00-c9-a4
LNM LRM Up
LNM LBS Up
LNM REM Disable
LNM RPS Up
LNM CRS Disabled
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-456 303560-A Rev 00
circuit [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the LNM Servers states on all circuits or on only a specified circuit. The LNM
column shows whether LNM Servers is Enabled or Disabled on the circuit. The servers
(LNM, LRM, LNM, LBS, and so on) can have the following states:
Sample Display - show lnm circuit
LNM Servers Circuit Information
-------------------------------
Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
O31 Enabled Up Up Disabled Up Disabled
O32 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up
O41 Enabled Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres
O42 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up
4 Entries found.
Down State of individual servers goes to Down when LNM Servers
becomes disabled on the circuit.
Init Server is initializing.
Not Pres Circuit is down; the server has not yet started.
Up Server is functioning on the circuit.
303560-A Rev 00 2-457
configuration [circuit [
<circuit name>
] ]
Displays configuration information about LNM Servers as a whole. You can show
information about the base record. Or you can display information about LNM circuits.
You can also limit the display to one circuit. The base record displays the following
information:
The circuit record configuration display includes the following information:
Protocol Name of the protocol.
State State of the protocol, as follows:
•Disabled - User has manually disabled the protocol.
•Up - LNM Servers is functioning on the system.
•Down - LNM Servers is not functioning on the system.
•Init - LNM Servers is initializing on the system.
•Not Present - LNM Servers has been configured but not started.
IBM LNM Set Privilege Setting is Enabled or Disabled. The Enabled setting lets the IBM
LAN Network Manager change LNM Servers configuration
parameters with Set LAN Network Manager frames.
Internal LAN ID Identifier that Source Routing uses to route frames to other circuits
on the Bay Networks router. This value must match the value
defined in the SR base record.
Bridge Number Bridge number defined in the SR base record. IBM LAN Network
Manager uses this number with the Internal LAN ID, External LAN
ID, Internal MAC Address, and External MAC Address to identify
the Bay Networks bridge on the circuit.
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
MAC Cct MAC circuit on which LNM Servers as an entity is defined.
LLC Cct LLC circuit with which LNM Servers as an entity is associated.
Internal MAC Address MAC address defined to the Internal LAN. This is a virtual
association used only to define LNM Servers on this circuit within
IBM LAN Network Manager.
Weight Threshold Maximum error count that LNM REM Server uses to send alerts to
IBM LAN Network Manager.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-458 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show lnm configuration
LNM Servers Base Configuration
------------------------------
IBM LNM Set Internal Bridge
Protocol State Privilege LAN ID Number
----------- -------- ----------- -------- ------
LNM Servers Up Enabled B0 5
Sample Display - show lnm configuration circuit
LNM Servers Circuit Configuration
---------------------------------
MAC LLC Internal Weight
Circuit Cct Cct MAC Address Threshold
-------- --- --- ----------------- ---------
O31 2 3 00-00-45-00-00-09 128
O32 4 5 00-00-45-00-00-02 128
O41 6 7 00-00-45-00-00-05 128
O42 8 9 00-00-45-00-00-06 128
disabled
Displays the LNM Servers circuits and servers that a user has manually disabled. The table
includes the name of each server, and the circuit the server is on. If the server is disabled,
Disabled appears under the name of the server. If the server is enabled, the value in the
table is blank.
303560-A Rev 00 2-459
Sample Display - show lnm disabled
LNM Servers Circuits Disabled
-----------------------------
Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
O31 Disabled Disabled
1 Entries found.
enabled
Displays the current state of all LNM Servers circuits that are currently enabled. The state
of LNM will display as Enabled. The state of specific servers (for example, LNM LRM) is
one of the following:
If the server is disabled, the value under its name is blank.
Sample Display - show lnm enabled
LNM Servers Circuits Enabled
-----------------------------
Circuit LNM LNM LRM LNM LBS LNM REM LNM RPS LNM CRS
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
O31 Enabled Up Up Up
O32 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up
O41 Enabled Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres Not Pres
O42 Enabled Up Up Up Up Up
4 Entries found.
Init Protocol or server is initializing on the circuit.
Not Pres Circuit is down; the server has not yet started.
Up Protocol or server is functioning on the circuit.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-460 303560-A Rev 00
links [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the LNM links currently existing between LNM Servers as an entity and IBM
LAN Network Manager and their addresses. When no link exists for a specific address, the
display shows Not Linked instead of the address. You can display all circuits or only a
specific circuit.
Sample Display - show lnm links
LNM Servers Circuit Links
-------------------------
Controlling Observing 1 Observing 2 Observing 3
Circuit Manager Address Manager Address Manager Address Manager Address
------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------- ----------------
O31 08-00-5a-97-7a-1d Not Linked Not Linked Not Linked
O32 08-00-5a-97-7a-1d Not Linked Not Linked Not Linked
303560-A Rev 00 2-461
passwords [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the passwords currently configured for all LNM Servers circuits or for a specific
circuit. If a password doesn’t exist, the default password is 00000000.
Sample Display - show lnm passwords
LNM Servers Circuit Passwords
-----------------------------
Cntrllng Observng Observng Observng
Manager Managr 1 Managr 2 Managr 3
Circuit Password Password Password Password
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
O31 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
O32 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
O41 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
O42 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000
version
Displays the current version and date of the lnm.bat script.
Sample Display - show lnm version
LNM.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-462 303560-A Rev 00
show mospf
The show mospf <
option
> command displays information about OSPF multicast
extensions (MOSPF). For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of
MOSPF, refer to Configuring IP Multicasting and Multimedia Services.
The show mospf command supports the following subcommand options:
base
Displays the following information:
Sample Display - show mospf base
MOSPF Base Information
---------------------
Inter-Area Inter-AS
Multicast
Router ID Forwarder
--------------- ---------- ---------
201.1.1.1 Yes No
base interfaces
fwd neighbor
Router ID The ID of the router on which MOSP is running
Inter-Area Multicast
Forwarder Whether MOSFP is running on an internal area router or a
border router
Inter-AS Mutlicast
Forwarder Whether MOSPF is running on a boundary router
303560-A Rev 00 2-463
fwd
Displays the following information from the MOSPF forwarding database:
In addition, you can add a group address argument to the fwd subcommand to limit table
entries to those matching the argument. The argument can contain the wildcard character
(*), for example:
Sample Display - show mospf fwd
MOSPF Forwarding Database
-------------------------
Upstream
Group Source Interface
--------------- --------------- ---------------
224.128.128.10 201.1.1.0 201.1.1.1
downstream: 201.0.2.1 (3)
224.128.128.10 201.2.1.0 201.0.2.1
downstream: 201.1.1.1 (1)
224.128.128.11 201.1.1.0 201.1.1.1
downstream: 201.0.2.1 (3)
224.128.128.11 201.2.1.0 201.0.2.1
downstream: 201.1.1.1 (1)
224.128.128.12 201.1.1.0 201.1.1.1
downstream: 201.0.2.1 (3)
224.128.128.12 201.2.1.0 201.0.2.1
downstream: 201.1.1.1 (1)
Group Multicasting group.
Source Multicasting source.
Upstream Interface IP address of the upstream interface.
Downstream Interface IP address of the downstream interface.
show mospf fwd Shows forwarding entries for all group addresses
show mospf fwd 224.2.* Shows forwarding entries for all group addresses starting
with 224.2
show mospf fwd 225.3.12.1 Shows the forwarding entry for the group address
225.3.12.1
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-464 303560-A Rev 00
interfaces
Displays the following information:
Sample Display - show mospf interfaces
MOSPF Interfaces
---------------
IP Address Area ID Multicast Forwarding State
--------------- --------------- -------------------- --------
201.0.2.1 0.0.0.0 multicast P to P
201.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 multicast DR
201.1.2.1 1.1.1.1 multicast DR
3 Entries
IP Address IP address of the MOSPF interfaces
Area ID The ID of the area to which the interface is connected
Multicast Forwarding Whether the router supports multicast forwarding on this
interface
State The state of the link to which the interface is connected
303560-A Rev 00 2-465
neighbors
Displays the following information:
IP interface The local IP interface on which this neighbor relationship has
been established
Router ID The ID of the router on which MOSPF is running
Neighbor IP Address The remote IP interface on which this neighbor relationship has
been established
State The state of the neighbor connection
Type Dynamic or configured -- specifies whether this is a
dynamically or statically configured neighbor
OSPF Virtual Neighbors The area ID, router ID, and state of each virtual OSPF neighbor
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-466 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show mospf neighbors
OSPF Neighbors
--------------
Neighbor
IP Interface Router ID IP Address State Type
--------------- --------------- --------------- ---------- ----------
201.0.2.1 201.2.1.2 201.0.2.2 Full Dynamic
1 Entries
1 dynamic neighbors
0 configured neighbors
OSPF Virtual Neighbors
----------------------
Area Address Router ID State
---------------- ---------------- --------------
0 virtual neighbors
show mpoa
The show mpoa <
option
> commands display information about the Multiple Protocol
Over ATM (MPOA) feature. The show mpoa command supports the following
subcommand options:
egress_cache servers
ingress_cache version
lane_clients
303560-A Rev 00 2-467
egress_cache
Displays information about the current cache entries for the egress router. This display
includes the following information:
ingress_cache
Displays information about the current cache entries for the ingress router.
This display includes the following information:
index The index number associated with this cache entry.
MPC Id The ID number of the MPOA client.
State The state of the cache entry.
Cache Id The egress cache ID.
Hold Time The amount of time the cache information is valid.
Elan Id The ID number associated with the emulated LAN of
which the LEC is a member.
MPS Slot The number of the chassis slot containing the MPS.
Next-Hop Prot The next-hop protocol (for example, IP) address.
Source ATM Address The source ATM address.
DLL Header The data link layer supplied to the egress MPC.
index The index number associated with this cache entry.
MPC Id The ID number of the MPOA client.
State The state of the cache entry.
Hold Time The amount of time the cache information is valid.
MPS Slot The number of the chassis slot containing the MPS.
Src Prot Addr The source protocol (for example, IP) address.
Source ATM Address The source ATM address.
Dst Prot Addr The destination protocol (for example, IP) address.
Dest ATM Address The destination ATM address.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-468 303560-A Rev 00
lane_clients
Displays information about the mapping between LECs and MPOA servers.
This display includes the following information:
servers
Displays information about configured MPOA servers.
This display includes the following information:
version
Displays the current MPOA software version.
LANE Client Cct The circuit number assigned to the LEC.
LANE Client Elan_Name The name of the emulated LAN of which the LEC is a
member.
MPOA Server ID The ID number of the MPS.
MPOA Server Slot The slot number in which the MPS resides.
Slot The number of the chassis slot containing the MPS.
Id The server ID number for that slot.
State The state of the server.
Control ATM Address The server ATM address.
303560-A Rev 00 2-469
show nbip
The show nbip <
option
> commands display configuration and statistical information
about NetBIOS over IP services. For detailed information about NetBIOS, refer to
Configuring IP Services.
The show nbip command supports the following subcommand options:
base
Displays the base record for NetBIOS over IP. The table includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show nbip base
NBIP Base Information
---------------------
Protocol State
-------- ----------
NBIP Up
base names
interfaces version
Protocol Name of the protocol, which in this case is NBIP.
State State of the protocol on the router: Up, Down (manually disabled),
Init (initializing), or Not Present (not yet initialized).
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-470 303560-A Rev 00
interfaces
Displays information about each interface:
Sample Display - show nbip interfaces
NBIP Interfaces
---------------
Input Output Name Input Input Output
IP Address State Bcasts Bcasts Caching Packets Errors Packets
--------------- -------- ------ ------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----------
130.1.1.1 Up Yes Yes Yes 10 0 65
131.1.1.1 Up Yes Yes Yes 68 0 7
192.32.14.92 Down Yes No No 0 0 0
3 Entries.
IP Address IP address of this interface.
State State of the protocol on the interface: Up, Down, Init, or Not
Present.
Input Bcasts Indicates whether the input of NetBIOS broadcasts is enabled.
Output Bcasts Indicates whether the output of NetBIOS broadcasts is enabled.
Name Caching Indicates whether NetBIOS name caching is enabled.
Input Packets Number of frames that have been received by this interface.
Input Errors Number of invalid frames that have been received by this interface.
Output Packets Number of frames that have been transmitted by this interface.
303560-A Rev 00 2-471
names
Displays name cache information:
Sample Display - show nbip names
NBIP Name Cache
---------------
NetBIOS Name IP Address Learned ? Cache Hits Scope ID
------------------- --------------- --------- ---------- ----------------------
MIATA 128.1.1.3 Yes 0 <09>wellfleet<03>com
WINDSURF 130.1.1.3 Yes 8 <09>wellfleet<03>com
2 Entries.
version
Displays the current version and the modification date of the nbip.bat script.
Sample Display - show nbip version
NBIP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show nhrp
The show nhrp <
option
> commands display information about the Next Hop Routing
Protocol (NHRP). For information about NHRP, see Configuring ATM Services.
NetBIOS Name NetBIOS name of the station.
IP Address IP address of the NetBIOS station.
Learned? Indicates whether this NetBIOS entry is learned. If not, it is a static
entry.
Cache Hits Number of times the NetBIOS name cache has been used.
Scope ID NetBIOS Scope ID of this station.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-472 303560-A Rev 00
The show nhrp command supports the following subcommand options:
circuits
Displays circuit information about the NHRP circuits. The display includes the following
information:
circuits nhcache
client nets server nets
client stats server stats
defnhs version
Circuit Number Service record number.
L2 Data link protocol.
VC Protocol for the virtual circuit.
Type Indicates whether this is a PVC or an SVC.
Pkts Xmit Number of packets transmitted across the circuit.
Enable Indicates whether the circuit is active.
303560-A Rev 00 2-473
client nets
Displays the NHRP client configuration. The display includes the following information:
Protocol Designates that this is the NHRP client.
Layer2/Layer3 Data link and network layer protocols.
Enable Indicates whether or not the client is enabled.
Request Timeout Amount of time, in seconds, that the client waits for a reply from
the server in response to a request.
Request Retries Number of times that the client resends a request to the server
before it sends an error back to the requesting application.
Max Pending Reqs Maximum number of requests from applications that the client can
accept.
Register Interval Amount of time between client registrations sent to the NHRP
server. The client registers the networks it supports.
Register HoldTime Amount of time, in seconds, that the registration information
remains valid.
Debug Level Specifies whether debug messages are displayed in the router’s
event log.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-474 303560-A Rev 00
client stats
Displays the NHRP client statistics. The display includes the following information:
Protocol Designates that this is the NHRP client.
Layer2/Layer3 Data link and network layer protocols.
NHR Request Number of next-hop resolution requests that the client sends (Tx)
to the server.
Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative
acknowledgments (Nak) that the client receives from the server in
response to a next-hop resolution request.
Register Request Number of registration requests that the client sends (Tx) to the
server. The client registers the networks it supports.
Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative
acknowledgments (Nak) that the client receives from the server in
response to a registration request.
Purge Request Number of purge requests that the client sends (Tx) to the server.
Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative
acknowledgments (Nak) that the client receives from the server in
response to a purge request.
Unsolicited Purge Number of unsolicited purge requests that the client receives from
the server. The server instructs the client to delete information it
sent.
Error Indications Number of NHRP error indication messages that both the client
and server send (Tx) and receive (Rx).
Local Errors Number of error messages that the client sends locally to the
application that it serves.
Local Retries Number of times that the client resends a previous request
(resolution or purge) to the server because the server did not reply.
303560-A Rev 00 2-475
defnhs
Displays the NHRP server configuration. The display includes the following information:
nhcache
Displays information about the server’s next-hop cache memory. The display includes the
following information:
Index Server’s priority ranking.
L2 Data link protocol used by the server.
Cct Circuit number for the interface.
VCID1 ID number of a virtual circuit.
VCID2 ID number of a virtual circuit.
NHS Protocol Addr IP address of the server.
Serving Network Network address for which the NHRP server can provide next-hop
resolution information in response to client requests.
Serving Netmask Network mask for which the NHRP server can provide next-hop
resolution information in response to client requests. Together
with the serving network, it provides a range of addresses served
by the NHRP server.
Status Indicates whether the NHRP server can be used.
S1 Circuit name.
L2 Data link protocol used by the server.
Destination_Range Range of destination networks supported by the server. This
number represents the network address and mask.
NextHopProtoAddr IP address of the next-hop destination.
NextHopNbmaAddr NBMA address of the next-hop destination.
HldTme Time that a network address entry in the server’s cache is valid.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-476 303560-A Rev 00
server nets
Displays the NHRP server configuration. The display includes the following information:
Fl 6-bit flag value instructing the server about the network entry. The
value can be as follows:
1=Entry is valid
2=Entry is result of authoritative source
4=NMBA address is valid
8=Protocol address is valid
16=Reply was a valid hold timer
32 = Entry is no longer valid and is being removed
PfV Preference value of the network address entry. This value
prioritizes the next-hop entries.
Mtu Maximum transmission unit, which indicates the size of the data
that can be sent across the network.
Protocol Designates that this is the NHRP server.
Layer2/Layer3 Data link and network layer protocols.
Enable Indicates whether the NHRP server is enabled or disabled.
Forwarding Enable Indicates whether forwarding is enabled or disabled. Server
requests are forwarded to another server if the original server
cannot respond.
Max CIE’s/Reply Maximum number of client information entries and replies. These
are the next-hop address entries that the server sends to the client.
Max Pending Reqs Maximum number of requests (from 1 to 100) that the server
accepts from the NHRP client.
Next Hop Load Bal Indicates whether next-hop load balancing is enabled or disabled.
Load balancing prioritizes the next-hop entries if there are more
than one.
Max NH Cache Size Maximum number of IP address entries in the next-hop cache.
Max QOS Cache Size Maximum number of quality of service entries in the QoS cache.
Max Addr Cache Size Maximum number of NBMA address entries in the address cache.
Use local BGPRS Specifies whether the NHRP server is using the BGP route server
to get next-hop IP addresses.
Use DNS Server Specifies whether the NHRP server is using the DNS server to get
next-hop NBMA addresses.
303560-A Rev 00 2-477
server stats
Displays the NHRP server statistics. The display includes the following information:
DNS Proxy Port DNS proxy port for queries issued by the NHRP server.
Use Negative Caching Indicates whether caching of negative DNS records is enabled (1)
or disabled (2).
Negativ Caching TTL Time to Live (TTL), that is, the amount of time, in seconds, that
the value of negative caching (enable or disable) is valid.
Debug Level Specifies whether debug messages are included in the event log;
enabled = 1, disabled = 0.
Protocol Designates that this is the NHRP server.
Layer2/Layer3 Indicates the data link and network layer protocols.
NHR Req Number of next-hop resolution requests that the server receives (Rx) from
the client.
Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative acknowledgments (Nak)
that the server sends to the client in response to a next-hop resolution
request.
Number of next-hop resolution requests one server forwards (Fwd) to
another server.
Register Req Number of registration requests the server receives (Rx) from the client.
Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative acknowledgments (Nak)
that the server sends in response to a client registration request.
Number of registration requests that the server forwards (Fwd) to another
server.
Purge Req Number of purge requests that the server receives (Rx) from the client.
Number of acknowledgments (Ack) and negative acknowledgments (Nak)
that the server sends to the client in response to the client’s purge request.
Number of purge requests that the server forwards (Fwd) to another server.
Error Indications Number of NHRP error indication messages that both the client and server
send (Tx), receive (Rx), and forward (Fwd).
Dropped Pkts Number of NHRP packets that the server drops.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-478 303560-A Rev 00
show nml
The show nml <
option
> commands display configuration and statistical information
about Native Mode LAN (NML) services. For detailed information about NML, refer to
Configuring Bridging Services.
The show nml command supports the following subcommand options:
circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays information about all NML circuits or a specified NML circuit configured on the
router. The table includes the following information:
Next Hop Cache Maximum and current number of IP address entries in the server’s next-hop
cache.
QOS Cache Maximum and current number of quality of service entries in the server’s
QoS cache.
Addr Cache Maximum and current number of NBMA address entries in the server’s
address cache.
circuits [<circuit name>] seclists [<circuit name>]
disabled stats
enabled version
Circuit Name of the circuit configured for NML.
Port Circuit number of the port that supports a LAN belonging to the
closed user group. Each LAN in a closed user group is connected to
a bridge through an NML port.
CUG Value Closed user group ID (CUGID) assigned to the circuit.
303560-A Rev 00 2-479
Sample Display - show nml circuits
NML Circuit Table
-----------------
CUG Security SAID Security
Circuit Port Value Type Value Action
-------- -------- ------------ -------- ------------ ----------
F31 1 0 Check 0 Forward
E21 2 22 Add 0 Drop
2 Entries.
disabled
Displays only NML circuits that are disabled. The display contains the same information
the circuits command produces.
enabled
Displays only NML circuits that are enabled. The display contains the same information
the circuits command produces.
Security Type Type of security configured -- Add, an access circuit; Check, a
trunk circuit; or Drop, a transient internal state.
SAID Value Circuit’s security access ID.
Security Action How to handle a packet if it matches a CUGID in the circuit’s
security list: Drop or Forward. If the action is Drop, the list is an
exclusive list and the port drops all frames labelled with the
CUGID. If the action is Forward, the port forwards frames labelled
with the CUGID to the attached LAN.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-480 303560-A Rev 00
seclists [
<circuit name>
]
Displays information about each NML circuit’s security list or a specified NML circuit’s
security list. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show nml seclists
NML Security Lists
------------------
Circuit Port Status Action From To
-------- -------- -------- -------- ------------ ------------
F31 1 Enabled Drop 224 238
E21 2 Enabled Forward 22 22
Forward 224 238
2 Entries.
Note that circuit E21 in the sample display has two ranges.
Circuit Name of the circuit configured for NML.
Port Circuit number of the port on which NML resides.
Status State of the security list: Enabled or Disabled.
Action Action taken on a packet if it matches one of the ranges of
CUGIDs: Drop or Forward.
From Low end of a range of CUGIDs in the security list. A circuit can
have more than one set of ranges.
To High end of a range of CUGIDs in the security list. A circuit can
have more than one set of ranges.
303560-A Rev 00 2-481
stats
Displays the number of packets dropped because of security violations for each circuit on
the router. The table shows the following information:
Sample Display - show nml stats
Bridge Statistics
-----------------
Circuit Port Discards
-------- -------- --------
F31 1 0
E21 2 0
version
Displays the current version and date of creation of the nml.bat script.
Sample Display - show nml version
NML.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Circuit Name of the circuit configured for NML.
Port Circuit number of the port on which NML resides.
Discards Number of packets dropped because of security violations.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-482 303560-A Rev 00
show ntp
The show ntp
<option>
command displays information about the NTP protocol and
services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of NTP services,
refer to Configuring IP Utilities.
The show ntp command supports the following subcommand options:
access
Displays information about NTP servers preferred (accepted) or restricted (rejected) by
the local NTP client.
The table shows the following information:
Sample Display - show ntp access
IP Address Mask Filter Type
----------- ----- ------------
2.1.1.1 255.255.255.255 Restrict
3.3.1.1 255.255.0.0 Prefer
access peers
base stats
IP Address The IP address of this remote NTP server.
Mask The IP subnetwork mask for this remote NTP server.
Filter Type • Restrict -- The local NTP client drops packets received from this
remote NTP server.
•Prefer -- The local NTP client accepts packets received from this
remote NTP server.
303560-A Rev 00 2-483
base
Displays the base record information for the Network Time Protocol (NTP) running on the
router. The base record controls NTP on the router.
The table shows the following information:
Sample Display - show ntp base
Application State
------------ ------
NTP Enabled
NTP State NTP Version Reference ID Stratum
----------- ----------- ------------- --------
UP VERSION 3 1.1.1.1 16
Application NTP
State The user-configured state of the local NTP client:
•Enabled -- NTP has a configured state of enabled.
•Disabled -- NTP has a configured state of disabled.
NTP State The actual (dynamic) state of the local NTP client:
•Disabled - User has manually disabled NTP.
•Up - NTP is operating on the router.
•Down - NTP is not functioning on the router.
•Init - NTP is initializing on the router.
•Not Present - NTP has been configured but not started on the
router.
NTP Version The current version of NTP software on the router.
Reference ID The IP address of the remote NTP peer (that is, the system peer) to
which the local NTP client is synchronized.
Stratum The number of NTP peers that exist between the local NTP client
and the NTP stratum 1 server for this network. (The stratum
number includes the local NTP client.)
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-484 303560-A Rev 00
peers
Displays configuration and status information about NTP servers known to the NTP client
on the router.
The table shows the following information:
Sample Display - show ntp peer
IP Address Config Peer Mode State Reference Id Preference
----------- ---------------- ------ ------------ -----------
192.32.72.6 1 1 198.72.72.10 Not Preferred
168.107.41.1 1 1 1.1.1.1 Preferred
IP Address The IP address of this remote NTP peer.
Config Peer Mode The mode in which this remote NTP peer operates on the network:
Server
(Since NTP operates locally in client mode only, all remote peers
known to the router are servers.)
State State of the remote NTP server:
•1= Up
•2= Down.
Reference ID The IP address of the system peer to which this remote NTP peer is
synchronized. (See also “Reference ID” for show ntp base.)
Preference • Preferred -- The local NTP client prefers (accepts) packets from
this remote NTP server.
•Not Preferred -- The local NTP client does not prefer (rejects)
packets from this remote NTP server.
303560-A Rev 00 2-485
stats
Displays information about
• The number of polls (requests for information) sent by the local NTP client to the
designated remote NTP server
• The number of packets received by the local NTP client from the designated remote
NTP server
The table shows the following information:
Sample Display - show ntp stats
IP Address Polls Sent Packets received
----------- ----------- ----------------
2.1.1.1 10 10
IP Address The IP address of this remote NTP server.
Polls sent The number of polls (requests for information) sent from the local
NTP client to this NTP server.
Packets received The number of NTP packets received (and accepted) from this
remote NTP server.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-486 303560-A Rev 00
show osi
The show osi <
option
> commands display configuration, state, and statistical information
about Open Systems Interconnection (OSI) services. For more information about the Bay
Networks implementation of the OSI protocol, refer to Configuring OSI Services.
The show osi command supports the following subcommand options:
adjacency stats
alerts stats clnp
base stats errors
circuits [<circuit name>] tarp ldb
disabled tarp pkt
enabled tarp tdc
level1 routes [find <destination sys ID>] version
level2 routes [find <destination sys ID>]
303560-A Rev 00 2-487
adjacency
Displays information about the adjacencies that exist on each OSI circuit. The table
includes the following information:
Sample Display - show osi adjacency
OSI Dynamic Adjacency Information
------------------------------------
Circuit Adjacent ID State Neighbor Addr (NSAP)
-------- ----------- -------- ----------------------
E31 24578 INIT 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00
E32 90115 INIT 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCC00
alerts
Displays all OSI circuits that are enabled but whose state is not UP. Forwarding is either
Enabled or Disabled.
Sample Display - show osi alerts
OSI Circuit Information
-----------------------
Circuit State Forwarding
------- ------------ ------------
E21 DOWN ENABLED
Circuit Name of the circuit the adjacency is on.
Adjacent ID Index of the adjacency in the adjacency table.
State State of the adjacency: DOWN (initialization failed), INIT
(initializing), or UP.
Neighbor Addr (NSAP) Network Service Access Point (NSAP) address of the adjacency.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-488 303560-A Rev 00
base
Displays general information about, including the state of, the OSI protocol running on the
router. The base record controls OSI for the entire system. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show osi base
OSI Base Record Information
---------------------------
Protocol State Area Address Node Address
--------- -------- ------------ ------------------
OSI Up 0x490040 0xAAAAAAAAAAAA
circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the state of all OSI circuits or a specific circuit. The table includes the following
information:
Protocol Name of the protocol, which in this case is OSI.
State State of the protocol on the router: Disabled (manually disabled),
Down, Init (initializing), Not Present (not yet initialized), or Up.
Area Address Address of the local area in the routing domain where this router
resides.
Node Address Address of this node (router) in the local area.
Circuit Name of the circuit that OSI runs on.
State State of OSI on the circuit: Disabled (manually disabled), Down, Init
(initializing), Not Present (not present on the circuit), or Up.
Forwarding Status of forwarding over the circuit: Enabled or Disabled.
303560-A Rev 00 2-489
Sample Display - show osi circuits
OSI Circuit Information
-----------------------
Circuit State Forwarding
------- ------------ ------------
E31 Up Enabled
E32 Up Disabled
Sample Display - show osi circuits e31
OSI Circuit Information
-----------------------
Circuit State Forwarding
------- ------------ ------------
E31 Up Enabled
disabled
Displays OSI circuits that a user has manually disabled on the router. In this case, State is
Disabled. Forwarding is either Enabled or Disabled.
Sample Display - show osi disabled
OSI Circuit Information
-----------------------
Circuit State Forwarding
------- ------------ ------------
E31 Disabled Enabled
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-490 303560-A Rev 00
enabled
Displays circuits that have OSI enabled on this router. For information on the columns in
the table, see the circuits command.
Sample Display - show osi enabled
OSI Circuit Information
-----------------------
Circuit State Forwarding
------- ------------ ------------
E31 Up Enabled
E32 Up Enabled
level1 routes [find
<destination sys ID>
]
Displays information from the level 1 routing table for all entries or for a specific
destination address. The table includes the following information:
Destination SysID NSAP address of the destination system.
Route Type Route type, which is one of the following:
•Level 1 - Level 1 routing (within the local area) only.
•Level 2 - Level 2 routing (between routing domains) only.
•Level 1&2 - Level 1 and Level 2 (routing within the local area and
to systems located in a different area).
Next Hop NSAP address of the intermediate system that is the next hop on the
path to the destination end system.
Cost Number of hops it takes to reach the destination.
303560-A Rev 00 2-491
Sample Display - show osi level1 routes
OSI Level I Routing Information
-------------------------------
Destination SysId Route Type Next Hop Cost
---------------------- ---------- ---------------------- --------
0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00 Level 1&2 0x490040AAAAAAAAAAAA00 10
level2 routes [find
<destination sys ID>
]
Displays information from the Level 2 routing table for all entries or for a specific
destination address. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show osi level2 routes
OSI Level II Routing Information
--------------------------------
Destination SysId Next Hop Cost
--------------------- ---------------------- ----------------
0x490044 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00 20
0x490044 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCC00 20
2 Total entries.
Destination SysID NSAP address of the destination system.
Next Hop NSAP address of the intermediate system that is the next hop on the
path to the destination end system.
Cost Number of hops it takes to reach the destination.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-492 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show osi level2 routes find 490044
OSI Level II Routing Information
--------------------------------
Destination SysId Next Hop Cost
--------------------- ---------------------- ----------------
0x490044 0x490040CCCCCCCCCCCC00 20
0x490044 0x490044CCCCCCCCCCCC00 20
2 Entries found.
stats
Displays statistics of each OSI circuit. The table includes the number of Protocol Data
Units received, sent, and dropped on each circuit.
Sample Display - show osi stats
OSI Circuit Statistics
----------------------
Received Send Dropped
Circuit Packets Packets Packets
-------- ------------ ------------ ----------
E31 464 891 181
E32 211 402 69
stats clnp
Displays statistics for the ConnectionLess Network Protocol (CLNP) packets on each OSI
circuit. The table includes the number of CLNP packets received and forwarded, the
number of Echo Replies received (Rx) and sent (Tx) and the number of Echo Requests
received (Rx) and sent (Tx).
303560-A Rev 00 2-493
Sample Display - show osi stats clnp
OSI Circuit CLNP Statistics
---------------------------
CLNP CLNP Rx Echo Rx Echo Tx Echo Tx Echo
Circuit Received Forwarded Rep Req Rep Req
-------- ------------ ------------ -------- -------- -------- --------
E31 0 0 0 0 0 0
E32 0 0 0 0 0 0
O41 0 0 0 0 0 0
stats errors
Displays error statistics for each OSI circuit. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show osi stats errors
OSI Error Statistics
--------------------
Init Rejected Bad Bad Bad Bad Bad
Circuit Failures Adjs LSPs Snps Eshs L1Iihs L2Iihs
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
E31 3 0 0 0 0 0 0
E32 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
Init Failures Number of times this circuit failed to initialize.
Rejected Adjs Number of adjacencies rejected on this circuit.
Bad LSPs Number of bad link state packets (LSPs) received on this circuit.
Bad Snps Number of bad Sequence Number PDUs received on this circuit.
Bad Eshs Number of bad End System hellos received on this circuit.
Bad L1Iihs Number of bad Level 1 IS - IS hellos received on this circuit.
Bad L2Iihs Number of bad Level 2 IS - IS hellos received on this circuit.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-494 303560-A Rev 00
tarp ldb
Displays the loop detection buffer entries.
tarp pkt
Requests that the router originate a TARP packet. The command accepts the following
arguments:
tarp tdc
Displays the TARP data cache.
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the osi.bat script.
Sample Display - show osi version
OSI.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
-t
<type>
Specifies the type of TARP packet to send (1, 2, 4, or 5).
-i
<TID>
TID to include in the request. Valid only for Type 1, Type 2, and Type
4 packets. The request is for the NSAP that maps to this TID.
-n
<NSAP>
NSAP to include in the request. Valid only for Type 4 or Type 5
packets. The request is for the TID that maps to this NSAP.
-f Enables you to find an NSAP by going through a timer sequence.
303560-A Rev 00 2-495
show ospf
The show ospf
<option>
commands display state, configuration, and statistical
information about the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) protocol. For details on the Bay
Networks implementation of OSPF, refer to Configuring IP Services.
The show ospf command supports the following subcommand options:
area
Displays a list of configured OSPF areas on the router. For each area, the table shows the
following information:
area lsdb [<area-number>]
ase [<LSID>] neighbors
base version
interface
Area Id Area identifier.
State State of the area: Up or Down.
Stub Area Whether or not the area is a stub area: Yes or No.
Authentication Authentication type for the area: None or Simple Password.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-496 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ospf area
OSPF Area Information
---------------------
Stub
Area Id State Area Authentication
------- ----- ---- --------------
0.0.0.0 Up No None
ase [
<LSID>
]
Displays information about Autonomous System External advertisements. You can
display information about all Link State IDs in your system or for a specified Link State
ID. The table includes the following information:
Link State Id Network number that this Autonomous System (AS) External
advertisement represents.
Originating Router Router that generated the advertisement.
Age Age in seconds of the advertisement.
Metric Metric of the advertisement; the cost of the external route.
Forwarding Address Address used to get to this network. If the address is 0, the traffic is
forwarded to the originating router.
Type ASE’s type: 1 or 2.
Tag Field that contains information that the network administrator has
placed in the advertisement.
303560-A Rev 00 2-497
Sample Display - show ospf ase
OSPF AS External Routes
-----------------------
Link Originating Forwarding
State ID Router Age Metric Address Type Tag
--------------- --------------- ----- ---------- --------------- ---- --------
0.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 621 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000
0.0.0.0 192.32.174.66 697 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000
7.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 622 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000
15.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 617 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000
21.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 618 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000
52.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 618 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000
53.0.0.0 192.32.174.65 619 4104 0.0.0.0 2 e0000000
base
Displays global information for the OSPF router. The base record controls OSPF for the
entire system. The display includes the following information:
Router Id Router identifier, which is unique among all OSPF routers.
State State of the protocol: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres
(enabled but not yet started), or Up.
Area Border Router Whether or not the router is an area border router: Yes or No.
AS Boundary Router Whether or not the router is an Autonomous System boundary
router: Yes or No.
Slot Running Primary The slot on which the OSPF soloist is running and where the link
state database exists. (If the primary soloist goes down, the router
attempts to use the backup soloist.)
Slot Running Backup The slot on which the backup OSPF soloist is running.
ASE Metric Support Whether or not ASE metric support is enabled or disabled. (This
metric is not compatible with OSPF ASE metrics used prior to
Version 8.0 of router software.)
ASE Default Tags How tags are generated for ASEs unaltered by an export route filter
or an announce route policy:
•Default (1) - Use a value of zero.
•Automatic (2) - Generate an automatic tag, per RFC 1403.
•Proprietary (3) - Use the next hop for IGP routes and the
neighbor AS for EGP routes (Bay Networks proprietary scheme).
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-498 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ospf base
OSPF Base Information
---------------------
Router Area Border AS Boundary
Id Router Router
------ ----------- -----------
192.32.174.65 No Yes
interface
Displays a table of OSPF interfaces. The display includes the following information:
Hold Down Time Holddown timer for calculating the Shortest Path First (SPF,
Dijkstra) algorithm. Determines how often the algorithm runs.
A value of 0 means no holddown.
Slot Mask Identifies slots on which OSPF can run. The MSB represents slot 1;
the next significant bit represents slot 2; and so on.
IP Address IP address of the OSPF interface.
Area Id Identifier of the area where the interface belongs.
Type Type of interface link, as follows:
•PtoP - Point-to-point interface.
•BCAST - Broadcast network.
•NBMA - Nonbroadcast Multiaccess network.
•PASS - Passive interface (accepts no Hello packets; issues no
advertisements or Hello packets; forms no neighbor
relationships).
•DFLT - Not configured appropriately. Point-to-multipoint is
needed.
303560-A Rev 00 2-499
Sample Display - show ospf interface
OSPF Interfaces
---------------
Designated DR/
IP Address Area Id Type State Metric Prioity Backup DR
---------- ------- ---- ----- ------ ------- ---------------
192.32.174.65 0.0.0.0 PtoP P to P 10 1 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
192.32.174.97 0.0.0.0 BCAST BackupDR 1 1 192.32.174.98
192.32.174.97
State State of the interface, as follows:
•Down - Interface is not operational.
•Waiting - Interface is waiting.
•P to P - Interface is in point-to-point state; occurs when the type
is Point-to-Point.
•DR - Router is the designated router on this network.
•BackupDR - Router is the backup designated router on this
network.
•DR Other - Router is neither the DR nor the BDR on this
network.
Metric Cost of using this interface.
Priority Router’s priority on this interface, used in multiaccess networks
(broadcast or NBMA) for electing the designated router. If the
value is 0, this router is not eligible to become the designated router
on this network.
Designated DR/Backup DR Two IP addresses for each interface. The first address is the IP
address of the designated router on the network. The second
address is the IP address of the backup designated router on this
network. Point-to-point links do not contain a designated router or
backup designated router.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-500 303560-A Rev 00
lsdb [
<area-number>
]
Displays the router’s Link State Database for all areas or for a specific area. The table
includes the following information:
OSPF Area Identifier of the area the advertisement is associated with.
LS Type Type of advertisement that the area advances. AS External
advertisements apply to all areas. However, if the router is attached
to more than one area, the table displays the AS External
advertisement only once -- under the backbone area (area id
0.0.0.0). The types are as follows:
•STUB - Stub Link Advertisement
•ROUTER - Router Links Advertisement
•NETWORK - Network Links Advertisement
•SUMMARY - Summary Links Advertisement
•AS_SUM - Autonomous System Border Summary Links
Advertisement
•AS_EXT - Autonomous System External Advertisement
Link State Id Link state identifier of the advertisement.
Adv Router IP address of the advertising router.
E External type, for an Autonomous System External advertisement
only. There are two types -- Type 1 and Type 2.
Metric Metric value, for an Autonomous System External advertisement
only.
ASE Fwd Addr Forwarding address, for an Autonomous System External
advertisement only.
Age Age in seconds of the advertisement.
Seq Nbr Sequence number of the advertisement. The sequence number is a
32-bit signed integer used to identify old and duplicate link state
advertisements. The larger the sequence number, the more recent
the advertisement.
303560-A Rev 00 2-501
Sample Display - show ospf lsdb
OSPF LSDB
---------
OSPF Area: 0.0.0.0
LS Type Link State ID Adv Router E Metric ASE Fwd Addr Age Seq Nbr
------- --------------- ------------- - ------- --------------- ---- --------
ROUTER 192.32.28.18 192.32.28.18 609 80000002
AS_EXT 14.0.0.0 192.32.28.19 2 3 192.32.28.36 1289 80000014
AS_EXT 15.0.0.0 192.32.28.19 2 2 192.32.28.36 1289 80000012
AS_EXT 16.0.0.0 192.32.28.19 2 2 192.32.28.36 1290 80000012
AS_EXT 131.1.0.0 192.32.28.19 2 5 192.32.28.1 1290 80000012
AS_EXT 141.1.0.0 192.32.28.19 2 5 192.32.28.1 1290 80000012
AS_EXT 192.30.133.0 192.32.28.19 2 4 192.32.28.1 1291 80000012
AS_EXT 192.31.133.0 192.32.28.19 2 4 192.32.28.1 1291 80000012
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-502 303560-A Rev 00
neighbors
Displays a table of all OSPF’s neighbors. The table includes the following information:
Interface IP address of the interface.
Router Id IP address of the router.
Neighbor IP Addr IP address of the neighbor.
State State of the neighbor, which is the following:
•Down - Neighbor is not operational. This state can occur only if
the neighbor is configured for Non-Broadcast Multi-Access
networks.
•Attempt - Router is trying to establish communication with the
neighbor; can occur only if the neighbor is configured for Non-
Broadcast Multi-Access networks.
•Init - Router has seen the neighbor’s hello packet but the packet
does not include this router in its list.
•Two Way - Router and neighbor see each other’s hello packets.
•Exch Start - Router and the neighbor are negotiating a master/
slave relationship for the Database Exchange process.
•Exchange - Router and the neighbor are exchanging their Link
State Databases.
•Loading - Router and the neighbor are synchronizing their Link
State Databases.
•Full - Router and the neighbor have fully synchronized databases.
Type Type of neighbor:
•Dynamic - The router and neighbor learn about each other on
Broadcast and Point-to-Point networks.
•Cfg. - Static configuration of neighbors, which occurs on Non-
Broadcast Multi-Access networks.
303560-A Rev 00 2-503
Sample Display - show ospf neighbors
OSPF Neighbors
--------------
Neighbor
Interface Router Id IP Addr State Type
--------- --------- -------- ----- ----
192.32.174.65 192.32.174.66 192.32.174.66 Full Dynamic
192.32.174.97 192.32.174.66 192.32.174.98 Full Dynamic
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the ospf.bat script.
Sample Display - show ospf version
OSPF.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-504 303560-A Rev 00
show packet
The show packet
<option>
commands display configuration and status information about
Packet Capture instances on routers. The Packet Capture utility is a network analyzer that
captures packets into a capture buffer for examination. You can filter packets to determine
what packets to save and when to start and stop capturing. For detailed information about
the Packet Capture utility, refer to Using Technician Interface Software.
The show packet command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays Packet Capture instances that are enabled but not Up. State is either Down (the
physical interface has not connected to Packet Capture) or Absent (Packet Capture is not
loaded on the slot connected to this line number).
alerts linenumbers
capture <line number> [-s<start>] [-c<count>] loaded
configuration <line number>status [<line number>]
disabled version
enabled
303560-A Rev 00 2-505
Sample Display - show packet alerts
Packet Capture Line Information (Alerts)
----------------------------------------
Line Number State
----------- ---------
102103 Down
103101 Absent
capture
<line number>
[-s
<start>
] [-c
<count>
]
Displays packets captured on a specific line. In the table, the header line is followed by
one or more lines of hexadecimal data.
The header line has the following six parts:
• Number of the packet within the capture buffer.
• Date the packet was captured.
• Time the packet was captured.
• Media type the packet was captured on.
• Original size of the packet in bytes.
• Direction the packet was captured from: transmitting (Tx) or receiving (Rx).
<line_number>
Displays the physical interface the capture is connected to. This is a
unique 10-digit decimal number. Leading zeros are eliminated. The
number identifies the physical media type, slot, module, and
connector.
-s
<start>
Displays the first packet to display from the capture buffer.
-c
<count>
Displays the number of packets to display from the capture buffer.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-506 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show packet capture 102101
Pkt# 1 06/24/94 06:59:03.018 CSMACD 52 Tx
00000000: 01 80 c2 00 00 00 00 00 a3 00 00 0c 00 26 42 42
00000010: 03 00 00 00 00 00 80 00 00 00 a3 00 00 0c 00 00
00000020: 00 00 80 00 00 00 a3 00 00 0c 80 01 00 00 14 00
00000030: 02 00 0f 00 20 20 20 6c 65 74 20 20 72 65 6d 20
configuration
<line number>
Displays the configuration of a specific Packet Capture line instance.
The configuration table displays the following fields, which are explained in more detail in
Using Technician Interface Software.
<line_number>
Physical interface to which the capture is connected. See the
capture command.
Delete State of existence of the MIB instance: Created or Deleted.
Disable State of the Packet Capture instance: Enabled or Disabled.
State State of the Packet Capture subsystem, as follows:
•Up - Registered and enabled.
•Down - Registered but disabled.
•Init - Loaded but no interface registered for the instance.
•Not Present - Not loaded on the slot connected to the instance.
FileName Filename to use to retrieve the capture buffer.
Control Operation in effect: Start or Stop.
Capture State of the operation: Started or Stopped.
LineNumber Line number of the physical interface connected to the instance.
BufSize Size of the capture buffer in 1024-byte increments.
PktSize Number of bytes saved from a packet in 32-byte increments.
Direction Direction of capture: Receive, Transmit, or both.
Count Number of packets captured.
303560-A Rev 00 2-507
RxTrigger Trigger type for receive when the capture buffer is full or a match
on a trigger filter occurs: Buffer full, Match filter1, Match filter2,
Not Used.
TxTrigger Trigger type for transmit when the capture buffer is full or a match
on a trigger filter occurs: Buffer full, Match filter1, Match filter2,
or Not Used.
RxFltr1Type Filter type, as follows:
•Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.
•Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.
•Not Used
RxFltr1Offset Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first
byte to be checked for a match.
RxFltr1Ref Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:
•MAC - First byte of the packet.
•Data Link - Value that varies with the medium.
•Multicast - Filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a byte is 1.
RxFltr1Size Number of bytes in the match field.
RxFltr1Match Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.
TxFltr1Type Filter type, as follows:
•Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.
•Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.
•Not Used
TxFltr1Offset Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first
byte to be checked for a match.
TxFltr1Ref Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:
•MAC - First byte of the packet.
•Data Link - Value that varies with the medium.
•Multicast - Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a
byte is 1.
TxFltr1Size Number of bytes in the match field.
TxFltr1Match Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.
RxFltr2Type Filter type, as follows:
•Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.
•Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.
•Not Used
RxFltr2Offset Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first
byte to be checked for a match.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-508 303560-A Rev 00
RxFltr2Ref Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:
•MAC - First byte of the packet.
•Data Link - Value that varies with the medium.
•Multicast - Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a
byte is 1.
RxFltr2Match Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.
RxFltr2Group Capture filter type grouping, as follows:
•Or - ORs the results of RxFltr1 and RxFltr2.
•And - ANDs the results of RxFltr1 and RxFltr2.
TxFltr2Type Filter type, as follows:
•Capture - Limits the types of packets saved.
•Trigger - Stops a capture when a match occurs.
•Not Used
TxFltr2Offset Offset in bytes from the reference point into the packet; the first
byte to be checked for a match.
TxFltr2Ref Reference point in the packet for the offset, as follows:
•MAC - First byte of the packet.
•Data Link - Value the varies with the medium.
•Multicast - Special filter that verifies that the rightmost bit of a
byte is 1.
TxFltr2Size Number of bytes in the match field.
TxFltr2Match Hexadecimal or character string used to match with the packet.
TxFltr2Group Capture filter type grouping, as follows:
•Or - ORs the results of TxFltr1 and TxFltr2.
•And - ANDs the results of TxFltr1 and TxFltr2.
303560-A Rev 00 2-509
Sample Display - show packet configuration 102101
Packet Capture Configuration for Line 102101
------------------------------------------------
Delete Created
Disable Enabled
State Up
Fname PCAP0200
Control Start
Capture Started
LineNumber 102101
BufSize 1 1Kbyte Increment(s)
PktSize 2 32 Byte Increment(s)
Direction Receive & Transmit
Count 11
RxTrigger Not Used
TxTrigger Not Used
RxFltr1Type Not Used
RxFltr1Offset 0
RxFltr1Ref Mac
RxFltr1Size 0
RxFltr1Match 0x(nil)
TxFltr1Type Not Used
TxFltr1Offset 0
TxFltr1Ref Mac
TxFltr1Size 0
TxFltr1Match 0x(nil)
RxFltr2Type Not Used
RxFltr2Offset 0
RxFltr2Ref Mac
RxFltr2Size 0
RxFltr2Match 0x(nil)
RxFltr2Group Or
TxFltr2Type Not Used
TxFltr2Offset 0
TxFltr2Ref Mac
TxFltr2Size 0
TxFltr2Match 0x(nil)
TxFltr2Group Or
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-510 303560-A Rev 00
disabled
Displays packet capture lines that a user has manually disabled. State is one of the
following:
Sample Display - show packet disabled
Packet Capture Line Information (Disabled)
------------------------------------------
Line Number State
----------- ---------
102104 Down
enabled
Displays packet capture lines that are enabled. For state definitions, see the disabled
command.
Sample Display - show packet enabled
Packet Capture Line Information (Enabled)
----------------------------------------
Line Number State
----------- ---------
102101 Up
102102 Up
102103 Down
103101 Absent
Up Physical interface has connected to the packet capture.
Down Physical interface has not connected to the packet capture.
Absent Packet capture program is not on the slot connected with this line.
303560-A Rev 00 2-511
linenumbers
Displays the line numbers configured for packet capture. The table shows the following
information:
Sample Display - show packet linenumbers
Packet Capture Configured Line Number(s)
----------------------------------------
Line Number Logical Line Media Type Slot Module Connector
----------- ------------ ----------- ---- ------ ---------
102101 0 Ethernet 2 1 1
102102 0 Ethernet 2 1 2
105101 0 Ethernet 5 1 1
loaded
Displays the list of slots that have Packet Capture loaded.
Sample Display - show packet loaded
Packet Capture is loaded on slot(s)
2 5
Line Number Number of the line connected with the packet capture.
Logical Line Logical line number that the multichannel board uses.
Media Type Type of the physical interface (for example, Ethernet).
Slot Slot location of the line.
Module Module number of the line’s location.
Connector Physical connector of the line’s location.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-512 303560-A Rev 00
status [
<line number>
]
Displays the status of the lines configured for packet capture. You can display all lines or
limit the display to a specific line. The table displays the following information:
Sample Display - show packet status
Packet Capture Line Status
--------------------------
Line Number State Capture Count
----------- ----------- ------- -----
102101 Up Started 11
102102 Up Stopped 0
102103 Down Stopped 0
102104 Down Stopped 0
103101 Absent Stopped 0
version
Displays the version number and the modification date of the packet.bat file.
Sample Display - show packet version
PACKET.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Line Number Number of the line connected with the packet capture.
State Line state; for definitions, refer to the disable command.
Capture State of the capture: Started or Stopped.
Count Number of packets in the capture buffer.
303560-A Rev 00 2-513
show ping
The show ping
<option>
commands display information about the Bay Networks Ping
MIB service, which provides a means for tracking the network availability and response
time of IP networks. For information about how to configure the Bay Networks Ping MIB
service through Site Manager, see Managing Routers and BNX Platforms.
The show ping command supports the following subcommand options:
config
Displays configuration information about the Ping MIB service:
config sourceroutes
history version
sourceroutes
IP Address IP addresses that the router is configured to ping.
Size Number of bytes of data that the router is configured to send each
time it pings an IP address.
Retry Number of successive times that the router is configured to repeat a
ping of an IP address.
Timeout Length of time (in seconds) after which the router is configured to
time out an unsuccessful ping of an IP address.
Status Status of the ping attempt (for example, initializing, done, busy, or
one of a number of error messages).
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-514 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ping config
IP Address Size Retry Timeout Status
-------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- --------------------
192.32.243.83 16 10 5 DONE
192.32.243.82 16 20 5 DONE
192.32.6.95 16 5 5 DONE
192.32.92.2 16 10 5 DONE
192.32.243.81 16 1 5 INIT
history
Displays the following information about each attempt to ping an IP address:
Received Number of times the router received an acknowledgment from the
IP address.
Dropped Number of times the router did not receive an acknowledgment
from the IP address.
Round Trip Time Length of time (in milliseconds) it took the router to ping the IP
address and receive an acknowledgment during the last retry.
Minimum Round Trip Time Taken from all the retries, this is the minimum length of time (in
milliseconds) it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive
an acknowledgment.
Maximum Round Trip Time Taken from all the retries, this is the maximum length of time (in
milliseconds) it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive
an acknowledgment.
Average Round Trip Time Taken from all the retries, this is the average length of time (in
milliseconds) it takes the router to ping the IP address and receive
an acknowledgment.
303560-A Rev 00 2-515
Sample Display - show ping history
Round Min Round Max Round Avg Round
IP Address Received Dropped Trip Time Trip Time Trip Time Trip Time
--------------- -------- ------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
192.32.243.83 10 0 7 1 19 6
10 0 15 1 15 4
10 0 15 1 15 6
1007 1 7 3
1007 1 7 4
1001 1 7 3
1003 1 7 3
1001 1 42 9
1003 1 11 3
1001 1 7 4
1003 1 7 3
192.32.243.82 20 0 7 1 23 7
2007 1 7 4
2001 1 11 4
2007 1 15 5
2001 1 11 3
2003 1 11 4
192.32.6.95 5 0 1 1 3 1
503 1 11 4
503 1 7 4
507 1 7 4
501 1 7 4
192.32.92.2 10 0 19 1 19 9
1007 1 2311
10 0 11 1 11 6
10 0 27 1 62 15
192.32.243.81 1 0 1 1 1 1
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-516 303560-A Rev 00
traceroutes
Displays the hops between the source address and the specified destination address.
Sample Display - show ping traceroutes
IP Address Trace Address
--------------- ---------------
192.32.243.83 192.32.6.1
192.168.2.65
192.168.7.2
192.32.243.83
192.32.243.82 192.32.6.1
192.168.2.65
192.168.7.2
192.32.243.82
192.32.6.95 192.32.6.95
192.32.92.2 192.32.6.1
192.168.2.65
192.32.83.1
192.32.85.2
192.32.92.2
sourceroutes
Displays the source route addresses that dictate the path to be taken by the echo packet.
Sample Display - show ping sourceroutes
IP Address Source Address
--------------- ---------------
192.32.243.81 192.32.6.1
192.32.243.81
303560-A Rev 00 2-517
version
Displays the current version number and date of the ping.bat script.
Sample Display - show ping version
PING.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show ppp
The show ppp
<option>
commands display Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) line and state
information, and configured and negotiated Network Control Protocols (NCPs). For
detailed information on PPP, refer to Configuring PPP Services.
The show ppp command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts ipx {{configured | negotiated} | name {local |
remote}}
appletalk {configured | negotiated} line {configuration | parameters}
bacp lqr {configuration | stats}
bad packets multilink {information | circuits}
bridge {configured | negotiated} osi
bridge {configured | negotiated} pap {local | remote}
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-518 303560-A Rev 00
ccp {configured | negotiated}state [<circuit name>]
circuits [<circuit_name>]version
decnet vines
disabled wcp
enabled xns
ip
303560-A Rev 00 2-519
alerts
Displays all protocols that are enabled but whose state is not opened. The display includes
the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
Protocol Protocols used on the line.
State State of the protocol, as follows:
•Ackrcvd - Acknowledgment received -- the router received an
acknowledgment to its request for configuring the connection. It
has yet to acknowledge the receipt of the request from the other
side of the connection.
•Acksent - Acknowledgment sent -- the router has sent a request
for configuring the connection. It has also acknowledged a
similar request from the other side of the connection, but has yet
to receive an acknowledgment of its request from the other side.
•Closed - Link is available but has not yet received an “Open”
request.
•Closing - Router has sent a request to close the connection and is
expecting an acknowledgment. When it receives the
acknowledgment, the connection will enter the Closed state.
•Initial - Initial state; the lower layer is unavailable.
•Opened - Router has sent a configuration request and the other
side has acknowledged its request. Also, the router has received a
configuration request from the other side and has acknowledged
this request. This layer is now up.
•Reqsent - Request sent. The router has sent a request to configure
the connection.
•Starting - Lower level is still unavailable but the router has
initiated an “Open” request.
•Stopped - Link is available and an “Open” event has occurred.
Upon receiving a request to configure the connection, the router
sends either an appropriate response or acknowledges the
termination request.
•Stopping - Router has sent a termination request to close the open
connection. When the router receives an acknowledgment, the
state changes to Stopped.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-520 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ppp alerts
PPP: ALERTS
-----------
Circuit Protocol State
-------- ---------- --------
S32 OSI Starting
DECnet Starting
IPX Starting
BRIDGE Starting
VINES Starting
appletalk {configured | negotiated}
The display includes the following information:
configured Displays all configurable parameters for NCP negotiations.
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
State State of the Network Control Protocol (NCP): Disabled, or if
Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
Network No. Configured network number. The peer must use the same number.
Local Node No. Configured node number for the local router.
Remote Node No. Configured node number for the peer to use.
Routing Protocol Routing protocol desired for the link (RTMP).
303560-A Rev 00 2-521
Sample Display - show ppp appletalk config
PPP: APPLETALK NCP Configured Information
-----------------------------------------
Local Remote Routing
Circuit State Network No. Node No. Node No. Protocol
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- --------
S31 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP
S32 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP
The display includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ppp appletalk negotiated
PPP: APPLETALK NCP Negotiated Information
-----------------------------------------
Local Remote Routing
Circuit State Network No. Node No. Node No. Protocol
-------- -------- ------------ -------- -------- --------
S31 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP
S32 Disabled 0 0 0 RTMP
2 Entries found.
negotiated Displays all configurable parameters after negotiation.
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
State State of the Network Control Protocol (NCP), either Disabled, or if
Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
Network No. Negotiated network number to be used.
Local Node No. Negotiated node number that the local router will use.
Remote Node No. Negotiated node number the peer will use.
Routing Protocol Routing protocol selected for the link.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-522 303560-A Rev 00
bacp
Displays information about BAP. The display includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ppp bacp
[2:1]$ show ppp bacp
PPP: BACP Information
----------------------
Cct# Circuit State No PhoneNum Option Stats Record
----- ------------- -------- ------------------- ------------
2 Neptune_BAP Starting Disabled None
3 Bart_BAP Starting Disabled Available
4 Homer_MP Disabled Disabled None
5 Moe_BAP Disabled Disabled None
7 Homer_Sync Disabled Disabled None
8 Homer_T1 Opened Disabled Available
bad packets
Displays the number of bad packets received over each circuit and the first 16 bytes of the
last bad packet. If the number of bad packets is above zero, then the PPP circuit is
receiving misformed packets or packets meant for other protocols. The hexadecimal
display of the last bad packet will show the kind of packet being received. The display
includes the following information:
Circuit Number Number of the circuit
Circuit Name Name of the circuit
State State of the circuit
No Phone Num Option Whether the circuit is using the No Phone Number Option
Stats Record Whether a statistics record is available
Circuit Name of the circuit receiving the bad packets.
Number of Bad Packets Number of bad packets received at this point.
Last Bad Packet First 16 bytes of the last bad packet.
303560-A Rev 00 2-523
Sample Display - show ppp bad
PPP Circuit: Bad Packet Information
-----------------------------------
# of Bad
Circuit Packets Last Bad Packet
-------- -------- --------------------
S31 0 None
S32 0 None
2 Entries found.
bridge {configured | negotiated}
The display includes the following information:
configured Displays the state of the Bridge NCP and the kind of bridged
frames that are enabled.
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
State State of the Bridge NCP -- either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the
states listed under the alerts command.
Bridge Enet Whether this interface accepts and forwards bridged traffic that is
Ethernet encapsulated: Enabled or Disabled.
Bridge Fddi Whether this interface accepts and forwards bridged traffic that is
FDDI encapsulated: Enabled or Disabled.
Bridge Token Ring Whether this interface accepts and forwards traffic that is Token
Ring encapsulated: Enabled or Disabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-524 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ppp bridge config
PPP: BRIDGE NCP Configured Information
--------------------------------------
Bridge Bridge Bridge
Circuit State Enet Fddi Token Ring
-------- -------- -------- -------- ----------
S31 Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
S32 Starting Enabled Enabled Enabled
2 Entries found.
Sample Display - show ppp bridge negot
PPP: BRIDGE NCP Negotiated Information
--------------------------------------
Bridge Bridge Bridge
Circuit State Enet Fddi Token Ring
-------- -------- -------- -------- ----------
S31 Disabled Enabled Enabled Enabled
S32 Starting Enabled Enabled Enabled
2 Entries found.
negotiated Displays the result of bridge MAC type negotiation on configured
parameters. The display includes the same columns as bridge
config.
303560-A Rev 00 2-525
ccp {configured | negotiated}
The show ppp ccp configured command shows the compression algorithm that is
configured on the local router. The show ppp ccp negotiated command shows the
algorithm that is actually negotiated with the peer router. The display for both commands
includes the following information:
chap {local | remote}
The displays for the local and remote include the following information:
Circuit The name of the active circuit.
State Indicates whether the Compression Control Protocol (CCP) is
initialized.
Type The CCP type: CCP (listed as Normal in the display) or ILCCP.
Option The compression protocol: Any, WCP, or Stac LZS.
Circuit Circuit name.
Line LLIndex Logical Line Index. Identifies the line number associated with the
circuit.
LCP State Indicates the state of the link control protocol, which helps
establish the link.
Local/Remote CHAP Name Displays the CHAP name for the circuit.
Local Remote CHAP Secret Displays the CHAP secret for the circuit.
local Displays the configured Challenge Handshake Authentication
Protocol (CHAP) name and secret of the local router.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-526 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ppp chap local
PPP Line: Local CHAP Configuration
----------------------------------
Line. LCP Local Local
Circuit LLIndex State CHAP NAME CHAP Secret
-------- ---------- -------- ------------------------ ------------------------
Special 202102.0 Initial None None
S31 203101.0 Opened None None
S32 203102.0 Opened None None
Demand 5 10904101.0 Initial None None
Demand 6 10905101.0 Initial None None
Special 20904101.0 Initial None None
6 Entries found.
Sample Display - show ppp chap remote
PPP Line: Remote CHAP Configuration
-----------------------------------
Line. LCP Remote Remote
Circuit LLIndex State CHAP NAME Expected CHAP Secret
-------- ---------- -------- ------------------------ ------------------------
Special 202102.0 Initial None None
S31 203101.0 Opened None None
S32 203102.0 Opened None None
Demand 5 10904101.0 Initial None None
Demand 6 10905101.0 Initial None None
Special 20904101.0 Initial None None
6 Entries found.
remote Displays the configured Challenge Handshake Authentication
Protocol (CHAP) name and secret of the remote router.
303560-A Rev 00 2-527
circuits [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays the state of the circuit. The displays includes the following information:
Circuit Shows the circuit name.
Line # Indicates the line number.
Driver State Displays the state of the synchronous driver.
Protocol Displays the protocols for the circuit.
State Displays the state of the protocol.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-528 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ppp circuits
[2:1]$ show ppp circuits
PPP Circuit Information
-----------------------
PPP over Sync Driver
---------------------
2 Entries found.
PPP over Hssi Driver
---------------------
No Entries found.
2 Total Entries found.
Circuit
-------
Line #
-------
Driver
State
--------
Protocol
---------
State
---------
S51 205101 Up LCP Opened
IP Opened
IPX Disabled
OSI Disabled
XNS Disabled
VINES Disabled
BRIDGE Disabled
DECnet Disabled
WCP Disabled
APPLETALK Disabled
S52 205102 Up LCP Reqsent
IP Initial
IPX Disabled
OSI Disabled
XNS Disabled
VINES Disabled
BRIDGE Disabled
DECnet Disabled
WCP Disabled
APPLETALK Disabled
Circuit
-------
Line #
-------
Driver
State
--------
Protocol
---------
State
---------
303560-A Rev 00 2-529
decnet
Displays the state of DECnet NCP on all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is
either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
Sample Display - show ppp decnet
PPP: DECNET NCP Information
---------------------------
Circuit State
-------- --------
S31 Disabled
S32 Starting
2 Entries found.
disabled
Displays the state of all NCPs disabled on each circuit. State is either Disabled, or if
Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
Sample Display - show ppp disabled
PPP: Entities Disabled
----------------------
Circuit Protocol State
-------- ---------- --------
S31 OSI Closed
DECnet Closed
APPLETALK Closed
BRIDGE Closed
S32 IP Initial
XNS Initial
APPLETALK Initial
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-530 303560-A Rev 00
enabled
Displays the state of all NCPs enabled on each circuit. States are listed under the alerts
command.
Sample Display - show ppp enabled
PPP: Entities Enabled
---------------------
Circuit Protocol State
-------- ---------- --------
S31 LCP Opened
IP Opened
XNS Opened
IPX Opened
VINES Opened
S32 LCP Stopped
OSI Starting
DECnet Starting
IPX Starting
BRIDGE Starting
VINES Starting
ip
Displays state, configured, and negotiated parameters for Internet NCP. The display
includes the following information:
Local Cfg. IP Address Configured IP address of the interface.
Local Neg. IP Address Local IP address after negotiation.
Remote Cfg. IP Address IP address desired for the peer router.
Remote Neg. IP Address Remote IP address after negotiation.
303560-A Rev 00 2-531
Sample Display - show ppp ip
PPP: IP NCP Information
------------------------
Local Local Remote Remote
Circuit State Cfg. IP Addr Neg. IP Addr Cfg. IP Addr Neg. IP Addr
-------- -------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
S31 Opened 1.1.1.2 1.1.1.2 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1
S32 Disabled 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
2 Entries found.
ipx {{configured | negotiated} | name {local | remote}}
The display includes the following information:
configured Displays all configurable parameters for NCP negotiations with a
peer router.
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
State State of the circuit, which is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of
the states listed under the alerts command.
Network No. Configured network number for the originating router and the peer
router.
Remote Node Number Node number the peer router should use if it sends a 0 to the
originating router during negotiations.
Routing Protocol The routing protocol desired for the link.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-532 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ppp ipx config
PPP: IPX NCP Configured Information
------------------------------------
Remote Routing
Circuit State Network No. Node Number Protocol
-------- -------- ------------ ---------------- --------
S31 Opened 0x0000000F 0x0000000F RIP/SAP
S32 Starting 0x0000000A 0x0000000A RIP/SAP
2 Entries found.
Sample Display - show ppp ipx negot
PPP: IPX NCP Negotiated Information
------------------------------------
Config Routing
Circuit State Network No. Complete Protocol
-------- -------- ------------ -------- --------
S31 Opened 0x0000F000 True RIP/SAP
S32 Starting None False None
2 Entries found.
negotiated Displays all configurable parameters after IPX NCP negotiation.
The display includes the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
State State of the circuit, which is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of
the states listed under the alerts command.
Network No. Number agreed upon during negotiation for the originating router
to use with the peer router. Both routers will use this number.
Config Complete Result of the IPX NCP negotiations (True or False).
Routing Protocol Routing protocol negotiated for use on the link. None indicates that
the peer routers have not completed negotiations or that the
negotiations have not yet converged.
303560-A Rev 00 2-533
Sample Display - show ppp ipx name local
PPP: IPX NCP Local Router Name
------------------------------
Circuit State Local Router Name
-------- -------- --------------------------------------------------
S31 Opened Locrouter1
S32 Starting Locrouter2
2 Entries found.
Sample Display - show ppp ipx name remote
PPP: IPX NCP Remote Router Name
------------------------------
Circuit State Remote Router Name
-------- -------- --------------------------------------------------
S31 Opened Remrouter1
S32 Starting None
2 Entries found.
name local Displays the local router name, its circuit name and its state. State is
either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under
the alerts command.
name remote Displays the remote router name resulting from negotiation, its circuit name
and its state. None indicates that no router name has been configured on the
peer or that negotiations have not taken place. State is either Disabled or if
enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-534 303560-A Rev 00
line {configuration | parameters}
The display includes the following information:
configuration Displays the configuration of the PPP line and the state of the Line
Control Protocol (LCP).
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit; always 0 for now.
LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,
any of the states listed under the alerts command.
Restart Time Number of seconds the Restart Timer waits before retransmitting
data. The maximum value is 1000.
Echo Request Frequency Number of seconds between transmissions of Echo Request
Packets.
Echo Reply Loss Number of unacknowledged Echo-Reply packets counted before
declaring the point-to-point link down.
Maximum Conf-Req Maximum number of unacknowledged configuration requests to
send without receiving a valid response from the peer router on the
other end of the link.
Maximum Term-Req Maximum number of terminate requests to send without receiving a
valid response and before assuming the peer router on the other end
of the link is unavailable.
Max Conf Fail Maximum number of Configure Nak packets to send before
sending a Configure Ack and before assuming that the
configuration does not converge.
303560-A Rev 00 2-535
Sample Display - show ppp line config
PPP Line Configuration
----------------------
Line. LCP Restart Echo-Req Echo-Rep Maximum Maximum Max Conf
Circuit LLIndex State Timer Freq Loss Conf-Req Term-Req Fail
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S31 203101.0 Opened 3 0 3 1000 2 10
S32 203102.0 Stopped 3 0 3 1000 2 10
Special 203102.0 Starting 3 0 3 1000 2 10
Special 203103.0 Starting 3 0 3 1000 2 10
4 Entries found.
The display includes the following information:
Note: A circuit name of Special means that PPP created the circuit for negotiating
addresses on a demand, backup, or bandwidth line. Currently no dial circuit is active
on the two lines marked Special. They could be demand, backup, or bandwidth
circuits. For more information, see the show sws command.
parameters Displays the parameters associated with the specific PPP
connection.
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit.
LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,
any of the states listed under the alerts command.
Magic Number Number that the line uses.
MRU Maximum receive unit, which specifies the MTU size to use for the
line.
Local Auth. Prot. Local authorization protocol that the peer needs to use for the
originator’s side of the link.
Remote Auth. Prot Remote authorization protocol that the peer wants the originating
router to use on its side of the link.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-536 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ppp line param
PPP Line: Parameter Information
-------------------------------
Line. LCP Local Remote
Circuit LLIndex State Magic Number MRU Auth. Prot. Auth. Prot.
-------- -------- -------- ---------------- -------- ------------ ------------
S31 203101.0 Opened 0xd45cf8f9 1594 None None
S32 203102.0 Stopped 0x5eeac969 1594 None None
2 Entries found.
lqr {configuration | stats}
The display includes the following information:
configuration Displays all configurable parameters associated with line quality
reporting (LQR).
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit.
Line Quality Protocol Link quality protocol configured for the line.
Remote Timer State of the LQR timer -- Enabled or Disabled; only one side
maintains the timer.
LQR Repeat Period Time in seconds between the transmission of LQR packets.
Inbound Quality Percentage of LQR packets that the originating router expects to
receive from the peer, averaged over the last five LQR reporting
periods. A value of 100% indicates that the router will tolerate no
loss.
Outbound Quality Percentage of LQR packets that the peer router expects to receive
from this router, averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods.
303560-A Rev 00 2-537
Sample Display - show ppp lqr config
PPP Line: Line Quality Reporting Configuration
----------------------------------------------
Line. Line Qual Remote LQR Repeat Inbound Outbound
Circuit LLIndex Protocol Timer Period Quality Quality
-------- -------- --------- -------- ---------- -------- --------
S31 203101.0 LQR Enabled 3 90% 90%
S32 203102.0 None Enabled 3 90% 90%
The display includes the following information:
stats Displays the number of line quality reporting packets exchanged as
well as the line quality.
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit.
LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,
any of the states listed under the alerts command.
LQR Repeat Period Maximum number of seconds between the transmission of LQR
packets, as agreed upon with the peer router.
Inbound Quality Percentage of LQR packets that the originating router expects to
receive from the peer, averaged over the last five LQR reporting
periods. A value of 100% indicates that the router will tolerate no
loss.
Outbound Quality Percentage of LQR packets that the peer router expects to receive
from this router, averaged over the last five LQR reporting periods.
In LQRs Number of LQR packets received from the peer.
Out LQRs Number of LQR packets transmitted.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-538 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ppp lqr stats
PPP Line: Line Quality Reporting Stats
--------------------------------------
Line. LCP LQR Repeat Inbound Outbound
Circuit LLIndex State Period Quality Quality In LQRs Out LQRs
-------- -------- -------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S31 203101.0 Opened 3 100% 100% 61044 61052
S32 203102.0 Stopped 3 0% 0% 0 0
2 Entries found.
multilink {information | circuits}
Sample Display - show ppp multilink information
PPP Multilink Information
-------------------------
Bundle
Circuit Line Count Speed Line
--------- ----------- --------- ------------
S132 0 0 None
Demand 3 1 64000 201303.0
2 Entries found.
information Displays information about the multilink bundle. The
display includes the following information:
Circuit Displays the circuit number.
Line Count Shows the number of lines in the multilink bundle.
Bundle Speed Lists the current speed of each line in the multilink bundle.
Line Lists the line number of each line in the multilink bundle.
303560-A Rev 00 2-539
circuits Displays information about each circuit in the multilink bundle.
The display includes the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit.
Configured Mode Mode you configured for this circuit:
Normal - a nonmultilink circuit
ML - a multilink circuit
Monitor - The circuit is a multilink circuit, and the router for which this
circuit is configured is the congestion monitor.
Dynamic-Monitor - The circuit is a multilink circuit using BAP. This
option enables the router to function as the monitor when it initiates a
call, and the non-monitor router when it receives a call.
Actual Mode Actual mode in which this circuit is operating.
Tx Packets Number of packets transmitted over the circuit.
Rx Packets Number of packets received over the circuit.
Fragmented Packets Number of packets that were fragmented.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-540 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ppp multilink circuits
PPP Multilink Circuits
----------------------
osi
Displays the state of the OSI NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is
either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
The display includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ppp osi
PPP: OSI NCP Information
---------------------------
Circuit State
-------- --------
S31 Disabled
S32 Starting
2 Entries found.
Circut
--------
Configured
Mode
---------------
Actual Mode
-----------
Num Packets
Tx Packets Rx Packets
------------ ----------
Fragmented
----------
Nept_BAP Dynamic-Monitor Inactive 4432 863 0
Homer_MP ML_Monitor Inactive 0 0 0
Homer_T1 ML_Monitor ML_Monitor 27481 109918 0
Bart_PPP Normal Normal 0 0 0
Circuit Displays the circuit number.
State Displays whether OSI NCP is enabled or disabled.
303560-A Rev 00 2-541
pap {local | remote}
The display includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ppp pap local
PPP Line: Local PAP Configuration
---------------------------------
Line. LCP Local Local
Circuit LLIndex State PAP ID PAP Password
-------- -------- -------- ------------------------ ------------------------
S31 203101.0 Opened None None
S32 203102.0 Stopped None None
2 Entries found.
local Displays the configured Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)
identifier and password of the local router.
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit.
LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,
any of the states listed under the alerts command.
Local PAP ID PAP identifier assigned to this interface. During the authentication
phase, all password Authenticate-Request messages that the peer
sends to this interface must include this PAP ID.
Local PAP Password PAP password assigned to this interface. During the authentication
phase, all Authenticate-Request messages that the peer sends to this
interface must include this password.
remote Displays the configured Password Authentication Protocol (PAP)
identifier and password of the remote router.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-542 303560-A Rev 00
The display includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ppp pap remote
PPP Line: Remote PAP Configuration
---------------------------------
Line. LCP Remote Remote
Circuit LLIndex State PAP ID PAP Password
-------- -------- -------- ------------------------ ------------------------
S31 203101.0 Opened None None
S32 203102.0 Stopped None None
2 Entries found.
state [
<circuit name>
]
For all circuits or for a specified circuit, displays the state of LCP and of all the NCPs per
circuit. There are two types of displays: one the Sync driver and the other for the HSSI
driver. State is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts
command. The table also displays the line the circuit is currently on, since with dial
backup, the backup circuit can be on another line when the primary connection fails.
Circuit Name of the circuit the protocol runs on.
Line.LLIndex Line number associated with the circuit.
LCP State State of the Line Control Protocol -- either Disabled, or if Enabled,
any of the states listed under the alerts command.
Remote PAP ID PAP identifier assigned to the peer router. During the authentication
phase, this interface must include this PAP ID in all password
Authenticate-Request messages it sends to the peer router.
Remote PAP Password PAP password assigned to the peer router. During the
authentication phase, this interface must include this password in
all password Authenticate-Request messages it sends to the peer
router.
303560-A Rev 00 2-543
Sample Display - show ppp state
PPP State Information
---------------------
PPP over Sync Driver
---------------------
Driver
Circuit Line # State Protocol State
-------- -------- -------- ------------ ------------
S31 203101 Init LCP Opened
IP Starting
IPX Disabled
OSI Disabled
XNS Disabled
VINES Disabled
BRIDGE Disabled
DECnet Disabled
APPLETALK Disabled
Special 203102 Init LCP Starting
IP Initial
IPX Initial
OSI Disabled
XNS Disabled
VINES Disabled
BRIDGE Disabled
DECnet Disabled
APPLETALK Initial
Demand 3 203103 Up LCP Opened
IP Opened
IPX Disabled
OSI Disabled
XNS Disabled
VINES Disabled
BRIDGE Disabled
DECnet Disabled
APPLETALK Disabled
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-544 303560-A Rev 00
If your two circuit entries have the same name, one of them is a primary circuit and the
other is a backup circuit. See “show sws” for more information.
A demand or backup circuit becomes associated to a physical line when the call is in
progress. So, the PPP circuit and the line records may seem to be inconsistent. The
following display shows three entries; circuit 3 is a dial-on-demand circuit.
Sample Display - show ppp ip
PPP: IP NCP Information
------------------------
Local Local Remote Remote
Circuit State Cfg. IP Addr Neg. IP Addr Cfg. IP Addr Neg. IP Addr
-------- -------- ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
S31 Starting 12.1.1.1 12.1.1.1 12.1.1.2 12.1.1.2
Demand 3 Starting 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.2 13.1.1.2
Special Initial 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
3 Entries found.
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the ppp.bat script.
Sample Display - show ppp version
PPP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy
Note: As the sample display shows, the circuit labeled Special is only for lines
configured for dial-on-demand, dial backup, and bandwidth-on-demand. A circuit
name of Special means that PPP created the circuit for negotiating addresses on a
demand, backup, or bandwidth line.
303560-A Rev 00 2-545
vines
Displays the state of the VINES NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is
either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
The display includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ppp vines
PPP: VINES NCP Information
---------------------------
Circuit State
-------- --------
S31 Disabled
S32 Starting
2 Entries found.
wcp
Displays whether data compression is enabled for all circuits configured for PPP. The state
is either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
The display includes the following information:
Circuit Displays the circuit number.
State Displays whether VINES NCP is enabled or disabled.
Circuit Displays the circuit number.
State Displays whether data compression is enabled or disabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-546 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show ppp wcp
[2:1]$ show ppp wcp
PPP: WCP NCP Information
------------------------
Circuit State
-------- --------
S31 Disabled
S32 Disabled
Demand 4 Initial
Demand 5 Disabled
Special Disabled
5 Entries found.
xns
Displays the state of the XNS NCP for all circuits on which PPP is configured. State is
either Disabled, or if Enabled, any of the states listed under the alerts command.
The display includes the following information:
Sample Display - show ppp xns
PPP: XNS NCP Information
---------------------------
Circuit State
-------- --------
S31 Disabled
S32 Starting
2 Entries found.
Circuit Displays the circuit number.
State Displays whether XNS NCP is enabled or disabled.
303560-A Rev 00 2-547
show process
The show process
<option>
commands display information about the use of resources
(buffers, cpu, memory, lists, etc.) on the router.
The show process command supports the following subcommand options:
buffers
Displays the number and percentage of buffers used by all processes on the router. By
specifying the options that appear in the following command line, you can customize the
output to display buffer usage for a particular process or slot on the router.
show process buffers
<process>
[sample
<seconds> <repeat>
] [
<slot>
]
buffers list
cpu version
memory
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-548 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show process buffers total
Total Buffer Use Statistics
---------------------------
Slot Max Free Used %Used
---- --- ---- ---- -----
2 781 458 323 41
3 781 457 324 41
4 781 457 324 41
cpu
Displays the use in 100ths of seconds and percentage of cpu used by all processes on the
router. By specifying the options that appear in the following command line, you can
customize the output to display cpu usage for a particular process or slot on the router.
show process cpu
<process>
[sample
<seconds> <repeat>
] [
<slot>
]
process Specifies the process for which you want to view buffer statistics.
Specify all to display buffer statistics for all processes running on
the router. Specify total to display only buffer statistic totals. For
information on how to obtain a list of available processes, refer to
the show process list command later in this section.
sample <seconds> <repeat> Periodically samples and displays buffer usage statistics. The
mandatory <seconds> argument indicates the time interval between
samples. The manadatory <repeat> argument indicates the number
of times to sample buffer usage. If you use sampling, the values
displayed represent the amount of buffer usage for the interval last
sampled.
The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds. If you specify a shorter
interval, the command automatically substitutes the minimum
interval of 30 seconds.
If you choose not to use sampling, the values displayed represent the
total buffer usage since slot boot time. .
slot Limits display to statistics for the slot you specify.
303560-A Rev 00 2-549
Sample Display - show process cpu total
Total Cpu Use Statistics
---------------------------
Slot Max Idle Used %Used
---- ---------- ---------- ---------- -----
2 17463 17191 272 1
3 17315 17045 270 1
4 19427 16075 3352 17
process Specifies the process for which you want to view cpu statistics.
Specify “all” to display cpu statistics for all processes running on the
router. Specify “total” to display only cpu statistic totals. For
information on how to obtain a list of available processes, refer to the
show process list command later in this section.
sample <seconds> <repeat> Periodically samples and displays cpu usage statistics. The
mandatory <seconds> argument indicates the time interval between
samples. The manadatory <repeat> argument indicates the number
of times to sample cpu usage. If you use sampling, the values
displayed represent the amount of cpu usage for the interval last
sampled.
The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds. If you specify a shorter
interval, the command automatically substitutes the minimum
interval of 30 seconds.
If you choose not to use sampling, the values displayed represent the
total cpu usage since slot boot time.
slot Limits display to statistics for the slot you specify.
Note: The FRE-1 processor card does not currently support the show process cpu
command.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-550 303560-A Rev 00
memory
Displays the number and percentage of memory used by all processes on the router. The
output can be tailored to only display memory usage for a particular process or a particular
slot by using the options described below.
show process memory
<process>
[sample
<seconds>
<repeat>
] [
<slot>
]
Sample Display - show process memory total
Total Memory Use Statistics
---------------------------
Slot Max Free Used %Used
---- -------- -------- -------- -----
2 2839760 2111768 727992 25
3 2839760 2111608 728152 25
4 2839760 1994088 845672 29
process Specifies the process for which you want to view memory
statistics. Specify “all” to display memory statistics for all
processes running on the router. Specify “total” to display only
memory statistic totals. For information on how to obtain a list of
available processes, refer to the show process list command
later in this section.
sample <seconds> <repeat> Periodically samples and displays memory usage statistics. The
mandatory <seconds> argument indicates the time interval
between samples. The manadatory <repeat> argument indicates
the number of times to sample memory usage. If you use sampling,
the values displayed represent the amount of memory usage for the
interval last sampled.
The minimum sample interval is 30 seconds. If you specify a
shorter interval, the command automatically substitutes the
minimum interval of 30 seconds.
If you choose not to use sampling, the values displayed represent
the total memory usage since slot boot time.
slot Limits the display statistics to the specified slot.
303560-A Rev 00 2-551
list
Displays a list of all the processes that are or may have run on the router since boot time.
The show process list command supports only the
<slot>
option.
show process list [
<slot>
]
If you do not specify a slot, the command returns a list of processes that have run on all
slots. Use the slot option to display processes only on the slot you specify.
Sample Display - show process list
List of Processes
-----------------
Name Slot
---------------- ----
kernel 2
kernel 3
kernel 4
qenet 2
qenet 3
qenet 4
ilacc 2
ilacc 3
ilacc 4
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the process.bat script.
Sample Display - show process version
PROCESS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-552 303560-A Rev 00
show protopri
The show protopri
<option>
commands display information about DLSw protocol
prioritization queues. For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of
protocol prioritization for DLSw traffic, refer to Configuring Traffic Filters and Protocol
Prioritization.
The show protopri command supports the following subcommand options:
cc_stats
Displays current congestion control statistics for DLSw priority queues. Generally, it is a
good idea to increase bandwidth to a queue with consistently high congestion statistics.
The table includes the following information:
cc_stats qstats
filters version
Peer IP Address IP address of configured DLSw peers.
Queue Number Associated DLSw priority queue number.
Bytes Number of bytes backed up and held in a congestion control queue
before transmission.
Packets Number of packets backed up and held in a congestion control
queue before transmission.
303560-A Rev 00 2-553
Sample Display - show protopri cc_stats
Protocol Priority Congestion Control Statistics
-----------------------------------------------
Peer IP Queue
Address Number Bytes Packets
------- ------ ----- -------
5.5.5.2 0 0 0
5.5.5.2 1 4972 2
2 Entries found.
filters
Displays current information on filters that implement DLSw priority queueing. The table
includes the following information:
Filter Name Filter name assigned using Site Manager.
Rule Number Rule number assigned when creating filters (determines
precedence).
Fragment Number Number of octet fragments required to store the filter rule. (Used by
Site Manager; you cannot modify this number.)
Rx Matches Number of packets that meet the filter criteria.
Mode Current state of Protocol Prioritization (Enabled or Disabled).
Status Current state of configured priority queues (Active or Inactive).
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-554 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show protopri filters
Protocol Priority Traffic Filters
---------------------------------
Rule Fragment Rx
Filter Name Number Number Matches Mode Status
----------- ------ -------- ------- ---- ------
SNA_High 1 1 225228 Enabled Active
NetBIOS_Low 2 1 2183 Enabled Active
2 Entries found.
qstats
Displays current queue statistics for DLSw priority queues. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show protopri q_stats
Protocol Priority Queue Statistics
----------------------------------
Peer IP Queue Bandwidth Bytes Packets
Address Number Percent Xmitted Xmitted
------- ------ --------- ------- -------
5.5.5.2 0 90 137055412 225245
5.5.5.2 1 10 546115 2156
2 Entries found.
Peer IP Address IP address of configured DLSw peers.
Queue Number Associated DLSw priority queue number.
Bandwidth Percent Percent of bandwidth assigned to this queue.
Bytes Xmitted Number of bytes transmitted for this queue.
Packets Xmitted Number of packets transmitted for this queue.
303560-A Rev 00 2-555
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the protopri.bat script.
Sample Display - show protopri version
protopri.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show radius
The show radius
<option>
commands display information about RADIUS. For detailed
information about the Bay Networks implementation of RADIUS, refer to Configuring
RADIUS.
The show radius command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays the server alerts. The table includes the following information:
alerts statistics authentication
<slot_number>
server statistics accounting
<slot_number>
config version
IP Address Server IP address
Mode Indicates that the server is configured for authentication, accounting, or both
Type Indicates that this server is primary or alternate
Auth State Authentication up or down
Acct State Accounting up or down
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-556 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show radius alerts
RADIUS Server Alerts
--------------------
IP Address Mode Type Auth State Acct State
--------------- --------- ---------- ------------ ------------
192.168.131.53 Both Primary Down Up
Total of 1 alert on configured server.
server
Displays information about the RADIUS server. The table includes the following options:
<authentication> limits the display to authentication information.
<accounting> limits the display to accounting information.
server authentication
Describes the state of the authentication servers. It includes the following information:
Server IP Address Specifies the server’s IP address.
Mode Indicates that the server is configured for authentication, accounting, or both.
Type Indicates that this server is primary or alternate.
State Indicates that the server is up or down.
UDP Port Specifies the authentication UDP port.
Response Timeout Specifies the number of seconds the RADIUS client waits before
retransmitting a request to the RADIUS server.
Max Retry Specifies the number of times the RADIUS client retransmitted a request.
Reset Timer Specifies the number of minutes the RADIUS client waits before retrying the
primary server after it fails to respond. If the primary server fails to respond,
the client considers it unreachable and switches to the alternate server. After
this specified time period, the client tries to reconnect to the primary server.
303560-A Rev 00 2-557
Sample Display - show radius server auth
RADIUS Server Information for Authentication
--------------------------------------------
IP Address Mode Type State UDP Port
--------------- --------- ---------- -------- --------
192.32.77.11 Both Primary Up 1645
192.168.131.34 Both Alternate Up 1645
Server Response Max. Reset Automatic
IP Address Mode Timeout Retry Timer Reset Secret
--------------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------- ---------------
192.32.77.11 Both 3 2 10 Disabled bayeast
192.168.131.34 Both 3 2 3 Disabled bayeast
Total of 2 Authentication servers configured.
Automatic Reset Indicates whether the server can reset automatically.
Secret Specifies the RADIUS password that the server and client share.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-558 303560-A Rev 00
server accounting
Describes the state of the accounting servers. The table includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show radius server account
RADIUS Server Information for Accounting
--------------------------------------------
IP Address Mode Type State UDP Port
--------------- --------- ---------- -------- --------
192.32.77.11 Both Primary Up 1646
192.168.131.34 Both Alternate Up 1646
Server Response Max. Reset Automatic
IP Address Mode Timeout Retry Timer Reset Secret
--------------- --------- -------- -------- -------- --------- ---------------
192.32.77.11 Both 3 2 10 Disabled bayeast
192.168.131.34 Both 3 2 3 Disabled bayeast
Total of 2 accounting servers configured.
Server IP Address Server’s IP address.
Mode Whether the server is configured for authentication, accounting, or both.
Type Whether the server is primary or alternate.
State Whether the server is up or down.
UDP Port The authentication UDP port.
Response Timeout The number of seconds the RADIUS client waits before retransmitting a
request to the RADIUS server.
Max Retry The number of times the RADIUS client retransmitted a request.
Reset Timer The number of minutes the RADIUS client waits before retrying the primary
server after it fails to respond. If the primary server fails to respond, the client
considers it unreachable and switches to the alternate server. After this
specified time period, the client tries to reconnect to the primary server.
Automatic Reset Whether the server can reset automatically.
Secret The RADIUS password that the server and client share.
303560-A Rev 00 2-559
config
Displays the RADIUS configuration. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show radius config
RADIUS Slot Information
-----------------------
Slot Client Auth. Acct. Acct. Debug
IP Address Status Status Direction Level
---- --------------- -------- -------- --------- ----------
4 192.168.131.40 Enabled Enabled All No Debug(4)
5 192.168.131.40 Enabled Enabled All No Debug(4)
RADIUS configured on 2 slots
Slot Slot number on the router.
Client IP Address Client IP address.
Auth Status Whether authentication is enabled or disabled.
Acct. Status Whether accounting is enabled or disabled.
Acct. Direction Which calls generate an accounting session. All indicates that incoming and
outgoing calls can establish an accounting session. Outgoing indicates that
only outgoing calls can establish an accounting session. Incoming means that
only incoming calls can establish an accounting session.
Debug Level Level of RADIUS debug messages logged by the RADIUS client.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-560 303560-A Rev 00
stat auth
Display the RADIUS authentication statistics. The table includes the following
information:
<slot number> limits the display to the specified slot.
Sample Display - show radius stat auth
RADIUS Authentication Statistics Information
--------------------------------------------
Server IP Address IP address of the RADIUS server
Auth. Req. Count Number of authentication session requests
Auth. Req. Outstanding Number of authentication session requests outstanding
Auth. Resp. Accepted Number of authentication responses accepted
Auth. Resp. Rejected Number of authentication responses rejected
Auth. No Resp. Number of authentication requests that received no response
Auth. Resp. Invalid Number of invalid authentication responses
Auth. Resp. Timeouts Number of times the client has tried to retransmit a request to the
server
Alt. Server Retries Number of times the client has tried to connect to an alternate
server
Server
IP Address
---------------
Auth. Req.
Count
---------
Auth. Req.
Outstanding
-----------
Auth. Resp
Accepted
---------
Auth. Resp
Rejected
------------
192.168.131.34 2 1 0 2
192.168.131.51 0 0 0 0
192.168.131.53 1 0 0 0
303560-A Rev 00 2-561
radius stat acc
Display the RADIUS accounting statistics. The table includes the following information.
<slot_number> limits the display to the specified slot.
Sample Display - show radius stat acc
Server Acct. Req. Acct. Req. Acct. Acct. Resp Acct. Resp Alt. Server
IP Address Start Stop Resp Timeouts Failed Retries
--------------- ---------- ---------- ----- ---------- ---------- -----------
192.168.131.34 0 0 0 0 0 0
192.168.131.51 0 0 0 0 0 0
192.168.131.53 0 0 0 0 0 0
Total 0 0 0 0 0 0
RADIUS statistics displayed for 3 servers
Server
IP Address
---------------
Auth.
No Resp.
---------
Auth. Resp
Invalid
---------
Auth. Resp
Timeouts
---------
Alt. Server
Retries
------------
192.168.131.34 0 0 0 0
192.168.131.51 0 0 0 0
192.168.131.53 0 0 3 1
Server IP Address IP address of the RADIUS server
Acct. Req. Start Number of accounting session requests
Acct. Req. Stop Number of accounting sessions that have ended
Acct. Resp. Number of times the accounting server has responded to a request
Acct. Resp.Timeouts Number of accounting response timeouts that have occurred
Acct. Resp. Failed Number of times the accounting response has failed
Alt. Server Retries Number of times the client has tried to connect to the alternate
server
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-562 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the RADIUS version.
Sample Display - show radius version
RADIUS.BAT Version: 1.1 Date: 02/12/97 .
show rarp
The show rarp
<option>
commands display information about Reverse Address
Resolution Protocol (RARP) services. For detailed information on the Bay Networks
implementation of RARP, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BootP, DHCP, and RARP
Services.
The show rarp command supports the following subcommand options:
base
Displays the base record for RARP services. The base record controls RARP for the entire
system. The table includes the name of the protocol, its state: Enabled or Disabled, and
the number of failed requests. These requests were dropped because the router could not
locate the IP address in the MAC address-to-IP address mapping table.
base enabled
circuits [<circuit name>] version
disabled
303560-A Rev 00 2-563
Sample Display - show rarp base
RARP Base Information
---------------------
Failed RARP
Protocol State Request
-------- ----- -----------
RARP Enabled 6
circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays information about all RARP circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes
the circuit name, the RARP server’s IP address on this circuit, and the circuit’s state:
Enabled or Disabled.
Sample Display - show rarp circuits
RARP Circuits
-------------
Circuit IP Address State
-------- ---------------- ----------
E21 192.32.28.65 Enabled
E22 192.32.36.1 Disabled
2 entries
disabled
Displays all RARP circuits that a user has manually disabled. In this case, State is
Disabled. The table also includes the name of the circuit and the RARP server’s IP
address.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-564 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show rarp disabled
Disabled RARP Circuits
----------------------
Circuit IP Address State
-------- ---------------- ----------
E22 192.32.36.1 Disabled
1 entries
enabled
Displays all enabled RARP circuits. In this case, State is Enabled. The table also includes
the name of the circuit and the RARP server’s IP address.
Sample Display - show rarp enabled
Enabled RARP Circuits
---------------------
Circuit IP Address State
-------- ---------------- ----------
E21 192.32.28.65 Enabled
1 entries
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the rarp.bat script.
Sample Display - show rarp version
RARP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-565
show rip6
The show rip6
<option>
command displays information about RIP for IP version 6. For
detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of IPv6, refer to
Configuring IPv6 Services.
The show rip6 command supports the following subcommand options:
config [<interface_index>]
Displays the current setting of RIPv6 parameters on the interface you specify. For
detailed information RIPv6 parameters, refer to Configuring IPv6 Services.
Sample Display - show rip6 config
RIPv6 Configuration Information
-------------------------------
Interface: 3
State: Up
Route Supply: Enabled
Route Listen: Enabled
Default Route Supply: Enabled
Default Route Listen: Enabled
Poisoned Reversed Method: Poisoned
Triggered Updates: Enabled
Broadcast Timer: 30 seconds
Route Timeout: 90 seconds
Holddown Timer: 90 seconds
Network Diameter: 15
config [<interface_index>]stats [<interface_index>]
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-566 303560-A Rev 00
stats [<interface_index>]
Displays statistics for the RIPv6 interface you specify.
Sample Display - show ip6 stats
RIPv6 Statistics
----------------
Interface: 3
Total Messages Received: 2490
Total Messages Sent: 2542
Requests Received: 5
Requests Sent: 1
Responses Received: 2485
Responses Sent: 2541
Full Updates Sent: 2476
Triggered Updates Sent: 65
303560-A Rev 00 2-567
show rptr
The show rptr
<option>
commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about Bay Networks Access Node products. For detailed information on ANs,
refer to Configuring BayStack Remote Access and Connecting ASN Routers to a Network.
The show rptr command supports the following subcommand options:
info [last_addr]
Displays general information about the repeater or about the last source MAC address of
the packets entering the ports of the repeater.
Sample Display - show rptr info
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Information:
---------------------------------
Repeater Group Capacity: 1
Group Port Capacity: 13
Group Wellfleet Object ID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.18
Group Description: "Wellfleet Comm. ANmpr 12 Port 10BASE-T
Router/Repeater - Rev 2"
info [last_addr]status [ports]
sample [<period in seconds>] [port [<port number>]] version
stats [all] | [totals] | [port [<port number>]] | [errors]
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-568 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show rptr info last_addr
802.3 Repeater(HUB) Port Last Source Address Information:
---------------------------------------------------------
Port Last Source Total
Number Address Changes
---------- ----------------- ----------
1 01-02-04-08-10-20 9
2 01-02-04-08-10-20 0
3 00-00-A2-06-B9-85 4
4 01-02-04-08-10-20 624029193
5 01-02-04-08-10-20 0
6 00-00-A2-06-B9-85 3
7 00-00-A2-06-B9-85 3
8 00-00-A2-06-B9-85 545299270
9 01-02-04-08-10-20 4294967295
10 01-02-04-08-10-20 4294967295
11 01-02-04-08-10-20 4294967295
12 00-80-2D-00-98-01 130506617
13 00-00-A2-03-C1-C0 17870737
sample [
<period in seconds>
] [port [
<port number>
]]
Displays the repeater statistics generated during a prescribed period (default 10 seconds).
This command can be used for all ports (default) or for selected ports.
303560-A Rev 00 2-569
Sample Display - show rptr sample
ALL Repeater Ports Statistics Sampled Data over 10 seconds
-----------------------------------------------------------
Port Readable Readable Total Auto
# Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 3 192 0 0 0 0
4 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 0 0 0 0 0 0
9 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 0 0 0 0 0 0
11 0 0 0 0 0 0
12 700 97973 0 0 0 0
13 3 192 0 0 0 0
Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate
# Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
10 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
11 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
13 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-570 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show rptr sample 3 port 12
Repeater Port Statistics Sampled Data over 3 seconds
------------------------------------------------------
Port Readable Readable Total Auto
# Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
12 41 8053 0 0 0 0
Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate
# Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------
12 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
stats [all] | [totals] | [port [
<port number>
]] | [errors]
Displays statistical information for all ports or a specified port. This command displays
either a total list of statistics or error statistics only.
This command displays the actual values of the SNMP counters maintained within the
repeater MIB. These counters are not initialized to 0 at system startup; therefore, only
time-relative deltas of these counters are meaningful. These counter cannot be reset to 0.
303560-A Rev 00 2-571
Sample Display - show rptr stats
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Statistics:
--------------------------------
Port Readable Readable Total Auto
# Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 104 6719 24 14 43 456
2 0 63 4294967289 6 4294967295 150
3 931675 296890590 22 6 4294967295 5862
4 1354357247 1629798783 4294967289 4 4294967295 1620234528
5 10 4271 4294967289 9 4294967295 195
6 348 111353 4294967289 177 4294967295 951
7 297 95157 4294967289 522055204 4294967295 962400002
8 317023833 1077284480 4294967289 87 36 7187
9 4294967295 4294967295 4160749557 4 4294967295 35
10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967285 1096835530 4294967295 570
11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967289 4 4294967295 4
12 576590566 2908601712 2324114227 201334951 2569404471 101226678
13 2157788935 1628793423 1100513600 14 194 2832631700
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-572 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show rptr stats all
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Statistics:
---------------------------------
Repeater Total Frames: 111726086
Repeater Total Octets: 3246687465
Repeater Total Errors: 3290410074
Repeater Transmit Collisions: 805377464
Port Readable Readable Total Auto
# Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 104 6719 24 14 43 456
2 0 63 4294967289 6 4294967295 150
3 931688 296895150 22 6 4294967295 5862
4 1354357247 1629798783 4294967289 4 4294967295 1620234528
5 10 4271 4294967289 9 4294967295 195
6 348 111353 4294967289 177 4294967295 951
7 297 95157 4294967289 522055204 4294967295 962400002
8 317023833 1077284480 4294967289 87 36 7187
9 4294967295 4294967295 4160749557 4 4294967295 35
10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967285 1096835530 4294967295 570
11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967289 4 4294967295 4
12 576591092 2908688941 2324114227 201334951 2569404472 101226678
13 2157788948 1628797983 1100513600 14 194 2832631700
Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate
# Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
2 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
3 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 0 27 4294967295
4 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
5 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
6 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
7 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
8 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
9 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4160749563
10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967291
11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
12 2 4464905 39 4294967295 2182103142 137546127 13
13 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2 1100513603 4294967295
303560-A Rev 00 2-573
Sample Display - show rptr stats totals
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Statistics Totals:
---------------------------------------
Repeater Total Frames: 111728214
Repeater Total Octets: 3247091908
Repeater Total Errors: 3290410074
Repeater Transmit Collisions: 805377464
Sample Display - show rptr stats port 1
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Port Statistics:
-------------------------------------
Port Readable Readable Total Auto
# Frames Octets Errors Partitions Runts Collisions
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 104 6719 24 14 43 456
Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate
# Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-574 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show rptr stats errors
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Error Statistics:
--------------------------------------
Port FCS Alignment Long Short Late Very Long Data Rate
# Errors Errors Frames Events Events Events Mismatch
--- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
1 62 4294967295 4294967295 4294967263 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
2 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
3 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 0 27 4294967295
4 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
5 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
6 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
7 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
8 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
9 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4160749563
10 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967291
11 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295
12 2 4464905 39 4294967295 2182103142 137546127 13
13 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 4294967295 2 1100513603 4294967295
status [ports]
Displays the operational status of the repeater or of the individual ports that comprise the
repeater.
Sample Display - show rptr status
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Status:
----------------------------
Repeater Operating Status: OK
Repeater Health Text: "Repeater Health: Operational"
Total Partitioned Ports: 2
Group Operating Status: Operational
Last Group Status Change: 0 (SNMP SysUpTime of Change)
303560-A Rev 00 2-575
Sample Display - show repeater status ports
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Ports Status:
----------------------------------
Port Admin Autopart Link
Number Status State Test
------ -------- ------------ ------
1 Enabled Reconnected Passed
2 Enabled Reconnected Failed
3 Enabled Reconnected Passed
4 Disabled Reconnected Failed
5 Enabled Reconnected Failed
6 Enabled Partitioned Passed
7 Enabled Reconnected Failed
8 Enabled Reconnected Failed
9 Disabled Reconnected Failed
10 Enabled Partitioned Passed
11 Enabled Reconnected Failed
12 Enabled Reconnected Passed
13 Enabled Reconnected Passed
version
Displays the current version number and date of the rptr.bat script.
Sample Display - show rptr version
RPTR.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-576 303560-A Rev 00
show rredund
The show rredund
<option>
commands display information about router redundancy. For
detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of router redundancy, refer to
Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy.
The show rredund command supports the following subcommand options:
base resources
circuits [<circuit name>] role
disabled sonmp
enabled version
remote
303560-A Rev 00 2-577
base
Displays the base record information for router redundancy. The base record controls
router redundancy for the entire system. The table includes the following information:
State State of the protocol. States include the following:
Up
Down
Init (initializing) and bidding
Not Pres (enabled but not yet started)
Wait SOS Reply (waiting for a reply to an SOS PDU)
Wait Pri Gdby (waiting for a Primary Good-bye PDU
Rcvd Pri Gdby (received a Primary Good-bye PDU)
Wait New Pri (Waiting for a New Primary PDU)
Delay Bidding
Role Role of the router: Primary or Secondary.
Group ID Identification number of this router redundancy group.
Member ID Identification number of this member of the group.
Priority This router’s priority to become the primary router if the current
primary router fails. A high value indicates higher priority.
Hello Timer The configured time interval, in seconds, between sending Hello
protocol data units (PDUs).
Bid Duration The amount of time, in seconds, for the bidding period that
determines which router in the group becomes the primary router.
Timeout Counter The number of Hello timer periods when the secondary routers do
not receive a Hello PDU from the primary router before they begin
to choose a new primary router.
Primary cfg file The name of the primary configuration file the router uses when it
boots or reboots as the primary router.
Role Switch Delay This parameter is not currently used.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-578 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show rredund base
Router Redundancy Base Record Information
-----------------------------------------
Attribute Value
--------- -----
State Up
Role Secondary
Group-ID 1
Member-ID 1
Priority 1
Hello Timer 2
Bid Duration 45
Timeout Counter 5
Primary cfg file 4:mpass.pri
Role Switch Delay 5
circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays circuit and state information for all router redundancy ports or for a specific port.
The table includes the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit the port is on.
Port The port number.
State Indicates whether router redundancy is Enabled or Disabled for this circuit.
Send PDU Sending of PDUs enabled or disabled.
Primary Mac Addr The MAC address to be used for this circuit when this router is the primary
router.
303560-A Rev 00 2-579
Sample Display - $show rredund circuits
Router Redundancy Circuit Table
-------------------------------
Circuit Port State Send PDU Primary MAC Addr
-------- -------- ------------ ------------ -----------------
E41 1 Enabled Enabled 00-00-A2-03-42-96
E42 2 Enabled Enabled 00-00-A2-03-42-97
2 Entries found.
disabled
Displays all interface circuits that have backup router redundancy and are disabled
currently. A circuit is disabled if the disable/enable parameter is set to disable and the state
is down. For definitions of the columns in the table, see the circuits command.
Sample Display - $show rredund disable
Router Redundancy Circuit Table
-------------------------------
Circuit Port State Send PDU Primary MAC Addr
-------- -------- ------------ ------------ -----------------
0 Entries found.
enabled
Displays all interface circuits that have backup router redundancy and are enabled
currently. A circuit is enabled if the disable/enable parameter is set to enable and the state
is up. For definitions of the columns in the table, see the circuits command.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-580 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show rredund enable
Router Redundancy Circuit Table
-------------------------------
Circuit Port State Send PDU Primary MAC Addr
-------- -------- ------------ ------------ -----------------
E41 1 Enabled Enabled 00-00-A2-03-42-96
E42 2 Enabled Enabled 00-00-A2-03-42-97
2 Entries found.
remote
Displays information about the other routers in the router redundancy group. The table
includes the following information.
Group ID Identification number of the router redundancy group.
Member ID Identification number of the remote member of the group.
IP Address The IP address of the remote member.
Role Role of the remote member: Primary or Secondary.
State State of the remote member: States include the following:
Up
Down
Init (initializing and bidding)
Not Pres (enabled but not yet started)
Wait SOS Reply (waiting for a reply to an SOS PDU)
Wait Pri Gdby (waiting for a Primary Goodbye PDU
Rcvd Pri Gdby (received a Primary Goodbye PDU)
Wait New Pri (Waiting for a New Primary PDU)
Delay Bidding
303560-A Rev 00 2-581
Sample Display - $show rredund remote
Router Redundancy Remote Members
--------------------------------
Group ID Member ID IP Address Role State
--------- ---------- --------------- ----------- -----------
1 2 0.0.0.0 Primary Up
resources
Displays resources the router can access, by the IP addresses of the resources. The table
includes the following information.
Sample Display - $show rredund resources
Router Redundancy Resources
---------------------------
Circuit Name The name of the circuit (such as E54).
Circuit Number The circuit number (representing the circuit name in the MIB).
IP Address The IP address of the resource.
Update Updates information about whether resources are reachable by this
router. Configurable to Enable or Disable.
Status Results of update: Reachable, Unreachable, Unknown
Circuit
Name
-------------
Circuit
Number
----------------
IP Address
-------------------
Update
----------
Status
---------
E54 4 23.23.23.23 Enable Reachable
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-582 303560-A Rev 00
role
Displays the roles of known members of this redundancy group, from the point of view of
this router. The first member displayed is the local member; others are the remote
members. The table includes the following information.
Sample Display - $show rredund role
Router Redundancy Role Selection Information
--------------------------------------------
Member-ID Role Good IF Good RES Priority
----------- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
1 Secondary 2 0 1
2 Primary 2 0 1
sonmp
Displays the status of sonmp. The table includes the following information.
Member ID Identification number of the member of the group.
Role Role of the router: Primary or Secondary.
Good IF Count of usable interfaces on the member.
Good RES Count of resources the member can reach.
Priority The member’s priority to become the primary router if the current
primary router fails.
Circuit name The name of the circuit.
Circuit number The circuit number (representing the circuit name in the MIB).
Transmit count The number of frames transmitted on the circuit.
Receive count The number of frames received on the circuit.
Receive error count The number of error frames received on the circuit.
303560-A Rev 00 2-583
Sample Display - $show rredund sonmp
Router Redundancy SONMP Stats
-----------------------------
Circuit Circuit Transmit Receive Receive Error
Name Number Count Count Count
-------- -------- ------------ ------------ -----------------
E41 1 0 0 0
E42 2 0 0 0
2 Entries found.
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the rredund.bat script.
Sample Display - show rredund version
rredund.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-584 303560-A Rev 00
show rsc
The show rsc
<option>
commands display information about managed line resources.
The Bay Networks Line Resource Manager (LRM) lets you define a certain percentage of
bandwidth as reservable resources on lines configured with the ST2 protocol. ST2
applications that require a guaranteed quality of service can negotiate for the reservable
bandwidth.
Refer to Configuring WAN Line Services for detailed information about LRM.
The show rsc command supports the following subcommand options:
bandwidth
Displays information about an ST2 line’s reserved bandwidth. The table includes the
following information:
bandwidth unreserved
reserved
Line Internal line number.
Circuit Site Manager circuit name.
Reservable The remaining reservable bandwidth available for reserved flows
on this line (bits per second).
Allocated The bandwidth currently allocated to reserved flows on this line
(bits per second).
Current Bandwidth used for reserved flows during the last measurement
interval.
Average Average bandwidth used by reserved flows during the last
measurement interval.
Maximum Maximum bandwidth used by reserved flows over one
measurement interval since the line came up.
303560-A Rev 00 2-585
Sample Display - show rsc band
TX Line Resources: Reserved Bandwidth Statistics
------------------------------------------------
reserved
Displays information about reserved flows. The table includes the following information:
Note: The measurement interval for the Current, Average, and Maximum statistics
is, by default, 10 seconds. You can change this interval by setting the MIB object
Bandwidth Interval at the Configuration Manager Edit Line Resources window.
Line
------
Circuit
-------
Reserved Bandwidth in bits per second
Reservable Allocated Current Average Maximum
---------- ---------- --------- -------- ---------
203102 S32 1311821 70579 21745 95426 124887
204101 S41 460800 0 0 0 0
204102 S42 1259428 122972 110880 95368 122530
204103 S43 1389600 0 0 0 0
Line Internal line number
Circuit Site Manager circuit name.
Flows Number of reserved flows being served.
Transmitted Packets Total number of reserved flow packets transmitted since the line
came up.
Transmitted Bytes Total number of reserved flow bytes transmitted since the line came
up.
Policed Packets Total number of reserved flow packets dropped since the line came
up. These packets were dropped because the data received on one
or more flows exceeded their reservation.
Policed Bytes Total number of reserved flow bytes dropped since the line came
up. These packets were dropped because the data received on one
or more flows exceeded their reservation.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-586 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show rsc res
TX Line Resources: Reserved Flow Statistics
-------------------------------------------
Transmitted Policed Delay (ms)
Line Circuit Flows Packets Bytes Packets Bytes Avg Max
-------- ---------- ----- --------- --------- --------- --------- ----- -----
203102 S32 2 22122 11943504 0 0 0 24339
204101 S41 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
204102 S42 2 22172 11963112 6 3360 0 15630
204103 S43 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
If the display for your lines indicates unacceptable amounts of dropped traffic (Policed
Packets and Policed Bytes), try inflating the reservations percentage (MIB object Inflate
Reservations). If command output indicates large delays, try decreasing the reserved
latency (MIB object Reserved Latency). You can edit both parameters at the Configuration
Manager Edit Line Resources window.
unreserved
Displays information about the portion of bandwidth left to service best-effort traffic. The
table includes the following information:
Delay Avg Average packet delay, in milliseconds, during the measurement
interval. Measured delay includes transmission time.
Delay Max Maximum single packet delay (ms) since the line came up.
Line Internal line number.
Circuit Site Manager circuit name.
Policed Packets Total number of unreserved packets dropped since the line came
up.
Policed Bytes Total number of unreserved bytes dropped since the line came up.
303560-A Rev 00 2-587
Sample Display - show rsc unres
TX Line Resources: Unreserved Traffic Statistics
------------------------------------------------
Policed
Line Circuit Packets Bytes
-------- ---------- --------- ---------
203102 S32 0 0
204101 S41 0 0
204102 S42 0 0
204103 S43 0 0
5 total entries.
Note: If Priority Queueing is enabled for the line, show rsc unreserved will not
show the policing statistics for unreserved flows.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-588 303560-A Rev 00
show rsvp
The show rsvp
<option>
command displays information about the Resource Reservation
Protocol. For detailed information about RSVP, refer to Configuring IP Multicasting and
Multimedia Services.
The show rsvp command supports the following subcommand options:
base
Displays information about requested and active reservations on the router.
Sample Display - show rsvp base
RSVP Base Information
---------------------
# of # of
# of Requested Active
Protocol State Senders Reservations Reservations
-------- ----- ------- ------------ ------------
RSVP Up 0 0 0
base version
interfaces
303560-A Rev 00 2-589
interfaces
Displays information about RSVP interfaces configured on the router.
Sample Display - show rsvp interfaces
RSVP Interfaces
---------------
Circuit State Refresh Timer Lifetime
Name Number (msec) Multiplier Neighbors
---------- ------ ----------- ------------- ---------- ---------
E22 2 Up 30000 3 0
E23 3 Up 30000 3 0
E24 4 Up 30000 3 0
E41 5 Up 30000 3 0
E42 6 Up 30000 3 0
E43 7 Up 30000 3 0
E44 8 Up 30000 3 0
7 RSVP Interfaces configured
version
Displays information about the version of RSVP running on the router.
Sample Display - show rsvp version
RSVP.bat Version: 1.1 Date: 08/20/97.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-590 303560-A Rev 00
show sdlc
The show sdlc
<option>
commands display information about the Synchronous Data
Link Control (SDLC) protocol. For detailed information on the Bay Networks
implementation of SDLC, refer to Configuring SDLC Services.
The show sdlc command supports the following subcommand options:
base
Displays the base record for SDLC. The base record controls SDLC for the entire system.
The table includes information on the protocol type, in this case SDLC, and state of the
protocol. The state can be Active, Inactive, Pending Active, Not Present, Enabled, or
Disabled.
Sample Display - sdlc show base
SDLC Base Record Information
---------------------------
Protocol State
---------------- ----------
SDLC Inactive
base enabled
circuits [<circuit number>]stats [<circuit number>]
disabled version
303560-A Rev 00 2-591
circuits [
<circuit number>
]
Displays SDLC configuration information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table
contains the following information:
Sample Display - show sdlc circuits
SDLC Circuits
------------
Circuit State Role Link Type Duplex Duplex SDLC
# Primary Secondary Address
------- -------------- ------------ --------- ----------- ----------- -------
1 Enabled Negotiable Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex
2 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 4
4 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 6
3 Total entries.
Circuit # Circuit number of this interface.
State Operational state of this interface: Active, Inactive, Pending
Active, Not Present, Enabled, or Disabled.
Role Link station role: Primary, Secondary, or Negotiable.
Link Type Indicates whether the SDLC port is connected to a Leased or
Switched line.
Duplex Primary Indicates whether the primary SDLC station is full duplex or half
duplex.
Duplex Secondary Indicates whether the secondary SDLC station is full duplex or half
duplex.
SDLC Address Link station address of the secondary link station on this SDLC
link.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-592 303560-A Rev 00
disabled
Displays all disabled SDLC interfaces. For more information on column definitions, see
the circuits command.
Sample Display - sdlc show disabled
SDLC Circuits
------------
Circuit State Role Link Type Duplex Duplex SDLC
# Primary Secondary Address
------- -------------- ------------ --------- ----------- ----------- -------
No Entries.
enabled
Displays all enabled SDLC interfaces. For more information on column definitions, see
the circuits command.
Sample Display - sdlc show enabled
SDLC Circuits
------------
Circuit State Role Link Type Duplex Duplex SDLC
# Primary Secondary Address
------- -------------- ------------ --------- ----------- ----------- -------
1 Enabled Negotiable Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex
2 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 4
4 Enabled Secondary Leased Half Duplex Half Duplex 6
3 Entries found.
303560-A Rev 00 2-593
stats [
<circuit number>
]
Displays statistical information for all circuits or for a specified circuit. The table includes
the following information:
Sample Display - show sdlc stats
SDLC Statistics
--------------
Circuit SDLC I Frames I Frames Rejects Rejects
# Add. Received Sent Re Tx's Received Sent
-------- ---- ---------- ---------- -------- -------- --------
1 1 0 0 0 0 0
1 193 0 0 0 0 0
2 3 0 0 0 0 0
2 4 0 0 0 0 0
4 5 0 0 0 0 0
4 6 38 22 4 1 2
Circuit # Circuit number of this interface.
SDLC Add. Poll address of the secondary link station in this SDLC link. It
uniquely identifies the SDLC link station within a single SDLC
port.
I Frames Received Total number of information frames received from an adjacent
SDLC link station since last reset or system startup.
I Frames Sent Total number of information frames transmitted to an adjacent
SDLC link station since last reset or system startup.
Re Tx’s Total number of information frames retransmitted to an adjacent
SDLC link station since last reset or system startup.
Rejects Received Total number of reject frames received from an adjacent SDLC link
station since last reset or system startup.
Rejects Sent Total number of reject frames transmitted to an adjacent SDLC link
station since last reset or system startup.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-594 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the sdlc.bat script.
Sample Display - show sdlc version
SDLC.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
show smds
The show smds
<option>
commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about the Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service (SMDS) protocol. For
detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of SMDS, refer to Configuring
SMDS.
The show smds command supports the following subcommand options:
addresses [<circuit_name>]enabled
alerts stats [<circuit_name>]
circuits [<circuit_name>]version
disabled
303560-A Rev 00 2-595
addresses [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays the individual, group, and ARP addresses of all SMDS circuits or for a specific
circuit. The information displayed is useful for determining whether you have properly
configured the station to receive and send data.
The table contains the following information:
Sample Display - show smds addresses
SMDS Circuit Address Table
--------------------------
Circuit Individual Address Group Address ARP Address
------- ------------------ ------------------ ------------------
S21 0xC16175551212FFFF 0xE16175551313FFFF 0xE16165551313FFFF
S22 0xC15084363835FFFF 0xE15085551414FFFF 0xE15085551515FFFF
S23 0xC15086632222FFFF 0xE15085556677FFFF 0xE15085556677FFFF
alerts
Displays all SMDS interfaces that are enabled but not up. The table identifies the circuit,
whether or not it’s configured to be enabled, and its current state. State can be Down, Init
(initializing), or Not Pres (enabled but not yet started). To search for possible reasons for
the problem, examine the log file.
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.
Individual Address MAC-layer address, a complete SMDS E.164 address provided by the
SMDS subscription agreement.
Group Address MAC-layer multicast address, a complete SMDS E.164 address provided
by the SMDS subscription agreement.
ARP Address Address resolution multicast address, a complete SMDS E.164 address
provided by the SMDS subscription agreement.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-596 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show smds alerts
SMDS Circuit ALERT Table
------------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- -------- --------
S21 Enabled Down
circuits [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays SMDS configuration information for all interfaces or for a specific interface. Use
this display to determine whether or not the interface has been properly configured for the
SMDS network. The table contains the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface is on.
State Operational state of the interface: Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (not started), or Up.
Polling State of heartbeat polling on the interface: Enabled or Disabled.
Polling verifies the integrity of the Bay Networks router/DSU
connection by regularly transmitting Keep Alive messages from the
Bay Networks router to the DSU and acknowledging their receipt
by DSU.
Net Mgt State of LMI network management on the interface: Enabled or
Disabled. LMI is an SNMP-like protocol that enables the Bay
Networks router and the DSU to exchange management
information.
Addr Ver State of address verification function: Enabled or Disabled.
Address verification enables the router to verify incoming
individual and group addresses and drop improperly addressed
frames, that is, those not intended for the router.
Version Value indicating the version(s) of the SNMP Interface Protocol
(SIP) that this interface supports. The value is a sum, initialized at
zero. For each version, V, that this interface supports, 2 raised
to (V - 1) is added to the sum. For example, a port supporting
versions 1 and 2 would have a value of (2^(1-1)+2^(2-1))=3. The
SipL3VersionSupport parameter is effectively a bit mask with
Version 1 equal to the least significant bit (LSB).
303560-A Rev 00 2-597
Sample Display - show smds circuit
SMDS Circuit Table
------------------
Circuit State Polling Net Mgt Addr Ver Version
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
S112 Up Enabled Disabled Disabled 1
disabled
Displays all SMDS interfaces that a user has manually disabled. In this case, State is
always Down.
Sample Display - show smds disabled
SMDS Disabled Table
------------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- -------- --------
S22 Disabled Down
enabled
Displays all enabled SMDS interfaces.
Sample Display - show smds enabled
SMDS Circuit Interface Enabled Table
-------------------------------
Circuit State
------- --------
S21 Init
S23 Up
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-598 303560-A Rev 00
stats [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays sent and received SIP Level 3 frames for all SMDS interfaces or for a specific
interface. The totals include only PDUs without errors. The table includes statistics for
both individual and group addressed PDUs that are sent, received, and discarded. You can
use this information with the synchronous and protocol statistics to determine where
frames are going and at what level they may have been dropped.
Sample Display - show smds stats
SMDS Statistics
---------------
L3 PDUs Sent L3 PDUs Received Addr Verify
Circuit Individual Group Individual Group Discards
-------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- -----------
S112 0 9 0 9 0
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the smds.bat script.
Sample Display - show smds version
SMDS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-599
show snmp
The show snmp
<option>
commands display status, configuration, and performance
information about the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) services. For
detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of SNMP, refer to Configuring
SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services.
The show snmp command supports the following subcommand options:
Entering the show snmp command without any options invokes the show snmp base
option by default.
base
Displays the base record for SNMP. The base record controls SNMP for the entire system.
The table includes the following information:
base exceptions [entity <entity_number> | name
<entity_name> | event <event_number>]
community [<types | managers>]traps [entity <entity number> | name <entity
name> | slot <slot number>]
State Operating state of SNMP: Enabled or Disabled.
Authentication Type Type of authentication the agent uses, as follows:
•Trivial - Standard SNMP network security
•Party - Reserved for future use
•Proprietary - Bay Networks network security; only for set
requests. With this type, you can prohibit specific users from
executing set requests.
Received PDUs Number of PDUs that SNMP has received from the transport entity
Transmitted PDUs Number of PDUs that SNMP has transmitted to the transport entity
MIB Objects Retrieved Number of MIB objects retrieved for SNMP managers that belong
to communities defined on the router or BNX platform
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-600 303560-A Rev 00
MIB Objects Set Number of MIB objects set by SNMP managers that belong to
communities defined on the router or BNX platform
Get Request PDUs Accepted
& Processed Number of get request PDUs accepted and processed
Get-Next Request PDUs
Accepted and Processed Number of get next request PDUs accepted and processed
Get Response PDUs
Generated Number of get response PDUs generated
Set Request PDUs Accepted &
Processed Number of set request PDUs accepted and processed
Trap PDUs Generated Number of trap PDUs the agent has generated
Decoding ASN.1 Parsing
Errors Number of ASN.1 parsing errors generated while decoding
Received Bad Community
Name Number of PDUs that have an invalid community string
Received Unsupported
Operation PDUs Number of PDUs requesting an operation unsupported by
the community
Generated PDUs with
“toobig” Error Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus= “tooBig”
Generated PDUs with
“noSuchName” Error Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus= “noSuchName”
Generated PDUs with
“badValue” Error Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus= “badValue”
Generated PDUs with
“readOnly” Error Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus= “readOnly”
Generated PDUs with
“genErr” Error Number of PDUs delivered with ErrorStatus= “genError”
303560-A Rev 00 2-601
Sample Display - show snmp base
Snmp protocol is enabled.
Authentication Type: Trivial
Received PDUs: 73851
Transmitted PDUs: 78042
MIB Objects Retrieved: 112363
MIB Objects Set: 9
Get Request PDUs Accepted & Processed: 72408
Get Next Request PDUs Accepted & Processed: 1434
Get Response PDUs Generated: 73851
Set Request PDUs Accepted & Processed: 9
Trap PDUs Generated: 4191
Decoding ASN.1 Parsing Errors: 0
Received Bad Community Name PDUs: 0
Received Unsupported Operation PDUs: 0
Generated PDUs with "tobig" Error: 0
Generated PDUs with "noSuchName" Error: 0
Generated PDUs with "badValue" Error: 0
Generated PDUs with "readOnly" Error: 0
Generated PDUs with "genErr" Error: 0
community [
<types
|
managers>
]
Displays information about SNMP communities configured on the router or BNX
platform. An SNMP community is a logical relationship between the SNMP agent on the
router or BNX platform and one or more SNMP managers. The table includes information
on the managers belonging to each community known to the router. The entry for each
manager includes the following information:
Community Name Name of the community.
Community Access Access privileges the router grants to all members of this
community, as follows:
•Read - All members of this community can only view
configuration and performance information about this router.
•Read/Write - All members of this community can both view
configuration and performance information about this router and
change the router’s configuration.
Manager Address Internet address of this manager
Manager Name Name of this manager
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-602 303560-A Rev 00
Entering the show snmp community command without any <types|managers> option
invokes the forgoing data for all SNMP community types and managers known to the
router.
Sample Display - show snmp community
SNMP Community Information
--------------------------
Community Community
Name Access
---------- ---------- ----------
public Read/Write
SNMP Managers and their respective communities
----------------------------------------------
Manager Manager Trap Trap Community Community
Address Name Port Type Name Access
-------- ------ --- ---- ------- --------
0.0.0.0 162 All public Read/Write
192.32.160.39 162 Generic public Read/Write
192.32.160.40 162 All public Read/Write
Trap Port UDP port on which this manager is listening for traps
Trap Type Valid trap types to be sent to the manager, as follows:
•None - Prohibits the agent software from transmitting traps to this
manager
•Generic - Lets the agent software transmit the well-defined
SNMP traps (coldStart, warmStart, egpNeighborLoss, linkUp,
linkDown, authenticationFailure, and enterpriseSpecific) to the
manager
•Specific - Lets the agent software transmit all enabled log event
traps to this manager
•All - Transmits both generic and specific trap types to this
manager
303560-A Rev 00 2-603
Sample Display - show snmp community types
SNMP's Valid Management Community Types:
Community Community
Name Access
--------------- -------------
public Read/Write
Sample Display - show snmp community managers
SNMP's Managers and their Respective Communities:
Manager Manager Trap Trap Community Community
Address Name Port Type Name Access
--------------- ------------ ------ ---------- ------------ ------------
0.0.0.0 162 All public Read/Write
192.32.160.39 162 Generic public Read/Write
192.32.160.40 162 All public Read/Write
traps [entity
<entity number>
| name
<entity name>
| slot
<slot number>
]
Displays information about traps generated on the router or BNX platform. You can limit
the information to traps generated by a specific <entity_number> or <entity_name>, or
by all entities on a specific <slot_number>.
The display contains the following information:
Entity Name The name of this entity on the router or BNX platform
Entity Number The number of this entity on the router or BNX platform
Slot Number Number of the slot where this entity is configured
State Operating state of this entity: Enabled or Disabled
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-604 303560-A Rev 00
Entering the show snmp traps command without any <entity_name>, <entity_number>,
or <slot_number> option invokes the forgoing data for all entities configured on the
router.
Fault Message Attribute that controls the entity’s fault messages:
•On - The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a
Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.
•Off - The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap
whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.
Warn Message Attribute that controls the entity’s warning messages:
•On - The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a
Warning event occurs for this entity and slot number.
•Off - The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap
whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.
Info Message Attribute that controls the entity’s info messages:
•On - The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever an
Info event occurs for this entity and slot number.
•Off - The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap
whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.
Trace Message Attribute that controls the entity’s trace messages:
•On - The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a
Trace event occurs for this entity and slot number.
•Off - The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap
whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.
Debug Message Attribute that controls the entity’s debug messages:
•On - The router or BNX platform generates this trap whenever a
Debug event occurs for this entity and slot number.
•Off - The router or BNX platform does not generate this trap
whenever a Fault event occurs for this entity and slot number.
303560-A Rev 00 2-605
Sample Display - show snmp traps
SNMP Trap Entity Information:
Entity Entity Slot Fault Warn Info Trace Debug
Name Number Number STATE Message Message Message Message Message
------------ ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
IP 2 2 Enabled Off Off On Off Off
TFTP 7 2 Enabled Off Off On Off Off
TCP 47 2 Enabled Off Off On Off Off
WILDCARD 255 2 Enabled On On On On On
Sample Display - show snmp traps entity 2
SNMP Trap Entity Information:
Entity Entity Slot Fault Warn Info Trace Debug
Name Number Number STATE Message Message Message Message Message
------------ ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
IP 2 2 Enabled Off Off On Off Off
Sample Display - show snmp traps entity IP
SNMP Trap Entity Information:
Entity Entity Slot Fault Warn Info Trace Debug
Name Number Number STATE Message Message Message Message Message
------------ ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
IP 2 2 Enabled Off Off On Off Off
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-606 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show snmp traps slot 2
Entity Entity Slot Fault Warn Info Trace Debug
Name Number Number STATE Message Message Message Message Message
------------ ------ ------ -------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
IP 2 2 Enabled Off Off On Off Off
TFTP 7 2 Enabled Off Off On Off Off
TCP 47 2 Enabled Off Off On Off Off
WILDCARD 255 2 Enabled On On On On On
exceptions [entity
<entity_number>
| name
<entity_name>
|
event
<event_number>
]
Displays information about exceptions to SNMP traps configured on the router or BNX
platform. Using options to the show snmp exceptions command, you can view
exceptions to traps generated by a specific <entity_number>, <entity_name>, or
<event_number>.
The table displays the following information:
Entering the show snmp exceptions command without any <entity_name>,
<entity_number>, or <event_number> option invokes exception data for all traps
configured on the router or BNX platform.
Entity Name Name of the entity.
Entity Number Number of the entity.
Event Number Number of the event.
State Operating state of the exception: Enabled or Disabled.
303560-A Rev 00 2-607
Sample Display - show snmp exceptions
SNMP Exception Information
---------------------------
Entity Entity Event
Name Number Number STATE
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
IP 2 6 Enabled
show span
The show span
<option>
commands display information about Spanning Tree Bridge
services. For detailed information about the Spanning Tree algorithm and parameters,
refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The show span command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts disabled
base enabled
circuits [<circuit name>]stats
configuration version
configuration circuits [<circuit name>]
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-608 303560-A Rev 00
alerts
Displays all enabled circuits that are not up. Use this display to identify the ports that are
not working. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show span alerts
Spanning Tree Circuit Alert Information
---------------------------------------
Designated
Circuit State Designated Root Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- --------------
E51 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32770
S31 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32771
S41 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32772
3 Entries found.
Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on.
State Current state of the port as the Spanning Tree Protocol application defined
it, which in this case is Port Disabled.
Designated Root Unique Bridge ID recorded as the root in the Configuration BPDUs. The
Designated Bridge for the segment to which this port is attached transmits
this value.
Designated Port Port Identifier on the Designated Bridge for this port’s segment.
303560-A Rev 00 2-609
base
Displays Spanning Tree global parameters in the base record. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show span base
Spanning Tree Base Record Information
-------------------------------------
Time Since Number Of
State Root Bridge ID last top chg Topology Changes
------------ ----------------------- ------------ --------------------
Up 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 256500 1
Bridge ID:
-----------------------
00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays Spanning Tree circuit information for all circuits or for a specified circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command.
State Current state of the Spanning Tree: Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.
Root Bridge ID Bridge ID of the root of the Spanning Tree. This is the lowest Bridge
MAC address; or if there is no Bridge MAC address, the bridge with
the lowest priority.
Time Since last top chg Time in hundredths of a second since the bridge detected the last
change in topology.
Number of Topology
Changes Total number of topology changes that this bridge has detected since
it was last reset or initialized.
Bridge ID Identifier of the bridge the script is running on. You can compare this
ID to the Root Bridge ID above it.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-610 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show span circuits
Spanning Tree Circuit Information
---------------------------------
Designated
Circuit State Designated Root Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- --------------
S21 Forwarding 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32769
E51 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32770
S31 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32771
S41 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32772
4 Total entries.
configuration
Displays Spanning Tree global configuration parameters. These parameters are all user
configurable. The table includes the following information:
Bridge ID Spanning Tree Bridge ID assigned to this bridge. The Bridge ID is
a combination of the Bridge Priority and the Bridge MAC address.
Bridge Max Age Maximum time in hundredths of a second that the protocol
information (BPDUs) is valid. After this time, the protocol discards
the information.
Bridge Hello Time Interval in hundredths of a second between BPDUs that the bridge
transmits. BPDUs are periodic transmissions exchanged between
bridges in the network to convey configuration and topology
change data.
Bridge Forward Delay Value all bridges use for Forward Delay when this bridge is acting
as the root; specifies the time in hundredths of a second that a
circuit spends in the Listening and Learning states.
303560-A Rev 00 2-611
Sample Display - show span configuration
Spanning Tree Configuration Table
---------------------------------
Bridge Bridge Bridge
Bridge ID Max Age Hello Time Forward Delay
----------------------- -------- ---------- -------------
00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 2000 200 1500
configuration circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays configuration parameters for all Spanning Tree circuits or for a specified
Spanning Tree circuit. These parameters are user configurable. The table includes the
following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on.
Mode Mode of the port: Enabled or Disabled.
Priority Value of the priority field contained in the first octet of the 2-octet
port ID for this circuit. This value specifies the relative priority of
the port. The lower the priority, the more likely this will be the root
bridge.
Path Cost Contribution of this port to the root path cost offered in all
configuration BPDUs that the bridge transmits.
802.9 Translation Status of the translation parameter: Enabled or Disabled. Enabled
means that the Spanning Tree protocol is used as part of the
transparent-to-source-routing, translation-bridged network for this
interface.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-612 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show span configuration circuits
Spanning Tree Circuit Configuration Parameters
----------------------------------------------
Circuit Mode Priority Path Cost 802.9 Translation
-------- -------- -------- ------------ --------------------
S21 Enabled 128 1 Disabled
E51 Enabled 128 1 Disabled
S31 Enabled 128 1 Disabled
S41 Enabled 128 1 Disabled
disabled
Displays Spanning Tree circuits that are disabled. For definitions of the columns in the
table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show span disabled
Spanning Tree Disabled Circuit Information
------------------------------------------
Designated
Circuit State Designated Root Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- --------------
0 Entries found.
enabled
Displays Spanning Tree circuits that are currently enabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command.
303560-A Rev 00 2-613
Sample Display - show span enabled
Spanning Tree Enabled Circuit Information
-----------------------------------------
Designated
Circuit State Designated Root Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- --------------
S21 Forwarding 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32769
1 Entries found.
stats
Displays Spanning Tree traffic statistics. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show span stats
Spanning Tree Statistics
------------------------
Circuit Rx Packets Tx Packets
-------- ---------- ----------
S21 0 1521
E51 0 0
S31 0 0
S41 0 0
Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on.
Rx Packets Number of BPDU packets received on this port.
Tx Packets Number of BPDU packets transmitted out this port.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-614 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version number and date of the span.bat script.
Sample Display - Sample Display - show span version
SPAN.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-615
show sr
The show sr
<option>
commands display information about Source Routing interfaces.
For detailed information on Source Routing, refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The show sr command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays Source Routing interfaces that have been enabled but are not currently up. In this
case, Mode is always Enabled and State is always Down. The table helps determine which
Source Routing interfaces are not forwarding traffic.
alerts enabled
base ip
bridges stats
circuit [<circuit name>]stats circuit [<circuit name>]
configuration [circuit [<circuit name>]] traffic filters
disabled version
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-616 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sr alerts
Source Routing (SR) Interface Information
-----------------------------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
O31 Enabled Down
1 entries found.
base
Displays global Source Routing information (Base Record). The base record controls
Source Routing for the entire system. The table indicates whether or not Source Routing is
operating and includes the following information:
Sample Display - show sr base
Source Routing (SR) Base Record Information
-------------------------------------------
Protocol Mode State
-------------- ------- -----
Source Routing Enabled Up
bridges
Displays all Bay Networks Source Routing Bridge IDs used in the network. A Source
Routing Bridge ID ranges from 0x1 to 0xF. This display helps determine which bridges
the system recognizes as Bay Networks Source Route bridges.
Protocol Name of the protocol, in this case Source Routing.
Mode Mode of SR: Enabled or Disabled.
State State of SR: Up or Down.
303560-A Rev 00 2-617
Sample Display - show sr bridges
Source Routing (SR) Bridge IDs
------------------------------
0xA (This Bridge)
0xB
2 entries found.
circuit [
<circuit name>
]
Displays all Source Routing interfaces or a specific interface. Mode is Enabled or
Disabled and State is Down or Up. You can use this display to identify the Source Routing
interfaces in the router.
Sample Display - show sr circuit
Source Routing (SR) Interface Information
-----------------------------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
O31 Disabled Down
1 entries found.
configuration [circuit [
<circuit name>
]]
Displays Source Routing global configuration. You can use this information to determine
how a Bay Networks Source Route Bridge is configured. The table includes the following
information:
Mode Mode is Enabled or Disabled.
Bridge ID SR bridge’s identification number; ranges from 0x1 to 0xF.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-618 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sr configuration
Source Routing (SR) Base Record Configuration
---------------------------------------------
Internal Group
Mode Bridge ID Ring ID Lan ID
------- --------- -------- ------
Enabled 0xA 0x101 0xFFF
The table includes the following information:
Internal Ring ID Unique network-wide internal or virtual LAN identification
number; ranges from 0x001 to 0xFFF.
Group Lan ID Routing identifier that serves as a Routing Information Field (RIF)
place holder and Bay Networks identifier; ranges from 0x001 to
0xFFF.
circuit [
<circuit_name>
] Displays the circuit configuration of all Source Routing circuit
interfaces or a specific circuit interface. You can use this
information to determine how a Bay Networks Source Route
Bridge Interface has been configured.
Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.
Mode Mode of the circuit: Enabled or Disabled.
Ring ID Unique network-wide identification number that SR assigns to the
segment; ranges from 0x001 to 0xFFF.
STE In Source Routing Spanning Tree Explorer packet. STE In is either
Accept or Blocked, determining whether or not Source Routing is
forwarding or filtering STE packets coming in on this interface.
STE Out STE Out is either Accept or Blocked, determining whether or not
Source Routing is forwarding or filtering STE packets going out on
this interface.
303560-A Rev 00 2-619
Sample Display - show sr configuration circuit
Source Routing (SR) Interface Record Configuration
--------------------------------------------------
Circuit Mode Ring ID STE In STE Out
------- ------- ------- ------ -------
O31 Enabled 0x003 Accept Accept
1 entries found.
disabled
Displays the Source Routing interfaces that are disabled. Mode is always Disabled and
State is always Down. You can use this display to determine which Source Routing
interfaces have not been enabled.
Sample Display - show sr disabled
Source Routing (SR) Interface Information
-----------------------------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
O31 Disabled Down
1 entries found.
enabled
Displays the Source Routing interfaces that are enabled. Mode is always Enabled and
State will be Up or Down. You can use this display to determine which Source Routing
interfaces have been enabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-620 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sr enabled
Source Routing (SR) Interface Information
-----------------------------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
O31 Enabled Down
1 entries found.
ip
Use with the following subcommands:
•?
•alerts
• base
•circuits [
<circuit_name>
]
• configuration
•configuration circuit [
<circuit_name>
]
• disabled
•enabled
•explorers
• routes
•stats
•stats circuit [
<circuit_name>
]
303560-A Rev 00 2-621
Sample Display - show sr ip alerts
Sample Display:
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Interface Information
-------------------------------------------------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
O31 Enabled Down
1 entries found.
Sample Display - show sr ip base
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Base Record Information
-------------------------------------------------------------
Protocol SR IP Mode SR State
-------- ---------- --------
SR IP Enabled Up
ip ? Displays a list of Source Routing IP subcommands and their
syntax.
ip alerts Displays Source Routing IP interfaces that have been enabled but
are not currently up. In this case, Mode is always Enabled and State
is always Down. The table helps determine which Source Routing
IP interfaces are not forwarding traffic.
ip base Displays the state of Source Route IP Encapsulation. The
SR IP Mode is Enabled or Disabled and SR State is Down or Up.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-622 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sr ip circuits
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Circuit Information
---------------------------------------------------------
Circuit SR Mode SR State
-------- -------- --------
O21 Enabled Down
S51 Enabled Up
O43 Enabled Down
3 entries found.
Sample Display - show sr ip configuration
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Base Record Configuration
---------------------------------------------------------------
SR IP Mode SR IP Ring ID MTU Size
---------------- ------------- ----------
Disabled 0x000 4562
ip circuits [
<circuit_name>
] Displays all Source Routing IP interfaces or a specific interface.
Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down or Up. You can
use this display to determine the Source Route IP interfaces
present.
ip configuration Displays the Source Route IP Encapsulation global configuration.
SR IP Ring ID can range from 0x011 to 0xFFF. Mtu Size is any
integer.
303560-A Rev 00 2-623
Sample Display - show sr ip configuration circuit
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Circuit Record Configuration
------------------------------------------------------------------
Fowarding
Circuit SR Mode IP Address Explorers
-------- -------- ---------------- ---------
O21 Enabled 0.0.0.0 No
S51 Enabled 0.0.0.0 No
O43 Enabled 0.0.0.0 No
3 entries found.
Sample Display - show sr ip disabled
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Circuit Information
---------------------------------------------------------
Circuit SR Mode SR State
-------- -------- --------
0 entries found.
ip configuration circuit Displays the Source Route IP Encapsulation interface record
configuration. SR Mode is Enabled or Disabled and Forwarding
Explorers is Yes or No.
ip disabled Displays Source Route IP interfaces that are disabled. Mode is
always Disabled and State is always Down. You can use this
display to determine which Source Route IP interfaces have not
been enabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-624 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sr ip enabled
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Circuit Information
---------------------------------------------------------
Circuit SR Mode SR State
-------- -------- --------
O21 Enabled Down
S51 Enabled Up
O43 Enabled Down
3 entries found.
Sample Display - show sr ip explorers
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Explorers
-----------------------------------------------
11.0.0.5
1 entries found.
ip enabled Displays Source Route IP interfaces that are enabled. Mode is
always enabled and State is either Down or Up. You can use this
display to determine which Source Route IP interfaces have been
enabled.
ip explorers Displays the list of Source Route IP Encapsulation explorers.
Source Routing sends a copy of each Source Route Broadcast
packet to each IP address in the list.
303560-A Rev 00 2-625
Sample Display - show sr ip routes
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Routes
--------------------------------------------
IP Address Ring ID Bridge ID
--------------- ------- ---------
11.0.0.5 0x024 0xA
1 entries found.
Sample Display - show sr ip stats circuit
Source Route IP Encapsulation (SR IP) Circuit Statistics
--------------------------------------------------------
Out
Circuit Frames
-------- --------
O21 0
S51 0
O43 0
3 entries found.
ip routes Displays the list of Source Route IP Encapsulation learned routes.
Ring ID is the identifier that SR assigns to the network segment and
can range from 0x001 to 0xFFF. Bridge ID can range from 0x1 to
0xF. You can use the display to identify the address to use for
routing specific packets over an IP network.
ip stats circuit
[
<circuit_name>
]Displays the packets (Packets Rx) that SR received from the IP
network and the number of out-of-sequence packets (Sequence
Errors).
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-626 303560-A Rev 00
stats
Displays all Source Routing interface statistics or statistics for a specific circuit. The table
includes the following information:
Sample Display - show sr stats
Source Routing (SR) Circuit Statistics
--------------------------------------
In Out Dropped
Circuit Frames Frames Frames
-------- -------- -------- --------
O21 0 0 0
S51 0 0 0
O43 0 0 0
3 entries found.
stats circuit [
<circuit name>
]
Displays the same information as the show sr stats command displays. However, this
command enables you to specify a specific circuit.
traffic filters
Displays any traffic filters configured on a source routing interface. The table indicates
whether or not traffic filters are operating and includes the following information:
In Frames Number of Source Routing packets that the interface received.
Out Frames Number of Source Routing packets that the interface sent out.
Dropped Frames Sum of packets dropped because of an invalid routing control field,
invalid ring, or filtering.
Circuit The name you assign to the circuit.
Mode The mode of the SR traffic filter: Enabled or Disabled.
Status The state of the SR traffic filter: Active or Inactive.
303560-A Rev 00 2-627
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the sr.bat script.
Sample Display - show sr version
SR.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Rule Number The order in which the router applies the filters.
Fragment Number The number assigned to each filter by the router.
Filter Name A character string that describes the filter.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-628 303560-A Rev 00
show srspan
The show srspan
<option>
commands display information about Source Route Spanning
Tree Bridge services. For detailed information about the Spanning Tree algorithm and
parameters, refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The show srspan command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays all enabled circuits that are not up. Use this display to identify the ports that are
not working. The table includes the following information:
alerts disabled
base enabled
circuits [<circuit name>] stats
configuration version
configuration circuits [<circuit name>]
Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on.
State Current state of the port as the Source Route Spanning Tree
Protocol application defined it, which in this case is Port Disabled.
Designated Root Unique Bridge ID recorded as the root in the Configuration
BPDUs. The Designated Bridge for the segment to which this port
is attached transmits this value.
Designated Port Port Identifier on the Designated Bridge for this port’s segment.
303560-A Rev 00 2-629
Sample Display - show srspan alerts
Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Alert Information
----------------------------------------------------
Designated
Circuit State Designated Root Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- --------------
E51 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32770
S31 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32771
S41 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32772
3 Entries found.
base
Displays source route Spanning Tree global parameters in the base record. The table
includes the following information:
State Current state of the source route Spanning Tree: Down, Init
(initializing), Not Present (enabled but not yet started), or Up.
Root Bridge ID Bridge ID of the root of the source route Spanning Tree. This is the
lowest Bridge MAC address; or if there is no Bridge MAC address,
the bridge with the lowest priority.
Time Since last top chg Time in hundredths of a second since the bridge detected the last
change in topology.
Number of Topology Changes Number of topology changes that this bridge has detected since it
was last reset or initialized.
Bridge ID Identifier of the bridge the script is running on. You can compare
this ID to the Root Bridge ID above it.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-630 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show srspan base
Source Route Spanning Tree Base Record Information
--------------------------------------------------
Time Since Number Of
State Root Bridge ID last top chg Topology Changes
------------ ----------------------- ------------ --------------------
Up 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 256500 1
Bridge ID:
-----------------------
00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01
configuration
Displays source route Spanning Tree global configuration parameters. These parameters
are all user configurable. The table includes the following information:
Bridge ID Source Route Spanning Tree Bridge ID assigned to this bridge. The
Bridge ID is a combination of the Bridge Priority and the Bridge
MAC address.
Bridge Max Age Maximum time in hundredths of a second that the protocol
information (BPDUs) is valid. After this time, the protocol discards
the information.
Bridge Hello Time Interval in hundredths of a second between BPDUs that the bridge
transmits. BPDUs are periodic transmissions exchanged between
bridges in the network to convey configuration and topology
change data.
Bridge Forward Delay Value all bridges use for Forward Delay when this bridge is acting
as the root; specifies the time in hundredths of a second that a
circuit spends in the Listening and Learning states.
303560-A Rev 00 2-631
Sample Display - show srspan configuration
Source Route Spanning Tree Configuration Table
----------------------------------------------
Bridge Bridge Bridge
Bridge ID Max Age Hello Time Forward Delay
----------------------- -------- ---------- -------------
00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 2000 200 1500
configuration circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays configuration parameters for all source route Spanning Tree circuits or for a
specified circuit. These parameters are user configurable. The table includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show srspan configuration circuits
Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Configuration Parameters
-----------------------------------------------------------
Circuit Mode Path Cost 802.9 Translation
-------- -------- ------------ --------------------
5 Disabled 1 Disabled
Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on.
Mode Mode of the port: Enabled or Disabled.
Path Cost Contribution of this port to the root path cost offered in all
configuration BPDUs that the bridge transmits.
802.9 Translation Status of the translation parameter: Enabled or Disabled. This field
is not currently used.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-632 303560-A Rev 00
circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays source route Spanning Tree circuit information. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show srspan circuit
Source Route Spanning Tree Circuit Information
----------------------------------------------
Designated
Circuit State Designated Root Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- --------------
S21 Forwarding 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32769
E51 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32770
S31 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32771
S41 Port Disabled 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32772
4 Total entries.
disabled
Displays source route Spanning Tree circuits that are disabled. For definitions of the
columns in the table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show srspan disabled
Source Route Spanning Tree Disabled Circuit Information
-------------------------------------------------------
Designated
Circuit State Designated Root Port
-------- ------------- ----------------------- --------------
5 Port Disabled 0
1 Entries found.
303560-A Rev 00 2-633
enabled
Displays source route Spanning Tree circuits that are currently enabled. For definitions of
the columns in the table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show srspan enabled
Source Route Spanning Tree Enabled Circuit Information
------------------------------------------------------
Designated
Circuit State Designated Root Port
-------- ------------ ----------------------- --------------
S21 Forwarding 00:0A:00:00:00:00:00:01 32769
1 Entries found.
stats
Displays source route Spanning Tree traffic statistics. The table includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show srspan stats
Source Route Spanning Tree Statistics
-------------------------------------
Circuit Rx Packets Tx Packets
-------- ---------- ----------
S21 0 1521
E51 0 0
S31 0 0
S41 0 0
Circuit Name of the circuit this port is on.
Rx Packets Number of BPDU packets received on this port.
Tx Packets Number of BPDU packets transmitted out this port.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-634 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version number and date of the srspan.bat script.
Sample Display - show srspan version
SRSPAN.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-635
show sta
The show sta
<option>
commands display configuration, statistical, and status
information about statistical thresholds and alarms. For detailed information on the Bay
Networks implementation of thresholds, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BootP,
DHCP, and RARP Services.
The show sta command supports the following subcommand options:
base
Displays the base record for statistical thresholds and alarms. The table includes
information about the state of thresholds and alarms -- Enabled or Disabled, and the
polling interval in seconds for examining objects in the threshold table for threshold
exceptions.
Sample Display - show sta base
Statistical Thresholds and Alarm Information
--------------------------------------------
State Poll Interval
------------ -------------
Enabled 5
base stats [<object ID>]
configuration [<object ID>] version
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-636 303560-A Rev 00
configuration [
<object ID>
]
Displays configuration information for all objects or for a specific object. The table
includes the following information:
Sample Display - show sta configuration
Statistical Thresholds and Alarm Configuration
----------------------------------------------
Object = 1.3.6.1.4.1.18.3.4.1.1.24.2.1
Threshold
State State Low Medium High Current Action
--------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ------------
Enabled Valid 12 20 60 0 Greater than
Object Identifier of the MIB object to examine for threshold exceptions.
State Operating state of the threshold: Enabled or Disabled. When State
is Disabled, the router ignores the threshold during its polling.
Threshold State Threshold state: Valid, Ignored, Held, Suspended, or Invalid.
Low Level of low threshold for this statistic. This is the level at which
the system generates a low-threshold exception event.
Medium Level of medium threshold for this statistic. This is the level at
which the system generates a medium-threshold exception event.
High Level of high threshold for this statistic. This is the level at which
the system generates a high-threshold exception event.
Current Most recently computed threshold value for the polled object.
Action How to evaluate the threshold with respect to the threshold values:
•Greater than - Generates threshold events when the value of the
statistic is greater than the thresholds specified.
•Less than - Generates threshold events when the value of the
statistic is less than the thresholds specified.
303560-A Rev 00 2-637
stats [
<object ID>
]
Displays statistical information for all objects that are keeping statistics or for a specific
object. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show sta stats
Statistical Thresholds and Alarm Statistics
-------------------------------------------
Object = 1.3.6.1.4.1.18.3.4.1.1.24.2.1
Number of Number of Number of
Low Alarms Medium Alarms High Alarms
--------------- --------------- ---------------
3 5 0
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the sta.bat script.
Sample Display - show sta version
STA.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Object Identifier of the MIB object to examine for threshold alarms.
Number of Low Alarms Number of low threshold alarms generated.
Number of Medium Alarms Number of medium threshold alarms generated.
Number of High Alarms Number of high threshold alarms generated.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-638 303560-A Rev 00
show stac
The show stac
<option>
commands display information about the Hi/fn LZS data
compression service. For information about Hi/fn LZS, see Configuring Data
Compression Services.
The show stac command supports the following subcommand options:
circuits [circuit <
circuit name
>]
Displays the state of all circuits or a specified circuit and the type of compression for each
circuit. The display includes the following information:
circuits [circuit <circuit name>]
stats [errors] [<circuit number>]
Circuit Name Name of the circuit.
Circuit Number Connector’s instance identifier.
Enable State of the circuit, either enabled or disabled.
Compression Mode Compression mode that is negotiated. These modes are defined by
RFC 1974. For Hi/fn LZS, this will always be mode 3.
Cfg Engine Type Engine type configured. The engine type can be software or
hardware compression.
303560-A Rev 00 2-639
stats [errors] [<
circuit number
>]
Displays Hi/fn Stac LZS statistical information for all circuits or for a specified circuit.
The display includes the following information:
Note that if you take the Compressor In number and divide it by the CPC Packets
Transmitted number, you get an estimate of the compression packet size.
Circuit Name of the circuit.
Compression Ratio Compression ratio, which is the size of uncompressed data
compared with the size of the same data after it is compressed.
Decompression Ratio Decompression ratio, which is the size of decompressed data
compared with the size of the same data before it is decompressed.
Compressor In Number of bytes input to the software compression library.
Compressor Out Number of bytes output by the software compression library.
Decompressor In Number of bytes input to the decompression software library.
Decompressor Out Number of bytes output to the decompression software library.
CPC Packets Transmitted Number of continuous packet compression packets transmitted by
Stac LZS.
CPC Packets Received Number of continuous packet compression packets received by
Stac LZS.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-640 303560-A Rev 00
show state
The show state command provides an overview of the router. The information displayed
depends on your specific configuration. This script executes the lower-level scripts for the
protocols and circuits to gather the information for its report. This script provides a good
way to find out what is running on your router -- what is configured and what is not.
The show state command supports the following subcommand options:
show state {all | circuit
<circuit name>
}
This sample shows part of the output that the show state all command can generate. In
this sample, the router is configured with IPX interfaces on various circuits.
show state {all | circuit <circuit name>} version
all Displays information on all protocols on all circuits.
circuit
<circuit_name>
Limits the information to a specified circuit.
303560-A Rev 00 2-641
Sample Display - show state all
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
IPX Base Record Configuration Information
-----------------------------------------
Protocol State
---------- ------
IPX Up
Primary NN Router Name
------------ -----------------------------------------------
0x10000002 tarmour
Route Method Mult Host Mode Maximum Path
------------ --------------- ------------
Tick Based Enabled 10
Log Filter Setting PreConfigured Net Table Size
------------------------------ ------------------------------
Filter Trace 0
IPX Circuit Configuration Information (ALL)
-------------------------------------------
Circuit State Ckt Idx Net Addr Host Address Encaps Method
-------- -------- ------- ---------- ---------------- -------------
E22 Up 1 0x11000002 0x0000A201142F Ethernet
O31 Up 2 0x11000003 0x000045C00AED SNAP
S21 Up 3 0x00000000 0x0000A2011430 PPP
10905102 Up 4 0x00000000 0x0000A203B454 SNAP
*.0.7
O32 Up 5 0x11110002 0x000045C00A1D LSAP
MCT1-52- Up 6 0x00000000 0x0000A203B454 PPP
*2
202102.0 Down 7 None None Ethernet
*.100
7 Circuits in table.
(continued)
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-642 303560-A Rev 00
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
IPX RIP Interface Record Configuration Information (All)
--------------------------------------------------------
Circuit RIP In Out Bad
Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------
1 0x11000002 Up Lstn/Sply 214 215 0
2 0x11000003 Up Lstn/Sply 0 216 0
3 0x00000000 Up Lstn/Sply 187 218 0
4 0x00000000 Up Lstn/Sply 186 206 0
5 0x11110002 Up Lstn/Sply 0 214 0
6 0x00000000 Up Lstn/Sply 187 206 0
7 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
7 RIP Interfaces configured.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
IPX SAP Interface Record Configuration Information (All)
--------------------------------------------------------
Circuit SAP In Out Bad
Index Interface State Mode Packets Packets Packets
------- ---------- -------- --------- ------- ------- -------
1 0x11000002 Up Lstn/Sply 214 1 0
2 0x11000003 Up Lstn/Sply 0 216 0
3 0x00000000 Up Lstn/Sply 187 216 0
4 0x00000000 Up Lstn/Sply 186 207 0
5 0x11110002 Up Lstn/Sply 0 215 0
6 0x00000000 Up Lstn/Sply 186 206 0
7 None Absent Lstn/Sply 0 0 0
7 SAP Interfaces configured.
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the state.bat script.
Sample Display - show state version
STATE.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-643
show sws
The show sws
<option>
commands display configuration and status information about
Switch Services (SWS) -- Dial Backup, Dial-on-Demand, and Bandwidth-on-Demand.
For detailed information about configuring SWS, refer to Configuring Dial Services.
The show sws command supports the following subcommand options:
backup_dialing circuits ondemand_dialing callback
backup_dialing pools [<pool ID> [<circuit
name>]] ondemand_dialing pools [<pool ID>
[<circuit name>]]
backup_dialing schedules ondemand_dialing schedules
bandwidth circuit outbound filters {ip | data_link}
bandwidth pool [<pool ID> [<circuit
name>]] version
caller resolution table
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-644 303560-A Rev 00
backup_dialing circuits
Displays primary circuits that are configured for dial backup. The display includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show sws backup_dialing circuits
Switched Services Dial Backup Circuit Information
-------------------------------------------------
Primary Backup Backup Forced Forced
Circuit Pool Mode Protocol Dial TakeDown
-------- -------- ------ --------------- -------- --------
S21 1 Master Wflt Disabled Disabled
Total of 1 Dial Backup Circuits.
Primary Circuit Circuit name of the primary circuit.
Backup Pool Identifies the backup pool available for the primary circuit; ranges
from 1 to 255.
Backup Mode Operating mode of the router, as follows:
Master - Initiates the backup call when the primary circuit fails.
Slave - Waits for the incoming call when the primary circuit fails.
Protocol Type of WAN protocol configured on this primary circuit, as
follows:
•Frame Relay - Frame Relay protocol.
•PPP - Point-to-Point Protocol.
•Wlft - Standard protocol, a proprietary protocol used between two
Bay Networks routers. Based on the CCITT HDLC (High-level
Data Link Control) protocol, Standard provides LLC1
(connectionless, datagram) service.
•Unknown - Protocol is unidentified.
Forced Dial Status of the Forced Dial parameter -- Enabled or Disabled. When
Enabled, the router immediately activates the backup circuit.
Forced TakeDown Status of the Forced TakeDown parameter: Enabled or Disabled.
When Enabled, the router immediately terminates the backup
circuit.
303560-A Rev 00 2-645
backup_dialing pools [
<pool ID>
[
<circuit name>
]]
Displays detailed line information for each line in each pool. You can display information
about all pools, a specific pool, and/or a specific circuit on the specified pool. The display
includes the following information:
Circuit Information:
Synchronous Line Information:
Primary Circuit Identifies the primary circuit.
Primary DownTime Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line.
This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a
reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line.
Outgoing Phone Number Telephone number of the remote router.
Extension Extension line for a main telephone number.
Phone # Type Indicates whether the phone type is Dial or ISDN.
Slot Num Identifies the slot where this line resides.
Port Num Identifies the port where this line connects.
Line State State of the line, which can be one of the following:
•Down - Line is not operational.
•DSR Wait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or
CSU, is not currently up and thus is not sending a Data Set
Ready signal.
•HoldDown - Line is in holding mode.
•Init - Line is initializing.
•LMI Wait - Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that
a link layer connection has been established to another device.
•Not Pres - Line is enabled but not active. This state occurs for
several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting
and has not yet initialized. The slot may be running diagnostics.
Or there may be a problem with the configuration.
•Up - Line is operating normally.
Active Circuit Name of the circuit using this line.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-646 303560-A Rev 00
ISDN Line Information:
Hold Down Time Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line.
This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a
reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line.
Media Type Signaling method used for this backup line, as follows:
•RaiseDTR - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using a programmed number in the attached dial-up
device.
•V25bis - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using telephone numbers that the router passed to
the dial-up device.
Cable Type Interface type that the attached dial unit supports: RS232, RS422,
V.35, or X.21.
Line Number ID number of the line.
Pool ID ID number of the line pool.
Line Number ID number of the line.
Channel Count Number of B channels in the backup pool.
Priority Specifies the router’s order of preference for using each line pool.
Channels In Use Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use.
303560-A Rev 00 2-647
Sample Display - show sws backup_dialing pools 1
Switched Services Dial Backup Pool Information
----------------------------------------------
PRIMARY CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Primary Primary Outgoing Phone #
Circuit DownTime Phone Number Extension Type
-------- -------- -------------------- ---------- -------
S12 5 2213527 Not Used ISDN
Total of 1 Primary Circuits found for this Backup Pool.
LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Sync Dial Backup Entries
------------------------
Hold
Slot Port Line Active Down Media Cable Line
Num Num State Circuit Time Type Type Number
---- ---- ---------- -------- ------- -------- ----- --------
No Sync Lines configured.
ISDN Backup Pool Entries
---------------------------
Pool Line Channel Channels
ID Number Count Priority In Use
---- ---------- ------- -------- --------
1 1301102 2 1 0
Total of 1 Dial Backup Entries Configured for this Pool.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-648 303560-A Rev 00
backup_dialing schedules
Displays the scheduled availability of the backup circuits in a backup pool. The display
includes the following information:
Sample Display - show sws backup_dialing schedules
Switched Services Backup Schedule Information
---------------------------------------------
Circuit Pool Day(s) Start Time End Time
----------- -------- ---------- ---------- --------
S11 1 Not Configured
S21 3 Weekday 0 2359
Tuesday 0 2359
S31 3 Not Configured
Total of 3 Backup Circuits.
bandwidth circuit
Displays all circuits that are configured for bandwidth-on-demand. The display includes
the following information:
Circuit Identifies the name of the circuit.
Pool Specifies the backup pool that the circuit uses.
Day(s) Days that the circuit is available.
Start Time The beginning of the time interval that the circuit is available.
End Time The end of the time interval that the circuit is available.
Primary Circuit Name of the primary circuit.
Bandwidth Pool ID number of the bandwidth-on-demand pool; ranges between
1 to 255.
303560-A Rev 00 2-649
Sample Display - show sws bandwidth circuit
Switched Services Bandwidth Circuit Information
-----------------------------------------------
Primary Bandwidth Bandwidth Forced Forced
Circuit Pool Mode Protocol Dial TakeDown
-------- --------- --------- --------------- -------- --------
S51 1 Monitor PPP Disabled Disabled
Total of 1 Bandwidth Circuits.
Bandwidth Mode Operating mode of the router, as follows:
•Monitor-designates the router as the congestion monitor for the
primary line.
•Non-monitor-indicates that the router does not monitor
congestion on the primary line.
Protocol Type of WAN protocol configured on this primary circuit.
Forced Dial Status of the Forced Dial parameter -- Enabled or Disabled. When
Enabled, the router immediately activates the secondary line.
Forced TakeDown Status of the Forced TakeDown parameter: Enabled or Disabled.
When Enabled, the router immediately terminates the secondary
line.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-650 303560-A Rev 00
bandwidth pool [
<pool ID>
[
<circuit name>
]]
Displays detailed line information for each line in each pool. You can display information
about all pools, a specific pool, and/or a specific circuit in the specified pool. The display
includes the following information:
Circuit Information:
Synchronous Line Information:
Primary Circuit Identifies the primary circuit.
Bandwidth Mode Operating mode of the router, as follows:
•Monitor-designates the router as the congestion monitor for the
primary line.
•Non-monitor-indicates that the router does not monitor congestion
on the primary line.
Inactivity Time (Sec) Number of seconds the router waits without receiving data across the
line before bringing down the connection.
Outgoing Phone Number Telephone number of the remote router.
Extension Extension line for a main telephone number.
Phone # Type Indicates whether the phone type is Dial or ISDN.
Slot Num Identifies the slot where this line resides.
Port Num Identifies the port where the line connects.
Line State State of the line, which can be one of the following:
•Down - Line is not operational.
•DSR Wait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU, is
not currently up and thus is not sending a Data Set Ready signal.
•HoldDown - Line is in holding mode.
•Init - Line is initializing.
•LMI Wait - Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that a
link layer connection has been established to another device.
•Not Pres - Line is enabled but not active. This state occurs for
several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting and
has not yet initialized. The slot may be running diagnostics. Or
there may be a problem with the configuration.
•Up - Line is operating normally.
303560-A Rev 00 2-651
ISDN Line Information
Active Circuit Name of the circuit using this line.
Hold Down Time Number of seconds the router waits before bringing up the line. This
delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a reactivated
primary line and there are problems on the line.
Media Type Signaling method used for this line, as follows:
•RaiseDTR - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using a programmed number in the attached dial-up
device.
•V25bis - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using telephone numbers that the router passed to the
dial-up device.
Cable Type Interface type that the attached dial unit supports: RS232, RS422,
V.35, or X.21.
Line Number ID number of the line.
Pool ID ID number of the line pool.
Line Number ID number of the line.
Channel Count Number of B channels in the pool.
Priority Specifies the router’s order of preference for using each line pool.
Channels In Use Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-652 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sws bandwidth pool 1
Switched Services Bandwidth Pool Information
--------------------------------------------
PRIMARY CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Primary Bandwidth Inactivity Outgoing Phone #
Circuit Mode Time (Sec) Phone Number Extension Type
-------- --------- ---------- -------------------- ---------- -------
S51 Monitor 60 1234567 Not Used DIAL
Total of 1 Primary Circuits found for this Bandwidth Pool.
LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Sync Dial Bandwidth Entries
---------------------------
Hold
Slot Port Line Active Down Media Cable Line
Num Num State Circuit Time Type Type Number
--- ---- ---------- -------- ------- -------- ----- --------
5 5 Up None NA V.25bis RS232 205105
ISDN Bandwidth Pool Entries
---------------------------
Pool Line Channel Channels
ID Number Count Priority In Use
---- ---------- ------- -------- --------
No ISDN Bandwidth pool entries found
Total of 1 Dial Bandwidth Entries Configured for this Pool.
303560-A Rev 00 2-653
caller resolution table
Displays the entries in the caller resolution table. The router uses the caller resolution table
for identification and security purposes. The display includes the following information:
Sample Display - show sws caller_resolution_table
Caller Resolution Table
------------------------
Caller CHAP PAP Circuit Circuit
Name Secret Password Number Group Number
------ ------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
Paris France UNSECURED 5 0
Sydney Australia UNSECURED 4 0
2 entries in the Table.
ondemand_dialing callback
Displays information about demand circuits configured for callback. The display includes
the following information:
Caller Name Lists the name of the calling party. This name needs to be a part of
the incoming call from that party.
CHAP Secret Lists the CHAP secret of the calling party.
PAP Password Lists the PAP Password of the calling party.
Circuit Number Displays the circuit number to which the Caller Name is
associated.
Circuit Group Number Lists the demand circuit group to which the circuit belongs.
Demand Circuit Name of the demand circuit. Note that the demand circuit uses a default name
as a place holder. When the demand circuit is in use, its name changes to the
actual name of the circuit that is in use.
Callback Mode Role of the router for a callback circuit.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-654 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sws ondemand_dialing callback
Switched Services Dial OnDemand Callback Circuit Information
------------------------------------------------------------
Demand Callback Server Client
Circuit Mode Delay Delay
-------- ------------------------ -------- --------
Demand 4 Server-one-charge-called 15 5
Total of 1 Dial OnDemand Callback Circuits.
Server Delay Value of the Callback Server Delay Time parameter. This parameter specifies
the time (in seconds) that the server waits to call back the client.
Client Delay Value of the Callback Client Delay Time parameter. This parameter specifies
the time (in seconds) that the client waits for a call from the server.
303560-A Rev 00 2-655
ondemand_dialing circuits
Displays all circuits configured for dial-on-demand. The display includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show sws ondemand_dialing circuits
Switched Services Dial OnDemand Circuit Information
---------------------------------------------------
Demand Demand Forced Forced
Circuit Pool Dial TakeDown
-------- -------- -------- --------
Demand 2 1 Disabled Disabled
Demand 3 2 Disabled Disabled
Total of 2 Dial OnDemand Circuits.
ondemand_dialing pools [
<pool ID>
[
<circuit name>
]]
Displays line information for each line in a pool. You can display information about all
pools, a specific pool, and/or a specific circuit on the pool. The display includes the
following information:
Demand Circuit Name of the demand circuit. Note that the demand circuit uses a
default name as a place holder. When the demand circuit is in use,
the name changes to the actual name of the circuit that is in use.
Demand Pool Identifies the demand pool of lines available for the demand circuit;
ranges from 1 to 255.
Forced Dial Status of the forced dial parameter: Enabled or Disabled. When
Enabled, the router immediately initiates dialing over the demand
line.
Forced TakeDown Status of the forced takedown parameter: Enabled or Disabled.
When Enabled, the router immediately terminates the connection
over a demand line.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-656 303560-A Rev 00
Circuit Information:
Synchronous Line Information:
Circuit Circuit name of the demand circuit.
Connection Mode Operating mode of the router, as follows:
•Master - Retries the call when the first connection attempt fails as
a result of a collision on the network.
•Slave - Waits for the master router to retry the call if the first
attempt fails as a result of a collision on the network.
•No Dial- Never initiates calls; always waits for another router to
call.
Inact Time Number of seconds the router waits without receiving data across
the line before bringing down the connection.
MaxUp Time Specifies the maximum duration of the call in minutes. Once the
call meets the specified time, the router terminates the connection.
Outgoing Phone Number Telephone number of the remote router.
Extension Extension line for a main telephone number.
Phone # Type Indicates whether the phone number type is Dial or ISDN.
Slot Num Identifies the slot where this line resides.
Port Num Identifies the port where this line connects.
Line State State of the line, which can be one of the following:
•Down - Line is not operational.
•DSR Wait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU,
is not currently up and thus is not asserting a Data Set Ready
signal.
•HoldDown - Line is in holding mode.
•Init - Line is initializing.
•LMI Wait - Line is waiting for the WAN protocol to indicate that a
link layer connection has been established to another device.
•Not Pres - Line is enabled but not yet started. This state occurs for
several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting
and has not yet initialized. The slot may be running diagnostics.
Or there may be a problem with the configuration.
•Up - Line is operating normally.
303560-A Rev 00 2-657
ISDN Line Information
Active Circuit Name of the circuit using this line.
Hold Down Time Number of seconds the router waits before bringing the line up.
This delay prevents the line from going up and down if this is a
reactivated primary line and there are problems on the line.
Media Type Signaling mode in use for this dial-on-demand line, as follows:
•RaiseDTR - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using a programmed number in the attached dial-up
device.
•V25bis - Router can initiate, monitor, and terminate dial
connections using telephone numbers that the router passed to the
dial-up device.
Cable Type Interface type that the attached dial unit supports: RS232, RS422,
V.35, or X.21.
Line Number ID number of the line.
Pool ID ID number of the line pool.
Line Number ID number of the line.
Channel Count Number of B channels in the pool.
Priority Specifies the router’s order of preference for using each line pool.
Channels In Use Indicates whether any of the available channels are in use.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-658 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sws ondemand_dialing pools 1
Switched Services Dial OnDemand Pool Information
------------------------------------------------
CIRCUIT INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Connection Inact MaxUp Outgoing Phone #
Circuit Mode Time Time Phone Number Extension Type
-------- ---------- ----- ----- -------------------- ---------- -------
Demand 3 SLAVE 20 60 7001 Not Used ISDN
7002 Not Used ISDN
Total of 1 Circuits found for this Dial On Demand Pool.
LINE INFORMATION FOR POOL 1:
Sync Dial On Demand Entries
---------------------------
Hold
Slot Port Line Active Down Media Cable Line
Num Num State Circuit Time Type Type Number
---- ---- ---------- -------- ------- -------- ----- --------
No Sync Lines configured.
ISDN Demand Pool Entries
---------------------------
Pool Line Channel Channels
ID Number Count Priority In Use
---- ---------- ------- -------- --------
1 1301102 2 1 0
Total of 1 Dial On Demand Entries Configured for this Pool.
303560-A Rev 00 2-659
ondemand_dialing schedules
Displays the scheduled availability of each demand circuit in a demand pool.
Sample Display - show sws ondemand_dialing schedules
Switched Services Demand Schedule Information
---------------------------------------------
Circuit Pool Day(s) Start Time End Time
----------- -------- ---------- ---------- --------
Demand 1 1 Not Configured
Demand 3 1 Monday 1100 1200
Saturday 800 900
Demand 4 1 Not Configured
Demand 5 3 Weekday 0 2359
Tuesday 0 2359
Demand 6 3 Not Configured
Demand 7 3 Not Configured
Total of 6 Demand Circuits.
Circuit Identifies the name of the circuit.
Pool Specifies the demand pool that the circuit uses.
Day(s) Days that the circuit is available.
Start Time The beginning of the time interval that the circuit is available.
End Time The end of the time interval that the circuit is available.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-660 303560-A Rev 00
outbound filters {ip | data_link}
For the ip and data_link options, the display includes the following information:
Sample Display - show sws outbound_filters ip
Switched Services IP Outbound Filters Information
--------------------------------------------------
Name State Counter
------- ------- --------
Boston ENABLED 0
1 IP Filters configured.
Name Displays the name of the filter.
State Lists the state of the filter.
Counter Lists the number of packets filtered.
ip Displays information about the IP outbound filters.
303560-A Rev 00 2-661
Sample Display - show sws outbound_filters data_link
Switched Services Data Link Outbound Filters Information
----------------------------------------------------------
Name State Counter
------- ------- --------
Chicago ENABLED 0
Sydney ENABLED 0
2 Data Link Filters configured.
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the sws.bat script.
Sample Display - show sws version
SWS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
data_link Displays information about the data link outbound filters.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-662 303560-A Rev 00
show sync
The show sync
<option>
commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about Synchronous (SYNC) lines. For detailed information about configuring
SYNC, refer to Configuring WAN Line Services.
The show sync command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts modem_config
base [circuit <circuit name>] modem_state
disabled receive errors [circuit <circuit name>]
dsucsu_config sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit
<circuit name>]
dsucsu_stats stats [circuit <circuit name>]
enabled system errors [circuit [<circuit name>] ]
ft1_config transmit errors [circuit [<circuit name>] ]
ft1_state
303560-A Rev 00 2-663
alerts
Displays all SYNC circuits that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the
interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
State State of the line driver, as follows:
•Disabled - User has manually disabled the driver.
•Down - Driver is not operational.
•DSR Wait - External equipment, such as a modem, DSU, or CSU,
is not currently up and thus is not asserting a Data Set Ready
signal.
•Init - Driver is initializing.
•LMI Wait - Driver is waiting for any of four WAN protocols to
indicate that a link layer connection has been established to
another entity. This state applies to the frame relay, SMDS, ATM,
and PPP protocols.
•Not Pres - Driver is enabled but not yet started. This state occurs
for several reasons. For example, the Link Module may not be
physically present in the chassis. The software may be booting
and has not yet initialized the driver software. The slot may be
running diagnostics. Or there may be a problem with the
configuration.
MAC Address Physical address of the line. The line driver fills this address in
from the 48-bit address stored in the serial number PROM for this
connector.
Line Number Line number for this line.
MTU Maximum transfer unit size -- the buffer size for the SYNC port
(also the largest frame that can be transmitted or received across the
SYNC port). The value ranges from 3 to 4608 bytes.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-664 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sync alerts
SYNC Modules on Alert:
----------------------
Line WAN Loc Rem Med
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- -------- ---- -------- --- --- ---
2 1 T1-21 Down 00-00-A2-00-B6-1B 00302101 1600 WF STND 7 7 T1
2 2 T1-22 Down 00-00-A2-00-B6-1C 00302102 1600 WF STND 7 7 T1
Found 2 matches out of 4 entries in table.
WAN Protocol WAN protocol enabled on this interface, as follows:
•ATM - Asynchronous Transfer Mode protocol
•FRM RLAY - Frame Relay protocol
•PASSTHRU - Interface passes data through the network to a
SYNC interface configured for Pass Thru on another Bay
Networks router. IBM sites typically use this protocol to pass
proprietary SYNC data through a Bay Networks network.
•PPP - Point-to-Point Protocol
•SMDS - Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service protocol
•WF STND - Wellfleet Standard, a proprietary protocol used
between two Bay Networks routers. Based on the CCITT HDLC
(High-level Data Link Control) protocol, Wellfleet Standard
provides LLC1 (connectionless, datagram) service. This protocol
is sometimes referred to as Wellfleet Point-to-Point.
•X.25 - X.25 protocol
Loc Adr 1-byte value, used in the address field of the HDLC packet. It may
be extended to two octets if the
<circuit_name>
Extended Address
parameter is enabled. The values are DTE, DCE, and Explicit.
Rem Adr 1-byte value, used in the address field of the HDLC packet. It may
be extended to two octets if the Extended Address parameter is
enabled. The values are DTE, DCE, and Explicit.
Med Typ Media type this SYNC module uses, as follows:
•STD - Normal connection.
•T1 - T1 lines.
•E1 - E1 lines.
•DTR - Connection to a modem that dials out when Data Terminal
Ready (DTR) gets raised.
•V25 - Connection to a V25 BIS modem.
303560-A Rev 00 2-665
base [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the base level information for all SYNC circuits or a specific SYNC circuit. For
definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. In addition to the states
listed under the alerts command, State can also be Up.
Sample Display - show sync base
SYNC Modules:
-------------
Line WAN Loc Rem Med
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ
---- ---- ------- ------ ----------------- -------- ---- -------- --- --- ---
5 1 S51 Up 00-00-A2-00-A1-73 00205101 1600 WF STND 7 7 STD
5 2 S52 Up 00-00-A2-00-A1-74 00205102 1600 WF STND 7 7 STD
2 entries in table.
disabled
Displays SYNC circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Disabled.
Sample Display - show sync disabled
SYNC Modules Disabled:
----------------------
Line WAN Loc Rem Med
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ
---- ---- ------- ------- ----------------- -------- ---- -------- --- --- ---
Found 0 matches out of 4 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-666 303560-A Rev 00
dsucsu_config
Displays configuration information about a DSU/CSU module installed in a BayStack
AN, ANH, or ARN router. The display includes the following information:
Sample Display - show sync dsucsu_config
Configuration of DSU/CSU in Slot 1 Connector 2:
HW Revision 3
SW Revision 3
Opmode: 56K DDS1
Transmit Clock: slave (network)
Transmit Monitor (64K only): disabled
1 entry(s) found
Hardware Revision Hardware revision of the DSU/CSU module.
Software Revision Firmware revision of the DSU/CSU module.
Opmode Type of Telco service: 56K DDS1 or CC 64K.
Transmit Clock Whether this DSU/CSU receives timing from the Telco source (Slave) or
provides transmit timing in a private-wire configuration (Master).
Transmit Monitor
(64K only) Whether the 64K Transmit Monitor is enabled. The Transmit Monitor
suppresses data to prevent unintended duplication of network control codes.
303560-A Rev 00 2-667
dsucsu_stats
Displays status information about a DSU/CSU module installed in a BayStack AN, ANH,
or ARN router. The display includes the following information:
Slot Base module slot that contains the DSU/CSU module. For BayStack routers,
the value is always 1.
Conn COM connector number (1, 2, or 3).
Op State Current V.54 loopback operating state of the interface. States are
• Normal (no loopback) -- The DSU/CSU is able to forward data.
• Local (analog) Loopback -- The DSU/CSU is performing a self-diagnostic
local loopback. While operating the local loop test, the CSU loops back the
network to avoid a carrier alarm.
• Digital Loopback -- The DSU/CSU is performing a diagnostic test of the
local DSU/CSU and the facility circuit. This test typically requires a pattern
generator on the remote side to transmit a test pattern, which is returned
through the CSU/DSU.
• Remote Digital Loopback -- The DSU/CSU is performing a diagnostic test
of the local DSU/CSU, facility circuit, and the remote DSU/CSU. This test
is a coordinated test with both sides of the facility. The router DSU/CSU
sends a signal to the facility to initiate a Digital Loop at the remote DSU/
CSU, and then sends a test pattern through the far side of the loop and
checks the returned data for errors.
• Pattern-2047 -- The DSU/CSU is performing a pattern-only test without
initiating loopback. The router DSU/CSU sends a BERT 2047 test pattern to
the network.
Service Status Current status of the DSU/CSU module, as reported by Out of Service or
Maintenance Mode codes from the Telco or network carrier. Service states are
• In Service -- The DSU/CSU and carrier facility are synchronized.
• Out of Service (OOS) -- There is trouble with the carrier facility circuit. The
circuit from the DSU/CSU module through local loop to the carrier is
working, but the circuit is down beyond the central office.
• Out of Frame (OOF) -- There is a framing problem on the carrier circuit.
• Loss of Line (LOL) -- The local loop to the central office is no longer
present. For example, the cable is not connected to the router DSU/CSU
interface.
• Telco Loopback -- The carrier facility placed the DSU or CSU in a loopback
test.
Out of Service
Errors Number of OOS control codes (bipolar violations) received from the central
office.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-668 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sync dsucsu_stats
Out of Out of Loss of
Op Service Service Frame Line Total
Slot Conn State Status Errors Errors Errors Errors
---- ---- ---------- ---------- ------- ------ ------- ------
1 2 normal LOL 0 0 855 855
1 entry(s) found
enabled
Displays SYNC circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns
in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.
Sample Display - show sync enabled
SYNC Modules Enabled:
---------------------
Line WAN Loc Rem Med
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address Number MTU Protocol Adr Adr Typ
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- -------- ---- -------- --- --- ---
5 1 S51 Up 00-00-A2-00-A1-73 00205101 1600 WF STND 7 7 STD
5 2 S52 Up 00-00-A2-00-A1-74 00205102 1600 WF STND 7 7 STD
Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.
Out of Frame
Errors On Clear Channel 64-K lines only, indicates the number of times framing has
been lost between the DSU/CSU and the central office.
Loss of Line
Errors Number of errors resulting from loss of line signal from the network service.
Total Errors Combined number of Out of Service, Out of Frame, and Loss of Line errors.
303560-A Rev 00 2-669
ft1_config
Displays configuration details of the FT1/T1 DSU/CSU adapter module. Use this
command to verify the information configured for FT1 operations. The display includes
the following information:
Line Type Frame format used on the T1 line, as follows:
• SF - Superframe
•ESF - Extended superframe
Line Coding Line coding configured for the FT1/T1 DSU/CSU adapter module,
as follows:
• AMI - Alternative Mark Inversion transmits a binary 0 as 0 volts
and a binary 1 as either a positive or negative pulse with the
opposite polarity of the previous pulse. With AMI coding, the
adapter module remains in frame synchronization for 45
consecutive zeros.
•B8ZS - Bipolar 8 Zero Substitution replaces a block of eight
consecutive binary zeros with an 8-bit B8ZS code containing
bipolar violations in the fourth and seventh bit positions of the
substituted code in a transmitted message. When a message is
received, this action is reversed: the B8ZS code is replaced with
eight consecutive binary zeros.
Loop Config Indicates the loopback setting as follows:
• Line Loopback - Loops received data back onto the T1
transmission path at the point where the T1 interface enters the
FT1/T1 DSU/CSU adapter module.
• Payload Loopback - Detects and encodes an ANSI Bit-Oriented
Payload Loopback message or an AT&T Payload Loopback
message across the T1 Facility Data Link (FDL). Upon detection
of a Payload Loopback message, the FT1/T1 DSU/CSU adapter
module transmits the received information in the outgoing
direction.
• No Loop - No loopback is configured on the FT1/T1 DSU/CSU
adapter module.
FDL Configuration Defines the type of Facility Data Link (FDL) configured, as
follows:
•ANSI403 - ANSI Publication T1.403
•ATT54016 - AT&T Publication 54016
Primary Tx Clock Defines the type of primary T1 transmit timing source used, as
follows:
•Loop - Timing from the T1 port.
•Local - Internal timing from the FT1/T1 adapter module.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-670 303560-A Rev 00
Secondary Tx Clock Defines the type of secondary T1 transmit timing source to be used
when a T1 primary transmit clock fails:
•Loop - Timing from the T1 port.
•Local - Internal timing from the FT1/T1 adapter module.
Current Tx Clock Defines the T1 transmit timing source currently configured:
•Loop - Timing from the T1 port.
•Local - Internal timing from the FT1/T1 adapter module.
Rate Number of bits per second at which voice, data, and video signals
are transmitted over the T1 line.
DS0 Map DS0 channels configured for the DS1 frame; ranges from 1 to 24.
303560-A Rev 00 2-671
ft1_state
Displays information about the operational state of the FT1/T1 DSU/CSU adapter module.
The display includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; always 1 for the ARN.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 2.
Port State State of the port associated with the FT1/T1 line, as follows:
•Red Alarm - A red alarm signal, indicating the loss of T1 framing.
•Yellow Alarm - A yellow alarm signal from the T1 network
indicating that the remote T1 interface is out-of-frame.
•Loopback - Port is in loopback mode.
•Up - Port is synchronized with the T1 network.
•AIS - A blue alarm signal from the T1 network indicating a total
loss of signal from the remote T1 device.
Loopback State Defines the loopback state of the port, as follows:
• Line Loopback - Loops received data back onto the T1
transmission path at the point where the T1 interface enters the
FT1/T1 DSU/CSU adapter module.
• Payload Loopback - Detects and encodes an ANSI Bit-Oriented
Payload Loopback message or an AT&T Payload Loopback
message across the T1 Facility Data Link (FDL). Upon detection
of a Payload Loopback message, the FT1/T1 DSU/CSU adapter
module transmits the received information in the outgoing
direction.
• No Loop - No loopback is configured on the FT1/T1 DSU/CSU
adapter module.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-672 303560-A Rev 00
modem_config
Displays configuration information about a V.34 Modem adapter module installed in a
BayStack ARN router:
Sample Display - show sync modem_config
Configuration of V34 modem in Slot 1 Connector 1:
HW Revision 3
Software Revision V1.440-V34_DS
Factory Defaults: disabled
Initialization String: AT&M1&Q1&D0&S1&R0S0=2
Factory Default String: AT&M2&Q2&D0&S1&R0S0=0M1L2T
Country Code: North America
Configuration Hardware revision of the V.34 modem module, listed by slot and
COM connector number. For the ARN, all modules are Slot 1.
Modems that do not display this information will display N/A (not
applicable).
Software Revision Firmware revision of the modem module.
Factory Defaults Indicates whether exclusive use of the factory default initialization
string is enabled or disabled. When enabled, only the default string
is sent to the modem at restart. When disabled, the router sends a
user-specified initialization string after the default string.
Initialization String AT command string currently sent to the modem after the factory
default string. Commands in this string take precedence over
commands in the factory default string.
Factory Default
String
AT command string sent to the modem at every restart:
AT&M2&Q2&D0&S1&R0S0=0M1L2T.
Country Code Modem country code.
303560-A Rev 00 2-673
modem_state
Displays status information about a V.34 Modem adapter module installed in a BayStack
ARN router The display includes the following information:
Sample Display - show sync modem_state
Slot Conn Init State Line State
---- ---- ---------- ----------
1 1 8 unknown
Init Slot Base module slot that contains the V.34 modem module. For the
BayStack routers, the value is always 1.
Conn COM connector that contains the V.34 modem module (1 or 2).
Init State Current state of modem initialization. States are
• Startup (1)
• SCCInit (2)
• GetInfo (3)
• SetDefaults (4)
• Initialization (5)
• PhoneNumber (6)
• Loopback (7)
• InitComplete (8)
Line State Current operational state of modem interface. States are
• Unknown (1)
• On Hook (2)
•Off Hook (3)
• Connected (4)
•Busied Out (5)
• Reset (6)
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-674 303560-A Rev 00
receive errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show sync receive
SYNC Module Receive Errors:
---------------------------
Bad Runt Frame Frames Overflow
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Rejects Too Long Frames
---- ---- ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
5 1 S51 0 7 0 0 0
5 2 S52 1 1 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Bad Frames Number of bad receive frames, caused by Frame Check Sequence
(FCS) errors or nonoctet aligned errors.
Runt Frames Number of runt frames received on this line.
Frame Rejects Number of frame reject errors received on this line.
Frames Too Long Number of frames received on this line that exceed the MTU.
Overflow Frames Number of overflow errors received on this line in which the
device’s FIFO buffer overflowed before obtaining the next DMA
cycle. No buffer resources are available.
303560-A Rev 00 2-675
sample [
<period in seconds>
] [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays data sampled from SYNC over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show sync sample
SYNC Sampled Data over 10 seconds
----------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 S31 11 12 0 0
1 entry in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Rx Frames Number of frames received on this line.
Tx Frames Number of frames sent on this line.
Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, buffers.
Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;
for example, buffers.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-676 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sync sample circuit s31
SYNC Sampled Data over 5 seconds
----------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 S31 5 6 0 0
Found 1 matches out of 1 entry in table.
stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays SYNC input/output statistical information for all SYNC modules or for a specific
circuit. The table contains the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.
Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.
Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.
Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.
Total Errors Total number of errors of all types.
303560-A Rev 00 2-677
Sample Display - show sync stats
SYNC Module I/O Statistics:
---------------------------
Receive Receive Transmit Transmit Total
Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
5 1 S51 12547667 242153 12750286 246188 7
5 2 S52 12545913 242593 12752036 245763 2
2 entries in table.
system errors [circuit [
<circuit name>
] ]
Displays statistical information about system errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit.
The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Receive Rejects Number of reject frames received.
Transmit Rejects Number of reject frames transmitted.
T1 Timeouts Number of T1 timeouts detected. The T1 timer is the link
retransmission timer. Link control frames are retransmitted when the
T1 expires. This timer tracks the number of timeouts.
Memory Errors Number of memory errors detected. A memory error occurs when
the DMA cycle expires without obtaining the bus within 26 ms.
Memory errors may indicate faulty hardware. If this count exceeds
five, call your customer service representative.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-678 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show sync system
SYNC Module System Errors:
--------------------------
Receive Transmit T1 Memory
Slot Conn Circuit Rejects Rejects Timeouts Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
5 1 S51 0 0 0 0
5 2 S52 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show sync system errors circuit s31
SYNC Module System Errors:
--------------------------
Receive Transmit T1 Memory
Slot Conn Circuit Rejects Rejects Timeouts Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
3 1 S31 0 0 0 0
Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table.
transmit errors [circuit [
<circuit name>
] ]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Underflow Frames Number of retransmission underflow errors. These occur when the
device’s FIFO buffer empties before the device obtains the next
DMA request.
303560-A Rev 00 2-679
Sample Display - show sync transmit errors
SYNC Module Transmit Errors:
----------------------------
Underflow
Slot Conn Circuit Frames
---- ---- ------- ----------
5 1 S51 0
5 2 S52 0
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show sync transmit errors circuit s31
SYNC Module Transmit Errors:
----------------------------
Underflow
Slot Conn Circuit Frames
---- ---- ------- ----------
3 1 S31 0
Found 1 match out of 4 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-680 303560-A Rev 00
show system
The show system
<option>
commands display information about the system state, which
pertains to the overall system and not to any specific protocol.
The show system command supports the following subcommand options:
buffers
Displays the current buffer usage for all active slots in the system. Note that buffers
circulate rapidly through the system. A low free percentage doesn’t necessarily indicate a
buffer shortage; it may be a transient condition.
Sample Display - show system buffers
Buffer Usage Statistics:
-----------------------
Slot Total Used Free %Free
---- ----- ----- ----- -----
2 378 124 254 67 %
3 378 90 288 76 %
buffers protocols
drivers tasks
information version
memory
303560-A Rev 00 2-681
drivers
Displays link modules and drivers installed on all active slots in the system. If the
configuration displayed differs from that expected, your configuration file may be
incorrect (wrong module type specified; for example) or there may be a problem loading
the software.
Sample Display - show system drivers
Link Module: Slots:
------------ ------
QENET: ____2_
FDDI: _____________5_
QSYNC: _______3_
DT: __________4_
Link Drivers - System Software Configuration
--------------------------------------------
Driver: Slots:
------- ------
ILACC: ____2_
FSI: _____________5_
TMS 380: __________4_
MK5025: _______3_
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-682 303560-A Rev 00
information
Displays general system information.
Sample Display - show system information
System Information:
-------------------
System Name: Bay Networks Node 1
Contact: John Doe
Location: Corp. HQ
Image: rel/7.70 Created on Tue Mar 29 15:10:50 EST 1994.
MIB Version: x7.70
Up Time: 0 hr, 14 min, 37 sec
memory
Displays the global memory usage for all active slots in the system. Memory usage is not
as volatile as buffer usage and a low free percent may indicate that you need more
memory.
Sample Display - show system memory
Memory Usage Statistics (Megabytes):
------------------------------------
Slot Total Used Free %Free
---- -------- -------- -------- -----
2 5.01 M 1.66 M 3.35 M 66 %
3 5.01 M 1.00 M 4.00 M 79 %
4 5.01 M 0.92 M 4.09 M 81 %
303560-A Rev 00 2-683
protocols
Displays which protocols are installed on all active slots in the system. If the configuration
displayed differs from that expected, your configuration file may be incorrect (wrong
protocol specified, for example) or there may be a problem loading the software.
Sample Display - show system protocols
Dynamically Loadable Protocols Configuration
--------------------------------------------
Protocol: Slots:
--------- ------
IP: _1__2__3__4__5_
DECNET: ____2__3_
AT: ____2__3_
IPX: ____2__3_
VINES: ____2__3_
TELNET: _1__2__3__4__5_
TFTP: _1__2__3__4__5_
SNMP: _1__2__3__4__5_
TCP: _1__2__3__4__5_
tasks
Displays the number of tasks scheduled to run on all active slots. This number is highly
volatile and a large %In Queue does not necessarily indicate a problem.
Sample Display - show system tasks
Tasks stats:
------------
Slot Total In Queue %In Queue
---- ----- -------- ---------
2 175 2 1 %
3 126 1 0 %
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-684 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version and modification date for the system.bat script.
Sample Display - show system version
SYSTEM.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-685
show t1
The show t1
<option>
commands display configuration, status, and statistical information
about T1 lines. For detailed information about configuring T1 lines, refer to Configuring
and Managing Routers with Site Manager.
The show t1 command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays all T1 modules that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify the
interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:
alerts frame errors [circuit <circuit name>]
base [circuit <circuit name>] line errors [circuit <circuit name>]
disabled version
enabled
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-686 303560-A Rev 00
Frame Type Framing format. The following two framing formats differ in the
number of frames per superframe and in the use of the F-bit
position. A frame comprises 24 timeslots of 8-bit data preceded by
a bit called the F-bit.
•D4 - Twelve frames make up a superframe. The F-bit provides
frame and multiframe alignment information.
•ESF - Twenty-four frames make up a superframe (extended
superframe). The F-bit provides Facility Data Link (FDL) and
CRC information as well as frame and multiframe alignment
information.
Line Bldout T1 transmit power level measured in length of cable connecting the
router and associated T1 equipment; ranges from 1 to 655 feet.
B8ZS Support Status of Bipolar Eight Zero Substitution -- On or Off. B8ZS
maintains sufficient “ones” density requirements within the T1 data
stream without disturbing data integrity.
Clock Mode Source of the T1 transmit clock, as follows:
•Internal - Clock is generated internally.
•Slave - Clock is derived from the incoming data stream.
•Manual - Jumpers on the T1 Link Module determine the clock
source (Internal or Slave).
MiniDacs Configuration Function assigned to each of 24 DS0 channels (timeslots). The
table shows these functions in a string of 24 characters, one
character per channel. The characters and their meaning are as
follows:
•1 - Assigns the timeslot to the first HDLC controller (Circuit 1).
•2 - Assigns the timeslot to the second HDLC controller (Circuit
2).
•D - Assigns the timeslot to data passthrough (HDLC controller to
HDLC controller).
•I - Assigns the timeslot to idle.
•V - Assigns the timeslot to voice passthrough (HDLC controller
to HDLC controller).
For example, the sample display shows the Mini Dacs
Configuration on circuit 21 as:
1111111111111111IIIIIIII.
This string shows timeslots 1 - 16 assigned to the HDLC controller
(1) and timeslots 17 - 24 idle (I).
303560-A Rev 00 2-687
Sample Display - show t1 alerts
T1 Modules on Alert:
--------------------
Frame Line B8ZS Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- ----- ------ ------- -------- ------------------------
2 1 T1-21 ESF 1 Off Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII
2 2 T1-22 ESF 1 Off Slave 2222222222222222IIIIIIII
Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.
base [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the base level information for all T1 circuits or a specific circuit. For definitions
of the columns in the table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show t1 base
T1 Modules:
-----------
Frame Line B8ZS Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- ----- ------ ------- -------- ------------------------
2 1 T1-21 ESF 1 Off Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII
2 2 T1-22 ESF 1 Off Slave 2222222222222222IIIIIIII
2 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-688 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show t1 base circuit t1-21
T1 Modules:
-----------
Frame Line B8ZS Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- ----- ------ ------- -------- ------------------------
2 1 T1-21 ESF 1 Off Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
disabled
Displays T1 circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the columns in
the table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show t1 disabled
T1 Modules Disabled:
--------------------
Frame Line B8ZS Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- ----- ------ ------- -------- ------------------------
Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-689
enabled
Displays T1 circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the columns in the
table, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show t1 enabled
T1 Modules Enabled:
-------------------
Frame Line B8ZS Clock
Slot Conn Circuit Type Bldout Support Mode MiniDacs Configuration
---- ---- ------- ----- ------ ------- -------- ------------------------
2 1 T1-21 ESF 1 Off Internal 1111111111111111IIIIIIII
2 2 T1-22 ESF 1 Off Slave 2222222222222222IIIIIIII
Found 2 matches out of 2 entries in table.
frame errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays T1 frame errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Frame Bit Errors Number of frame bit errors on this line. Frame bit errors indicate an
error in the F-bit pattern.
Out of Frame Errs Number of out-of-frame errors on this line. A router detects out-of-
frame errors when at least two of four or five consecutive framing
bits contain an error.
Super Frame Errs Number of superframe errors on this line. In ESF mode, this count
represents the number of on-chip generated CRC errors. In D4
mode, this count represents the framing bit errors.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-690 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show t1 frame errors
T1 Module Frame Errors:
-----------------------
Frame Bit Out of Super
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Frame Errs Frame Errs
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 T1-21 0 0 0
2 2 T1-22 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show t1 frame errors circuit t1-21
T1 Module Frame Errors:
-----------------------
Frame Bit Out of Super
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Frame Errs Frame Errs
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 T1-21 0 0 0
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
line errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays several categories of line errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table
includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
303560-A Rev 00 2-691
Sample Display - show t1 line
T1 Module Line Errors:
----------------------
Yellow Red
BiPolar Alarms Carrier Alarms
Slot Conn Circuit Violtns Recvd Loss Recvd
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 T1-21 396177689 0 1 3
2 2 T1-22 396063622 0 4 0
2 entries in table.
BiPolar Violtns Number of bipolar violations on this line. On a T1 line, 1’s are
transmitted as alternating negative and positive pulses, and 0’s are
simply the absence of pulses. Thus a bipolar violation occurs if
there are two or more consecutive pulses of the same polarity. This
error count indicates the quality of the T1 line.
Yellow Alarms Rcvd Number of times the router has received a yellow alarm on this line.
A yellow alarm indicates that we have not lost sync, but the remote
side of the connection has detected a problem with this line.
Carrier Loss Number of instances of carrier loss detected on this line. This
typically occurs during cable removal.
Red Alarms Recvd Number of instances of out-of-frame errors detected for periods
exceeding 2.5 seconds; typically a mismatched framing format
causes this condition.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-692 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show t1 line errors circuit t1-21
T1 Module Line Errors:
----------------------
Yellow Red
BiPolar Alarms Carrier Alarms
Slot Conn Circuit Violtns Recvd Loss Recvd
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
2 1 T1-21 396183809 0 1 3
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
version
Displays the current version number and modification date for the t1.bat script.
Sample Display - show t1 version
t1.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-693
show tcp
The show tcp
<option>
commands display information about the Transmission Control
Protocol (TCP). For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of TCP,
refer to Configuring IP Utilities.
The show tcp command supports the following subcommand options:
Entering show tcp without any <
option
> invokes all TCP configuration and connection
information.
configurations
Displays the TCP configuration parameters. The table includes the following information:
configurations connections
Timeout Minimum Minimum value in milliseconds permitted for the retransmission
timeout. When one side of a TCP connection sends a frame and the
other side of the connection does not acknowledge the transmission
within the timeout period, the sending station retransmits the frame.
Timeout Maximum Maximum value in milliseconds permitted for the retransmission
timeout. When one side of a TCP connection sends a frame and the
other side of the connection does not acknowledge the transmission
within the timeout period, the sending station retransmits the frame.
Maximum Window Size Maximum transmit and receive window size that TCP allows for
each connection.
Timeout Algorithm Algorithm for determining when to retransmit unacknowledged
packets. Currently, Bay Networks implements the Van Jacobson
algorithm only.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-694 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show tcp configuration
Tcp protocol is enabled.
The Time Out Minimum: 250 milliseconds
The Time Out Maximum: 240000 milliseconds
The Maximum Window Size: 4096 in octets
The Time Out Algorithm: Van_Jacobson
The Number of Segments Sent: 10015
The Number of Segments Received: 13621
The Number of Segments Retransmitted: 453
The Number of Bad Segments Received: 4
The Number of Segments Sent Containing the Reset Flag: 0
The Number of Established Connections: 1
connections
Displays information about each TCP connection. The table includes the IP address, port
numbers, and state associated with each connection. The states are as follows:
Closed No connection exists.
Listen TCP is listening for a connection request.
SYN Sent TCP has requested a connection (SYN segment) and is waiting for the
remote TCP to acknowledge and match the request.
SYN Received TCP has sent and received a connection request and is now waiting for the
remote TCP to confirm.
Established The connection is open. Data can be received and sent. This is the normal
state for data transfer.
Fini Wait 1 TCP is waiting for the remote TCP’s request to terminate the connection
(FIN segment), or is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge a previous
request to terminate.
Fini Wait 2 TCP is waiting for the remote TCP’s request to terminate the connection.
Close Wait TCP is waiting for the client to request to terminate the connection.
Last Ack TCP is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge the connection
termination request sent previously. This request also acknowledges the
remote TCP’s request to terminate the connection.
Closing TCP is waiting for the remote TCP to acknowledge its request to terminate
the connection.
303560-A Rev 00 2-695
Except for Establish, Closed and Listen, all states are associated with establishing and
closing a connection and are thus transitory.
Sample Display - show tcp connections
The current TCP connections :
Local Remote
Local IP Port Remote IP Port State
---------------- -------- ---------------- -------- ----------------
0.0.0.0 21 0.0.0.0 0 Listen
0.0.0.0 23 0.0.0.0 0 Listen
192.168.125.34 23 192.32.241.49 1281 Established
Time Wait TCP is waiting for enough time to pass to be sure the remote TCP received
the acknowledgment of its request to terminate the connection.
Delete TCP The TCP connection is terminating in response to a network management
request.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-696 303560-A Rev 00
show telnet
The show telnet
<option>
commands display information about telnet services. The
show telnet command supports the following subcommand options:
Entering show telnet without any <
option
> displays all information on the telnet client
and server running on the router. For more information on telnet services, refer to
Configuring IP Utilities.
client
Displays information about the telnet client on the router, as follows:
Sample Display - show telnet client
Telnet Client enabled.
Telnet Command Prompt: "AlphaNode"
Remote Telnet/Tcp Port: 23
client server
303560-A Rev 00 2-697
server
Displays information about the telnet server on the router, as follows:
Sample Display - show telnet server
Telnet Server enabled.
TI/Telnet Prompt: "AlphaNode>"
Screen Size: 24
Max. Login Retries: 3
Login Time Out: 1 minutes
Password Time Out: 1 minutes
Command Time Out: 15 minutes
TI/Telnet Prompt: "AlphaNode>"
Screen Size: 24
Max. Login Retries: 3
Login Time Out: 1 minutes
Password Time Out: 1 minutes
Command Time Out: 15 minutes
Telnet In-bound sessions:
192.32.241.49, 1281 --> 192.168.125.34, 23
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-698 303560-A Rev 00
show tftp
The show tftp command displays information about the Trivial File Transfer Protocol
(TFTP) status. For information on TFTP, refer to Configuring and Managing Routers with
Site Manager.
Sample Display - show tftp
TFTP protocol is enabled.
The Default Volume: 2
Retransmit Timeout Value: 5 Seconds
Max Number of Retransmits: 5
Number of Writes Received: 0
Number of Reads Received: 0
Number of Retransmits: 0
303560-A Rev 00 2-699
show token
The show token
<option>
commands display configuration, status, and statistical
information about Token Ring lines. For detailed information about configuring Token
Ring lines, refer to Configuring and Managing Routers with Site Manager.
The show token command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays all Token Ring modules that are enabled but not up. Use this display to identify
the interfaces that are not working. The table includes the following information:
alerts stats [circuit <circuit name>]
base [circuit <circuit name>] stats line [circuit <circuit name>]
disabled stats ring [circuit <circuit name>]
enabled system errors [circuit <circuit name>]
receive errors [circuit <circuit name>] transmit errors [circuit <circuit name>]
sample [<period in seconds>] [circuit
<circuit name>] version
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-700 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show token alerts
TOKEN RING Modules on Alert:
----------------------------
Ring Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------
Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.
State State of the line; in this case: Beaconing, Disabled, Down, Init
(initializing), or Not Pres (enabled but not yet started).
Beaconing indicates that the interface doesn’t see the token and
should be a transient condition.
The Not Pres state occurs for several reasons. For example, the
Link Module may not be physically present in the chassis. The
software may be booting and has not yet initialized the driver
software. The slot may be running diagnostics. Or there may be a
problem with the configuration.
MAC Address Physical address of the line. This is a 48-bit address in canonical
format.
MTU Maximum transfer unit size for this interface; the largest frame that
can be transmitted or received across the Token Ring module. The
MTU is 4568 bytes.
Ring Speed Speed of the Token Ring media -- 4 Mb/s or 16 Mb/s.
Early Token Release Status of Early Token Release -- Enabled or Disabled. When
enabled, the token can be released back onto the ring before the
recipient copies all the data. This parameter is enabled only when
Ring Speed is 16 Mb/s.
303560-A Rev 00 2-701
base [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays the base information for all Token Ring circuits or a specific Token Ring circuit.
For definitions of the columns in the table, see the alerts command. In addition to the
states listed under the alerts command, State can also be Up.
Sample Display - show token base
TOKEN RING Modules:
-------------------
Ring Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------
3 1 O31 Up 00-00-A2-00-5B-46 4568 16 Mbps Enabled
4 2 O42 Up 00-00-A2-00-C8-C1 4568 16 Mbps Enabled
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show token base circuit o31
TOKEN RING Modules:
-------------------
Ring Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------
3 1 O31 Up 00-00-A2-00-5B-46 4568 16 Mbps Enabled
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-702 303560-A Rev 00
disabled
Displays Token Ring circuits that a user has manually disabled. For definitions of the
columns in the table, see the alerts command. In this case, State is Disabled.
Sample Display - show token disabled
TOKEN RING Modules Disabled:
----------------------------
Ring Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------
Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.
enabled
Displays Token Ring circuits that a user has manually enabled. For definitions of the
columns in the table, see the alerts command. State can also be Up.
Sample Display - show token enabled
TOKEN RING Modules Enabled:
---------------------------
Ring Early Token
Slot Conn Circuit State MAC Address MTU Speed Release
---- ---- ------- -------- ----------------- ---- ------- -----------
Found 0 matches out of 2 entries in table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-703
receive errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays receive errors for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show token receive errors
TOKEN RING Receive Errors:
--------------------------
Line Burst
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------
3 1 O31 1 5
4 2 O42 0 0
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show token receive errors circuit o31
TOKEN RING Receive Errors:
--------------------------
Line Burst
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ----------
3 1 O31 1 5
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Line Errors Number of frames that this station copied with bad format or Frame
Check Sequence (FCS) errors.
Burst Errors Number of frames with no bit transition for 5-1/2-bit times.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-704 303560-A Rev 00
sample [
<period in seconds>
] [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays data sampled from Token Ring over a period of 10 seconds. You can change the
number of seconds over which you want to sample the data, and you can display sampled
data for a specific circuit only. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show token sample 5
TOKEN RING Sampled Data over 5 seconds
----------------------------------------
Rx Tx Rx Lack of Tx Lack of
Slot Conn Circuit Frames Frames Resources Resources
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
4 1 O41 0 0 0 0
4 2 O42 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier; ranges from 1 to 4.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Rx Frames Number of frames received.
Tx Frames Number of frames transmitted.
Rx Lack of Resources Number of packets received and discarded because of lack of
resources; for example, buffers.
Tx Lack of Resources Number of transmit packets discarded because of lack of resources;
for example, buffers.
303560-A Rev 00 2-705
stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays Token Ring input/output statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for
a specific circuit. The table contains the following information:
Sample Display - show token stats
TOKEN RING I/O Statistics:
--------------------------
Receive Receive Transmit Transmit MAC Rx Total
Slot Conn Circuit Bytes Frames Bytes Frames Frames Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- --------- ---------- --------- --------- ---------
4 1 O41 418532016 5550944 632650147 8414845 2327 0
4 2 O42 597724135 7941684 453448487 6024141 2347 4
2 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Receive Bytes Number of octets received without error.
Receive Frames Number of frames received without error.
Transmit Bytes Number of octets transmitted without error.
Transmit Frames Number of frames transmitted without error.
MAC Rx Frames Number of MAC frames received without error.
Total Errors Total number of errors of all types.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-706 303560-A Rev 00
stats line [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays Token Ring line statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for a
specific circuit. The table contains the following information:
Sample Display - show token stats line
TOKEN RING Line Statistics:
---------------------------
ARI/FCI Frame Token Soft
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Copied Err Errors Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
4 1 O41 0 0 0 393
4 2 O42 3 0 0 373
2 entries in table.
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
ARI/FCI Errors Number of times this station has received both an AMP MAC
frame and an SMP MAC frame with the a & c bits clear or more
than one SMP MAC frame with the a & c bits clear without an
intervening AMP MAC frame. This condition indicates that the
upstream neighbor is unable to set the a & c bits in a frame that it
has copied.
Frame Copied Err Number of frames addressed to this station that had their a & c bits
previously set.
Token Errors Number of token protocol errors; relevant only when this station is
the active monitor.
Soft Errors Number of soft errors; corresponds to the number of Report Error
MAC frames that this station has transmitted.
303560-A Rev 00 2-707
Sample Display - show token stats line circuit o41
TOKEN RING Line Statistics:
---------------------------
ARI/FCI Frame Token Soft
Slot Conn Circuit Errors Copied Err Errors Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
4 1 O41 0 0 3 393
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
stats ring [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays Token Ring ring statistical information for all Token Ring circuits or for a
specific circuit. The table contains the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector’s instance identifier -- 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Beacon Events Number of events causing the adapter to transmit Beacon Frames.
Beacon frames indicate that the interface doesn’t see the token. If
this count goes up, contact your Bay Networks Technical Response
Center.
Signal Losses Number of ring signal losses detected.
Auto Removes Number of times lobe wrap tests failed during beacon autoremoval.
Removes Recvd Number of Remove Ring Station MAC frames received. Each
frame causes this station to leave the ring.
Single Statns Number of interrupts caused by a change to ring status while the
adapter is the only station on the ring.
Cable Faults Number of interrupts caused by opens or shorts (cable faults)
between the adapter and the MAU.
Ring Recvrys Number of Claim Token MAC frames (ring recoveries) observed
on the ring.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-708 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show token stats ring
TOKEN RING Ring Statistics:
---------------------------
Beacon Signal Auto Removes Single Cable Ring
Slot Conn Circuit Events Losses Removes Recvd Statns Faults Recvrys
---- ---- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
4 1 O41 0 0 0 0 3 0 1
4 2 O42 0 0 0 0 0 0 2
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show token stats ring circuit o41
TOKEN RING Ring Statistics:
---------------------------
Beacon Signal Auto Removes Single Cable Ring
Slot Conn Circuit Events Losses Removes Recvd Statns Faults Recvrys
---- ---- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
4 1 O41 0 0 0 0 3 0 1
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
system errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about general interface errors for all circuits or for a
specific circuit. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier: 1 or 2.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Adapter Checks Number of internal adapter errors that have caused adapter failures.
DMA Bus Errors Number of bus errors during DMA that do not exceed threshold.
DMA Parity Errors Number of parity errors during DMA that do not exceed threshold.
Command Timeouts Number of times a command timeout has caused the interface to
reinitialize.
Host Iface Errors Number of times a receive-host interface error has caused the
interface to reinitialize.
303560-A Rev 00 2-709
Sample Display - show token system errors
TOKEN RING System Errors:
-------------------------
Adapter DMA Bus DMA Parity Command Host Iface
Slot Conn Circuit Checks Errors Errors Timeouts Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
4 1 O41 0 0 0 0 0
4 2 O42 0 0 0 0 0
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show token system errors circuit o41
TOKEN RING System Errors:
-------------------------
Adapter DMA Bus DMA Parity Command Host Iface
Slot Conn Circuit Checks Errors Errors Timeouts Errors
---- ---- ------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
4 1 O41 0 0 0 0 0
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
transmit errors [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about transmission errors for all circuits or for a specific
circuit. The table includes the following information:
Slot Slot identifier; ranges from 1 to 14.
Conn Connector identifier -- 1 or 2.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-710 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show token transmit
TOKEN RING Transmit Errors:
---------------------------
Lost
Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs
---- ---- ------- ----------
4 1 O41 0
4 2 O42 0
2 entries in table.
Sample Display - show token transmit errors circuit o41
TOKEN RING Transmit Errors:
---------------------------
Lost
Slot Conn Circuit Frame Errs
---- ---- ------- ----------
4 1 O41 0
Found 1 match out of 2 entries in table.
version
Displays the version number and modification date of the token.bat script.
Sample Display - show token version
token.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Circuit Name of the circuit associated with this line.
Lost Frame Errors Number of outbound frames whose transmission failed because
they were corrupted on their trip around the Token Ring. The
interface detects this while stripping a frame off of the ring. In
small quantities, this error indicates small disturbances on the
Token Ring.
303560-A Rev 00 2-711
show vines
The show vines
<option>
commands display information about Virtual Networking
System (VINES) services on a Bay Networks router. For detailed information, refer to
Configuring VINES Services.
The show vines command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts stats datagrams
base stats echo [<circuit name>]
circuit [<circuit name>] stats fragments
configuration [circuit [<circuit name>] ] stats icp [<circuit name>]
disabled stats rtp [<circuit name>]
enabled total neighbors
neighbors [<VINES network address> |
<VINES network address> <VINES server
ID> | find <VINES network address pattern
> [<VINES ID address pattern>] ]
total routes
routes [<VINES network address> | find
<VINES network address pattern>] traffic filters
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-712 303560-A Rev 00
alerts
Displays the VINES interfaces that are enabled but not currently up. Use this command to
identify interfaces that are not forwarding traffic. The table includes the following
information:
stats [circuit [<circuit name>] ] version
stats arp [<circuit name>]
Circuit Name of the circuit the interface runs on.
State State of the interface: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet
started), or Up.
Arp Status of VINES ARP support on this interface: Enabled or
Disabled. Enabled means the router can provide address resolution
services to client nodes on this interface.
End Station Status of source routing end station support on this interface:
Enabled or Disabled.
Remote Clt Priv Status of remote client privileges on this network segment:
Enabled or Disabled. Enabled means that a client is more than one
hop from a VINES server.
Split Horizon Status of the split horizon parameter: Enabled or Disabled.
Enabled means that routes received through an interface will not be
included in the routing update packets sent out on that interface.
MAC Address Media Access Control address of this interface. The router uses this
address and its VINES address when transmitting and receiving
packets on this interface.
303560-A Rev 00 2-713
Sample Display - show vines alerts
VINES Circuit Table
-------------------
End Remote Split
Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC Address
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -----------------
E32 Not Pres Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled (nil)
base
Displays the information that the VINES base record contains. The base record controls
VINES for the entire system. The table includes the following information:
State State of the interface: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet
started), or Up.
Bcast Class Class of broadcast packets that this node originates. The values are:
All, No Charge, Low Cost, LANS, Server All, Server No Charge,
Server Low Cost, Server LANS. For definitions, see Configuring
VINES Services.
Config Netid Network identifier that the user defines. A null value indicates that
the router should assign the network ID rather than the user.
Router Netid Network identifier that the router defines. If the user configures a
network ID, the router adds the Bay Networks code for VINES to
the user-configured ID.
RTP Mode Indicates whether sequenced RTP (Routing Update Protocol) mode
or nonsequenced RTP mode will be supported, or both modes will
be supported: Sequenced, Non-Sequenced, or Automode (both).
Seq Num Specifies the current router sequence number.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-714 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show vines base
VINES Base Record Information
-----------------------------
Protocol State Bcast Class Config Netid Router Netid RTP Mode Seq Num
-------- -------- ----------- ------------ ------------ -------- ------
VINES Up BCAST 0 810025115 AUTO 2997171688
circuit [
<circuit name>
]
Displays information about all VINES circuits or a specific circuit. For column definitions
in the display, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show vines circuit
VINES Circuit Table
-------------------
End Remote Split
Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC Address
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -----------------
E31 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00-00-A2-03-00-6E
S21 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00-00-A2-01-4B-4F
E32 Not Pres Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled (nil)
303560-A Rev 00 2-715
configuration [circuit [
<circuit name>
] ]
Displays configurable parameters from the VINES protocol base record. For column
definitions in the display, see the show vines base command.
Sample Display - show vines configuration
VINES Base Record Information
-----------------------------
Protocol Bcast Class Config Netid Router Netid RTP Mode Seq Num
-------- ----------- ------------ ------------ -------- -------
VINES BCAST 0 810025115 AUTO 2997171688
disabled
Displays VINES interfaces that have been configured as disabled and whose state is not
active. For column definitions in the display, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show vines disabled
VINES Circuit Table
-------------------
End Remote Split
Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC Address
------- ----- -------- -------- -------- ------- -----------------
E21 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00-00-A2-00-8F-71
S31 Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00-00-A2-02-BA-22
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-716 303560-A Rev 00
enabled
Displays VINES interfaces that have been configured as enabled and whose state is active.
For column definitions in the display, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show vines enabled
VINES Circuit Table
-------------------
End Remote Split
Circuit State Arp Station Clt Priv Horizon MAC Address
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -----------------
E31 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00-00-A2-03-00-6E
S21 Up Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled 00-00-A2-01-4B-4F
E32 Not Pres Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled (nil)
neighbors [
<VINES network address>
|
<VINES network address>
<VINES
server ID>
| find
<VINES network address
pattern
>
[
<VINES ID address
pattern>
] ]
Displays VINES neighbor table information. Neighbor entries result from RTP packets
received from clients and servers directly adjacent to the router. You can use the following
options with the neighbors command:
<VINES_network_address>
Limits the display to neighbors of a specific network.
<VINES_network_address>
<VINES_server_ID>
Limits the display to a specific neighbor.
find
<vines_network_address_pattern>
Limits the display to neighbors whose network address
matches the given network pattern.
find
<network_ID_address_pattern>
Limits the display to neighbors whose network ID
matches the given ID pattern.
303560-A Rev 00 2-717
The table includes the following fields:
Sample Display - show vines neighbors
VINES Neighbors
---------------
Network Subnet Nbr Nbr
ID ID Type Circuit Cost Remote Hw Address State Sequence Num
--------- ------ ------- -------- ---- ----------------- -------- ------------
routes [
<VINES network address>
| find
<VINES network address
pattern>
]
Displays route information from the VINES routing table. The routing table receives
routing information through RTP packets sent from servers and other routers. This
information includes the known networks, their metrics, and the next-hop gateway for
each. You can use the following options with the routes command:
Network ID Network identifier of this neighbor.
Subnet ID Subnetwork identifier of this neighbor.
Type Type of node, server or client (WorkStat).
Circuit Name of the circuit connected to this neighbor.
Cost Cost for reaching this neighbor.
Remote Hw Address Media Access Control address of the remote system (neighbor).
Nbr State Current state of NBR: Init (initializing), Full Request, Change
Request, or Up.
Nbr Sequence Num NBR’s sequence number.
<VINES_network_address>
limits the display to a specific network.
find
<VINES_network_address_pattern>
limits the display to networks that match the
given network address pattern.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-718 303560-A Rev 00
The table includes the following fields:
Sample Display - show vines routes
VINES Routes
------------
Network Id Metric Gateway Netid Slot # Circuit Gateway Hw Addr
---------- ------ ------------- ------ -------- -----------------
17 4 17 2 E21 00-00-A2-00-00-11
624 6 17 2 E21 00-00-A2-00-00-11
625 6 17 2 E21 00-00-A2-00-00-11
1136 8 17 2 E21 00-00-A2-00-00-11
1137 8 17 2 E21 00-00-A2-00-00-11
stats [circuit [
<circuit name>
] ]
Displays basic statistical information, or you can use the circuit option to display basic
circuit statistics for VINES IP packets within the router.
The table varies according to the options entered. The table from the stats command
entered without options includes the following information:
Network ID Network identifier of the network.
Metric Routing metric to get to this network.
Gateway Netid Network ID of the gateway to this network.
Slot # Number of the slot connected to this network.
Circuit Name of the circuit connected to this network.
Gateway Hw Addr Remote Media Access Control address of the gateway to this
network.
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on.
In Packets Number of packets received on this interface.
In Errors Number of packets received in error.
Out Packets Number of packets transmitted on this interface.
303560-A Rev 00 2-719
Sample Display - show vines stats
VINES Circuit Statistics
--------------------------
In In Out Out Forward Zero-Hop
Circuit Packets Errors Packets Errors Drops Drops
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
E21 294165 0 268486 0 0 0
S31 259688 0 274792 3 0 0
S33 6915 0 14912 1 0 0
stats arp [
<circuit name>
]
Displays VINES Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) statistics for the whole router or for
a specific circuit.
stats datagrams
Displays basic Receive/Transmit statistics for VINES IP packets within the router.
stats echo [
<circuit name>
]
Displays VINES ECHO Protocol statistics for the whole router or for a specific circuit.
stats fragments
Displays the total number of packets fragmented for transmission (Sync media) and the
total number of packets that the router has reassembled.
Out Errors Number of errors on packets transmitted.
Forward Drops Number of packets dropped because of no forwarding information
for the destination.
Zero-Hop Drops Number of packets dropped because of a zero hop count.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-720 303560-A Rev 00
stats icp [
<circuit name>
]
Displays VINES Internet Control Protocol (ICP) statistics for the whole router.
stats rtp [
<circuit name>
]
Displays VINES Routing Update Protocol (RTP) statistics for the whole router or for a
specific circuit.
total neighbors
Displays the total number of entries in the VINES neighbor table.
Sample Display - show vines total neighbors
Number of VINES Neighbors: 2
total routes
Displays the total number of entries in the VINES route table.
303560-A Rev 00 2-721
traffic filters
Displays all configured VINES traffic filters for all circuits. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show vines traffic filters
VINES Traffic Filters Table
---------------------------
Rx Rule Fragment
Circuit Mode Status Matches Number Number
------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
No entries
Circuit Identifier of the circuit the filter applies to.
Mode Status of filter use, which is Enabled (activated) or Disabled (not
activated).
Status Current status of the traffic filter, which is one of the following:
•Active - Rule is being used.
•Inactive - Rule is not in use.
•Error - Application detected an error in the rule.
Rx Matches Number of packets received that match the rule.
Rule Number Identifier for the rule.
Fragment Number Number of a rule fragment -- for large rules.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-722 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the vines.bat script.
Sample Display - show vines version
VINES.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-723
show wcp
The show wcp
<option>
commands display information about Bay Networks data
compression (WCP) service, which provides a near-reliable transfer mechanism for
transporting compressed packets. For more information about WCP, refer to Configuring
Data Compression Services.
The show wcp command supports the following subcommand options:
circuits [
<circuit name>
]
Displays information about all WCP circuits or a specific WCP circuit.
circuits [<circuit name>]stats [ errors ] [ <line number.llindex.circuit
number.VC ID> ]
hwcomp [stats | error] vcs [ <line number.llindex.circuit
number.VC ID> ]
lines [<line>] version
Circuit Name Circuit name of this interface.
Circuit Number Circuit number associated with the circuit name.
Enable Indicates whether compression is enabled on this circuit.
Compression Mode Compression mode for this circuit: CPC (Continuous Packet
Compression), PPC (Packet by Packet Compression), or Inherit.
Circuit entries have an additional value of Inherit, which means
that the circuit takes on whatever value the corresponding line entry
has in the Compression Mode or History Size according to case.
History Size History size for the compression facility: 32 KB, 8 KB, or Inherit.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-724 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show wcp circuits
WCP Circuit Entries
-------------------
Circuit Circuit Compression History
Name Number Enable Mode Size
-------- ------- -------- ----------- -------
S31 2 Enabled Inherit Inherit
S41 3 Enabled Inherit Inherit
2 WCP circuit(s) configured.
hwcomp
The show wcp hwcomp command displays information that identifies the location of the
device running WCP compression, whether it is currently active, the module type, the
number of active CPC contexts, and the number of unused CPC contexts.
The display includes the following information:
Slot Slot number location of the module.
Module Modules per slot (always 1).
State Whether WCP compression is active or inactive.
Hardware Compression
Module Type The type of hardware compression module.
Active 2K CPC Contexts Number of active 2 KB CPC contexts.
Unused 2K CPC Contexts Number of unused 2 KB CPC contexts.
303560-A Rev 00 2-725
hwcomp stats
The show wcp hwcomp stats command displays information that identifies the location
of the device running WCP compression and statistics for compressed, decompressed,
expanded, and uncompressed packets.
The display includes the following information:
hwcomp error
The show wcp hwcomp error command displays information that identifies the location
of the device running WCP compression, statistics about compression and decompression
errors, uncompressed packets, and dropped packets.
The display includes the following information:
Slot Slot number location of the module.
Module Modules per slot (always 1).
Total Compressed Packets Total number of compressed packets.
Total Decompressed Packets Total number of decompressed packets.
Total Tx Expanded Packets Total number of expanded packets transmitted.
Total Rx NonCompressed Packets Total number of uncompressed packets received.
Slot Slot number location of the module.
Module Modules per slot (always 1).
Total Mod Compress Errors Total number of compression errors that occurred.
Total Mod Decompress Errors Total number of decompression errors that occurred.
Total Tx NonCompress Packets Total number of uncompressed packets transmitted.
Total Rx Dropped Packets Total number of received packets that were dropped.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-726 303560-A Rev 00
lines [
<line>
]
Displays information about WCP lines for all configured lines or for a specified line.
In addition to the information described under the circuits command, this command
displays the following information:
Sample Display - show wcp lines
WCP Line Entries
----------------
Line Compression History Buffer
Number LLIndex Slot Module Conn Enable Mode Size Size
---------- ------- ---- ------ ----- -------- ----------- ------- ----------
203101 0 3 1 COM1 Disabled CPC 32K Normal
204101 0 4 1 COM1 Enabled CPC 32K Normal
2 WCP line(s) configured.
<line> Limits the display to the specified line.
Line Number Line number for the physical WCP port.
LLIndex Logical line index. Most lines have an LLIndex of 0.
Slot Slot number.
Module Module number.
Conn Connector number.
Enable Indicates whether the compression facility is enabled or disabled
for this line.
Compression Mode Compression mode for this circuit: CPC (Continuous Packet
Compression) or PPC (Packet by Packet Compression).
History Size History size for the compression facility: 32 KB or 8 KB.
Buffer Size Buffer size allocated for the lines displayed: Very Large, Large,
Normal, or None.
303560-A Rev 00 2-727
vcs [
<line number.llindex.circuit number.VC ID>
]
Displays configuration information for all existing WCP virtual circuits. This command
displays the following information:
Sample Display - show wcp vcs
WCP Virtual Circuit Entries
---------------------------
Line Vc Compression Decompression Compression History
Number LLIndex Cct Name Id State State Mode Size
---------- ------- -------- ----- ------------ ------------- ----------- -------
201301 0 Demand 2 0 Data Data CPC 32K
1 WCP virtual circuit(s) configured
Line Number Line number for the physical WCP port.
LLIndex Logical line index. Most lines have an LLIndex of 0.
Cct Name Circuit name.
Vc Id Virtual circuit ID.
Compression State Virtual circuit compression state: Data (operational state),
Disabled, Disconnected, Init (initializing), or Rexmit_Nak
(retransmit ting).
Decompression State Virtual circuit decompression state: Data, Disabled, Disconnected,
Init (initializing), Rexmit, Reset, Connecting, Disconnecting.
Compression Mode Compression mode for this virtual circuit: CPC (Continuous Packet
Compression) or PPC (Packet by Packet Compression).
History Size History size for this virtual circuit: 32 KB or 8 KB.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-728 303560-A Rev 00
stats [ errors ]
[
<line number.llindex.circuit number.VC ID>
]
Sample Display - show wcp stats
WCP Performance And Data Statistics
-----------------------------------
Line Vc Compression Decompression
Number LLIndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio
---------- ------- -------- ----- ----------- -------------
201301 0 Demand 2 0 6.3:1 6.5:1
Compressor Compressor Decompressor Decompressor
In Out In Out
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
8732 1372 1334 8732
CPC Packets CPC Packets PPC Packets PPC Packets
Transmitted Received Transmitted Received
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
18 18 0 0
1 Entry.
Compression Ratio Compressor In divided by Compressor Out.
Decompression Ratio Compressor Out divided by Compressor In.
Compressor In Number of bytes inputed into the compression facility.
Compressor Out Number of bytes outputed from the compression facility.
Decompressor In Number of bytes inputed into the decompression facility.
Decompressor Out Number of bytes outputed from the decompression facility.
CPC Packets Transmitted Number of CPC packets sent to the destination.
CPC Packets Received Number of CPC packets received from the source.
PPC Packets Transmitted Number of PPC packets sent to the destination.
PPC Packets Received Number of PPC packets received from the source.
303560-A Rev 00 2-729
Sample Display - show wcp stats 201301.0.2.0
WCP Performance And Data Statistics
-----------------------------------
Line Vc Compression Decompression
Number LLIndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio
---------- ------- -------- ----- ----------- -------------
201301 0 Demand 2 0 8.3:1 8.3:1
Compressor Compressor Decompressor Decompressor
In Out In Out
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
13098 1560 1566 13098
CPC Packets CPC Packets PPC Packets PPC Packets
Transmitted Received Transmitted Received
------------ ------------ ------------ ------------
27 27 0 0
1 Entry.
Sample Display - show wcp stats errors
WCP Error Statistics
--------------------
Line Vc Compression Decompression
Number LLIndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio
---------- ------- -------- ----- ----------- -------------
201301 0 Demand 2 0 6.3:1 6.5:1
AntiExp Packets AntiExp Packets Reset Packets Reset Packets
Transmitted Received Transmitted Received
--------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
0 0 0 0
Rexmit Reqs RexmitReqs RexmitNaks RexmitNaks
Transmitted Received Transmitted Received
--------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
0 0 0 0
DataOutOfSeq RexmitOutOfSeq RexmitTimeouts ExceededKs
--------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
0 0 0 0
1 Entry.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-730 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show wcp stats errors 201301.0.2.0
WCP Error Statistics
--------------------
Line Vc Compression Decompression
Number LLIndex Circuit Id Ratio Ratio
---------- ------- -------- ----- ----------- -------------
201301 0 Demand 2 0 10.0:1 9.7:1
AntiExp Packets AntiExp Packets Reset Packets Reset Packets
Transmitted Received Transmitted Received
--------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
0 0 0 0
Rexmit Reqs RexmitReqs RexmitNaks RexmitNaks
Transmitted Received Transmitted Received
--------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
0 0 0 0
DataOutOfSeq RexmitOutOfSeq RexmitTimeouts ExceededKs
--------------- --------------- --------------- ---------------
0 0 0 0
1 Entry.
version
Displays the current version number and date of the wcp.bat script.
Sample Display - show wcp version
WCP.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
303560-A Rev 00 2-731
show wep
The show wep
<option>
commands display information about the WAN Encryption
Protocol and services. For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation
of encryption services, refer to Configuring Data Encryption Services.
The show wep command supports the following subcommand options:
circuits [<circuit_name>]stats [ errors ] [ <line number.llindex.circuit
number.VC ID> ]
lines [<line_number.llindex>]version
vcs
[<line_number.llindex.circuit_number.vc_id>]
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-732 303560-A Rev 00
circuits [
<circuit_name>
]
Displays the state of the circuits.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show wep circuits
WEP Circuit Entries
-------------------
Circuit Circuit Cipher TEK Update Rate TEK Update Rate
Name Number Enable Mode (bytes) (seconds)
-------- ------- -------- -------- --------------- ---------------
S21 2 Enabled Inherit 65535 10
S22 3 Enabled Inherit 65535 10
2 WEP circuit(s) configured.
<circuit_name> Limits the display to the specified circuit.
Circuit Name Name of the circuit
Circuit Number Number of the circuit
Enable Encryption set to Enable or Disable
Cipher Mode Encryption strength set to 40-bit | 56-bit | Inherit from Line | Both
TEK Update Rate (bytes) Number of data bytes between changes in the value of the Traffic
Encryption Key (TEK)
TEK Update Rate (seconds) Number of seconds between changes in the value of the TEK
303560-A Rev 00 2-733
lines [
<line_number.llindex>
]
Displays the state of the lines.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show wep lines
WEP Line Entries
----------------
Line LL Cipher TEK Upd Rate TEK Upd Rate
Number Index Slot Module Conn Enable Mode (bytes) (seconds)
---------- ----- ---- ------ ----- -------- -------- ------------ ------------
202101 0 2 1 COM1 Enabled 40bitDES 65535 10
202102 0 2 1 COM2 Enabled 40bitDES 65535 10
2 WEP line(s) configured.
<line_number.llindex>Limits the display to the specified line.
Line Number Line number
LL Index Instance identifier
Slot Slot identifier
Module Module identifier
Conn Connector identifier
Cipher Mode Encryption strength set to 40-bit | 56-bit | Both
TEK Update Rate (bytes) Number of data bytes between changes in the value of the
Traffic Encryption Key (TEK)
TEK Update Rate (seconds) Number of seconds between changes in the value of the
TEK
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-734 303560-A Rev 00
vcs [
<line_number.llindex.circuit_number.vc_id>
]
Displays the state of the virtual circuits configured for encryption.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show wep vcs
WEP Virtual Circuit Entries
---------------------------
Actual
Line LL Vc Connection Cipher
Number Index Cct Name Id State Mode
---------- ----- -------- ---- ------------ ----------
202101 0 S21 0 Init None
202102 0 S22 123 Up 40-bit DES
2 WEP virtual circuit(s) configured.
<line_number.llindex.circuit_number.vc_id>Limits the display to the specified line
and circuit.
Line Number Line number
LL Index Instance identifier
Circuit Name Name of the circuit
VC ID VC identifier
Connection State State of the connection: Up | Down | Initializing
Actual Cipher Mode Encryption strength the VC is using: 40-bit | 56-bit
TEK Update Rate (bytes) Number of data bytes between changes in the value of
the Traffic Encryption Key (TEK)
TEK Update Rate (seconds) Number of seconds between changes in the value of the
TEK
303560-A Rev 00 2-735
stats [ errors ]
[
<line number.llindex.circuit number.VC ID>
]
Displays statistical information about encryption services.
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show wep stats
WEP Performance And Data Statistics
-----------------------------------
Line LL Vc # Bytes # Bytes
Number Index Circuit Id Encrypted Decrypted
---------- ----- -------- ----- ----------- -----------
202101 0 S21 0 0 0
Line LL Vc # Bytes # Bytes
Number Index Circuit Id Encrypted Decrypted
---------- ----- -------- ----- ----------- -----------
202102 0 S22 123 7339 12539
2 entries.
errors Displays error statistics.
<line_number.llindex.circuit_number.vc_id>Limits the display to a specified line
and circuit.
Line Number Line number
LL Index Instance identifier
Circuit Name of the circuit
VC ID VC identifier
Connection State State of the connection: Up | Down | Initializing
Bytes Encrypted Number of data bytes that have been encrypted on this circuit
Bytes Decrypted Number of data bytes that have been decrypted on this circuit
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-736 303560-A Rev 00
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the WEP.bat script.
Sample Display - show wep version
WEP.bat Version: 1.1 Date: 6/6/96.
303560-A Rev 00 2-737
show x25
The show x25
<option>
commands display information about X.25 services. For
complete information about the Bay Networks implementation of X.25 services, refer to
Configuring X.25 Services.
The show x25 command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts qllc maps
base lines [<slot.connector>]
configuration [<slot.connector>] services [<slot.connector.circuit name>]
connections [<slot.connector>] stats [<slot.connector>]
ipex maps version
ipex sessions virtual circuit | vc [<slot.connector.circuit
name>]
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-738 303560-A Rev 00
alerts
Displays the abnormal conditions in the packet level. Use the display to determine why the
packet level is not in data transfer state or why virtual circuits (VCs) have not been
established. The table contains the following information:
Sample Display - show x25 alerts
Restarts Resets Rejects Intrpts Failed VC Abnormal VC SYNC Driver
Line RX/TX RX/TX RX/TX RX/TX Connections Disconnects State
----- -------- ------ ------- ------- ----------- ----------- -----------
2.1 4 0 0 0 0 0 Up
1 Alert Entries.
Line Line number of the driver X.25 runs on.
Restarts RX/TX Number of restart packets sent and received over this VC.
Resets RX/TX Number of reset packets sent and received over this VC.
Rejects RX/TX Number of reject packets sent and received over this VC.
Intrpts RX/TX Number of interrupt packets sent and received over this VC.
Failed VC Connections Number of unsuccessful VC connections performed since starting
up.
Abnormal VC Disconnects Number of abnormal VC disconnections.
SYNC Driver State State of the driver: Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres (not yet
started), or Up.
303560-A Rev 00 2-739
base
Displays the state of the X.25 protocol in the base record. The base record controls X.25
for the entire system. State is Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Present (configured
but not yet started), or Up.
Sample Display - show x25 base
Protocol State
-------- -----------
X.25 Up
configuration [
<slot.connector>
]
Displays the basic configuration information for all X.25 lines, or displays only the slot
and connector specified. Each line is associated with the services available on that line and
the number of virtual circuits configured. The table includes the following information for
the protocol:
Slot.Connector.Line.LLIndex The identity of the line. This includes four parts as follows:
slot number, connector number, number of the line that the
driver X.25 runs on, lower-layer index from the layer
immediately below X.25 on the protocol stack. If the lower
layer is a driver, the index is 0.
SVC LCNs Configured Number of switched logical channels configured; includes
LCNs for incoming, bidirectional, and outgoing VCs.
PVC LCNs Configured Number of permanent logical channels configured; includes
LCNs for incoming, bidirectional, and outgoing VCs.
Services Available X.25 services available; includes PDN, DDN, PtoP, IPEX,
QLLC
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-740 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show x25 configuration 2.1
SVC LCN's PVC LCN's Services
Protocol Slot.Connector.Line.LLIndex Configured Configured Available
-------- --------------------------- ---------- ---------- ------------
X.25 3.2.10903102.0 5 0 IPEX
X.25 3.2.20903102.0 5 0 IPEX
X.25 3.2.30903102.0 5 0 IPEX
X.25 3.2.40903102.0 5 0 IPEX
X.25 4.2.204102.0 40 0 DDN
X.25 4.3.204103.0 40 0 PDN
connections [
<slot.connector>
]
Displays the virtual circuit connect and disconnect counts for normal and abnormal
conditions for all lines or for a specific line (slot and connector). The table includes the
following information:
Line Line slot and connector.
Total VC Connections Total number of virtual connections performed since starting up.
Failed VC Connections Number of unsuccessful VC connections performed since starting
up.
Normal VC Disconnects Number of normal VC disconnections.
Abnormal VC Disconnects Number of abnormal VC disconnections.
303560-A Rev 00 2-741
Sample Display - show x25 connections
Total VC Failed VC Normal VC Abnormal VC
Line Connections Connections Disconnects Disconnects
----- ----------- ----------- ----------- -----------
2.1 6 0 6 0
1 Connection Entries.
ipex maps
Displays the IPEX mappings for the router. Each entry appears in two lines, with the first
line displaying information for the source connection, and the line below it displaying
information for the destination. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show x25 ipex maps
Cct Circuit of the IPEX connection.
Name VC that sends the tunneled message to the destination.
Type Source or destination connection type: PVC, SVC, or TCP.
Mapping ID Mapping ID number for the IPEX session.
Remote IP/Remote Port Remote IP address for an SVC source connection type and the
remote port number for a TCP destination connection type.
Remote DTE The remote DTE.
Mode Mapping type: Local, End2END, or Gateway.
----Src/Dest----
Cct
----
Name
------
Type
-------
Mapping ID
---------------
Remote IP/
Remote Port
------------
Remote DTE
------------
Mode
--------
> 0 N/A TCP 15000 N/A N/A End2End
4 xvc131 SVC N/A
> 4 xvc131 PVC 20098 102.1.4.17 N/A Gateway
0 N/A TCP 15004
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-742 303560-A Rev 00
ipex sessions
Displays information about the IPEX session. Each entry displays in two lines, with the
first line displaying information for the source connection, and the line below it displaying
information for the destination. The table includes the following information.
Sample Display - show x25 ipex sessions
Src/ Src/ Local/ Local/ Local/
Dest Dest Remote Remote Remote
Index LCN State Type Circuit Name IP Addr TCP Port DTE Address
----- --- ------- ---- ------------ --------------- -------- ---------------
1 1 CCESTAB TCP N/A 102.1.4.16 15000 30098
SVC xvc131 102.1.4.17 43536 N/A
1 100 CCESTAB SVC xvc131 0.0.0.0 16873 N/A
TCP N/A 102.1.4.17 15004 60101
Index Index number of this translation number.
LCN Logical channel number.
State State of the connection: X25UP, X25DOWN,CCESTAB
(connection established), or NOTCON (not connected)
Src/Dest Type Source or destination connection type: PVC, SVC or TCP
Src/Dest Circuit Name Name of the circuit that sends the tunneled message to the
destination.
Local/Remote IP Addr Local or remote IP address.
Local/Remote TCP Port Local or remote TCP port number.
Local/Remote DTE Address Local or remote DTE address.
303560-A Rev 00 2-743
qllc maps
Displays the QLLC mappings for the router. Each entry consists of two lines.
Sample Display – QLLC Address Mappings
QLLC Address Mappings
---------------------
State Adjacent X121 Adjacent MAC aSAP
Option
Circuit PID Partner X121 Partner MAC pSAP GenXID Map Name
Trace
-------- ----------- --------------- ------------ ---- ------- --------
------
xvc5.2.2 Active 3333344444 4000C1024264 0x04
0x0001
*05102.0 0xCB 1111122222 40000000DEAD 0x04 Disable terminal
0x0FF9
1 QLLC Mapping Entry
Cct Circuit of the QLLC connection
State PID Protocol ID used in the first byte of the call user data of the X.25 call
request packet
Adjacent X.121 Address X.121 address of the device that connects to the interface running
the QLLC/X.25 software
Partner X.121 Address X.121 address of the device that connects through the DLSw
network
Adjacent MAC Address MAC address assigned to the QLLC device
Partner MAC Address MAC address assigned to the SNA device
Adjacent SAP Address SAP address associated with a communication subsystem on an
adjacent device
Partner SAP Address SAP address associated with a communication subsystem on a
partner device
Gen XID Whether the Gen XID parameter is enabled or disabled.
Map Name Name of the QLLC mapping entry
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-744 303560-A Rev 00
lines [
<slot.connector>
]
Displays the packet level configuration for all lines or for a specific line (slot and
connector). You can modify performance by turning Stats on or off. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show x25 line
Network Def Def Standard Local X.121
Line State Type Window Packet Facilities Year Address Stats
----- ----------- ------- ------ ------ ---------- ---- --------------- -----
2.1 Up DTE/RES 7 7 NONE / OFF 1988 8217021 ON
1 Line Entries.
Line Line slot and connector.
State State of the line: Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not Present
(configured but not yet started), or Up.
Network type Type of network, which is one of the following:
•DTE - Data Terminating Equipment without restart procedure.
•DCE - Data Circuit Equipment.
•DTE/RES - Data Terminating Equipment with restart procedure.
•DTE/DTE - Unassigned roles.
Def Window Maximum window size allowed for each call if the line uses flow
control negotiation. If the maximum packet length (Def Packet) is
128 or more, an extended window size is up to 127. Otherwise the
maximum is 7.
Def Packet Maximum packet length allowed for each call if the line uses flow
control negotiation: 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2068, 4096.
Standard Network standard to be used on this line: NONE, ISO, or DOD.
Facilities Status of this line’s support for user-configurable facilities (such as
flow control negotiation): ON or OFF.
Year Year of CCITT conformance: 1980, 1984 or 1988.
Local X.121 Address Local X.121 address of the line.
Stats Setting of statistics gathering: ON or OFF. Turning Stats to OFF
can improve performance.
303560-A Rev 00 2-745
services [
<slot.connector.circuit name>
]
Displays the X.25 services available on all lines or a specific line. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show x25 services
Remote X.121 Remote IP
Type Line State Circuit Fac WCP Address Address Index
---- ----- ----------- ------- --- --- --------------- --------------- -----
PTOP 4.2 Up 4 OFF OFF 111111 0.0.0.0 1
1 Service Entries.
Type Type of service used to connect to the remote address specified in
this service record -- PDN, DDN, IPEX, QLLC, or PtoP.
Line Line slot and connector numbers that make up parts of the line’s
identification.
State State of the line, which is Disabled, Down, Init (initializing), Not
Present (configured but not yet started), or Up.
Circuit Circuit number part of the line’s identification.
Facilities Status of this service’s support for facilities (such as flow control) -
- ON or OFF.
WCP Data compression ON or OFF.
Remote X.121 Address Remote X.121 address for this service.
Remote IP Address Remote internet (IP) address for a PDN or DDN.
Index Lower layer index from the layer immediately below X.25 on the
protocol stack. If the lower layer is a driver, the index is 0.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-746 303560-A Rev 00
stats [
<slot.connector>
]
Displays the packet level statistics for all lines or for a specified line (slot and connector).
The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show x25 stats
Max LCN's RX TX Restarts Resets Rejects Intrpts
Line LCN's Active Packets Packets RX/TX RX/TX RX/TX RX/TX
----- ----- ------ -------- -------- -------- ------ ------- -------
2.1 4 0 1 1 2 0 0 0
1 Stats Entries.
version
Displays the current version and the modification date of the x25.bat script.
Sample Display - show x25 version
X25.bat Version: 1.9 Date: 10/31/94.
Line Slot and connector numbers for the line.
Max LCN’s Maximum number of logical channels allowed on this line.
LCN’s Active Number of active logical channels on this line.
RX Packets Number of data packets received on this line since starting up.
TX Packets Number of data packets transmitted on this line since starting up.
Restarts RX/TX Number of restart packets sent and received on this line.
Resets RX/TX Number of reset packets sent and received on this line.
Rejects RX/TX Number of reject packets sent and received on this line.
Intrpts RX/TX Number of interrupt packets sent and received on this line.
303560-A Rev 00 2-747
virtual circuit | vc [
<slot.connector.circuit name>
]
Displays all X.25 virtual circuits currently in use and their statistics, or displays a specified
virtual circuit. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show x25 vc
VC RX TX Dropped Resets Rejects Intrpts
Line LCN # Circuit Packets Packets Packets RX/TX RX/TX RX/TX
----- ----- ------- -------- -------- ------- ------ ------- -------
2.1 4 2 420 420 0 0 0 0
1 VC Entries.
Line Line number for this virtual circuit.
LCN # Logical channel number for this virtual circuit.
VC Circuit Virtual circuit number, selected from a user-specified range of
virtual circuit numbers.
RX Packets Number of data packets received on this line since starting up.
TX Packets Number of data packets transmitted on this line since starting up.
Dropped Packets Number of application or redirector packets dropped.
Resets RX/TX Number of reset packets sent and received on this line.
Rejects RX/TX Number of reject packets sent and received on this line.
Intrpts RX/TX Number of interrupt packets sent and received on this line.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-748 303560-A Rev 00
show xb
The show xb
<option>
commands display information about the Translation Bridge (XB).
For detailed information on the Bay Networks implementation of the Translation Bridge,
refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The show xb command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts
Displays Source Routing and Transparent Bridge interfaces that have been enabled but are
not up. Mode is always Enabled and State is always Down. The table can help determine
which Source Routing and Transparent Bridge interfaces are not forwarding traffic. The
Source Routing Interfaces table includes all interfaces that have translation enabled on the
corresponding Transparent Bridge interface. The Transparent Bridge Interfaces table
shows only the interfaces that have Translation disabled.
alerts sr [circuit <circuit name>]
base sr stats [circuit <circuit name>]
configuration stations
disabled tb [circuit <circuit name>]
enabled tb stats [circuit <circuit name>]
rifs version
saps
303560-A Rev 00 2-749
Sample Display - show xb alerts
Source Routing Circuits
-----------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
O31 Enabled Down
1 entries found.
Transparent Bridge Circuits
---------------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
E22 Disabled Down
1 entries found.
base
Displays global Translation Bridge information. The base record controls Translation
Bridge for the entire system. Mode is Enabled or Disabled. This display indicates whether
or not the Translation Bridge is operational.
Sample Display - show xb base
Translation Bridge (XB) Base Record Information
-----------------------------------------------
Protocol Mode
------------------ -------
Translation Bridge Enabled
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-750 303560-A Rev 00
configuration
Displays how a Translation Bridge has been configured globally. The table includes the
following information:
Sample Display - show xb configuration
Translation Bridge (XB) Base Record Configuration
-------------------------------------------------
Transparent
Bridge Default Broadcast Aging
Mode Ring ID Mode Conversion Time
------- ----------- ------- ---------- -----
Enabled 0xFFE Ethernet Enabled 300
disabled
Displays the Source Routing and Transparent Bridge circuits that are disabled. Mode is
always Disabled and State is always Down. Use this display to identify the Source Route
or Transparent Bridge circuits that are not enabled. The Source Routing Circuits table
includes all circuits that have translation enabled on the corresponding Transparent Bridge
circuit. The Transparent Bridge Circuits table shows only the circuits that have Translation
disabled.
Mode Status of the XB: Enabled or Disabled.
Transparent Bridge Ring ID Ring number for the entire translation bridge network; ranges from
0x001 to 0xFFF.
Default Mode Default type of frame to be sent to the transparently bridged
network: Ethernet or 802.3.
Broadcast Conversion Status of broadcast conversion: Enabled or Disabled. When
enabled, the translation bridge converts broadcast addresses
between 802.3 and 802.5.
Aging Time Number of seconds an address entry remains in the translation
bridge’s forwarding or RIF table when no data from that address
has been received -- between 2 and 600 seconds.
303560-A Rev 00 2-751
Sample Display - show xb disabled
Source Routing Circuits
-----------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
O31 Disabled Down
1 entries found.
Transparent Bridge Circuits
---------------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
E22 Disabled Down
1 entries found.
enabled
Display the Source Routing and Transparent Bridge circuits that are enabled. Mode is
always Enabled and State is either Up or Down. Use this display to identify the Source
Route or Transparent Bridge circuits that are currently enabled. The Source Routing
Interfaces table includes all circuits that have translation enabled on the corresponding
Transparent Bridge circuit. The Transparent Bridge Circuits table shows only the circuits
that have Translation disabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-752 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show xb enabled
Source Routing Circuits
-----------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
O31 Enabled Up
1 entries found.
Transparent Bridge Circuits
---------------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
E22 Enabled Up
1 entries found.
rifs
Displays the Source Routing Routing Information Fields (RIFs) that the Translation
Bridge has learned. Each MAC address is associated with only one RIF. The table includes
the following information:
MAC Address This address is in Ethernet format.
RIF The first two bytes of the RIF are the routing control field and the
remainder is the route indicator, which consists of ring/bridge pairs.
The first three nibbles of the route indicator are the ring ID and the
last nibble is the bridge ID. Use this information to identify the
stations that the router has heard from.
303560-A Rev 00 2-753
Sample Display - show xb rifs
Translation Bridge (XB) Learned RIFs
------------------------------------
MAC Address RIF
----------------- -------------------------------------------------------
00-00-84-00-88-80 0x0810 0xFFEA 0x101A 0x0030
1 entries found.
saps
Displays the SAPs that the Translation Bridge will convert. The SAP value can range from
0x00 to 0xFF. Use this display to determine which packets get filtered and which get
converted.
Sample Display - show xb saps
Translation Bridge (XB) SAPS
----------------------------
0x00
0x04
0x08
0x0C
0xF0
0xFC
6 entries found.
sr [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays all Source Routing interfaces that are participating in the Translation Bridge. You
can also display only a specified circuit. Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down
or Up. Use this display to identify the Source Route interfaces that are present and part of
the Translation Bridge.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-754 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show xb sr circuit o31
Source Routing Circuits
-----------------------
Circuit Mode State
------- ------- -----
O31 Enabled Up
1 entries found.
sr stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about traffic flowing through the Translation Bridge. Each
count represents one packet. For frames traveling from a Source Route network to a
Transparent Bridge network, the counts Source Routing In Frames, Transparent Bridge In
Frames, and Translation Bridge in Frames should all increment. For frames traveling from
the Transparent Bridge network to the Source Route network, the count Source Routing
Out Frames should increment. The Translation Bridge Frames Not Converted count will
increment for packets that the Translation Bridge cannot convert. Use this display to
determine whether a Translation Bridge Source Route interface is converting.
Sample Display - show xb sr stats circuit o31
Source Routing Circuits
-----------------------
Translation
Source Source Transparent Translation Bridge
Routing Routing Bridge Bridge Frames Not
Circuit In Frames Out Frames In Frames In Frames Converted
------- --------- ---------- ----------- ----------- -----------
O31 1 0 1 1 0
1 entries found.
303560-A Rev 00 2-755
stations
Displays how the Translation Bridge will convert packets destined for Ethernet stations.
MAC Address will be in default format and Station Type is either Ethernet or 802.3. Use
the display to determine how packets are converted.
Sample Display - show xb stations
Translation Bridge (XB) Station Types
-------------------------------------
MAC Address Station Type
----------------- ------------
44-44-44-44-44-43 Ethernet
44-44-44-44-44-44 Ethernet
2 entries found.
tb [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays all Transparent Bridge circuits that have not been configured for translation. You
can also display a specific circuit. Mode is Enabled or Disabled and State is Down, Up,
Init (initializing), or Not Present. Use this display to identify the Transparent Bridge
interfaces that are present.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-756 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show xb tb
Transparent Bridge Circuits
---------------------------
Circuit Mode State
-------- -------- --------
202102.0 Enabled Down
*.40
202102.0 Enabled Down
*.41
202102.0 Enabled Down
*.40
S21 Enabled Up
E32 Enabled Down
202102.0 Enabled Down
*.41
6 entries found.
tb stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays statistical information about traffic flowing through the Translation Bridge. Each
count represents one packet. For frames traveling from a Transparent Bridge network to a
Source Route network, the count Transparent Bridge In Frames should increment. For
frames traveling from the Source Route network to the Transparent Bridge network, the
count Transparent Bridge Out Frames should increment. Use the display to determine
whether a Translation Bridge-Transparent Bridge circuit is converting.
Sample Display - show xb tb stats circuit e22
Transparent Bridge Circuits
---------------------------
Transparent Transparent
Bridge Bridge
Circuit In Frames Out Frames
------- ----------- -----------
E22 0 2
1 entries found.
303560-A Rev 00 2-757
version
Displays the current version and modification date of the xb.bat script.
Sample Display - show xb version
XB.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-758 303560-A Rev 00
show xns
The show xns
<option>
commands display information about the Xerox Network
Systems (XNS) services on Bay Networks routers. For more details on XNS parameters,
refer to Configuring XNS Services.
The show xns command supports the following subcommand options:
alerts rip [alerts | disabled enabled | <XNS
network>]
adjacent hosts routes [<network address> | find <address
pattern>]
base static routes
circuit [<circuit name>]stats [circuit <circuit name>]
configuration [circuit [<circuit name>] ] stats errors [<circuit name>]
disabled traffic filters [<circuit name>]
enabled version
303560-A Rev 00 2-759
alerts
Displays the XNS interfaces that are enabled but not currently up. Use this command to
identify interfaces that are not forwarding traffic. The table includes the following
information:
Sample Display - show xns alerts
XNS Circuit Table Alerts
------------------------
Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method
-------- -------- -------------------- ----------------
0 Entrie(s) found.
adjacent hosts
Displays the configurable parameters for each statically configured adjacent host (router)
from which hellos have been received. The table includes the following information:
Circuit Name of the circuit.
State State of the interface, which will be Down.
XNS Address Network address of the XNS interface.
Encaps Method Level 0 protocol, frame format, or encapsulation that the circuit
uses; is Ethernet, Token Ring, FDDI, frame relay, or SMDS.
Host Network Address Network address of the adjacent router.
Host ID Address Host identifier for the adjacent router.
XNS Interface XNS address of the network device.
WAN Address Corresponding WAN address of the adjacent XNS-level host ID.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-760 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show xns adjacent hosts
XNS Static Adjacent Hosts
--------------------------
Host Network
Address Host ID Address XNS Interface WAN Address
------------ --------------- ------------- -----------
0x00000002 0x0000A2020202 0x00000002 0x02
0x00000003 0x0000A2030303 0x00000003 0x04
base
Displays base record information for XNS. In this case, Protocol is always XNS. The table
includes the following information:
Sample Display - show xns base
XNS Protocol
------------
Total Total
Protocol State Route Method Routes Hosts
-------- -------- ---------------- -------- --------
XNS Up Vanilla XNS 5 22
State State of the protocol, which is Down, Init (initializing), Not Pres
(not yet started), or Up.
Route Method Routing method that the XNS protocol uses. The protocol uses
vanilla XNS or Ungermann-Bass functionality only.
Total Routes Total number of networks in the routing table.
Total Hosts Total number of adjacent routers.
303560-A Rev 00 2-761
circuit [
<circuit name>
]
Displays parameters for all XNS circuits or for a specific circuit. For column definitions in
the display, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show xns circuit
XNS Circuit Table
-----------------
Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method
-------- -------- -------------------- ----------------
E21 Up 0x00000001 Ethernet
E31 Up 0x00000002 Ethernet
E22 Up 0x00000003 Ethernet
3 Total entrie(s).
configuration [circuit [
<circuit name>
] ]
Displays the configurable parameters within the XNS base record for all circuits or for a
specific circuit. You can use the following options with the configuration command. The
table includes the following information for the protocol:
Sample Display - show xns configuration
XNS Protocol
------------
Protocol Route Method Router ID
-------- ---------------- ---------
XNS Vanilla XNS 0x0000010203
Route Method Routing method that the XNS protocol uses; vanilla XNS or
Ungermann-Bass functionality only.
Router ID Host ID of the router.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-762 303560-A Rev 00
disabled
Displays XNS circuits that are disabled and down. In this case, State is always Down. For
column definitions in the display, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show xns disabled
XNS: Table of Disabled Circuits
-------------------------------
Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method
-------- -------- -------------------- ----------------
E21 Down 0x00000001 Ethernet
E31 Down 0x00000002 Ethernet
E22 Down 0x00000003 Ethernet
3 Entrie(s) found.
enabled
Displays all XNS circuits that have their disable/enable parameter set to enable and their
state is up. For column definitions in the display, see the alerts command.
Sample Display - show xns enabled
XNS: Table of Enabled Circuits
-------------------------------
Circuit State XNS Address Encaps Method
-------- -------- -------------------- ----------------
E21 Up 0x00000001 Ethernet
E31 Up 0x00000002 Ethernet
E22 Up 0x00000003 Ethernet
3 Entrie(s) found.
303560-A Rev 00 2-763
rip [alerts | disabled enabled |
<XNS network>
]
Displays the status of XNS Routing Information Protocol (RIP) interfaces. Entered
without options, the rip command displays all XNS RIP interfaces. State is Down, Init
(initializing), Not Pres (not yet started), or Up. You can use the following options with the
rip command.
Sample Display - show xns rip
XNS RIP Interface Table
-----------------------
RIP Interface State
-------------- ----------
0x00000001 Up
0x00000002 Up
0x00000003 Up
3 Total entrie(s).
alerts Displays XNS RIP interfaces that are enabled but their state is not
up.
disabled Displays XNS RIP interfaces that are disabled.
enabled Displays XNS RIP interfaces that are enabled.
<XNS_network>
Limits the display to the XNS RIP interfaces in the specified XNS
network.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-764 303560-A Rev 00
routes [
<network address>
| find
<address pattern>
]
Displays information from the XNS routing table. The table acquires routes through the
XNS Routing Information Protocol, XNS interface configurations, or from static
configuration. You can use the following options with the routes command. The table
includes the following information:
Sample Display - show xns routes
XNS Routing Table Entries
---------------------------
Destination Next Hop Host Method Age Metric
----------- ------------- ------ --- ------
0x00000001 0x0000A2010203 Local 0 1
0x00000002 0x0000A2010203 Local 0 1
0x00000003 0x0000A2010203 Local 0 1
0x00000005 0x0000A2030303 Local 0 3
0x00000006 0x0000A2020202 Local 0 1
5 Routes in table.
Destination Network address of the route’s destination.
Next Hop Host Host ID of the next-hop node to which packets for the destination
are forwarded.
Method Routing mechanism through which the router obtained this routing
information; is one of the following:
•Local - From the network that the router is attached to.
•NetMgmt - Through a network management application.
•RIP - Through the Routing Information Protocol.
Age Number of seconds since the router last updated or verified this
route. The interpretation of “too old” depends upon the source of
the routing information.
Metric Primary routing metric for this route; depends on the routing
method displayed under Method. A value of -1 means that this
route is unreachable.
303560-A Rev 00 2-765
static routes
Displays all configured XNS static routes. The table includes the following information:
Sample Display - show xns static
XNS Static Routes
-----------------
XNS Address Nexthop Interface Nexthop ID Metric State
---------------- ----------------- ---------------- -------- --------
0x00000005 0x00000003 0x0000A2030303 3 Enabled
0x00000006 0x00000002 0x0000A2020202 0 Enabled
2 Static Routes configured.
stats [circuit
<circuit name>
]
Displays general forwarding statistics for all XNS circuits or for a specific circuit. The
table includes the following information:
XNS Address Destination network address of this route. The value 0.0.0.0
indicates a default route.
Nexthop Interface Configured network address of the local interface through which
the router reaches the next hop.
Nexthop ID Host identifier of the next hop.
Metric Primary routing metric for this route; depends on the routing
method displayed under Method. A value of -1 means that this
metric is not used.
State State of the next-hop interface, which is Enabled or Disabled.
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on.
XNS Address Network address of the interface.
In Receives Total number of input datagrams received from interfaces,
including those received in error.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-766 303560-A Rev 00
Sample Display - show xns stats
XNS Circuit Statistic(s) Table
------------------------------
In Out In Out
Circuit XNS Address Receives Requests Forwards Discards Discards
------- ----------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
E21 0x00000001 0 23 23 0 0
E31 0x00000002 0 23 23 0 0
E22 0x00000003 0 23 23 0 0
stats errors [
<circuit name>
]
Displays error information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes the
following information:
Out Requests Total number of XNS datagrams that local XNS user-protocols
supplied in transmission requests. Doesn’t include datagrams
counted in “Forwards.”
Forwards Number of input datagrams for which this router was not their final
XNS destination. When this is the case, the router tries to find a
route for forwarding the datagram to the appropriate final
destination. If the router isn’t an XNS Gateway, this counter
includes only the packets that were source-routed through the router
successfully.
In Discards Number of input XNS datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as lack of buffer resources. Doesn’t
include those discarded while awaiting reassembly.
Out Discards Number of output XNS datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as lack of buffer space. Includes
datagrams counted under Forwards if they match this criterion.
Circuit Name of the circuit this interface runs on.
XNS Address Network address of the interface.
303560-A Rev 00 2-767
Sample Display - show xns stats errors
XNS Circuit Error Statistics Table
----------------------------------
Header Address Unknown In Out No
Circuit XNS Address Errors Errors Protocol Discards Discards Routes
-------- --------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
No Entries.
Header Errors Number of input datagrams discarded because of errors in their
XNS header, including bad checksums, version number mismatch,
format errors, and so on.
Address Errors Number of input datagrams discarded because the XNS address in
their XNS header’s destination field was not a valid address to be
received at this router. This count includes invalid addresses (such
as 0.0.0.0) and addresses of unsupported classes (such as Class E).
If a router is not an XNS Gateway and does not forward datagrams,
this value includes datagrams discarded because the destination
address was not a local address.
Unknown Protocol Number of locally addressed datagrams received successfully but
discarded because of an unknown or unsupported protocol.
In Discards Number of input XNS datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as lack of buffer resources. Doesn’t
include those discarded while awaiting reassembly.
Out Discards Number of output XNS datagrams discarded because of an
environmental problem, such as lack of buffer space. Includes
datagrams counted under Forwards in the “XNS Circuits Statistics”
table if they match this criterion.
No Routes Number of XNS datagrams discarded because the router could not
find a route to their destination. This value includes any packets
meeting this criterion under Forwards in the “XNS Circuits
Statistics” table. It also includes datagrams that a host could not
route because its default gateways were down.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
2-768 303560-A Rev 00
traffic filters [
<circuit name>
]
Displays traffic filter information for all circuits or for a specific circuit. The table includes
the following information:
Sample Display - show xns traffic
XNS Traffic Filter Status Table
-------------------------------
Rx Rule Fragment
Circuit XNS Address Mode Status Matches Number Number
-------- ---------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- --------
No Entrie(s)
version
Displays the current version number and modification date of the xns.bat script.
Sample Display - show xns version
XNS.bat Version: #.## Date: mm/dd/yy.
Circuit Name of the circuit the traffic filter applies to.
XNS Address Network address of the interface running on the circuit.
Mode State of filter use, which is Enabled (activated) or Disabled (not
activated).
Status Current status of the traffic filter, which is one of the following:
•Active - Rule is being used.
•Inactive - Rule is not in use.
•Error - Application detected an error in the rule.
Rx Matches Number of packets received that have matched the rule.
Rule Number Identifier for the rule.
Fragment Number Number of a rule fragment -- for large rules.
303560-A Rev 00 3-1
Chapter 3
Using enable/disable Commands
You can enable and disable network protocols, services, and interfaces from the
Technician Interface command line, using the general syntax of the enable/disable
commands as follows:
enable
<service>
or disable
<service>
<service>
is the name of the protocol or service you want to enable or disable.
To display a help message on an enable or disable command, enter the command
followed by a question mark. For example, to display help for the enable at command,
enter enable at ?.
The sample displays in this section show how to use the enable commands only. However,
disable commands follow the same syntax.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-2 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable appn
Use the enable appn
<option>
commands to enable APPN services on a Wellfleet router,
and the disable appn
<option>
commands to disable APPN services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of APPN, refer to Configuring
APPN Services.
The enable/disable appn commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables APPN on the router.
Sample Display - enable appn base
APPN base record enabled
base ls <LS name>
directory <LU name> port <port name>
dlc <DLC name>tunnel <circuit>
log vrn <VRN name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-3
directory
<LU name>
Enables or disables a specific Logical Unit directory.
Sample Display - enable appn directory
Enter Fully-qualified resource name: USWFLT01.VENUS2
Directory entry for USWFLT01.VENUS2 enabled
dlc
<DLC name>
Enables or disables a specific Data Link Control entry.
Sample Display - enable appn dlc
Enter DLC Name: DLC00001
DLC DLC00001 enabled
log
Enables or disables APPN problem determination logs.
ls
<LS name>
Enables or disables a specific Link Station.
Sample Display - enable appn ls
Enter Locally-known Link Station Name: DURHAM2
Link Station DURHAM2 enabled
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-4 303560-A Rev 00
port
<port name>
Enables or disables a specific APPN port.
Sample Display - enable appn port
Enter Port Name: PORT0002
Port PORT0002 enabled
tunnel
<circuit>
Enables or disables a specific APPN tunnel.
Sample Display - enable appn tunnel
Enter the Circuit number of this Tunnel: 99
Tunnel for Circuit 99 enabled
vrn
<VRN name>
Enables or disables a specific Virtual Routing Node.
Sample Display - enable appn vrn
Enter Fully-qualified VRN Name: USWFLT01.VENUS
VRN USWFLT01.VENUS enabled
303560-A Rev 00 3-5
enable/disable at
Use the enable at
<option>
commands to enable AppleTalk services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable at
<option>
commands to disable AppleTalk services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of AppleTalk, refer to Configuring
AppleTalk Services.
The enable/disable at commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables AppleTalk on the router.
Sample Display - enable at base
AT base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable at circuit E23
AT circuit E23 enabled.
base circuit <circuit name>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-6 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable atm
Use the enable atm
<option>
commands to enable ATM Adaptation Layer Controller
(ALC) link module services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable atm
<option>
commands to disable this service. For more information about the Bay Networks
implementation of ATM, refer to Configuring ATM Services.
The enable/disable atm commands support the following subcommand options:
interface
<line number>
Enables or disables a specific ATM interface.
Sample Display - enable atm interface 1104101
ATM Interface 1104101 enabled.
line circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific ATM circuit.
Sample Display - enable atm line circuit A51
ATM circuit A51 enabled.
interface <line number>line connector <slot.connector>
line circuit <circuit name>service <circuit number>
303560-A Rev 00 3-7
line connector
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables a specific ATM connector.
Sample Display - enable atm line connector 5.1
ATM connector 5.1 enabled.
service
<circuit number>
Enables or disables a specific circuit number.
Sample Display - enable atm service 2
ATM Service Record (circuit number 2) enabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-8 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable atmdxi
Use the enable atmdxi commands to enable Asynchronous Transfer Mode Data
Exchange Interface (ATM DXI) services on Bay Networks router, and the disable atmdxi
commands to disable ATM DXI services. For more information about the Bay Networks
implementation of ATM DXI, refer to Configuring ATM Services.
The enable/disable atm command supports the
<line.llindex>
subcommand option, as
follows:
<line.llindex>
Enables or disables a specific ATM DXI line.
Sample Display - enable atmdxi 2.0
ATM DXI Line 2.0 enabled.
303560-A Rev 00 3-9
enable/disable aurp
Use the enable aurp
<option>
commands to enable AppleTalk Update-based Routing
Protocol (AURP) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable aurp
<option>
commands to disable AURP services. For more information about the Bay Networks
implementation of AURP, refer to Configuring AppleTalk Services.
The enable/disable aurp commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables AURP on the router.
Sample Display - enable aurp base
AURP base record enabled.
connection
<IP address>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable aurp connection 205.1.10.2
AURP connection 205.1.10.2 enabled.
base connection <IP address>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-10 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable autoneg
Use the enable autoneg
<option>
commands to enable automatic line speed negotiation
on 100Base-T Ethernet interfaces services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable
autoneg
<option>
commands to disable autonegotiation services. For more information
about the Bay Networks implementation of autonegotiation services, refer to Configuring
Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring Services.
The enable/disable autoneg commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables autonegotiation on a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable autoneg E21
AUTONEG Circuit E21 enabled.
connection
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables autonegotiation on a specific connector.
Sample Display - enable autoneg connection 2.1
AUTONEG connector 2.1 enabled.
circuit <circuit name> connection <slot.connector>
303560-A Rev 00 3-11
enable/disable bootp
Use the enable bootp
<option>
command to enable BOOTP (bootstrap protocol) services
on a Bay Networks router, and the disable bootp
<option>
command to disable bootp
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of BOOTP, refer
to the Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services guide.
The enable/disable bootp commands support only the interface
<IP_address>
subcommand option.
interface
<IP address>
Enables or disables BOOTP services on a specific interface.
Sample Display - enable bootp interface 130.1.1.1
BOOTP interface 130.1.1.1 enabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-12 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable bridge
Use the enable bridge
<option>
commands to enable Bridging services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable bridge
<option>
commands to disable Bridging services.
For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Bridging, refer to
Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable bridge commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables Bridging services on the router.
Sample Display - enable bridge base
BRIDGE base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable bridge circuit e21
BRIDGE Circuit e21 enabled.
base circuit <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-13
enable/disable circuits
Use the enable circuits
<option>
commands to enable a driver circuit on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable circuits
<option>
commands to disable a driver circuit. You can
enable or disable CSMA/CD, DS1E1, E1, FDDI, HSSI, Synchronous, T1, and Token Ring
circuits. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of drivers, refer to
Configuring Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring Services or Configuring WAN Line Services.
The enable/disable circuits command supports the
<circuit_name>
subcommand option,
as follows:
<circuit name>
The name of the circuit that you want to enable or disable.
Sample Display - enable circuit e21
CSMACD circuit E21 enabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-14 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable csmacd
Use the enable csmacd
<option>
commands to enable Carrier Sense Multiple Access
with Collision Detection (CSMA/CD) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable
csmacd
<option>
commands to disable CSMA/CD services. For more information about
the Bay Networks implementation of CSMA/CD, refer to Configuring Ethernet, FDDI,
and Token Ring Services.
The enable/disable csmacd commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable csmacd circuit e21
CSMACD circuit E21 enabled.
connector
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable csmacd connector 2.1
CSMACD connector 2.1 enabled.
circuit <circuit name>connector <slot.connector>
303560-A Rev 00 3-15
enable/disable dcm
On a BayStack AN, ANH, or ARN routers that have an installed Data Collection Module
(DCM) option, use the enable dcm
<option>
command to enable the DCM or software
subsystem, DCM middleware, (DCMMW) for remote monitoring (RMON) services. Use
the disable dcm
<option>
command to disable the DCM.
For information on configuring and managing the DCM and DCMMW with Site Manager,
refer to Configuring BayStack Remote Access.
For information on the Bay Networks implementation of RMON services in the AN,
ANH, or ARN router, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BootP, DHCP, and RARP
Services. For detailed information on RMON topics, refer to the Remote Network
Monitoring MIB, RMON RFC 1757.
The enable/disable dcm command supports the following subcommand options:
base_module
Enables or disables the DCM board (probe) installed on a BayStack AN, ANH, or ARN
Ethernet base module.
Sample Display - enable dcm base_module
DCM on Base Module has been Enabled.
base module expansion module
middleware
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-16 303560-A Rev 00
expansion_module
Enables or disables the DCM board installed on an ARN Ethernet expansion module.
Sample Display - disable dcm expansion_module
DCM on Expansion module has been Disabled.
middleware
Enables or disables the DCM software subsystem (DCM middleware, DCMMW) on an
AN, ANH, or ARN router. The DCMMW driver runs on the base module; it controls the
DCM and provides access to collected RMON statistics.
Sample Display - enable dcm middleware
DCM Middleware and all probes have been Enabled.
303560-A Rev 00 3-17
enable/disable decnet
Use the enable decnet
<option>
commands to enable DECnet services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable decnet
<option>
commands to disable DECnet service.
For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DECnet, refer to
Configuring DECnet Services.
The enable/disable decnet commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables DECnet on the router.
Sample Display - enable decnet base
DECNET base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable decnet circuit e21
DECNET Circuit e21 enabled.
base circuit <circuit name>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-18 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable dls
Use the enable dls
<option>
commands to enable Data Link Switching (DLSw) services
on a Bay Networks router, and the disable dls
<option>
commands to disable DLSw
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DLSw, refer to
Configuring DLSw Services.
The enable/disable dls commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables DLS on the router.
Sample Display - enable dls base
DLS base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable dls circuit e21
DLS Circuit e21 enabled.
base circuit <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-19
enable/disable ds1e1
Use the enable ds1e1
<option>
commands to enable MCT1 and MCE1 services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable ds1e1
<option>
commands to disable MCT1 and MCE1
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of MCT1 and
MCE1, refer to Configuring WAN Line Services.
The enable/disable ds1e1 commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables all circuits or a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable ds1e1 circuit
DS1E1 circuits enabled.
connector
<slot.connector.logical line>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable ds1e1 connector 4.1
DS1E1 connector 4.1 enabled.
circuit <circuit name>connector <slot.connector.logical line>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-20 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable dvmrp
Use the enable dvmrp
<option>
commands to enable DVRMP services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable dvmrp
<option>
commands to disable DVMRP services.
For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of DVMRP, refer to
Configuring IP Services.
The enable/disable dvmrp commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables DVMRP on the router.
Sample Display - enable dvmrp base
Dvmrp base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable dvmrp circuit E21
DVMRP circuit E21 enabled.
base circuit <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-21
enable/disable e1
Use the enable e1
<option>
commands to enable E1 services on a Bay Networks router,
and the disable e1
<option>
commands to disable E1 services. For more information
about the Bay Networks implementation of E1, refer to Configuring WAN Line Services.
The enable/disable e1 commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables all circuits or a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable e1 circuit e1-21
E1 circuit E1-21 enabled.
connector
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable e1 connector 2.2
E1 connector 2.2 enabled.
circuit <circuit name>connector <slot.connector>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-22 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable fddi
Use the enable fddi
<option>
commands to enable Fiber Distributed Data Interface
(FDDI) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable fddi
<option>
commands to
disable FDDI services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
FDDI, refer to Configuring Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring Services.
The enable/disable fddi commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable fddi circuit f.51
FDDI circuit F1 enabled.
connector
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable fddi connector 3.1
FDDI connector 3.1 enabled.
circuit <circuit name>connector <slot.connector>
303560-A Rev 00 3-23
enable/disable fr
Use the enable fr
<option>
commands to enable frame relay services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable fr
<option>
commands to disable frame relay services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of frame relay, refer to Configuring
Frame Relay Services.
The enable/disable fr command supports the
<line.llindex>
subcommand option, as
follows:
<line.llindex>
Enables or disables the line or instance identifier for the frame relay interface.
Sample Display - enable fr 202101.0
Frame Relay line 202101.0 enabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-24 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable ftp
Use the enable ftp
<option>
commands to enable File Transfer Protocol (FTP) services on
a Bay Networks router, and the disable ftp
<option>
commands to disable FTP services.
For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of FTP, refer to
Configuring IP Utilities.
The enable/disable ftp command supports the
<base>
subcommand option, as follows:
base
Enables or disables FTP on the router.
Sample Display - enable ftp base
FTP base record enabled.
303560-A Rev 00 3-25
enable/disable hssi
Use the enable hssi
<option>
commands to enable High-Speed Serial Interface (HSSI)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable hssi
<option>
commands to disable
HSSI services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of HSSI,
refer to Configuring WAN Line Services.
The enable/disable hssi commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable hssi circuit H41
HSSI circuit H41 enabled.
connector
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable hssi connector 4.1
HSSI connector 4.1 enabled.
circuit <circuit name> connector <slot.connector>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-26 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable igmp
Use the enable igmp
<option>
commands to enable IGMP services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable igmp
<option>
commands to disable IGMP services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of IGMP, refer to Configuring IP
Services.
The enable/disable igmp commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables IGMP on the router.
Sample Display - enable igmp base
Igmp base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable igmp circuit E21
IGMP circuit E21 enabled.
base circuit <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-27
enable/disable ip
Use the enable ip
<option>
commands to enable Internet Protocol (IP) services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable ip
<option>
commands to disable IP services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of IP, refer to Configuring IP
Services.
The enable/disable ip commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables IP on the router.
Sample Display - enable ip base
IP base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables IP on a specific circuit.
rip
<IP interface address>
Enables or disables the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) on a specific IP interface.
base rip <IP interface address>
circuit <circuit name>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-28 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable ipx
Use the enable ipx
<option>
commands to enable Novell’s Internet Packet Exchange
(IPX) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable ipx
<option>
commands to
disable IPX services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
IPX, refer to Configuring IPX Services.
The enable/disable ipx commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables IPX on the router.
Sample Display - enable ipx base
IPX base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables all circuits on a specific circuit.
base circuit <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-29
enable/disable iredund
Use the enable iredund
<option>
commands to enable interface redundancy on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable iredund
<option>
commands to disable interface
redundancy. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of interface
redundancy, refer to Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy.
The enable/disable iredund commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables interface redundancy on a specific circuit.
Sample Display - $disable iredund circuit E43
Interface Redundancy disabled on circuit E43.
connector
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables interface redundancy on a specific port.
Sample Display - $enable iredund connector 4.3
Interface Redundancy is enabled on slot.connector 4.3.
circuit <circuit name>connector <slot.connector>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-30 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable isdn
Use the enable isdn
<option>
commands to enable Integrated Services Digital Network
(ISDN) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable isdn
<option>
commands to
disable ISDN services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
ISDN, refer to Configuring Dial Services.
The enable/disable isdn commands support the following subcommand options:
bchannel
<line.index>
Enables or disables a specific ISDN B Channel line.
Sample Display - enable isdn bch <line.index>
ISDN B-Channel <line.index> enabled.
bri
bchannel <line.index> filter <slot>
bri
Note: See “enable/disable isdn bri.”
303560-A Rev 00 3-31
filter
<slot>
Enables or disables a specific ISDN filter.
Sample Display - enable isdn filter <slot>
Incoming Filter on Slot <slot> is now ON.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-32 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable isdn bri
Use the enable isdn bri
<option>
commands to enable Integrated Services Digital
Network Basic Rate Interface (ISDN BRI) services on a Bay Networks router, and the
disable isdn bri
<option>
commands to disable ISDN BRI services. For more information
about the Bay Networks implementation of ISDN BRI, refer to Configuring Dial Services.
The enable/disable isdn bri commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables an ISDN circuit.
Sample Display - enable isdn bri circuit ISAC
ISDN BRI circuit ISAC enabled.
connector
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables an ISDN BRI connector on a specific slot.
Sample Display - enable isdn bri connector 1.2
ISDN BRI connector 1.2 enabled.
circuit <circuit name> connector <slot.connector>
303560-A Rev 00 3-33
enable/disable lapb
Use the enable lapb
<option>
commands to enable Link Access Procedure-Balanced
(LAPB) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable lapb
<option>
commands to
disable LAPB services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
LAPB, refer to Configuring X.25 Services.
The enable/disable lapb command supports the
<line.llindex>
subcommand option, as
follows:
<line.llindex>
Enables or disables LAPB on a specific line and lower-layer index.
Sample Display - enable lapb 201101.0
LAPB line 201101.0 enabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-34 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable lnm
Use the enable lnm
<option>
commands to enable LNM Servers services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable lnm
<option>
commands to disable LNM Servers
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of LNM Servers,
refer to Configuring LNM Services.
The enable/disable lnm commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables LNM Servers on the router.
Sample Display - enable lnm base
LNM Servers base enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable lnm circuit o41
LNM Servers circuit 041 enabled.
base circuit <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-35
enable/disable nbip
Use the enable nbip
<option>
commands to enable NetBIOS services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable nbip
<option>
commands to disable NetBIOS services on a router.
For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of NetBIOS, refer to
Configuring IP Services.
The enable/disable nbip commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables NetBIOS on the router.
Sample Display - enable nbip base
NBIP base record enabled.
interface
<IP interface address>
Enables or disables a specific NetBIOS over IP interface.
Sample Display - enable nbip interface 130.1.1.1
NBIP interface 130.1.1.1 enabled.
base interface <IP interface address>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-36 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable nml
Use the enable nml
<option>
commands to enable Native Mode LAN (NML) services on
a Bay Networks router, and the disable nml
<option>
commands to disable NML services.
For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of NML, refer to
Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable nml commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables NML on a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable nml circuit e21
NML circuit e21 enabled.
seclist
<circuit name>
Enables or disables all ranges in the NML security list on a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable nml seclist e21
NML Security list on e21 enabled.
circuit <circuit name> seclist <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-37
enable/disable osi
Use the enable osi
<option>
commands to enable Open Systems Interconnection (OSI)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable osi
<option>
commands to disable
OSI services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of OSI, refer
to Configuring OSI Services.
The enable/disable osi commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables OSI on the router.
Sample Display - enable osi base
OSI base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable osi circuit e31
OSI Circuit e31 enabled.
base circuit <circuit name>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-38 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable ospf
Use the enable ospf
<option>
commands to enable Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable ospf
<option>
commands to disable
OSPF services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of OSPF,
refer to Configuring IP Services.
The enable/disable ospf commands support the following subcommand options:
area
<area ID>
Enables or disables OSPF for a specific IP area.
base
Enables or disables OSPF on the router.
Sample Display - enable ospf base
OSPF base record enabled.
interface
<IP address>
Enables or disables OSPF on a specific IP interface.
area <area ID> interface <IP address>
base
303560-A Rev 00 3-39
enable/disable packet
Use the enable packet
<option>
commands to enable the Packet Capture utility on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable packet
<option>
commands to disable the Packet
Capture utility. For more information about Bay Network’s Packet Capture utility, refer to
Using Technician Interface Software.
The enable/disable packet commands support the following subcommand options:
capture
<line number>
Starts or stops packet capture on a specific line. This is the line number of the interface
connected with the desired packet capture. When you execute this command, the router
does not display a response.
line
<line number>
Enables or disables packet capture on a specific line.This is the line number of the
interface connected with the desired packet capture. When you execute this command, the
router does not display a response.
capture <line number> line <line number>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-40 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable ppp
Use the enable ppp
<option>
command to enable Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) services
on a Bay Networks router, and the disable ppp
<option>
command to disable PPP
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of PPP, refer to
Configuring PPP Services.
The enable/disable ppp command supports the
<line.llindex>
subcommand option, as
follows:
<line.llindex>
Enables or disables the line or instance identifier for the PPP interface.
Sample Display - enable ppp s31
PPP line s31 enabled.
303560-A Rev 00 3-41
enable/disable rarp
Use the enable rarp
<option>
command to enable Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
(RARP) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable rarp
<option>
command to
disable RARP services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
RARP, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services.
The enable/disable rarp command supports the
<base>
subcommand option, as follows:
base
Enables or disables RARP on the router.
Sample Display - enable rarp base
RARP base record enabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-42 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable rptr
Use the enable rptr
<option>
commands to enable Access Node (AN) Repeater services,
and the disable rptr
<option>
commands to disable AN Repeater services. For more
information about the Bay Networks AN Repeater, refer to Connecting BayStack AN and
ANH Systems to a Network.
The enable/disable rptr commands support the following subcommand options:
port
<port number>
Enables or disables all ports, or just a selected port.
reset
Enables the repeater to reset and test itself.
test
Enables the repeater to run a self-test without also resetting the AN.
Sample Display - enable rptr test
802.3 Repeater (HUB) Non-Disruptive Selftest:
---------------------------------------------
Repeater Selftest Initiated... Completed
Repeater Post-Selftest Status:
Repeater Operating Status: OK
Repeater Health Text: "Repeater Health: Operational "
Total Partitioned Ports: 2
Group Operating Status: Operational
Last Group Status Change: 29221136 (SNMP SysUpTime of Change)
port <port number> test
reset
303560-A Rev 00 3-43
enable/disable rredund
Use the enable rredund
<option>
commands to enable router redundancy (RREDUND)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable rredund
<option>
commands to
disable router redundancy. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation
of router redundancy, refer to Configuring Interface and Router Redundancy.
The enable/disable rredund commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables RREDUND on the router.
Sample Display - enable rredund base
RREDUND base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables RREDUND on a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable rredund circuit E43
Router Redundancy enabled on circuit E43.
base circuit <circuit name>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-44 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable sdlc
Use the enable sdlc
<option>
commands to enable Synchronous Data Link Control
(SDLC) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable sdlc
<option>
commands to
disable SDLC services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
SDLC, refer to Configuring SDLC Services.
The enable/disable sdlc commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables SDLC on the router.
Sample Display - sdlc disable base
SDLC base record disabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - sdlc enable circuit SDLC_CIR 1234
Circuit SDLC_CIR 1234 enabled
base circuit <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-45
disable/enable snmp
Use the disable snmp command to disable for security reasons all Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) services on a Bay Networks router or BNX platform. Use
the enable snmp command to re-enable SNMP services for Manager access.
Sample Display - disable snmp
SNMP Protocol disabled
Sample Display - enable snmp
SNMP Protocol enabled
Only a Manager login at the Technician Interface login prompt allows access to this
command. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of SNMP, refer
to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-46 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable span
Use the enable span
<option>
commands to enable Spanning Tree Bridge services on a
Bay Networks router, and the disable span
<option>
commands to disable Spanning Tree
Bridge services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
Spanning Tree Bridging, refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable span commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables Spanning Tree Bridging on the router.
Sample Display - enable span base
SPAN base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
base circuit <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-47
enable/disable sr
Use the enable sr
<option>
commands to enable Source Routing services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable sr
<option>
commands to disable Source Routing
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Source
Routing, refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable sr commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables Source Routing on the router.
Sample Display - enable span base
Source Routing (SR) base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
base circuit <circuit name>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-48 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable srspan
Use the enable srspan
<option>
commands to enable Source Route Spanning Tree
Bridging services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable srspan
<option>
commands
to disable Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging services. For more information about the
Bay Networks implementation of Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging, refer to
Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable srspan commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables Source Route Spanning Tree Bridging on the router.
Sample Display - enable srspan base
Source Route Spanning Tree base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable srspan circuit S21
Source Route Spanning Tree circuit S21 enabled.
base circuit <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-49
enable/disable sta
Use the enable sta
<option>
commands to enable Statistical Thresholds and Alarms
(STA) services on a Bay Networks router and the disable sta
<option>
commands to
disable STA services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
STA, refer to Configuring SNMP, RMON, BOOTP, DHCP, and RARP Services.
The enable/disable sta commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables STA on the router.
Sample Display - enable sta base
STA base record enabled.
object
<object ID>
Enables or disables STA for a specific object.
base object <object ID>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-50 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable sws
Use the enable sws
<option>
commands to enable Switched Services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable sws
<option>
commands to disable Switched Services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of Switched Services, refer to
Configuring Dial Services.
The enable/disable sws commands support the following subcommand options:
dial_forced
<circuit name>
Enables or disables forced dialing on a circuit. We support this feature only for on-demand
dialing. When you enable forced dialing on a circuit, you make it possible for someone to
initiate a connection across the line. When you disable forced dialing, you inhibit a
connection across the line.
Sample Display - enable sws dial_forced s31
Switch Services Forced Dial Enabled for Circuit: s31
takedown_forced
<circuit name>
Enables or disables the ability to take down a specific circuit. When you enable this
parameter, you are choosing to take the circuit down. When you disable this parameter,
you are making it possible to use the line.
Sample Display - enable sws takedown_forced s31
Switch Services Forced TakeDown Enabled for Circuit: s31
dial_forced <circuit name> takedown_forced <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-51
enable/disable sync
Use the enable sync
<option>
commands to enable synchronous services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable sync
<option>
commands to disable synchronous
services.
The enable/disable sync commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable sync circuit s31
SYNC circuit S31 enabled.
connector
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable sync connector 3.2
SYNC connector 3.2 enabled.
circuit <circuit name> connector <slot.connector>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-52 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable t1
Use the enable t1
<option>
commands to enable T1 services on a Bay Networks router,
and the disable t1
<option>
commands to disable T1 services. For more information about
the Bay Networks implementation of T1, refer to Configuring WAN Line Services.
The enable/disable t1 commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable t1 circuit t1-21
T1 circuit T1-21 enabled.
connector
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable t1 connector 2.2
T1 connector 2.2 enabled.
circuit <circuit name> connector <slot.connector>
303560-A Rev 00 3-53
enable/disable tcp
Use the enable tcp
<option>
commands to enable Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable tcp
<option>
commands to disable
TCP services. For detailed information about the Bay Networks implementation of TCP,
refer to Configuring IP Utilities.
The enable/disable tcp command supports the
<base>
subcommand option, as follows:
base
Enables or disables TCP at the base record, thus enabling or disabling TCP services for the
entire router.
Sample Display - enable tcp base
TCP base record enabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-54 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable telnet
Use the enable telnet
<option>
commands to enable Telnet services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable telnet
<option>
commands to disable Telnet services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of Telnet, refer to Configuring IP
Utilities.
The enable/disable telnet command supports the
<base>
subcommand option, as
follows:
base
The enable telnet base command enables inbound router Telnet sessions. Telnet must
have been previously configured.
The disable telnet base command disables inbound router Telnet sessions. Telnet must
have been previously configured.
Sample Display - enable telnet base
TELNET base record enabled.
303560-A Rev 00 3-55
enable/disable tftp
Use the enable tftp
<option>
commands to enable Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable tftp
<option>
commands to disable
TFTP services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of TFTP,
refer to Configuring IP Services.
The enable/disable tftp command supports the
<base>
subcommand option, as follows:
base
Enables or disables TFTP at the base record, thus enabling or disabling TFTP services for
the entire router.
Sample Display - enable tftp base
TFTP base record enabled.
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-56 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable token
Use the enable token
<option>
commands to enable Token Ring services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable token
<option>
commands to disable Token Ring
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Token Ring,
refer to Configuring Ethernet, FDDI, and Token Ring Services.
The enable/disable token commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
Sample Display - enable sync circuit o31
TOKEN RING circuit O31 enabled.
connector
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables a specific connector.
Sample Display - enable token connector 4.2
TOKEN RING connector 4.2 enabled.
circuit <circuit name> connector <slot.connector>
303560-A Rev 00 3-57
enable/disable vines
Use the enable vines
<option>
commands to enable Virtual Networking System (VINES)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable vines
<option>
commands to disable
VINES services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
VINES, refer to Configuring VINES Services.
The enable/disable vines commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables VINES on the router.
Sample Display - enable vines base
VINES base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
base circuit <circuit name>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-58 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable wcp
Use the enable wcp
<option>
commands to enable Wellfleet Compression Protocol
(WCP) services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable wcp
<option>
commands to
disable WCP services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of
WCP, refer to Configuring Data Compression Services.
The enable/disable wcp commands support the following subcommand options:
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables compression for a specific WCP circuit.
Sample Display - enable wcp circuit S31
WCP circuit S31 enabled.
line
<line number.llindex>
Enables or disables compression for a specific WCP line.
Sample Display - enable wcp line 203101.0
WCP line 203101.0 enabled.
circuit <circuit name> line <line number.llindex>
303560-A Rev 00 3-59
enable/disable x25
Use the enable x25
<option>
commands to enable X.25 services on a Bay Networks
router, and the disable x25
<option>
commands to disable X.25 services. For more
information about the Bay Networks implementation of X.25, refer to Configuring X.25
Services.
The enable/disable x.25 commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables X.25 at the base record.
Sample Display - enable x25 base
X25 base record enabled.
line
<slot.connector>
Enables or disables a specific X.25 line.
Sample Display - enable x25 line 2.1
X.25 line 2.1 enabled.
service
<slot.connector.cct.index >
Enables or disables a specific X.25 service.
base service <slot.connector.cct.index >
line <slot.connector>
Using Technician Interface Scripts
3-60 303560-A Rev 00
enable/disable xb
Use the enable xb
<option>
commands to enable Translation Bridge services on a Bay
Networks router, and the disable xb
<option>
commands to disable Translation Bridge
services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of Translation
Bridge, refer to Configuring Bridging Services.
The enable/disable xb commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables XB on the router.
Sample Display - enable xb base
XB base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
base circuit <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 3-61
enable/disable xns
Use the enable xns
<option>
commands to enable Xerox Network Systems (XNS)
services on a Bay Networks router, and the disable xns
<option>
commands to disable
XNS services. For more information about the Bay Networks implementation of XNS,
refer to Configuring XNS Services.
The enable/disable xns commands support the following subcommand options:
base
Enables or disables XNS on the router.
Sample Display - enable xns base
XNS base record enabled.
circuit
<circuit name>
Enables or disables a specific circuit.
base circuit <circuit name>
303560-A Rev 00 Index-1
Symbols
* character, 2-1
? character, 2-1
A
aarp
at, 2-51
acronyms, xvi
Adaption Layer Controller, 1-9, 2-99
Address Resolution Protocol
IP, 2-346
addresses
smds, 2-595
adjacency
decnet, 2-201
osi, 2-487
adjacent hosts
ip, 2-344
ipx, 2-378
xns, 2-759
agent, BootP relay, 2-148
alarms
statistical, 2-635
alerts
at, 2-52
atm, 2-67
atm line, 2-100
atmdxi, 2-85
aurp, 2-112
autoneg, 2-121
bisync, 2-137
bridge, 2-158
circuits, 2-165
console, 2-175
csmacd, 2-182
decnet, 2-202
dls, 2-215
ds1e1, 2-227
e1, 2-276
fddi, 2-285
fr, 2-301
hssi, 2-331
ip, 2-345
ipx, 2-379
isdn, 2-414
isdn bri, 2-425, 2-473
lapb, 2-445
lnm, 2-452
osi, 2-487
packet capture, 2-504
ppp, 2-519
smds, 2-595
span, 2-608
sr, 2-615
srspan, 2-628
sync, 2-663, 2-669
t1, 2-685
token, 2-699
vines, 2-712
x25, 2-738
xb, 2-748
xns, 2-759
AppleTalk
parameters, ppp, 2-520
protocol, 2-50 to 2-65
Update-Based Routing protocol, 2-111 to 2-120
APPN, 2-6 to 2-49
enable/disable commands, 3-2
area routes, decnet, 2-202
areas, ospf, 2-495
ARP, IP, 2-346
Index
Index-2 303560-A Rev 00
ase information
ospf, 2-496
Asynchronous Transfer Mode, 2-66 to 2-93
enabling/disabling, 3-8
AT subcommands, 2-50 to 2-65
AURP subcommands, 2-111 to 2-120
autoneg
csmacd, 2-184
subcommands, 2-120 to 2-126
Autonomous System
BGP, 2-128 to 2-135
External Advertisements, 2-496
B
backplane, hardware, 2-321
backup circuits, fr, 2-303
backup_dialing
circuits, sws, 2-644
pools, sws, 2-645
bacp, ppp, 2-522
bad packets, ppp, 2-522
bandwidth, rsc, 2-584
bandwidth-on-demand, 2-648 to 2-649
base
ip6, 2-371
mospf, 2-462
rsvp, 2-588
base record
appn, 2-8
at, 2-53, 2-577
atm line, 2-101
atmdxi, 2-86
aurp, 2-113
autoneg, 2-122
bootp, 2-146
bridge, 2-159
circuits, 2-166
csmacd, 2-185
decnet, 2-203
dls, 2-215
ds1e1, 2-228
dvmrp, 2-266
e1, 2-277
egp, 2-281
fddi, 2-286
hssi, 2-333
ip, 2-347
ip6, 2-371
ipx, 2-380
isdn bri, 2-426
lnm, 2-453
mospf, 2-462
nbip, 2-469
osi, 2-488
ospf, 2-497
rarp, 2-562
rsvp, 2-588
sdlc, 2-590
snmp, 2-599
span, 2-609
sr, 2-616
srspan, 2-629
sta, 2-635
sync, 2-138, 2-665
t1, 2-687
token, 2-701
vines, 2-713
x25, 2-739
xb, 2-749
xns, 2-760
BGP AS Weights table, 2-135
BGP subcommands, 2-127 to 2-135
BISYNC, 2-136 to 2-145
subcommands, 2-136 to 2-145
Bootstrap Protocol (BootP)
PROM, revision date, 2-325
relay agent, 2-148
subcommands, 2-146 to 2-150
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), 2-127 to 2-135
bot subcommands, 2-151 to 2-157
bridge
enabling/disabling, 3-12
NCP, PP P, 2-523
services, 2-158 to 2-163
sr, 2-616
subcommands, 2-158 to 2-163
broadcast networks, OSPF neighbors, 2-502
buffers, system, 2-680
303560-A Rev 00 Index-3
C
cache statistics, IP, 2-360
cannotlink, lnm, 2-453
capabilities, autoneg, 2-123
cc_stats, protopri, 2-552
circuits
at, 2-54, 2-411, 2-578
bridge, 2-160
decnet, 2-204
dls, 2-217
dsx3, 2-251
enabling/disabling, 3-13
fr, 2-309
igmp, 2-340
ip, 2-348
ipx, 2-382
lnm, 2-456
nml, 2-478
osi, 2-488
rarp, 2-563
sdlc, 2-591
smds, 2-596
span, 2-609
sr, 2-617
srspan, 2-632
subcommands, 2-164 to 2-174
vines, 2-714
wcp, 2-723
xns, 2-761
clients, BootP, 2-147
commands
adding to menu, 1-21
clearing from menu, 1-21
disable
defined, 1-3
See also enable/disable commands
editing menu, 1-22
enable
defined, 1-3
See also enable/disable commands
menu, 1-3
monitor, 1-3
show
defined, 1-3
See also show commands
community, snmp, 2-601
config
rip6, 2-565
configuration
at, 2-55
circuits, 2-167
console, 2-176
dls, 2-218
file, hardware, 2-323
lnm, 2-457
Packet Capture, 2-506 to 2-509
rip, 2-565
rip6, 2-565
span, 2-610
sr, 2-617
sta, 2-636
tcp, 2-693
vines, 2-715
x25, 2-739
xb, 2-750
xns, 2-761
congestion, fr, 2-305
Connectionless Network Protocol (CLNP), statistics,
2-492
connections
aurp, 2-113
dls, 2-218
tcp, 2-694
x25, 2-740
console subcommands, 2-175 to 2-181
conventions, text, xiv
copying scripts, 1-5 to 1-6
CSMA/CD subcommands, 2-182 to 2-194
current circuit
dsx3, 2-253
D
data collection module (DCM)
enabling and disabling, 3-15
status, 1-10, 1-15, 2-195
Data Link Switching
enabling/disabling, 3-18
data link switching, 2-214 to 2-225
Index-4 303560-A Rev 00
datagram delivery protocol (DDP)
statistics, 2-61
datagram statistics
IP, 2-360
DCMMW subcommands, 2-195
DECnet
enabling/disabling, 3-17
NCP, PP P, 2-529
Phase IV, 2-200
services, 2-200 to 2-213
demand circuits
fr, 2-304
designated router
decnet, 2-205
OSPF, 2-499
Diagnostics PROM, revision date, 2-325
Dial Backup, 2-643 to 2-648
dial optimized routing circuits
ipx, 2-384
dialing pools
backup, 2-645
on demand, 2-655
dial-on-demand, 2-655 to 2-659
disable commands. See enable/disable commands
disabled circuits
all drivers, 2-168
at, 2-56, 2-412, 2-579
atm, 2-67
atm line, 2-102
atmdxi, 2-86
aurp, 2-114
autoneg, 2-124
bridge, 2-160
csmacd, 2-187
decnet, 2-206
dls, 2-219
ds1e1, 2-231
dvmrp, 2-268
e1, 2-278
fddi, 2-287
fr, 2-302
hssi, 2-333
igmp, 2-340
ip, 2-349
ipx, 2-383
isdn bri, 2-426
lapb, 2-447
lnm, 2-458
osi, 2-489
ppp, 2-529
rarp, 2-563
sdlc, 2-592
smds, 2-597
span, 2-612
sr, 2-619
srspan, 2-632
sync, 2-139, 2-665
t1, 2-688
token, 2-702
vines, 2-715
xb, 2-750
xns, 2-762
disabled lines, packet, 2-510
disabled serial ports, console, 2-179
DLSw
protocol priority queues, 2-552 to 2-555
subcommands, 2-214 to 2-225
DS1E1, 2-226 to 2-250
enabling/disabling, 3-19
dsu/csu
config, sync, 2-666
service status codes, 2-667
stats, sync, 2-667
DVMRP, 2-266 to 2-275
enabling/disabling, 3-20
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP), 2-146
to 2-150
E
E1, 2-275 to 2-281
enabling/disabling, 3-21
E1 subcommands, 2-275 to 2-281
ECHO protocol
statistics, 2-61
educational services, xx
EGP subcommands, 2-281 to 2-284
enable command, described, 1-3
303560-A Rev 00 Index-5
enable/disable commands, 3-1 to 3-61
appn, 3-2
at, 3-5
atm, 3-6, 3-8
aurp, 3-9, 3-10, 3-11
bridge, 3-12
circuits, 3-13
csmacd, 3-14
dcmmw, 3-15
decnet, 3-17
dls, 3-18
ds1e1, 3-19
dvmrp, 3-20
e1, 3-21
fddi, 3-22
fr, 3-23
ftp, 3-24
hssi, 3-25
igmp, 3-26
ip, 3-27
ipx, 3-28
iredund, 3-29
isdn, 3-30
isdn bri, 3-32
lapb, 3-33
lnm, 3-34
nbip, 3-35
nml, 3-36
osi, 3-37
ospf, 3-38
packet, 3-39
ppp, 3-40
rarp, 3-41
rptr, 3-42
rredund, 3-43
sdlc, 3-44
snmp, 3-45
span, 3-46
sr, 3-47
srspan, 3-48
sta, 3-49
sws, 3-50
sync, 3-51
t1, 3-52
tcp, 3-53
telnet, 3-54
tftp, 3-55
token, 3-56
vines, 3-57
wcp, 3-58
x25, 3-59
xb, 3-60
xns, 3-61
enabled circuits
all drivers, 2-169
at, 2-57, 2-413, 2-579
atm, 2-68
atm line, 2-102
atmdxi, 2-87
aurp, 2-115
autoneg, 2-125
bisync, 2-139
bridge, 2-161
csmacd, 2-187
decnet, 2-207
dls, 2-219
ds1e1, 2-233
dvmrp, 2-268
e1, 2-278
fddi, 2-287
fr, 2-302
hssi, 2-334
igmp, 2-340
ip, 2-349
ipx, 2-384
isdn bri, 2-427
lapb, 2-448
lnm, 2-459
osi, 2-490
ppp, 2-530
rarp, 2-564
sdlc, 2-592
smds, 2-597
span, 2-612
sr, 2-619
srspan, 2-633
sync, 2-668
t1, 2-689
token, 2-702
vines, 2-716
xb, 2-751
xns, 2-762
enabled lines, packet, 2-510
enabled serial ports, console, 2-180
entity traps, snmp, 2-603
Index-6 303560-A Rev 00
errors, bgp, 2-128
exceptions, snmp, 2-606
Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP), 2-281 to 2-284
F
Facility Data Link (FDL), 2-234 to 2-236
FDDI, 2-284 to 2-299
enabling/disabling, 3-22
subcommands, 2-284 to 2-299
fdl
ds1e1, 2-234
filters
ipx network-level, 2-399
ipx route, 2-391
forced dialing, enabling/disabling, 3-50
forced takedown, enabling/disabiling, 3-50
forwarding tables
bridge, 2-161
cached, IP, 2-360
FR subcommands, 2-300 to 2-317
fragmented packets
statistics, IP, 2-362
frame errors
e1, 2-279
t1, 2-689
frame relay services, 2-300 to 2-317
enabling/disabling, 3-23
FTP, 1-5 to 1-6, 2-318, 3-24
H
hardware filters
CSMACD, 2-188
displaying all, 2-170
FDDI, 2-288
hardware information, 2-321 to 2-327
hardware subcommands, 2-321 to 2-327
history
dsx3, 2-258
HSSI, 2-331 to 2-339
enabling/disabling, 3-25
HSSI subcommands, 2-331 to 2-339
hwfilters
all driver circuits, 2-170
csmacd, 2-188
fddi, 2-288
I
ICMP statistics
IP, 2-363
IGMP, 2-339 to 2-343, 3-26
image, software, 2-323
information, show system command, 2-682
interfaces
ospf, 2-498
rsvp, 2-589
internet control message protocol (ICMP), IP, 2-363
Internet NCP, PPP, 2-530
Internet Packet Exchange (IPX), 2-377 to 2-410
enabling/disabling, 3-28
IP, 2-343 to 2-369
address, DLS, 2-221
enabling/disabling, 3-27
parameters, source routing, 2-620
static routes, displaying, 2-358
subcommands, 2-343 to 2-369
IP stats
cache, 2-360
circuit, 2-359
datagrams, 2-360
fragmented packets, 2-362
icmp
client, 2-363
in, 2-364
security
in, 2-367
out, 2-368
IPEX
maps, x25, 2-741
sessions, x25, 2-742
IPv6 subcommands, 2-370 to 2-376
303560-A Rev 00 Index-7
IPX
Adjacent Host Table, 2-378
NCP negotiation, PPP, 2-531
route filter information, 2-391
routing table, 2-392
subcommands, 2-377 to 2-410
iredund
enable/disable commands, 3-29
ISDN, 2-413 to 2-431
enabling/disabling, 3-30 to 3-32
L
LAPB
subcommands, 2-445 to 2-451
LAPB layer, 2-445 to 2-451
enabling/disabling, 3-33
line
configuration
lapb, 2-448
ppp, 2-534
x25, 2-744
errors
e1, 2-280
t1, 2-690
numbers, packet, 2-511
parameters, ppp, 2-534
quality reporting, PPP, 2-536
line control protocol, PPP, 2-534
lines
atmdxi, 2-87
fr, 2-306
wcp, 2-726
x25, 2-744
link state database, OSPF, 2-500
links, lnm, 2-460
LNM
enabling/disabling, 3-34
servers, 2-451 to 2-461
subcommands, 2-451 to 2-461
loading scripts, 1-5 to 1-6
local router name, PPP, 2-533
lqr
configuration, ppp, 2-536
statistics, ppp, 2-537
lsdb, ospf, 2-500
M
MAC address
DLS, 2-221
dls, 2-221
fddi, 2-289
Management Information Base, 1-2
maps
IPEX, x25, 2-741
QLLC, x25, 2-743
MCT1. See DS1E1
memory
hardware, 2-324
show system command, 2-682
menu
adding commands, 1-21
clearing, 1-21
command, 1-3
control feature, 1-20
controlling, 1-20
creating, 1-20
deleting commands, 1-21
editing commands, 1-22
editing contents, 1-20
editing title, 1-22
interface to scripts, 1-17
loading new, 1-22
saving changes, 1-27
title, editing, 1-22
MIB, 1-2
modem_config, sync, 2-672
modem_state, sync, 2-673
monitor command, 1-3
mospf subcommands, 2-462 to 2-463
Index-8 303560-A Rev 00
N
name binding protocol (NBP), statistics, 2-61
native mode LAN (NML), 2-478 to 2-481
enabling/disabling, 3-36
neighbors
egp, 2-282
ospf, 2-502
vines, 2-716
NetBIOS, 2-469 to 2-471
dls, 2-222
nbip, 3-35
nets, at, 2-59
network control protocols, PPP, 2-517 to 2-546
NLPID, ATM protocol, 2-92
NML
enabling/disabling, 3-36
subcommands, 2-478 to 2-481
node routes, decnet, 2-207
Non-Broadcast Multi Access network, 2-498
O
ondemand_dialing circuits
sws, 2-653, 2-655, 2-660
ondemand_dialing pools
sws, 2-655
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), 2-495 to 2-503
enabling/disabling, 3-38
Open Systems Interconnection (OSI), 2-486 to 2-494
enabling/disabling, 3-37
subcommands, 2-486 to 2-494
OSI NCP
PPP, 2-540
OSPF
areas, 2-495
neighbors
broadcast, 2-502
point-to-point, 2-502
subcommands, 2-495 to 2-503
OUI, ATM protocol, 2-92
P
packet capture
enabling/disabling, 3-39
subcommands, 2-504 to 2-512
password authentication protocol, PPP, 2-541
passwords, lnm, 2-461
PATH environmental variable, 1-6
pattern searching, 2-1
peers
bgp, 2-128
dls, 2-223
permanent virtual circuits, atm, 2-88
permanent virtual connections
frame relay, 2-317
PID, ATM protocol, 2-92
ping
ipx, 2-387
MIB, 2-513 to 2-517
point-to-point network, OSPF neighbors, 2-502
Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP), 2-517 to 2-546
enabling/disabling, 3-40
port, fddi, 2-290
product support, xx
PROM information, hardware, 2-325
protocols, show system command, 2-683
protopri subcommands, 2-552 to 2-555
publications, Bay Networks, xix
pvcs
fr, 2-317
pvcs, atm, 2-88
Q
QLLC maps, x25, 2-743
303560-A Rev 00 Index-9
R
RARP, 2-562 to 2-564
enabling/disabling, 3-41
subcommands, 2-562 to 2-564
receive errors
all driver circuits, 2-170
csmacd, 2-189
ds1e1, 2-238
fddi, 2-292
hssi, 2-334
sync, 2-141, 2-671, 2-674
token, 2-703
relay agents, BootP, 2-148
remote router name, PPP, 2-533
repeater, 2-567 to 2-575
enabling/disabling, 3-42
rfilters, ip, 2-350
rifs, xb, 2-752
rip
alerts, ip, 2-353
at, 2-59
disabled, ip, 2-353
enabled, ipx, 2-390
ip, 2-352, 2-354
ipx, 2-388
xns, 2-763
rip6 subcommands, 2-565 to 2-566
RMON services
enabling/disabling, 3-15
status, 2-195
route filters, ipx, 2-391
routes
at, 2-59
bgp, 2-130
ip, 2-354
ipx, 2-392
osi
level 1, 2-490
level 2, 2-491
static
IP, 2-358
IPX, 2-404
vines, 2-717
xns, 2-764
Routing Table Maintenance Protocol (RTMP),
statistics, 2-61
rredund
enable/disable commands, 3-43
RSVP subcommands, 2-588 to 2-589
S
sample data
csmacd, 2-190
ds1e1, 2-239
fddi, 2-293
hssi, 2-335
sync, 2-142, 2-675
token, 2-704
sap
atm, 2-92
dls, 2-223
enabled, IPX, 2-398
ipx, 2-395
table, IPX, 2-401
xb, 2-753
scripts, menus, 1-17
SDLC, 2-590 to 2-594
enabling/disabling, 3-44
security
lists, nml, 2-480
statistics
in, 2-367
out, 2-368
serial port
configuration, 2-176 to 2-179
error statistics, 2-180
server level filters, ipx, 2-399
servers
BOOTP, 2-148
DHCP, 2-148
service record, fr, 2-309
service status
dsu/csu, 2-667
services
ipx, 2-400
x25, 2-745
Index-10 303560-A Rev 00
shaping
fr, 2-310
stats, fr, 2-313
show command, described, 1-3
show commands
ahb, 2-2 to 2-5
appn, 2-6 to 2-49
at, 2-50 to 2-65
atm, 2-66 to 2-76
atm line, 2-99 to 2-110
atmdxi, 2-84 to 2-93
aurp, 2-111 to 2-120
autoneg, 2-120
bgp, 2-127 to 2-135
bisync, 2-136 to 2-145
bootp, 2-146 to 2-150
bot, 2-151 to 2-157
bridge, 2-158 to 2-163
circuits, 2-164 to 2-174
console, 2-175 to 2-181
csmacd, 2-182 to 2-194
dcm, 2-195 to 2-199
decnet, 2-200 to 2-213
dls, 2-214 to 2-225
ds1e1, 2-226 to 2-250
dvmrp, 2-266 to 2-275
e1, 2-275 to 2-281
egp, 2-281 to 2-284
fddi, 2-284 to 2-299
fr, 2-300 to 2-317
ftp, 2-318
fwall, 2-319 to 2-320
hardware, 2-321 to 2-327
hifn, 2-328 to 2-330
hssi, 2-331 to 2-339
igmp, 2-339 to 2-343
ip, 2-343 to 2-369
ip6, 2-370 to 2-374
ipx, 2-377 to 2-410
irredund, 2-411
isdn, 2-413 to 2-424
isdn bri, 2-424 to 2-431
l2tp, 2-432 to 2-434
lapb, 2-445 to 2-451
list of, 1-9
lnm, 2-451 to 2-461
mpoa, 2-466 to 2-468
nbip, 2-469 to 2-471
nhrp, 2-471 to 2-478
nml, 2-478 to 2-481
osi, 2-486 to 2-494
ospf, 2-495 to 2-503
packet, 2-504 to 2-512
ping, 2-513 to 2-517
ppp, 2-517 to 2-546
protopri, 2-552 to 2-555
rarp, 2-562 to 2-564
rip6, 2-565
rptr, 2-567 to 2-575
rredund, 2-576
rsc, 2-584 to 2-587
rsvp, 2-588 to 2-589
sdlc, 2-590 to 2-594
smds, 2-594 to 2-598
snmp, 2-599 to 2-607
span, 2-607 to 2-614
sr, 2-615 to 2-627
srspan, 2-628 to 2-634
sta, 2-635 to 2-637
stac, 2-638 to 2-639
state, 2-640 to 2-642
sws, 2-643 to 2-661
sync, 2-662 to 2-679
system, 2-680 to 2-684
t1, 2-685 to 2-692
tcp, 2-693 to 2-695
telnet, 2-696
tftp, 2-698
token, 2-699 to 2-710
vines, 2-711 to 2-722
wcp, 2-723 to 2-730
x25, 2-737 to 2-747
xb, 2-748 to 2-757
xns, 2-758 to 2-768
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP), 2-599
to 2-607
slots
dls, 2-224
hardware, 2-325
SMDS, 2-594 to 2-598
subcommands, 2-594 to 2-598
smt, fddi, 2-294
303560-A Rev 00 Index-11
SNMP, 2-599 to 2-607
enabling/disabling, 3-45
subcommands, 2-599 to 2-607
source routing, 2-615 to 2-627
alerts, 2-748
enabling/disabling, 3-47
enabling/disabling spanning tree, 3-48
interfaces, translation bridge, 2-753
ip parameters, 2-620 to 2-625
RIFs, 2-752
subcommands, 2-615 to 2-627
span subcommands, 2-607 to 2-614
spanning tree bridge, 2-607 to 2-614
enabling/disabling, 3-46
sr interfaces
xb, 2-753
ST 2 protocol
reserved resources, 2-584
STA subcommands, 2-635 to 2-637
state
ppp, 2-542
subcommands, 2-640 to 2-642
static
adjacencies, decnet, 2-208
ip, 2-358
ipx, 2-404, 2-405
routes, xns, 2-765
station management, FDDI, 2-294
stations, xb, 2-755
statistical thresholds, 2-635
statistics, 2-162
all driver circuits, 2-171
at, 2-61
atm, 2-73 to 2-75
atm line, 2-108 to 2-110
atmdxi, 2-90 to 2-93
aurp, 2-117 to 2-119
bgp, 2-133
bisync, 2-143
bootp, 2-149
bridge, 2-162
bts, 2-156
cache, ip, 2-360
circuit, fr, 2-311
console, 2-180
csmacd, 2-191
datagrams, ip, 2-360
decnet, 2-209 to 2-212
ds1e1, 2-241
dvmrp, 2-272 to 2-273
egp, 2-283
errors, xns, 2-766
fddi, 2-297
fr, 2-314
fragments, ip, 2-362
hssi, 2-336
icmp, ip, 2-363 to 2-366
igmp, 2-342
ip, 2-359
ipx, 2-407
isdn bri, 2-429
lapb, 2-450
nml, 2-481
osi, 2-492 to 2-493
receive, atm, 2-106
rptr, 2-570 to 2-574
sdlc, 2-593
security, ip, 2-367, 2-368
smds, 2-598
span, 2-613
sr, 2-626
srspan, 2-633
sta, 2-637
sync, 2-676
token, 2-705 to 2-708
vines, 2-718 to 2-719
x25, 2-746
xb
sr, 2-754
tb, 2-756
xns, 2-765
status, packet capture lines, 2-512
subcommands, listing, 1-8
summary, bgp, 2-133
support, Bay Networks, xx
Switch Services, 2-643 to 2-661
Switched Multi-Megabit Data Service, 2-594 to 2-598
SYNC, 2-662 to 2-679
enabling/disabling, 3-51
subcommands, 2-662 to 2-679
Index-12 303560-A Rev 00
system errors
all driver circuits, 2-172
csmacd, 2-192
ds1e1, 2-242
fddi, 2-298
hssi, 2-337
sync, 2-144, 2-677
token, 2-708
system information, 2-682
SYSTEM subcommands, 2-680 to 2-684
T
T1, 2-685 to 2-692
enabling/disabling, 3-52
subcommands, 2-685 to 2-692
tasks, show system command, 2-683
TCP, 2-693 to 2-695
subcommands, 2-693 to 2-695
technical publications, xix
technical support, xx
Technician Interface environment, 2-176
telnet
enabling/disabling, 3-54
subcommands, 2-696
text conventions, xiv
TFTP, 2-698
enabling/disabling, 3-55
subcommands, 2-698
thresholds, statistical, 2-635
timers, bgp, 2-134
token ring, 2-699 to 2-710
enabling/disabling, 3-56
subcommands, 2-699 to 2-710
total neighbors, vines, 2-720
total routes, vines, 2-720
totals, at, 2-63
traffic filters
decnet, 2-212
ip, 2-369
ipx, 2-409
vines, 2-721
xns, 2-768
translation bridge (XB), 2-748 to 2-757
enabling/disabling, 3-60
Transmission Control Protocol (TCP), 2-693 to 2-695
enabling/disabling, 3-53
transmit errors
all driver circuits, 2-173
csmacd, 2-193
ds1e1, 2-248
fddi, 2-299
hssi, 2-338
sync, 2-144, 2-678
token, 2-709
transparent bridge, 2-755
alerts, 2-748
interfaces, 2-755
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP), 2-698
enabling/disabling, 3-55
U
unreserved, rsc, 2-586
V
vcs
x25, 2-747
vcs, wcp, 2-727
version
dsx3, 2-265
protopri, 2-555
x25, 2-746
VINES, 2-711 to 2-722
enabling/disabling, 3-57
NCP, PP P, 2-545
subcommands, 2-711 to 2-722
volume IDs, specifying, 1-6
W
WCP, 2-723 to 2-730
enabling/disabling, 3-58
weights, bgp, 2-135
wildcard searching, 2-1
303560-A Rev 00 Index-13
X
X.25
subcommands, 2-737 to 2-747
X.25 services, 2-737 to 2-747
enabling/disabling, 3-59
XB subcommands, 2-748 to 2-757
Xerox Network Systems (XNS), 2-758 to 2-768
enabling/disabling, 3-61
NCP, PP P, 2-546
RIP interfaces, 2-763
subcommands, 2-758 to 2-768
Z
Zone Information Protocol
AppleTalk, 2-64
statistics, 2-61
zones, at, 2-64

Navigation menu